Dq130112-M00-000-Ge-Ma-0001 R0 PDF

ANTOFAGASTA MINERALS MANUAL OPERACION
PROYECTO MINERA ESPERANZA DQ130112-M00-000-GE-MA-0001

ESPESADORES DE CONCENTRADO 36 M. Revisin 0
ANTOFAGASTA MINERLAS
PROYECTO MINERA ESPERANZA
ESPESADORES DE CONCENTRADO 36M, TAG 325-TK-602
MANUAL OPERACION
Documento N DQ130112-M00-000-GE-MA-0001
Aprobacin Cliente : _____________________________________________
Fecha: _____________________________________________
REV DESCRIPCIN PREPAR REVIS APROB FECHA
0 MANUAL DE OPERACIN Y MANTENCION JS JS RD 22-09-2014

A MANUAL DE OPERACIN Y MANTENCION JS JS RD 18-02-2014
Outotec Chile S.A. Pgina 1 de 1

MANUAL INSTALACIN, OPERACIN Y
MANTENIMIENTO ESPESADOR CONCENTRADO 36m
MINERA ESPERANZA ANTOFAGASTA MINERALS
OUTOTEC CHILE S.A. SEPTIEMBRE 2014 PGINA 1 DE 11
ANTECEDENTES GENERALES
1.1
DESCRIPCIN GENERAL ................................................................................................... 2

COMPONENTES PRINCIPALES.......................................................................................... 5
1.1.1 MECANISMO MOTRIZ ........................................................................................ 5
1.1.2 UNIDAD HIDRULICA ........................................................................................ 5
1.1.3 MEDICIN DE TORQUE .................................................................................... 5
1.1.4 ESTANQUE ........................................................................................................ 6
1.1.5 ESTRUCTURA DE RASTRAS ............................................................................ 6
1.1.6 MEDICIN DE CAMA (Bed mass sensor)........................................................... 6
1.1.7 FEEDWELL ......................................................................................................... 6
1.1.8 ADICIN DE FLOCULANTE ............................................................................... 8
1.1.9 TABLERO DE CONTROL ................................................................................... 8
1.1.10 SISTEMA DE CONTROL .................................................................................... 9
ESPECIFICACIONES DE PROCESO................................................................................. 10
ESPECIFICACIONES TCNICAS ...................................................................................... 11
CAPTULO 1
MANUAL INSTALACIN, OPERACIN Y MANTENIMIENTO

DESCRIPCIN GENERAL
El espesamiento es una operacin de separacin slido lquido realizada en un

equipo espesador, donde el objetivo central es producir una fase lquida con
mnimos contenidos de partculas slidas (overflow) y una fase de alto contenido
en slidos (underflow).
El equipo espesador es alimentado por la pulpa de alimentacin, la cual es

transportada e introducida por la parte superior del espesador, a travs de una
caera de alimentacin (feedpipe). Esta pulpa de alimentacin es descargada
tangencialmente a un pozo de alimentacin central (feedwell), donde la pulpa es
diluida, con la misma agua recuperada por el espesador (autodil), y mezclada
con un agente polimrico, denominado floculante, permitiendo as la
aglomeracin de partculas slidas que dan paso a la formacin de flculos que
decantan bajo el efecto de las fuerzas gravitacionales. La pulpa floculada
sedimenta para dar formacin a una zona sedimentada compacta, denominada
comnmente cama, la que posee una interfase definida e identificable entre el
lquido clarificado y el material compactado. La figura 1 presenta el arreglo
general del espesador de concentrado de 36m tag 325-TK-002 del Proyecto
Esperanza.
El lquido clarificado alimenta por rebalse a una canaleta de recoleccin

perifrica ubicada en la parte superior del espesador y sale del proceso de
espesamiento a travs de una tubera. Mientras tanto, el underflow espesado es
transportado, hacia un cono central ubicado en la base del espesador, por
medio de un mecanismo de rastra, siendo luego bombeado y extrado del
espesador haca la siguiente etapa del proceso.
CAPTULO 1

CAPTULO 1

Figura 1: Planta y vista frontal del Espesador de 36m tag 325-TK-002
Tabla 1: Descripcin de temes de la Figura 1

tem Descripcin
1 Panel de Control
2 Unidad Hidrulica (Hydraulic Power Pack)
3 Estanque
4 Estructura soporte de Estanque
5 Pasillo (parrillas de piso) y Barandas
6 Mecanismo de Levante (Rake Lift)
7 Mecanismo de rastras
8 Sistema de alimentacin
9 Sistema de control de espuma
10 Drive
11 Reductor
12 Viga Monoriel
13 Sensor de nivel de cama
14 Transmisor de presin de cama
CAPTULO 1

COMPONENTES PRINCIPALES
1.1.1 MECANISMO MOTRIZ
El mecanismo motriz comprende un motor hidrulico montado sobre un

reductor planetario de multi-etapas (Gearbox), el cual acta como el
reductor final para el accionamiento del ensamble de las rastras. El
reductor del espesador tiene una entrada de bajo torque / alta rpm y cubre
hasta una salida de alto torque / bajas rpm. La entrada viene por el motor
asentado en la parte superior del reductor y la salida va a la base de giro del
eje de accionamiento de la rastra.
El reductor del espesador posee un diseo planetario epicclico que consiste

en varias fases, cada una con su propia razn fija. La proporcin del reductor
global es el producto de las proporciones de cada fase. Los reductores
ms grandes (torque ms alto) requieren proporciones ms altas, y ms
fases, para generar un torque ms alto. Las caractersticas tcnicas de cada uno
de los componentes del espesador se encuentran en el Captulo 3.
1.1.2 UNIDAD HIDRULICA
La unidad hidrulica (Hydraulic Power Pack) es la encargada de accionar el

motor hidrulico acoplado al Gearbox. En el Proyecto Esperanza, las unidades
hidrulicas son fabricadas en Maestranza Diesel, el Captulo 3 contiene
informacin adicional respecto a los componentes, operacin y mantencin de
la esta unidad hidrulica.
1.1.3 MEDICIN DE TORQUE
La medicin de torque es realizada en forma indirecta a travs la medicin de la

presin de operacin en la unidad hidrulica. La presin hidrulica se muestra
en un indicador digital con escala de 0 -100%. La seal es generada por un
transductor / transmisor de presin hidrulica montado sobre la unidad
hidrulica. La presin hidrulica es directamente proporcional al torque de la
rastra. Existe un switch de presin que detiene la unidad si el torque sobrepasa
una presin equivalente a 95% del valor mximo. La proteccin final contra un
torque alto es el uso de una vlvula de alivio de presin.
CAPTULO 1

1.1.4 ESTANQUE
La pared (tank wall) y el fondo (floor) son fabricados con planchas de acero
carbono. El fondo posee una forma cnica con pendiente de (1/6) 9,46, en el
fondo se encuentra ubicado el cono central de descarga el cual est provisto de
tuberas para: la descarga normal del espesador underflow, otra para la
descarga de emergencia del espesador dump y en las tuberas de descarga
hay lneas para el lavado en caso de emergencias flushing. Adems el cono
posee una tubera de dimetro 80NB para instalacin de sensor de presin (Bed
mass sensor). El piso del estanque est apoyado en vigas radiales soportadas
a su vez por columnas.
1.1.5 ESTRUCTURA DE RASTRAS
La rastra del espesador est soportada sobre el eje del accionamiento y posee
cuatro brazos, dos cortos y dos largos, equipadas con cuchillas (blades) para
barrer la totalidad del fondo del espesador una vez por revolucin. Las rastras
desplazan los slidos hacia el centro, ayudando tambin a compactar los slidos
y a mantener en movimiento la cama.
La direccin de rotacin normal de la rastra es en el sentido del movimiento de
los punteros del reloj, vista desde arriba.
1.1.6 MEDICIN DE CAMA (Bed mass sensor)
El transmisor de presin Endress+Hauser PMP75, ubicado en el cono inferior de

descarga, genera una seal digital Foundation Fieldbus, la cual se parametriza
para representar la masa de cama al interior del espesador representadas en
valores de porcentaje entre 0 y 100% (solo agua o cantidad de agua y pulpa
predefinida). Esta seal se usa normalmente para controlar la extraccin de
underflow desde el espesador.
1.1.7 FEEDWELL
El Feedwell es el componente del espesador que est encargado de recibir y

acondicionar la pulpa alimentada al equipo. El diseo del Feedwell se realiza
para permitir la de-aireacin de la pulpa, la alimentacin de pulpa al Feedwell es
tangencial de manera de promover la correcta mezcla entre la pulpa, el
floculante y la solucin clarificada producida por el espesador.
CAPTULO 1

La solucin clarificada es alimentada al Feedwell mediante el sistema Autodil.
Figura 2: Esquema de funcionamiento del feewell
AUTODIL
Autodil corresponde un sistema de dilucin de la pulpa de alimentacin al

espesador, que utiliza como agente de dilucin la solucin clarificada producida
por el espesador. La solucin de dilucin ingresa al feedwell donde es usada
para diluir la pulpa entrante y producir la mezcla entre la alimentacin y el
floculante.
El sistema Autodil usa la diferencia natural de presin entre la pulpa en

el interior del feedwell y la solucin clarificada fuera de ste, tal como muestra
la figura 2. Ranuras y compuertas ubicadas en el feedwell permiten al agua de
dilucin mezclarse con la pulpa en el interior del feedwell. Como el sistema
opera con un diferencial de cabeza hidrulica, es independiente de la
proporcin del flujo de masa que ingresa al equipo. Para el caso de del Proyecto
Cerro Negro solo tiene una compuerta.
CAPTULO 1

Figura 3: Principio de funcionamiento del sistema Autodil
1.1.8 ADICIN DE FLOCULANTE
El floculante se agrega al espesador sobre la base de una dosificacin fija por

tonelada de slidos secos tratados.
1.1.9 TABLERO DE CONTROL
El tablero de control est diseado para controlar localmente el sistema motriz

de los espesadores de concentrado. El tablero cuenta con un HMI 6 Touch, una
botonera para Partir/Parar, un selector de modo de operacin
Manual/Automtico, entre otros. En la siguiente figura se muestra un esquema
del tablero de control considerado, junto con el detalle de sus funciones.
CAPTULO 1

Figura 4: Tablero de Control y detalle de funciones e indicaciones
1.1.10 SISTEMA DE CONTROL
La filosofa de control est orientada a la produccin de underflow (UF) con

densidades de slido adecuadas de acuerdo al tipo de espesador y a la
recuperacin de solucin clara (OF) de bajos contenidos de material slido
suspendido. Para ello es necesario plantear una estrategia de control orientada
a estabilizar variaciones en la alimentacin al espesador, esquemticamente, lo
anterior se resume como:
Alimentacin Estrategia de Underflow

Floculante Control Overflow
CAPTULO 1

Figura 5: Esquema del sistema de control
ESPECIFICACIONES DE PROCESO
- Espesador de concentrado 36m, 325-TK-002
CAPTULO 1

ESPECIFICACIONES TCNICAS
- Espesador de concentrado 36m, 325-TK-002
Dimetro espesador 36 m
Pendiente fondo 1:6
Dimetro feed well 2000 mm
Autodil 1 Ranura
Motor elctrico 11 kW
Gearbox Bonfiglioli 321 L5 FZ
Velocidad punta rastra 0.053 rpm
Torque mximo mecanismo 930.000 Nm
CAPTULO 1

ESPESADOR CONCENTRADO 36m
INSTRUCCIONES DE SEGURIDAD
1.2
PRECAUCIONES DE SEGURIDAD ..................................................................................... 2

OBLIGACIONES DEL OPERADOR ...................................................................................... 2
RIESGOS ESPECFICOS ..................................................................................................... 2
1.2.1 PRECAUCIONES DURANTE LA INSTALACIN ................................................... 2
1.2.2 PRECAUCIONES DURANTE OPERACIN Y MANTENIMIENTO ......................... 3
CAPTULO 1
MANUAL INSTALCIN, OPERACIN Y MANTENIMIENTO

PRECAUCIONES DE SEGURIDAD
El conocimiento de las normas y procedimientos de seguridad bsicos es un

requisito fundamental para la operacin e instalacin de los espesadores de
Outotec.
Este manual de operacin y mantenimiento contiene informacin importante de

seguridad, por lo que debe ser estudiado por todas las personas que trabajarn
directa e indirectamente con el espesador. En adicin, tambin debern conocer
las normas y procedimientos para la prevencin de riesgo propios de la faena
donde se realizar la instalacin del equipo.
OBLIGACIONES DEL OPERADOR
Los operadores relacionados con la operacin de los espesadores se

encuentran obligados a:
Estar familiarizados con las normas y procedimientos de seguridad

ocupacional de la faena y ser instruidos en la operacin de los
espesadores Outotec.
Haber ledo y estudiado el manual de operacin y estar preparados para

la operacin del espesador de acuerdo a las instrucciones expuestas en
este manual.
RIESGOS ESPECFICOS
1.2.1 PRECAUCIONES DURANTE LA INSTALACIN
La instalacin de un espesador siempre requiere el apoyo de una empresa

experimentada en el montaje mecnico y que conozca las prcticas de trabajo
seguro. Se requiere un Plan de Seguridad de Faena para el proceso de montaje,
el que deber cubrir los siguientes aspectos:
Roles y responsabilidades del trabajo.

Identificacin y evaluacin de riesgos.
Anlisis de seguridad de la tarea.
Habilidades y competencias.
Induccin en el sistema de seguridad de la compaa mandante.
Etiquetado elctrico (Tagging).
CAPTULO 1

Procedimiento en el manejo de sustancias peligrosas.

Procedimientos de operacin segura para equipos de levante.
Equipos de Proteccin Personal.
Mtodos de Trabajo en Caliente.
Planes de emergencia y primeros Auxilios.
Las reas de riesgo (sin limitacin) son las siguientes:
Descarga y traslados de los equipos.

Manipulacin de los equipos para ponerlos en su posicin de instalacin
(izaje y ajustes descendentes)
Aseguramiento de equipos parcialmente instalados.
Trabajo en caliente.
Etiquetado de los equipos elctricos.
Trabajo en altura.
Trabajo con chorro de arena.
Pintura.
Trabajo con herramientas asociadas a la ereccin de espesadores.
1.2.2 PRECAUCIONES DURANTE OPERACIN Y MANTENIMIENTO
Una vez que el espesador ha sido instalado deben tenerse en cuenta los
siguientes aspectos relacionados a la seguridad durante el comisionamiento,
operacin y mantenimiento del espesador.
En trminos generales, los espesadores son bastante fciles de mantener y de

operar. La mayora de las tareas de mantencin se llevan a cabo en el puente,
dentro de los lmites de los pasamanos. En caso de surgir la necesidad del
acceso de personal a reas fuera de los pasamanos, deber tenerse el los
permisos adecuados y el debido cuidado (quizs deber estar presente un
observador con boya salvavidas), debiendo usarse adems un arns de cuerpo
completo, asegurado de tal modo que la cabeza de la persona que lo usa no
pueda quedar sumergida en el agua.
Al revisarlos, srvase tomar nota de las siguientes sugerencias con respecto a la

seguridad:
CAPTULO 1

Debern cumplirse estrictamente y en todo momento los procedimientos

de seguridad de faena.
Deber aislarse siempre la electricidad, realizando los bloqueos

necesarios, antes de comenzar cualquier trabajo elctrico. Todo el
trabajo elctrico deber ser llevado a cabo por personas calificadas en la
tarea. Asimismo, los trabajos de mantencin debern ser ejecutados por
personal idneamente calificado.
Siempre asle la energa antes de llevar a cabo trabajos mecnicos en

cualquier componente. Se debern seguir estrictamente todos los
procedimientos de etiquetado de faena.
Siempre despresurice las lneas hidrulicas antes de comenzar cualquier

trabajo operando las vlvulas solenoides manualmente.
Siempre proceda a soltar mangueras hidrulicas / fittings lentamente,

con el fin de permitir que la presin acumulada se libere lentamente.
Asegure que todas las protecciones sean restituidas a sus lugares de

instalacin despus de finalizar cualquier trabajo, o cuando la persona
involucrada abandone el rea.
Cualquier derrame de aceite deber ser limpiado de inmediato con el fin

de prevenir que las personas tropiecen, se resbalen o se caigan.
Objetos extraos pueden caer dentro del espesador y producir la

detencin de la rastra u ocasionar obstrucciones de los equipos de
bombeo. Para prevenir esta situacin sugerimos que la faena de
operaciones implemente su propio procedimiento para reducir este
problema a un mnimo (por ej., barbiquejos o canastillos / letreros). En
caso que un objeto extrao caiga al equipo comunicar inmediatamente a
los encargados de la operacin del equipo.
IMPORTANTE: Nunca operar u activar el mecanismo de

movimiento de las rastras mientras se encuentren personas al
interior del espesador.
No realizar bypass a las alarmas activas con el fin de operar el
espesador
CAPTULO 1

IMPORTANTE: No manipule el tablero de control elctrico una

vez que el comisionamiento haya sido completado o en caso que
el espesador est siendo alimentado elctricamente.
CAPTULO 1

1.3 INSTALACIN Y PRECOMISIONAMIENTO
INSTRUCCIONES DE INSTALACIN ................................................................................ 2

PRECOMISIONAMIENTO .................................................................................................... 8
1.3.1 INSPECCION INICIAL ......................................................................................... 8
1.3.2 PRECOMISIONAMIENTO ................................................................................... 8
1.3.3 HOJAS DE CHEQUEO DE PRECOMISIONAMIENTO ..................................... 11
CAPTULO 1

INSTRUCCIONES DE INSTALACIN
NOTA: Antes de comenzar con la etapa de instalacin, asegrese

de haber ledo las Instrucciones de Seguridad.
El orden tpico de montaje, resumido esquemticamente, es el siguiente:
1. Situar verticalmente las columnas de soporte verificando el nivel en el

centro del extremo superior de cada columna. Asegure las columnas a
las fundaciones y luego instale el refuerzo de las columnas. Tolerancia
verticalidad de columnas = 1/1000.
2. Asegure las vigas del piso sobre las columnas de soporte y coloque el
apoyo central en su lugar de instalacin. Asegrese que ste est
centrado y suelde las vigas radiales en su lugar de instalacin. Refirase
a planos Montaje estructura soportante.
Imagen 1: Estructura soportante (columna y vigas radiales)
CAPTULO 1

Imagen 2: Cono central.
3. Utilizando el cono central como referencia de ubicacin y

posicionamiento, suelde las placas del piso por puntos generando
curvatura indicada en los planos. Refirase a planos Montaje estanque.
Imagen 3: Placas o planchas de piso.
4. Suelde por punto las secciones de la pared del estanque para fijarlas en
su posicin de instalacin, refirindose a planos Montaje estanque.
Tolerancia de verticalidad en la pared del estanque = 1/200.
5. Suelde por puntos la canaleta (Launder) para fijarlas en su lugar de

instalacin, asegurndose de su nivel. Refirase a planos Montaje
Estanque. Termine de soldar el estanque, anillo de coronamiento, placas
del piso, canaletas, marco soporte de puente y placas retenedoras de
espuma (froth baffle).
CAPTULO 1

Imagen 4: Estanque.
6. Pre-montar puente (Bridge) en el piso con parrillas de piso, barandas y

conteniendo el paquete hidrulico, panel de control y sistema de
accionamiento (reductor y buje de acoplamiento). Montar y apernar en el
piso, soldando alrededor de las planchas de unin, previo chequeo de la
distancia entre perforaciones del puente respecto de soportes del
estanque. Refirase a planos de Montaje de puente.
7. Dejar raspador de cono y eje en interior de cono central previamente

posicionado con gua inferior (si aplica).
8. Pre-ensamblar el Feedwell y cono deflector en mitades y posicionarlos

dentro del estanque.
9. Dejar dentro del estanque rastras, tensores, y eje para ensamble final.
10. Izar el puente completo,(pre-ensamblado fuera del estanque) y

posicionarlo sobre el estanque, para su posterior fijacin a travs de las
uniones apernadas.
CAPTULO 1

Imagen 5: Puente.
11. Montar tubo de torque y acoplar a mecanismo de accionamiento, a

travs del flange de conexin. Tolerancia verticalidad tubo de torque =
1/1000. Refirase al plano de Montaje de tubo de torque.
12. Montar y apernar gua inferior cono raspador y tubo de torque en su

parte inferior (si aplica). Refirase al plano de Montaje de tubo de torque.
13. Montaje de feedwell, con sus vigas soportantes, levantar y apernar a

vigas puente. Refirase a plano de Montaje de Feedwell.
Imagen 6: Tubo de Torque y Feedwell.
14. Montar cono deflector y raspador de cono a feedwell, ajuste de

separacin a medida segn plano de montaje de feedwell.
CAPTULO 1

15. Montar Rastras a tubo de torque con sus correspondientes tensores de

rastra y accesorios mata espuma. Refirase a plano de Montaje de
rastras. Refirase a plano Montaje de rastras.
16. Montar, posicionar caera de alimentacin (feed pipe) en estanque

segn disposicin general para cada equipo. Refirase a plano de
Montaje de Feed pipe.
17. Montar tubera de alimentacin (Feedpipe) y conectar a flange de

entrada a feedwell, apernar soportes de tubera a puente.
18. Montar todos los accesorios restantes.
Imagen 7: Montaje interior de estanque.
19. Previo al Precomisionamiento inspeccione y alinee el mecanismo de la

rastra como sigue.
a) Seleccione un punto sobre la viga del piso del estanque en un

radio de un brazo corto.
b) Posicione un brazo de rastra sobre ese punto y verifique que

est paralelo a la viga de piso. Tome nota de la altura en el
lado inferior del brazo de la rastra (no la cuchilla) sobre este
punto en el piso del estanque. Refirase a plano de montaje de
las rastras.
c) Haga girar las rastras hasta que el brazo siguiente se

encuentre sobre el punto seleccionado. Asegrese que su
CAPTULO 1

altura hasta el lado inferior del brazo est a la misma altura

que b) precedente, ms o menos 10 mm.
d) Repita el procedimiento de (c) precedente para los brazos

largos de las rastras.
e) Apriete uniformemente los tirantes entre los brazos de las

rastras. Asegrese que las rastras tengan por lo menos 100
mm aproximado de espacio libre entre ellas y la pared lateral
del estanque. Encuentre el punto en el cual la pared del
estanque est ms cerca de las rastras y selo como dato de
referencia.
Imagen 8: Alineamiento de mecanismo de rastras.
CAPTULO 1

PRECOMISIONAMIENTO
1.3.1 INSPECCION INICIAL
Asegrese de que el puente se encuentre nivelado y centrado con respecto al

estanque. El eje del accionamiento mecnico debe estar instalado centrado
manteniendo un distanciamiento constante con respecto al cono de descarga.
Posteriormente revise la posicin centrada del feedwell.
Una vez que la instalacin del espesador es finalizada es necesario realizar una
etapa precomisionamiento con la finalidad de verificar todas las dimensiones,
espaciamientos, tolerancias y ajustes con tal de evitar posibles daos que
pudiesen ocurrir durante la puesta en marcha o la operacin.
1.3.2 PRECOMISIONAMIENTO
AJUSTE DE LA UNIDAD HIDRULICA
Verifique la direccin de rotacin del motor con la vlvula direccional en la

posicin normal.
Si es necesario calibre y/o realice el recambio del Transductor de Presin

(Torque), de acuerdo a las siguientes instrucciones.
Calibracin
1. Active el sistema de accionamiento. Las rastras debieran desplazarse en

modo DIRECTA
2. Suba el punto de ajuste del switch de presin. Unas pocas vueltas (en el
sentido de los punteros del reloj) debieran ser suficientes.
3. Utilizando la vlvula de bola en la descarga, estranglela lentamente

para acumular presin.
4. Observe el indicador de presin del accionamiento y no permita que la

presin suba ms all de la Torque Mximo del Mecanismo.
5. Una vez que la presin llegue al valor indicado precedentemente,

debiera operar la vlvula de alivio, con lo que el cierre adicional de la
vlvula de control de flujo ya no causar aumento de presin adicional.
CAPTULO 1

Si esta presin no se alcanza, el punto de ajuste de la vlvula de alivio

es demasiado bajo.
6. Si la presin aumenta, no siga cerrando la vlvula.
7. Observe el despliegue de pantalla digital marcado como torque en el

panel indicador. Debiera mostrar 100%. Si no es as, utilice el ajuste de
tramo del transductor.
8. Una vez completado el paso 5, abra la vlvula de bola de descarga,

cuando est totalmente abierta, se debiera mostrar 0%. Si no es as,
utilice el tornillo de ajuste cero para reajustar.
9. Cada reajuste compensa al otro, de manera que se deber cerrar y

abrir la vlvula de bola y reajustar correspondientemente. Despus de
repetir esto algunas veces, se debiera lograr los puntos de ajuste de 0%
y 100%.
10. Una vez completada la calibracin, "cierre" lentamente la vlvula de bola

hasta que el despliegue de pantalla indique 95%. Luego baje el punto de
ajuste del switch de presin de manera que se dispare el accionamiento.
Verifique esto un par de veces. Cada vez que se dispare, tendr que
presionar el botn de reseteo en el tablero de control, volviendo a
comenzar nuevamente.
11. Se ha completado el proceso de calibracin.
12. Asegrese que la vlvula de bola haya sido dejada totalmente abierta.
13. Dejar la unidad operando en posicin DIRECTA.
Recambio
1. Asle la corriente a la fuente de energa.
2. Desconecte el cableado y lnea hidrulica.
3. Recambie la unidad y vuelva a conectar.
4. Vuelva a hacer partir la fuente de energa.
CAPTULO 1

Switch de Presin
La unidad hidrulica tiene un switch de presin ajustable para el disparo de

torque alto. El ajuste se realiza cerrando lentamente la vlvula de control de flujo
de la lnea de accionamiento para aumentar la presin.
Switch de Bajo Nivel de Aceite Hidrulico
La unidad hidrulica tiene un switch de nivel de aceite hidrulico bajo que

dispara la unidad si el nivel de aceite baja demasiado. Este switch viene
preajustado de fbrica.
Vlvula de Alivio de Presin del Accionamiento
Si la presin hidrulica sobrepasa la presin de disparo por alguna razn, la

vlvula de alivio de by-pass de lquido debera operar para evitar daos a la caja
de engranajes y al mecanismo de la rastra. El ajuste se realiza retirando la tapa
de cubierta de la vlvula de alivio ubicada sobre la bomba hidrulica (la que
tiene tuerca de base ms grande) y soltando la tuerca de seguridad, atornillando
hacia fuera, cerrando lentamente la vlvula de control de flujo y ajustando la
vlvula de alivio de tal modo que el indicador de presin indique el valor
requerido. Atornillar hacia adentro aumenta la presin.
Ntese que el switch de presin necesita primero ser ajustado a

una presin ms alta y luego ser reajustado una vez que se haya
ajustado la vlvula de alivio.
AJUSTE DE LAS RASTRAS
NOTA: Antes de comenzar con el ajuste de las rastras es

necesario realizar el Ajuste de la unidad hidrulica.
Velocidad de la Rastra
La velocidad de rotacin de la rastra se regula ajustando la vlvula de velocidad

hidrulica. Esta es una vlvula de aguja ubicada en el lado de presin de la
bomba hidrulica del accionamiento.
CAPTULO 1

La velocidad de la rastra estar normalmente en aproximadamente 0.212 rpm.

La velocidad ideal de la rastra mantiene un perfil de cama de pulpa plano, desde
la pared del estanque hacia el centro. Si la velocidad es demasiado baja, podra
formarse un agujero al centro. En caso contrario, si es demasiado alta, la cama
sera ms alta en el centro del espesador, caso en el que la masa acumulada en
el eje puede volcarse haca las paredes, causando turbulencia y produce un
rebalse sucio.
Direccin de la Rastra
Se utiliza un botn en el panel indicador ubicado al costado de la unidad

hidrulica para establecer la direccin de la rastra. Las rastras revertirn esta
direccin solamente cuando se presiona este botn. Una vez que se libera el
botn, el movimiento de las rastras volver a ser hacia adelante.
AJUSTE DE LA POSICIN DEL CONO DEFLECTOR
El distanciamiento entre el cono deflector y el feedwell puede ser ajustado

mediante pernos entre el fondo del feedwell y el cono deflector.
AJUSTE DE LA POSICIN DEL RASPADOR DEL CONO DEFLECTOR
El raspador del cono deflector es posicionado sobre el eje de la rastra y es

ajustado tal que exista una separacin de 75 mm aproximado entre el raspador
y el cono deflector.
1.3.3 HOJAS DE CHEQUEO DE PRECOMISIONAMIENTO
A continuacin se indica una lista como pre-requisito para el comisionamiento

para las diferentes disciplinas.
ESPECIALIDAD MECNICA
Inspeccin visual de instalacin completa.

Alineacin, conexin y rotacin.
Chequeo de bombas.
Verificacin de soldaduras de terreno, tensin de pernos y
acoplamientos.
Control dimensional.
CAPTULO 1

Verificacin que los elementos rotatorios no tocan las partes

estacionarias y que las holguras estn de acuerdo a lo establecido en los
planos.
ESPECIALIDAD ELCTRICA

Prueba de aislamiento y continuidad de cables.
Pruebas de aislamiento de generadores, transformadores y motores,
paneles y cajas de distribucin.
Pruebas de puesta a tierra.
Pruebas de corriente esttica en interruptores y elementos de control.
Chequeo de distribucin de alumbrado y enchufes.
Chequeo de la instalacin total de los elementos en cada rea.
Monitoreo de temperatura.
Chequeo de que la energa elctrica se encuentra disponible para todos
los equipos elctricos.
Chequeo de aislamiento de los equipos.
ESPECIALIDAD INSTRUMENTACIN
Calibracin y pruebas de instrumentos antes de su instalacin.

Prueba de aislamiento y continuidad de cables.
Limpieza, soplado, prueba de presin y roturas de las caeras
neumticas e hidrulicas.
Ajustes de control, posiciones de alarma y botones de parada.
Pruebas de lazo de control.
Pruebas de los funcionamientos de los sistemas de control.
Durante el precomisionamiento, deben estar disponibles, por lo menos, los

siguientes documentos:
Especificacin de alarmas y puntos de paradas, incluyendo los valores

preliminares esperados para activar una alarma o crear una accin de
parada. Se deben mencionar las acciones de parada, los rangos de
CAPTULO 1

medicin y magnitudes. Los valores de las alarmas y acciones de parada

deben ser actualizados durante la puesta en marcha cuando se
conozcan los valores finales de operacin.
Lista de los instrumentos de terreno indicando la posicin de falla de las
vlvulas.
Descripcin del Control de Proceso, incluyendo la descripcin completa
de todo el proceso de control.
Diagrama funcional de lazos con la descripcin detallada de la operacin
de los lazos individuales, enclavamientos especiales y conexiones entre
controladores.
Diagramas de lazo de instrumentos.
Se debern llenar las siguientes hojas de chequeo cuando se realice el

precomisionamiento:
Lista de Chequeo Mecnico Espesador, Unidad Hidrulica.

Lista de Chequeo Elctrico.
Lista de Chequeo de Instrumentacin.
CAPTULO 1

MANUAL DE OPERACIN
1.4
OPERACIN DEL ESPESADOR.......................................................................................... 2
4.1 PUESTA EN MARCHA ........................................................................................... 3
4.2 DETENCIN PROGRAMADA DEL ESPESADOR (sin detencin de rastras)......... 4
4.3 DETENCIN PROGRAMADA DEL ESPESADOR (con detencin de rastras)........ 5
4.4 DETENCIN DE EMERGENCIA DEL ESPESADOR ............................................. 5
SUGERENCIAS GENERALES DE OPERACIN ................................................................. 6
DIAGNSTICO DE PROBLEMAS EN LA OPERACIN ....................................................... 7
4.5 ESTRATEGIAS DE CONTROL DE PROCESO .................................................... 12
CAPTULO 1
MANUAL INSTALACIN OPERACIN Y MANTENIMIENTO

OPERACIN DEL ESPESADOR
Las etapas involucradas en el proceso de espesamiento son:
Alimentacin de pulpa a travs de la lnea de alimentacin (feedpipe)

haca el interior del feedwell.
El floculante se adiciona al interior del feedwell, a travs de

aspersores, para obtener la cantidad y mezcla de floculante ptima.
En el feedwell promueven el mezclado de la pulpa de alimentacin
con el floculante y nos entrega el tiempo de la residencia
adecuado.
La pulpa de alimentacin floculada cae en la parte superior de la

cama formada en el fondo del espesador.
El cono deflector controla la velocidad de ingreso de la pulpa

floculada hacia la cama fluidizada, permitiendo de esta forma una
salida radial para cubrir toda el rea del piso del espesador. Esto ayuda
a la rpida separacin de los slidos del lquido, y ayuda capturar las
partculas finas.
El lquido claro es empujado hacia la parte superior y es

recuperado por la canaleta perimetral (launder), saliendo del sistema
por la caja de overflow.
Los slidos depositados en el fondo son barridos hacia el cono de la

descarga localizado en el centro de la unidad de espesamiento. Esto
es logrado por un juego de brazos de rastras de movimiento lento
con cuchillos inferiores.
Los slidos se retiran entonces del cono por bombas o por gravedad.
CAPTULO 1

4.1 PUESTA EN MARCHA
Antes de comenzar la puesta en marcha del espesador se debe haber revisado

el correcto funcionamiento de los diferentes componentes del espesador,
incluyendo la instrumentacin y el sistema de control (Precomisionamiento, ver
seccin 1.3). Adicionalmente el espesador se debe encontrar con agua en su
interior al momento de comenzar la puesta en marcha del equipo.
Procedimiento:
1. Verificar que el Selector Directo/Inverso se encuentre en la posicin

Directo. En caso contrario mover el selector a la posicin Directo
2. Mover el Selector Manual/Automtico a la posicin Manual
3. Oprimir la botonera verde que da partida al motor que hace girar la rastra
4. Verificar que la rastra gire en direccin de los punteros del reloj, vista
desde arriba.
5. Poner en operacin el sistema preparador de floculante y asegurarse de

que haya suficiente solucin madre.
6. Comenzar a alimentar el espesador con la pulpa.
7. Comenzar a alimentar el floculante y el agua de dilucin.
En el inicio de la operacin del espesador se recomienda utilizar una

dosis de floculante baja (10% de la dosificacin nominal) hasta que la
cama alcance rpidamente un 20%. Si la dosis de floculante puesta es
demasiada alta para empezar (mayor a 50% de la dosificacin nominal),
la alimentacin se sobre flocular y la cama requerir demasiado tiempo
para formarse, adicionalmente, existe el riesgo de que el espesador
pueda embancarse. Si se comienza la operacin sin la adicin de
floculante, la cama del espesador ser de baja densidad, adems, se
hace muy difcil que el sistema de control pueda detectar la cama por lo
que existe el riesgo que la cama llegue a la canaleta de overflow.
8. Ajuste la dosificacin de floculante de acuerdo al flujo de slidos

alimentados al espesador.
9. Poner en Operacin la bomba de descarga del underflow del espesador,

recirculando su descarga al espesador hasta que se alcance la cama
deseada dentro del espesador.
CAPTULO 1

10. Normalizar la descarga del underflow del espesador y por ende detener
la recirculacin hacia el espesador.
A medida que se llena el espesador con pulpa, se debe monitorear

continuamente tanto la densidad de descarga como el torque del accionamiento
de la rastra. Cuando la densidad se acerque al valor requerido, deber
aumentarse la velocidad de la bomba, regulndola para que la densidad de
descarga mantenga su valor. Si no se puede lograr la densidad requerida
incluso con una baja velocidad de bombeo, es posible que sea necesario
aumentar la dosis de floculante. Si la densidad de descarga tiende a ser
demasiado alta y el torque de la rastra es alto, esta condicin puede aliviarse
aumentando la velocidad de la bomba y/o disminuyendo la dosificacin de
floculante.
La claridad del agua recuperada es influenciada por la dosificacin de floculante.

Si la claridad es insuficiente, aumente la dosificacin de floculante. Recuerde
que tambin la densidad de la descarga es influenciada por la dosificacin de
floculante y una mayor cantidad de floculante produce una mayor densidad de la
descarga.
Mientras el motor este funcionando, la luz de rastra funcionando estar

encendida. Una vez que el motor llegue a rgimen (20 Seg), se
habilitarn los comandos de Giro de Rastra.
NOTA: Cuando se cambia la direccin de giro con la unidad

hidrulica funcionando, es necesario mantener al menos 20-30
segundos en la posicin Neutro para prevenir daos en la
unidad.
4.2 DETENCIN PROGRAMADA DEL ESPESADOR (sin detencin de rastras)
Este tipo de detencin se emplea cuando se espera que el equipo va a dejar de

ser alimentado por 2 horas o menos.
1. Detenga la bomba de dosificacin de floculante.
2. Detenga la alimentacin al espesador.

CAPTULO 1

3. Contine descargando normalmente el espesador hasta alcanzar un

porcentaje de slidos en el underflow de 30% a 35%.
4. Detenga el suministro de agua de dilucin.
4.3 DETENCIN PROGRAMADA DEL ESPESADOR (con detencin de rastras)
Este tipo de detencin se emplea cuando se espera que el equipo va a dejar de

ser alimentado por ms de 2 horas.
1. Detenga la bomba de dosificacin de floculante.
2. Detenga la alimentacin al espesador.
3. Contine descargando el espesador hasta que la descarga bombeada

consista bsicamente de solucin libre de slidos. Luego detenga la
bomba de descarga.
4. Detenga el suministro de agua de dilucin.
5. Lave con agua a presin la lnea de descarga de relaves.
6. Oprimir la botonera roja que detiene el motor que hace girar la rastra
4.4 DETENCIN DE EMERGENCIA DEL ESPESADOR
En caso que el equipo deba ser detenido por emergencia, ya sea por corte de
energa u otro motivo se recomienda seguir el siguiente procedimiento:
1. Abra la vlvula manual de descarga y descargue todo el material del

espesador.
2. En caso que sea factible, lave con agua a presin la lnea de descarga
de relaves.
Si despus de una detencin total del equipo (programada o de emergencia) las

rastras no arrancan se debe vaciar el espesador hasta que quede visible el
lecho en las paredes del estanque y utilizar agua a alta presin para empujar los
slidos al cono de descarga del estanque hasta que las rastras puedan arrancar.
CAPTULO 1

SUGERENCIAS GENERALES DE OPERACIN
1. Una de las claves fundamentales en la operacin exitosa de los

esperadores de pasta es una correcta adicin de floculante. Para lograr
un consumo adecuado de floculante es necesario agregar ste, lo ms
diluido posible dispersndolo de la mejor manera posible sin agitacin
excesiva. Es recomendable que si el floculante se prepara en una
concentracin de 0,25% p/p, ste deber ser diluido a aproximadamente
0,015% e inyectado a baja presin por va de las caeras rociadoras al
pozo de alimentacin central. En algunos casos, el floculante debe
adicionarse antes debiendo mezclarse bien la pulpa para que se formen
los flculos. Sin embargo, hay veces en que pasa exactamente lo
opuesto, rompindose los flculos a causa de la adicin temprana del
floculante en un flujo turbulento que tiene lugar dentro del pozo de
alimentacin central antes de la entrada al lecho.
2. Tenga paciencia con cualquier cambio realizado. Proporcione un tiempo

adecuado para que ellos sean efectivos y se logre visualizar su efecto.
3. Bajo condiciones de operacin estables, realice cambios pequeos y

espere durante 15 a 30 minutos.
4. En casos de emergencia en los que se requiera una velocidad de

bombeo de descarga alta, aumente la velocidad durante un perodo de
30 seg.
5. El objetivo principal es obtener un rebalse claro y una descarga espesa.
6. Cuando tome muestras en el feedwell, haga uso de la escotilla

suministrada.
7. Cuando tome muestras de la descarga, permita que la pulpa corra desde

el punto de muestreo durante 5-10 seg antes de tomar la muestra.
8. Antes de activar la modalidad automtica, trate (De acuerdo a la

Experiencia) de lograr que la unidad opere cercana a los puntos
deseados de torque, nivel de cama, dosificacin de polmero, y velocidad
de bombeo de descarga para el tonelaje de operacin.
9. Use caeras o mangueras flexibles y acoples rpidos para la conexin

con las caeras rociadoras de floculante con el fin de facilitar el acceso
para realizar pruebas, limpieza, etc.
CAPTULO 1

DIAGNSTICO DE PROBLEMAS EN LA OPERACIN
NOTA: El procedimiento de operacin que se describe a

continuacin puede necesitar algo de modificacin sobre la base de
la experiencia obtenida durante el comisionamiento de las unidades.
En particular, la cantidad y puntos de agregado ptimos del
floculante se establecern durante el comisionamiento o los meses
iniciales de operacin.
Como regla general para la operacin del espesador, es til considerar las
siguientes situaciones y posibles soluciones:
Problema: Torque bajo y Nivel de cama bajo
Posible causa Posible solucin

1. Chequee el flujo de alimentacin y
Reduccin de flujo de alimentacin
la densidad de descarga.
2. Reduzca velocidad de descarga en
Densidad de alimentacin baja
la bomba de UF.
CAPTULO 1

Problema: Torque bajo y Nivel de cama alto
Floculacin insuficiente causada por: 1. Chequee el flujo de alimentacin y

la densidad de descarga y ajuste la
1. Aumento del flujo de dosificacin de floculante segn la
alimentacin sin suficiente dosis requerida (si es necesario). Si
aumento del floculante. continua el problema, aumente la
2. Aumento de la densidad de dosificacin de polmero en 10 -
slidos en la alimentacin. 15% y espere 15 minutos con tal de
3. Rotura en la lnea de suministro observar resultados.
de floculante.
4. Bomba de floculante detenida. 2. Revise el correcto funcionamiento
5. Problema de mezclado en el de la planta de floculante.
estanque de floculante.
6. Bloqueo de los rociadores. 3. Revise el funcionamiento de los
rociadores.
Problema: Torque alto y Nivel de cama bajo
Floculacin excesiva causada por:

1. Reduzca la dosificacin de
1. La velocidad de la bomba de floculante en un 25% y acelere la
floculante se ha ajustado bomba de descarga para devolver
accidentalmente en un punto el torque a su punto de operacin
demasiado alto. normal.
2. Si el torque contina alto,
2. Se est preparando una solucin disminuya el polmero
demasiado concentrada en la gradualmente en reducciones de
planta de floculante. 10% cada una, esperando media
hora para ver el efecto
3. Aumento de material grueso que
puede haberse decantado antes 4. Revise el correcto funcionamiento
de que tuviera lugar una buena de la planta de floculante.
floculacin.
CAPTULO 1

Problema: Torque alto y Nivel de cama alto
1. Bloqueo de la lnea de descarga

de UF.
1. Acelere la bomba de descarga en
2. Bloqueo del cono de descarga
incrementos de 10% y observe la
cavitacin de la bomba y aumento
presin de la lnea de relaves.
de la presin de la lnea
3. La vlvula de descarga se ha
cerrado accidentalmente.
Problema: Las rastras no giran
Falla en el motor elctrico Revise el suministro de energa
Inspeccione todas las mangueras en

Falla en manguera hidrulica
cuanto a filtraciones o roturas
Revise el apriete de los pernos del eje
Pernos de acoplamiento sueltos
de accionamiento
Falla en el motor hidrulico Retire el motor y revise
Inspeccione la caja de engranajes en

Falla de la caja de engranajes cuanto a ruidos discordantes o
vibraciones
Cuidadosamente desconecte la
Falla de la bomba hidrulica
manguera para verificar si hay flujo
Verifique y reajuste la vlvula de by-
Vlvula de by pass hidrulica pass hidrulico (para que se dispare
desajustada sobre el disparo elctrico, es decir, a
un torque de 100%)
Inspeccione todos los fusibles y
Problemas elctricos
disparos del tablero
CAPTULO 1

Problema: Accionamiento de la rastra desliza
Aire en las lneas hidrulicas Realizar purga de las lneas de aire.
Sellos de motor / bomba desgastado Reemplazar
Problema: Cada del sistema por alto torque

1. Seleccionar operacin local con
1. Bloqueo de la lnea de descarga
la rastra en neutro
de UF
2. Verificar la operacin de la bomba
2. Bloqueo del cono de descarga
de underflow
cavitacin de la bomba y aumento
de la presin de la lnea
3. Limpiar embancamiento en el
cono (flushing water)
3. La vlvula de descarga se ha
cerrado accidentalmente
4. Iniciar operacin de la rastra
manteniendo un torque bajo 40%.
Problema: Problemas con la bomba hidrulica
1. Sobrecargas elctricas en el motor 1. Verificar sobrecargas elctricas

en el motor
2. Nivel de aceite hidrulico
2. Verificar nivel de aceite hidrulico
3. Nivel de aceite en el reductor
3. Verificar el nivel de aceite en el
reductor
CAPTULO 1

Problema: Medicin incorrecta del nivel de interfase

El Sensor de Interfase incorrectamente Revise manual del instrumento y
calibrado calibre nuevamente
Dao en el sensor de interfase Inspeccionar sensor de interfase
Problema: Medicin de torque incorrecta

Restrinja el flujo de la bomba para
simular una presin de 0-100%.
Falla del transductor
Recalibre el tablero del medidor por va
del transductor de torque
Problema: Feedwell rebalsando
Cuando el espesador est

parcialmente vaciado, inspeccione el
cono deflector en cuanto a bloqueos. Si
Bloqueo del cono deflector restringe o
ha pasado por l material muy grueso,
impide el flujo a travs de la tolva de
es posible que est bloqueado. En este
alimentacin
caso, limpie y baje el cono en caso de
que todava se est procesando este
material.
CAPTULO 1

4.5 ESTRATEGIAS DE CONTROL DE PROCESO
a) Control de inventario
Un sensor de presin en el cono del underflow (Bed mass sensor) cuantifica el

inventario de los slidos
4mA = el tanque lleno de agua.

20mA = el tanque lleno pulpa a una altura definida.
Esta es la medida relativa de masa de la cama y de esta manera es posible

elaborar un lazo de control simple con la bomba de descarga de UF.
b) Control de la densidad de descarga UF
La densidad puede medirse en la lnea de descarga. Sin embargo,

usando slo la densidad para controlar el underflow la bomba no permite el
control del inventario. La mejor opcin para la lgica de control es usar un
control en cascada donde la densidad de underflow es un lazo primario y la
presin de la cama es un lazo secundario. Esta solucin necesita una cuidadosa
afinacin y debe usarse con un buen control de la dosis de floculante.
CAPTULO 1

c) Control de floculante
Medicin nivel de interfase
Para el control de la velocidad de la bomba de dosificacin de floculante en un

espesador HRT, puede usarse como variable de control la cama de material
slido, siempre que esta responda a los efectos de la floculacin. Para ello se
requiere un control estable del inventario de slidos y por ello debe ser
implementado el sensor de presin Bed mass sensor. La medicin del nivel de
la interfase se realiza a travs de un sensor de nivel (LT).
CAPTULO 1

MANUAL FILOSOFA DE CONTROL

1.5
N Documento Revisin Descripcin
FILOSOFA, ESTRATEGIAS Y TCTICAS DE CONTROL
DQ130112-E30-000-IN-IN-001 2
ESPESADOR PLANTA 325-TK-002
CAPTULO 1

ANTOFAGASTA MINERALS
PROYECTO ESPERANZA
ESPESADOR 36M
SUMINISTRO DE EQUIPOS
Proyecto N DQ130112
MANUAL
FILOSOFA, ESTRATEGIAS Y TCTICAS DE CONTROL
ESPESADOR PLANTA 325-TK-601
Documento N DQ130112-E30-000-IN-IN-001
Aprobacin Cliente : _____________________________________________
Fecha: _____________________________________________
REV DESCRIPCIN PREPAR REVIS APROB FECHA
2 ACTUALIZA TAGS Y ALCANCE L.C.B. J.S.M. J.S.M. 25-06-2014

1 ACTUALIZA TAGS NUMBERS L.C.B. J.S.M. J.S.M. 09-04-2014
0 EMITIDO PARA CONSTRUCCION L.C.B. J.S.M. J.S.M. 29-01-2014
B EMITIDO PARA INFORMACIN L.C.B. J.S.M. J.S.M. 13-12-2013
A PARA COORDINACIN INTERNA L.C.B. J.U.G. J.S.M. 05-12-2013
FILOSOFA, ESTRATEGIAS Y TCTICAS DE
CONTROL
PROYECTO ESPERANZA
DQ130112-E30-000-IN-IN-001
ESPESADOR 36M
Revisin 2
Contenido Pgina
1 ALCANCE........................................................................................................................ 3
2 OBJETIVO ....................................................................................................................... 4
3 FILOSOFA DE CONTROL (P & ID DQ-130112-G2856-T10-0250) ................................. 5
3.1 PRINCIPIO DE OPERACIN .......................................................................................... 5
3.2 FEEDWELL DE ALIMENTACIN CENTRAL................................................................... 5
3.3 ESTRATEGIA DE CONTROL .......................................................................................... 6
3.3.1 ACCIONAMIENTO HIDRULICO DE MOVIMIENTO ................................................... 6
3.3.2 ACCIONAMIENTO DE LEVANTE DE RASTRA ........................................................... 8
3.3.3 MEDICIN DE INTERFASE......................................................................................... 8
3.3.4 MASA DE CAMA .......................................................................................................... 9
4 TACTICA DE CONTROL ............................................................................................... 10
4.1 PARTIR / PARAR .......................................................................................................... 10
4.2 DIRECCIN DE RASTRA ............................................................................................. 10
4.3 LEVANTE AUTOMTICO DE RASTRA......................................................................... 10
4.4 SISTEMA DE SEGURIDAD DE LEVANTE RASTRA ..................................................... 12
4.5 MOVIMIENTO MANUAL DE RASTRA........................................................................... 12
4.6 BAJO NIVEL DE ACEITE EN RESERVORIO DE UNIDAD HIDRULICA ..................... 12
4.7 TEMPERATURA DE ACEITE HIDRULICO ................................................................. 12
4.8 BAJO NIVEL EN LA UNIDAD REDUCTORA ................................................................. 13
4.9 TRIP DE TORQUE DE RASTRA ................................................................................... 13
4.10 MEDICIN DE INTERFASE O NIVEL DE CAMA .......................................................... 13
4.11 MASA DE CAMA ........................................................................................................... 13
5 SISTEMA DE CONTROL ............................................................................................... 14
6 APENDICE A: DIAGRAMA DE LEVANTE AUTOMATICO DE RASTRA........................ 15
Outotec (Chile) S.A. Pgina 2 de 15

I:\MINPRO\DQ130112\T10\Z_TRABAJO\IN\IN\Filosofia de Control\R2\DQ130112-E30-000-IN-IN-001 R2.doc
CONTROL
PROYECTO ESPERANZA
DQ130112-E30-000-IN-IN-001
ESPESADOR 36M
Revisin 2
1 ALCANCE
Este documento establece la Filosofa de Control en el mbito de Ingeniera de

Detalles, donde se describe el funcionamiento del Espesador de concentrado de cobre
de 36m dimetro 325-TK-601 en planta de concentrado, diseado para Compaa
Minera Antofagasta Minerals dentro del marco del Proyecto Esperanza.

CONTROL
PROYECTO ESPERANZA
DQ130112-E30-000-IN-IN-001
ESPESADOR 36M
Revisin 2
2 OBJETIVO
El objetivo principal de un espesador es recuperar agua del relave o concentrado. Una

vez que la pulpa llega al espesador, se le adiciona floculante para sedimentar los
slidos con el fin de lograr la separacin de las partculas, las cuales se depositan en el
fondo de este espesador. La superficie superior de la cama de pulpa depositada en el
fondo forma una interfase bien definida, que tiene sobre ella una capa de lquido
clarificado, el cual es recuperado por rebalse.

CONTROL
PROYECTO ESPERANZA
DQ130112-E30-000-IN-IN-001
ESPESADOR 36M
Revisin 2
3 FILOSOFA DE CONTROL (P & ID DQ-130112-G2856-T10-0250)
3.1 PRINCIPIO DE OPERACIN
El espesador HRT (High Rate Thickener) est diseado para espesar lodos minerales,
obteniendo un concentrado de alta consistencia; y al mismo tiempo, un lquido
clarificado para su reutilizacin en la planta.
El espesador es alimentando por la parte superior mediante una tubera (Feed Pipe), la
que desemboca tangencialmente en la parte central del espesador (Feedwell). Este
concentrado se mezcla con un agente qumico diluido (polmero floculante), el cual se
adosa a las partculas slidas para formar grandes flculos, que son precipitados por
la fuerza gravitacional. Este precipitado se deposita en el fondo del espesador para
formar una cama de concentrado producindose una interfaz bien definida entre esta
cama y el lquido aclarado sobre ella. Para medir el nivel de esta interfaz se utiliza un
sensor / transmisor de nivel en la parte superior del espesador. El espesador utiliza un
feedwell patentado para asegurar la eficiencia de floculacin. Y adems se incorpora un
diseo de rastrillo que mejora la permeabilidad y liberacin de agua del lodo mineral.
El lquido clarificado (Overflow) cae mediante rebalse a una canaleta perifrica

(Overflow Launder) ubicado en la parte superior del espesador, este liquido clarificado
(Overflow) se recupera para ser reutilizado otros procesos dentro de la planta.
El lodo engrosado se va acumulando en un cono central en la base del espesador

mediante un mecanismo de rastrillo (rastra o Rake). Y luego se bombea a la siguiente
etapa del proceso de acuerdo a la masa medida mediante un sensor de presin en el
cono central.
El espesador est provisto de brazos de rastras equipados con cuchillas dispuestas

para barrer la totalidad del fondo una vez por revolucin. Las rastras desplazan los
slidos hacia el centro (Cono Undeflow), ayudando tambin a mantener en movimiento
la cama y compactar los slidos en el mismo.
3.2 FEEDWELL DE ALIMENTACIN CENTRAL
La pulpa entrante ingresa tangencialmente al feedwell de alimentacin circular

produciendo una suave mezcla de la pulpa y floculante, el feedwell est diseado de tal
manera de producir una dilucin ptima que maximiza la sedimentacin de slidos y
liberacin de agua, sin la necesidad de agregar agua adicional.

CONTROL
PROYECTO ESPERANZA
DQ130112-E30-000-IN-IN-001
ESPESADOR 36M
Revisin 2
3.3 ESTRATEGIA DE CONTROL
El sistema de rotacin de rastra consiste en una unidad hidrulica (Power Pack)

conectado a un motor hidrulico, el que est directamente acoplado a una caja de
engranaje planetario como reductor final del accionamiento (GearBox). El eje de salida
del reductor est acoplado al eje de accionamiento de la Rastra.
El reductor est montado sobre una base acoplada a cuatro cilindros de levante
(Sistema de Levante Rastra) permitiendo un levante mximo de 600mm.
El torque es medido indirectamente mediante el transductor de presin OT-9700

montado en el Power Pack junto con el switch de presin alto OSH-9702A (95% Torque
Nominal). Mientras que la posicin de levante de rastra es medida con el sensor de
posicin ZIT-9703 y los lmites de carrera ZSH-9701A; ZSL-9701B montados en la
estructura de esta unidad.
3.3.1 Accionamiento Hidrulico de Movimiento
El accionamiento hidrulico de Movimiento incorpora:
La Seleccin de modos Local / Remoto que slo podr ser seleccionado desde
consola de operaciones (PCS Cliente).
Existen dos formas de control del espesador: Automtico Manual. El control

Automtico corresponde al control del torque levantando la Rastra segn
lgica de control instaurada en el sistema de control del cliente (DCS) y
replicada en el panel o controlador local (suministrado por otros) en el

CONTROL
PROYECTO ESPERANZA
DQ130112-E30-000-IN-IN-001
ESPESADOR 36M
Revisin 2
espesador (se replica ante una eventual falla o perdida de comunicacin). El

control Manual significa que el levante y giro de la Rastra se realiza
inhabilitando la lgica de control de torque, actuando mediante comandos desde
consola o localmente en terreno segn sea el Modo Remoto Local
respectivamente.
En modo de operacin Remoto, el control y monitoreo es realizado desde

Consola ya sea de forma Automtico Manual mediante comunicacin Profibus
DP. En este modo no se podr comandar ningn movimiento mediante el Panel
Control, pero si puede ser detenido mediante parada de emergencia HS-9702H
o la lgica de proteccin de la rastra programada en el DCS o Controlador del
del Panel Local (suministrado por otros).
En modo de operacin Local, los comando de movimiento y giro de la rastra,

consisten en selectores de tres posiciones tipo JOG, es decir que se debe
mantener accionado el comando en la posicin deseada y al soltar vuelve a una
posicin Neutra, esto con el fin de mantener siempre una condicin neutra en el
espesador de manera que al pasar de remoto / Local no existan problemas de
operacin. El comando para subir/bajar Rastra es HS-9702C y el comando de
Giro directa/reversa es HS-9702H, al accionar estos comando actuarn sobre
solenoides en la unidad hidrulica para producir los movimientos deseados.
En la forma de operacin Automtico, los movimientos de la rastra sern

gobernados de acuerdo a la Tctica de Control descrita el punto 4.3.
El switch de presin OSH-9703A que se acciona con el 95% del torque activara
la alarma OAH-9703A en el panel local (por otros). La activacin de este Switch
provocar la detencin de la unidad hidrulica y con ello el giro de la rastra,
permitiendo slo el movimiento vertical de la rastra hasta que se levante la
condicin de alarma.
El switch de bajo nivel de aceite hidrulico (LSL-9703C) en el reservorio de la

unidad, al ser activado encender una alarma de advertencia LAL-9703C. De
igual forma se considera un switch en el Gear Box LSL-9703B que encender
una alarma de nivel bajo LAL-9703B. La activacin de estos switch provocar la
detencin de la unidad hidrulica automticamente.
Sensor de temperatura TT-9699, con el cual detecta la alta temperatura de

aceite hidrulico indicando alarma de temperatura alta TAH-9699.
Medicin de Torque: La presin hidrulica de la unidad reductora (Torque de

Rastra) se mostrara en un indicador digital con escala de 0 -100% en panel local
(suministrado por otros). Esta presin es medida con el transductor de presin
OT-9700 y en forma local ser mostrada en el indicador de presin PI-9700.

CONTROL
PROYECTO ESPERANZA
DQ130112-E30-000-IN-IN-001
ESPESADOR 36M
Revisin 2
La proteccin mecnica contra torque alto ser el uso de una vlvula de alivio de
presin ajustada manualmente al 100% torque Nominal, esta acta de respaldo
a la proteccin elctrica precedente, eliminando la posibilidad de sobrecarga del
sistema motriz.
3.3.2 Accionamiento de levante de Rastra
Para poder controlar el torque de la rastra (Forma de Control Automtico) se cuenta con
un sistema hidrulico de levante de rastra, si el nivel de torque alcanza o sobrepasa el
50% de la carga total de torque las rastras debern subir automticamente y si el torque
es menor que el 40% el sistema hidrulico deber bajarlas. Para accionar el levantar o
bajar rastras, se acta sobre una solenoide de tres posiciones con la que cuenta la
unidad para este fin.
Para poder medir la posicin de la rastra se cuenta con los siguientes instrumentos:
La posicin de elevacin de rastra ser medida por el Sensor de Posicin ZT-

9704 enviando esta seal al panel local de control (por otros), donde se puede
visualizar este valor.
Adems se cuenta con un switch de posicin alto ZSH-9702A y un switch de

posicin bajo de ZSL-9702B, para determinar los lmites de carrera de la rastra
superior e inferior y tomar la accin inmediata de detencin de movimiento.
Por ltimo, la unidad hidrulica cuenta con un filtro de aceite hidrulico el cual avisa
fsicamente el cambio de filtro y junto con ello acciona un switch (PDSH-9705) cuya
seal es enviada al panel de control (por otros), en el cual se deber desplegar una
alarma de cambio de filtro.
El sistema de levante cuenta con un sistema de seguridad hidroneumtico que consiste

en un acumulador de nitrgeno-aceite hidrulico que permite el levante automtico de la
rastra en caso de corte de energa o falla hidrulica. Esta unidad cuenta con un
transductor de presin PT-9706 con el cual mide el valor de presin en el acumulador,
adems de un indicador de presin PI-9706 en el cual se puede leer este valor.
3.3.3 Medicin de Interfase
La medicin de nivel de interfase ser entregada por el instrumento LIT-9697, ste

entrega seales que indican los niveles de la fase de agua clara y fase intermedia. Esta
seal ser enviada al sistema de control del cliente (DCS de la Planta).

CONTROL
PROYECTO ESPERANZA
DQ130112-E30-000-IN-IN-001
ESPESADOR 36M
Revisin 2
3.3.4 Masa de Cama
El transmisor de presin PIT-9698 ubicado en la pared lateral del cono de descarga

genera una seal en FieldBus Foundation, la que mide la masa de lecho entre 0 y
100%. Esta seal ser enviada al sistema de control del cliente (DCS de la Planta).

CONTROL
PROYECTO ESPERANZA
DQ130112-E30-000-IN-IN-001
ESPESADOR 36M
Revisin 2
4 TACTICA DE CONTROL
4.1 PARTIR / PARAR
Cuando se hace partir la rastra, el motor elctrico de la unidad hidrulica sigue

funcionando a menos que:
Se detecte bajo nivel de aceite hidrulico en el reservorio de la unidad hidrulica.
Se detecte una seal de alerta de torque alto (95% Max Torque).
Exista una falla de motor en MCC.
Mientras el motor este energizado, una luz Roja indicar que la rastra est en
funcionamiento.
4.2 DIRECCIN DE RASTRA
La direccin de rastra ser comandada en modo remoto desde consola o en modalidad

manual desde el Panel de Control (suministrado por otros) mediante un switch tipo
JOG. Este comando debe contar con tres posiciones: Adelante / Neutro / Reversa, la
posicin normal del comando es Neutro, para mover la rastra se debe mantener
accionado el comando en la direccin que se desee, una lgica en el sistema de
control o en el controlador local determinar los tiempos de transicin de un modo a
otro, bsicamente cuando se cambia la direccin con la unidad hidrulica funcionando
es necesario pausar al menos 5-10 segundos en la posicin Neutro, esto para
prevenir daos en la unidad. (Valores se debern ajustar durante la puesta en marcha)
Al seleccionar Adelante se energizar la Solenoide Directa, de la misma manera si

se escoge Reversa se energizar la Solenoide de Reversa. Se Des-energizan
ambas cuando se escoge la modalidad Neutro. Existen indicadores en el panel que
mostrarn en que modalidad de giro est la unidad.
4.3 LEVANTE AUTOMTICO DE RASTRA
El transductor de presin del power drive (Torque) de la rastra entrega una seal 0 20
mA correspondiente al 0 100% del torque de la rastra, esta seal es alambrada al
panel de control local (Controlador ABB, suministrado por otros) y a su vez al sistema
de control del cliente (DCS) donde es utilizada para el control de Levante-Rastra. En el
Apndice A se muestra un diagrama de flujo de la lgica de control de Levante-Rastra.
La rastra se levanta automticamente energizando su respectiva solenoide cuando:
El torque supera el 50% del mximo torque y

CONTROL
PROYECTO ESPERANZA
DQ130112-E30-000-IN-IN-001
ESPESADOR 36M
Revisin 2
El Limit Switch Superior de la posicin Rastra no est activado y
Mientras el modo de operacin sea Auto para el panel de control
Hasta que:
El torque este por debajo del 45% del mximo torque
El Limit Switch Superior de posicin rastra se accione
La rastra se baja automticamente energizando su repectiva solenoide cuando:
El torque es inferior al 40% del mximo torque y
El Limit Switch Inferior de posicin Rastra no est accionado y
Mientras el modo de operacin sea Auto en el panel de control
Hasta que:
El torque alcanza el 50% del mximo torque
El Limit Switch Inferior de posicin Rastra es accionado
La secuencia automtica de bajar rastra consiste en un temporizador que cuando se

inicia el comando de bajar rastra, energiza la solenoide correspondiente por 2 segundos
y la des-energiza por (0.5 x el tiempo que toma 1 revolucin del mecanismo de la
rastra) (Valores se debern ajustar durante la puesta en marcha).
Cuando la rastra alcanza su ms baja posicin el Limit Switch Inferior (N.C:):
Enciende indicador de Rastra Completamente Abajo.
Des-energiza la solenoide de bajar rastra y
Deshabilita el botn de Bajar Rastra
Cuando la rastra alcanza su ms alta posicin el Limit Switch Superior (N.C:):
Enciende el indicador de Rastra Completamente Arriba.
Des-energiza la solenoide de subir rastra y
Deshabilita el botn de Subir Rastra

CONTROL
PROYECTO ESPERANZA
DQ130112-E30-000-IN-IN-001
ESPESADOR 36M
Revisin 2
4.4 SISTEMA DE SEGURIDAD DE LEVANTE RASTRA
El transductor de presin del Acumulador de seguridad (PT-9706) entrega una seal 4

20 mA correspondiente al 0 290 [bar], esta seal es alambrada al panel de control
(PLC) donde es utilizada para el control de llenado del Acumulador.
Este acumulador debe estar en un rango de presiones de 90 a 250 [bar], para ello se
cuenta con dos solenoides Carga Acumulador (N.O.) y Descarga Acumulador (N.O.).
La vlvula de Carga Acumulador (N.O) se debe activar energizando su respectiva

solenoide cuando:
La presin del Acumulador sea menor que 90 [bar].
Hasta que:
La presin del Acumulador sea igual a 250 [bar].
La vlvula de Descarga Acumulador (N.O) se debe activar energizando su respectiva

solenoide en todo momento a menos que exista un corte de energa, en tal caso abrir
de forma natural dejando actuar al sistema de seguridad.
4.5 MOVIMIENTO MANUAL DE RASTRA
La Rastra puede ser subida o bajada manualmente girando el selector al lado

respectivo, siempre y cuando desde consola sea activado el modo manual.
Girando el selector para subir la Rastra se energizar la solenoide correspondiente

mientras no est activado el limit switch superior.
Girando el selector para bajar la Rastra se energizar la solenoide correspondiente

mientras no est activado el limit switch inferior el torque sea mayor que 50%.
4.6 BAJO NIVEL DE ACEITE EN RESERVORIO DE UNIDAD HIDRULICA
El switch de nivel bajo de aceite hidrulico (LSL-9703C) en el reservorio de aceite de la

unidad hidrulica, detiene y deshabilita la unidad hidrulica, encendiendo la luz piloto
que indica bajo nivel de aceite hidrulico.
4.7 TEMPERATURA DE ACEITE HIDRULICO
Sensor de temperatura TT-9699, detecta la alta temperatura de aceite hidrulico la que

se indica como alarma de temperatura alta TAH-9699. La temperatura tambin puede

CONTROL
PROYECTO ESPERANZA
DQ130112-E30-000-IN-IN-001
ESPESADOR 36M
Revisin 2
vrse en el indicador de tempartura TI-9699 instalada en el reservorio de la unidad

hidrulica.
4.8 BAJO NIVEL EN LA UNIDAD REDUCTORA
El Switch de Nivel Bajo (N.O.) de la unidad reductora (GearBox) enciende el piloto que
indica bajo nivel de aceite en GearBox, al ser activado.
4.9 TRIP DE TORQUE DE RASTRA
En condicin de Trip de torque de rastra por activacin el switch de presin alto (N.C.)
de la unidad hidrulica, se detiene el motor elctrico del sistema de giro encendiendo el
piloto correspondiente a la alarma de Torque Alto y deshabilitando la funcin bajada de
rastra hasta que desaparezca dicha condicin.
Este trip se produce cuando se alcanza el 95% del torque mximo de operacin.
4.10 MEDICIN DE INTERFASE O NIVEL DE CAMA
La medicin de nivel de interfase esta dado por el instrumento LIT-9697 montado en el

puente del espesador, ste instrumento entrega seales mediante Fieldbus Foundation
al PCS, dichas seales representan los niveles de la fase de agua clara o fase
intermedia.
4.11 MASA DE CAMA
El transmisor de presin PIT-9698 ubicado en la pared lateral de la caja de descarga

genera una seal en Fieldbus Foundation al PCS, la que mide la masa de lecho entre 0
y 100%. Esta seal se usa normalmente para controlar la extraccin de descarga o
bomba de underflow

CONTROL
PROYECTO ESPERANZA
DQ130112-E30-000-IN-IN-001
ESPESADOR 36M
Revisin 2
5 SISTEMA DE CONTROL
El sistema de control de este espesador considera respetar el estndar de Minera

Esperanza de modo que toda la lgica de control del espesador se realizar desde el
sistema de control del cliente (DCS), la cual adems estar respaldada en un
controlador en el panel de control local (suministrado por otros), de modo que el equipo
quede protegido ante una eventual prdida de comunicacin o falla.

CONTROL
PROYECTO ESPERANZA
DQ130112-E30-000-IN-IN-001
ESPESADOR 36M
Revisin 2
6 APENDICE A: DIAGRAMA DE LEVANTE AUTOMATICO DE RASTRA
Comienzo
NO
Torque NO Torque
es Menor es Mayor
que 40 % que 50 %
SI SI
SI Limit Limit SI
Switch Switch
Inferior Superior
activado? activado?
NO NO
Bajar Rastra Subir Rastra

(2 sec por revolucin ) (Cosntante)
Torque NO NO Torque
es Mayor es Menor
que 50 % que 40 %
SI SI
Parar de Subir
Parar de Bajar
Rastra
Rastra

DISPOCISIN GENERAL
2.1

DQ130112-G2856-T10-0001 3 Dimensiones Generales Espesadores (GA)
DQ130112-G2856-T10-0100 1 Cuadro de cargas
DQ130112-G2856-T10-0101 1 Planta y Cargas
CAPTULO 2
PLANOS DE MONTAJE Y DIAGRAMAS

DQ130112 09.04.2014
JS
DQ130112 20/11/13
JS
DQ130112 20/11/13
JS
PLANOS DE MONTAJE
2.2

G2856-T10-GAISO 1 Plano de Montaje - Isometric View
G2856-T10-GA001 0 Plano de Montaje - General Arregment
G2856-T10-GA002 0 Plano de Montaje - Support Structure, Underflow Cone
G2856-T10-GA003 0 Plano de Montaje - Floor Plate
G2856-T10-GA004 1 Plano de Montaje - Tank
G2856-T10-GA005 1 Plano de Montaje - Bridge, Monoriel Beem, Grating, Handrail
G2856-T10-GA006 0 Plano de Montaje - Drive Shaft, Long/Short Rake Arm
G2856-T10-GA007 0 Plano de Montaje - Feedweel - Feedpipe
G2856-T10-GA008 0 Plano de Montaje - Miscelaneo
G2856-T10-GA009 0 Plano de Montaje - Miscelaneo
G2856-T10-GA010 0 Plano de Montaje - Meschanism
- - Tabla de Torque de Apriete de Pernos
CAPTULO 2

DQ130112 16/05/14
JS
DQ130112 16/05/14
JS
DQ130112 16/05/14
JS
TABLAS DE TORQUE APRIETE PERNOS
FACTORES DE CORRECCIN DE TORQUE

LUBRICACIN O SUPERFICIE CAMBIOS EN EL TORQUE
Aceite Reducir torque 15% to 25%
Pelicula seca (Teflon o basado en molibdeno (eg.
Reducir torque 50%
Molicote, MoS2)
Encerado seco (Cetyl alcohol) Reducir torque 50%
Superficie de Cromo No cambia
Superficie de Cadmio Reducir torque 25%
Superficie de Zinc Reducir torque 15%
ASTM A325 / ASTM A449 / SAE GRADO 5

Tamao Torque de Ajuste (ft lbs) Torque de Ajuste (Nm)
Perno Encerado Galvanizado Seco Encerado Galvanizado Seco
1/4 4 11 8 5,4 15,0 10,9
5/16 9 11 8 12 15 11
3/8 15 39 31 20 53 42
7/16 25 62 49 34 84 67
1/2 38 94 75 52 128 102
9/16 54 136 109 73 185 148
5/8 75 188 150 102 256 204
3/4 133 333 266 181 453 362
7/8 215 537 429 292 730 583
1 322 805 644 438 1.095 876
1 1/8 397 992 794 540 1.349 1.080
1 1/4 560 1.400 1.120 762 1.904 1.523
1 3/8 734 1.836 1.469 998 2.497 1.998
1 1/2 975 2.438 1.950 1.326 3.316 2.652
1 3/4 1.143 2.857 2.286 1.554 3.886 3.109
2 1.719 4.297 3.438 2.338 5.844 4.676
2 1/4 2.514 6.284 5.027 3.419 8.546 6.837
2 1/2 3.438 8.594 6.875 4.676 11.688 9.350
2 3/4 4.660 11.651 9.321 6.338 15.845 12.677
3 6.157 15.391 12.313 8.374 20.932 16.746
Pgina 1 de 3
ASTM A354-BD / ASTM A490 / SAE GRADE 8

Torque de Ajuste Torque de Ajuste
Tamao
(ft lbs) (Nm)
Perno
Encerado Seco Encerado Seco
1/4 6 12 8,2 16
5/16 12 25 16 34
3/8 22 44 30 60
7/16 35 70 48 95
1/2 53 107 72 146
9/16 77 154 105 209
5/8 106 212 144 288
3/4 188 376 256 511
7/8 303 606 412 824
1 454 909 617 1.236
1 1/8 644 1.287 876 1.750
1 1/4 938 1.875 1.276 2.550
1 3/8 1.191 2.382 1.620 3.240
1 1/2 1.581 3.161 2.150 4.299
1 3/4 2.494 4.988 3.392 6.784
2 3.750 7.500 5.100 10.200
2 1/4 5.484 10.969 7.458 14.918
2 1/2 7.500 15.000 10.200 20.400
2 3/4 8.897 17.794 12.100 24.200
3 11.753 23.507 15.984 31.970
3 1/4 15.143 30.286 20.594 41.189
3 1/2 19.133 38.266 26.021 52.042
3 3/4 23.773 47.545 32.331 64.661
4 29.085 58.100 39.556 79.016
Pgina 2 de 3
TABLA DE TORQUE PARA PERNOS METRICOS O MECANICOS

Seco Galvanizado + MoS2
Hilo Grado Grado
Dimetro Paso 4.6 5.6 8.8 10.9 12.9 4.6 5.6 8.8 10.9 12.9
Nm Nm Nm Nm Nm Nm Nm Nm Nm Nm
M4 0,70 1,0 1,4 3,0 4,4 5 0,8 1,0 2,3 3,3 3,8
M5 0,80 2,0 2,7 5,9 8,7 10 1,5 2,0 4,4 6,5 7,5
M6 1,00 3,5 4,6 10 15 18 2,6 3,5 7,5 11,3 13,5
M8 1,25 8,4 11 25 36 43 6,3 8,3 18,8 27,0 32,3
M10 1,50 17 22 49 72 84 12,8 16,5 36,8 54,0 63,0
M12 1,75 29 39 85 125 145 21,8 29,3 63,8 93,8 108,8
M14 2,00 46 62 135 200 235 34,5 46,5 101,3 150,0 176,3
M16 2,00 71 95 210 310 365 53,3 71,3 157,5 232,5 273,8
M18 2,50 97 130 300 430 500 72,8 97,5 225,0 322,5 375,0
M20 2,50 138 184 425 610 710 103,5 138,0 318,8 457,5 532,5
M22 2,50 186 250 580 820 960 139,5 187,5 435,0 615,0 720,0
M24 3,00 235 315 730 1.050 1.220 176,3 236,3 547,5 787,5 915,0
M27 3,00 350 470 1.100 1.550 1.800 262,5 352,5 825,0 1.162,5 1.350,0
M30 3,50 475 635 1.450 2.100 2.450 356,3 476,3 1.087,5 1.575,0 1.837,5
M33 3,50 645 865 1.970 2.770 3.330 483,8 648,8 1.477,5 2.077,5 2.497,5
M36 4,00 830 1.150 2.530 3.560 4.280 622,5 862,5 1.897,5 2.670,0 3.210,0
Pgina 3 de 3
CIRCUITO HIDRULICO
2.3

PO-OU-DG-00 0 Dimensiones Generales - Unidad Hidrulica
PO-OU-EH-00 4 Esquema Hidrulico - Unidad Hidrulica
CAPTULO 2

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
1675
F 1008 1462,5 F
1600 310 792,5 640 376,5 284
E E
1030
2463
1499
2085
690
381
D D
884
503
370
20 1637 890 35
4x 14mm.
1677 960
C C
1565
NOTAS:
B - Capacidad Deposito Hidr ulico: 250 litros B
- Dimensiones del Tablero El ctrico considerado: 1000x800x300 mm.
- Tolerancias Dimensionales seg n DIN 7168, Grado de Precisi n Basto.
0.1-0.05 0.8-0.4-0.2 6.3-3.2-1.6 12.5 63
DIMENSIONES FECHA
MODIFICACIONES
mas de mas de mas de mas de mas de mas de mas de mas de POR A.A. A.A. A.A. REEMPLAZA
GRADO DE 0.5 3 6 30 120 315 1000 2000 A DIBUJO N GENERALES
hasta hasta hasta hasta hasta hasta hasta hasta FECHA 19.12.13 06.01.14 08.01.14
19 Dic.13
PRECISION 3 6 30 120 315 1000 2000 4000
REEMPLAZADO FECHA
FINO 0.05 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.3 0.5 0.8
FIRMA 1 2 3 4 5 POR DIB. N
MEDIAN0 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.5 0.8 1.2 2
PDH 792
BASTO 0.15 0.2 0.5 0.8 1.2 2 3 4 Maestranza Diesel S.A. O.T. 16641
0 EMITIDO PARA VALIDACI N 09-01-2014 CLIENTE
Proyectos Oleohidr ulica Esc.:
C EMITIDO PARA APROBACI N 07-01-2014 J.S. 1:15
A B EMITIDO PARA APROBACI N 19-12-2013 J.S. NOMBRE FECHA A
EMITIDO PARA REVISION Y DISE A.Alvear 20-11-2013
Dimensiones Generales
A 19-12-2013 H.P.
APROBACION INTERNA
REV DESCRIPCI N FECHA APROBADA REVIS H.Perez 19-12-2013 PLANO N PO-OU-DG-00 U.Dim. mm.
NOTA: Este plano reemplaza a documento No. PO-DH-792 Dimensiones Generales A2 1 / 1
HISTORIAL DE REVISIONES APROB H.Perez 19-12-2013 REF. A
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
A A
B B
NOTA:
CONEXIONES A1 B1 (MOTORES)
CONEXIONES A2 A3 A4 A5 B2 (CILINDROS)
L (DRENAJE)
C C
A1 B1 L A2 A3 A4 A5 B2
27
D D
14 14 14 14 14 14
A1 B1 A2 B2 A3 B3 A4 B4
T1 T1 T2 T2 T3 T3 T4 T4
19 19 19 19
P1 P1 P2 P2 P3 P3 P4 P4
E E
P A 2 B T P A B T P A 2 B T P A B T
A A
17 16 X
Giro
20 a 26 23 a 26
- P T P T
1 1
P A 2 B T P A B T
14
21 24
F 18
1
APROBADO F
P A B T P A 2 B T
A B
POR: ..................................................... FIRMA: ..............................
a b 22 21
P T
1
P A B T
15
B A B
a b 25
G A
17 P T
G
X Levante
-
14
28 NOTAS:
14 2.- ACEITE MINERAL ISO VG 46
32 Acumulador de Vejiga HAB50-330-3X Bosch Rexroth 2

B 32 32 31 Bloque de Seguridad ABZSS30 Bosch Rexroth 1
H 9
30 DBDS 6 G1X/200 Bosch Rexroth 1
H
A
P
29 - - 1
10 28 - - 1
13 Vg= 4 cc B 17 16 27 Divisor de Flujo 9RD0405 RDOD/057X4 Vivoil 1
11 S Q = 6 Lts/min
P= 11kW
12
26 M-3SED 6 UK1X/350CG110N9K4 Bosch Rexroth 2
Vg= 28 cc
n= 1450rpm
Q = 42 Lts/min 25 4WE6 H 61 / EW110 N9 K4 Bosch Rexroth 1
A 7 24 Z2FS K6 - 2 Bosch Rexroth 1
S L1 L 8 23 Z2S 6-2-6X Bosch Rexroth 1
4 5 31 29 22 4WE6 J 61 / EW110 N9 K4 Bosch Rexroth 1
I 21 ZDBD S6 Bosch Rexroth 2 I
B 30 20 - Bosch Rexroth 1
6
19 Placa Base G 342/01 Bosch Rexroth 4
18 HED 8 OA-12 Bosch Rexroth 1
17 ABZMM63 - 250 BAR/MPA Bosch Rexroth 3
3 1
Capacidad: 250 L. 16 MBS-1750 Danfoss 2
15 - - 1
2 14 Minimess - Hydrotechnik 7
13 1LE2321-2BB11-4GA3 | 11kW Siemens 1
12 Campana de Montaje PR 300/155/434/4 HBE 1
J 11 Bomba de Pistones Axiales A10VSO 28 DFR Bosch Rexroth 1
J
10 Bomba de Engranajes AZPF-11-005RRR01MB Bosch Rexroth 1
9 Intercambiador de Calor BLK-4-4-ABB 1
8 Filtro de Retorno 10TEN0160 H10XLA00 Bosch Rexroth 1
7 Elemento Filtro 1.0160 H10XL-A00-0-M Bosch Rexroth 1
6 Sensor de Temperatura 1
5 Switch de Nivel/Temperatura NS 1 - NO / 300 HBE 1
4 Tapa de Llenado SE2 HBE 1
3 Visor de Nivel HBE 1
K 2 - 1 K
1 AB 40-40 / DN250 Maestranza Diesel S.A. 1
Detalle/Modelo Marca Cant.
PDH 792
4
3
EMITIDO PARA DOSIER DE CALIDAD
H.P.
H.P. Maestranza Diesel S.A. O.T. 16641
2 EMITIDO PARA DOSIER DE CALIDAD H.P. Esc.:
1
0
M.Z.
A.A.
-
D A.A. NOMBRE FECHA
L C H.P. A.Alvear 18-10-2013 UPH 11KW L
B A.A.
A A.A.
H.Perez 18-10-2013 U.Dim. -
REV. POR FECHA H.Perez 21-10-2013 REF. A A2 1 / 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
P&ID
2.4

DQ-130112-G2856-T10-0250 5 P&ID TAG 325-TK-602
CAPTULO 2

DIAGRAMAS PANEL DE CONTROL

2.5
Nota: Panel de Control a ser suministrado por otros, fuera del alcance de suministro de
Outotec.
CAPTULO 2

MOTOR HIDRULICO
3.1
Equipo Revisin Descripcin

Espesador 36m 325-TK-002 NA Catalogo Danfoss OMT 250
CAPTULO 3
DOCUMENTACIN DE COMPONENTES
Catalogue
Hydraulic motors
OMT
l i k
Low speed high torque motors
l i c s u l i a u l i c
u
ra ydrau Hydra Hyd ydrau r
H e i c s
H
l i q u
k
l i q u a u l u l i k r a u
r a u y d r d r a y d H y
yd lik H
H y cs H lics

u u e u l i
a u l i c s
ra auliq ydra Hydr drau
d r H i k H y
y d r
Hy aulik raul ulik

k H k

d r y d a l i l
Hy ue H Hydr ydrau ydrau

l i q u e H
e H H y d
u uliq

q u e i q u

e e

r a u l i u l i q u q u
yd ydra ydra raul rauli
H s H H
y d y d c s
c s
l i c s lics
H u l i
r a u u l i c d r a d r a
yd ydra drau H y H y
H H y u l i k ulik s H
ik ulik a a

d r y d r u l i c
r a H H d r a r a u
yd que que
H y
H y d
u l i u l i l i k e

H y
ra ydra drau l i q u ics
H H y r a u raul y d
cs Hyd Hyd H

e
Book 1 Partition 3 HK.13.B1.02
A wide range of
hydraulic motors
OMT OMTW
OMV
OMS
OMPW
OMSS
OMP
OMR
OMM
OMH
OMR OML
Danfoss is Europe's largest producer of low speed The standard ranges are characterised by technical
high torque hydraulic motors . We can offer more features appealing to a large number of applicatons.
than 1600 different hydraulic motors, categorised in
types, variants and sizes (incl. different shaft versi- The extended ranges are characterised by motors
ons). adapted to specific applications and comprising the
following variants among others:
The motors vary in size (rated displacement) from
8 cm3 to 800 cm3 per revolution. Motors with corrosion resistant parts
Wheel motors with recessed mounting flange
Speeds range up to approx. 2500 rpm for the OMP, OMR motors with needle bearing
smallest type and up to approx 600 rpm for the Short motors without bearings
largest type. Ultra short motors
Motors with integrated drum brake
Maximum operating torques vary across the ranges Motors with integrated negative holding brake
from 1.3 daNm to 250 daNm (peak) and maximum Motors with integrated flushing valve
power-outputs from 2.0 kW to 64 kW. Actuator motors
Compact motors; type OMN
Characteristic features: Motors with speed censor
Smooth running over the entire speed range Motors with tacho connection
Constant operating torque over a wide speed
range Planetary gears
High starting torque Danfoss represents a complete range of planetary
High return pressure without use of drain line gears with flanges and couplings designed for
High efficiency Danfoss hydraulic motors. The combination of
Long life under extreme operating conditions motors and gears makes it possible to obtain
Robust and compact design completely smooth running at fractional speeds and
High radial and axial bearing capacity torques up to 65.000 daNm.
For applications in both open and closed loop
hydraulic systems Examples of Danfoss hydraulic motor applications
Suitable for a wide variety of hydraulics fluids Machines for agriculture and forestry
Mining machinery
Variants Construction plant equipment and access
Standard/Extended Programme platforms
Grass cutting machinery
The Danfoss metric motor programme has been Special vehicles
divided into standard ranges and extended ranges. Ship's equipment and winches on fishing vessels
Machine tools
Woodworking and sawmill machinery
Plastic and rubber machinery etc.
Survey of literature with Detailed data on all Danfoss motors can be found in Technical data on medium sized motors:
technical data on Danfoss our motor catalogue, which is divided into 4 individu- OMP, OMR and OMH
hydraulic motors al subcatalogues: Technical data on large motors:
OMS, OMT and OMV
General information on Danfoss hydraulic
motors: function, use, selection of hydraulic A general survey brochure on Danfoss hydraulic
motor, hydraulic systems, etc. motors giving a quick motor reference based on
OML and OMM technical data on small motors. power, torque, speed and capabilities.
2 HK.13.B-
Contents and
data survey
Contents Page
Type OMS, OMSW, OMSS, OMS B max. 1000 min-1, 63 daNm, 21 kW 4
Type OMT, OMTW, OMTS max 780 min-1, 137 daNm, 40 kW 20
Type OMV, OMVW, OMVS max. 630 min-1, 211 daNm, 64 kW 36
Conversion factors 48
Speed, torque and output
Continuous Intermittent Peak values

values values
Max. speed
Max. torque
Max. output
The bar diagram above is used for a quick selection The function diagrams are drawn on the basis of
of relevant motor sizes for the application. The final actual tests on a representative number of motors
motor size can be determined by using the function from our production. The diagrams apply to a return
diagram for each motor size. pressure between 5 and 10 bar when using mineral
based hydraulic oil with a viscosity of 35 mm2/s and
Thread designation The function diagrams for a temperature of 50C. For further explanation con-
The designation G for pipe thread
replaces the previous designation
- OMS can be found on pages 7 - 10 cerning how to read and use the function diagrams,
BSP.F, cf BS/ISO 228/1. - OMT can be found on pages 25 - 27 please consult the paragraph Selection of motor
- OMV can be found on pages 40 - 42. size in our catalogue General Information.
HK.13.B- 3
Hydraulic motor OMT
Code numbers and weight Motor type OMT 160 OMT 200 OMT 250 OMT 315 OMT 400 OMT 500
Cylindrical shaft 151B3000 151B3001 151B3002 151B3003 151B3004 151B3005
Splined shaft 151B3006 151B3007 151B3008 151B3009 151B3010 151B3011
Tapered shaft 151B3012 151B3013 151B3014 151B3015 151B3016 151B3017
P.t.o. shaft 151B3018 151B3019 151B3020 151B3021 151B3022 151B3023
Weight (kg) 20 20.5 21 22 23 24
Wheel motor
Motor type OMTW 160 OMTW 200 OMTW 250 OMTW 315 OMTW 400 OMTW 500
Tapered shaft 151B3030 151B3031 151B3032 151B3033 151B3034 151B3035
Weight (kg) 22 22.5 23 24 25 26
Short motor
Motor type OMTS 160 OMTS 200 OMTS 250 OMTS 315 OMTS 400 OMTS 500
Without output
151B3036 151B3037 151B3038 151B3039 151B3040 151B3041
shaft
Weight (kg) 20 20.5 21 22 23 24
Motors with tacho connection

For code numbers of motors with tacho connection,
please contact Danfoss Sales Organization for
Hydraulics.
Brake motor OMT FX

Motor type OMT FX OMT FX OMT FX OMT FX OMT FX OMT FX
Motor size 160 200 250 315 400 500
Wheel bolt flange 151B3207 151B3208 151B3209 151B3210 151B3211 151B3212
Thread hole
151B3200 151B3201 151B3202 151B3203 151B3204 151B3205
flange
Weight (kg) 31.0 31.5 32.0 33.0 34.0 35.0
Brake motor OMT FL

Motor type OMT FL OMT FL OMT FL OMT FL OMT FL OMT FL
Motor size 160 200 250 315 400 500
Weight (kg) 24.5 25.0 25.5 26.5 27.5 28.5
Brake motor OMT FH

Motor type OMT FH OMT FH OMT FH OMT FH OMT FH OMT FH
Motor size 160 200 250 315 400 500
Weight (kg) 24.5 25.0 25.5 26.5 27.5 28.5
20 HK.13.B-
Technical data OMT
Technical data
OMT OMT OMT OMT OMT OMT
OMTW OMTW OMTW OMTW OMTW OMTW
OMTS OMTS OMTS OMTS OMTS OMTS
Motor type
OMT FX OMT FX OMT FX OMT FX OMT FX OMT FX
OMT FL OMT FL OMT FL OMT FL OMT FL OMT FL
OMT FH OMT FH OMT FH OMT FH OMT FH OMT FH
Motor size 160 200 250 315 400 500
Geometric displacement (cm3/rev) 161.1 201.4 251.8 326.3 410.9 523.6
cont. 625 625 500 380 305 240
Max. speed (min-1)
int.1) 780 750 600 460 365 285
cont. 47 59 73 95 108 122
Max. torque (daNm) int.1) 56 71 88 114 126 137
peak 2) 66 82 102 133 144 160
cont. 26.5 33.5 33.5 33.5 30 26.5
Max. output (kW)
int.1) 32 40 40 40 35 30
cont. 200 200 200 200 180 160
Max. pressure drop (bar) int.1) 240 240 240 240 210 180
peak 2) 280 280 280 280 240 210
cont. 100 125 125 125 125 125
Max. oil flow (l/min)
int.1) 125 150 150 150 150 150
Max. starting pressure

(bar) 10 10 10 10 10 10
with unloaded shaft
(daNm) at max. press. drop cont. 34 43 53 74 84 95

Min. starting torque
at max. press. drop int.1) 41 52 63 89 97 106
Min. speed 3) (min-1) 10 9 8 7 6 5
Type Max. inlet pressure Max. return pressure with drain line 4)
cont. 210 140
OMT, OMTW, OMTS
(bar) int. 1) 250 175
OMT FX, OMT FL, OMT FH
peak 2) 300 210
Brake motors
Max. pressure in drain line 4) Holding torque 5) Brake-release pressure 4) Max. pressure in brake line
Type
(bar) (daNm) (bar) (bar)
OMT FX, OMT FL 5 120 12 30
OMT FH 5 120 30 280
1) Intermittent operation: the permissible values may occur for max. 10% of every minute.
2) Peak load: The permissible values may occur for max. 1% of every minute.
3) Operation at lower speeds may be slightly less smooth.
4) Brake motors must always have a drain line. The brake-release pressure is the difference between the pressure in the brake line and the pressure in the drain line.
5) For the supply of motors with holding torques higher than those stated, please contact the Sales Organization for Danfoss Hydraulics.
Max. permissible shaft seal pressure
OMT FX, OMT FL and OMT FH must always be fitted with drain line. Max. pressure in drain line is 5 bar
OMT, OMTW, OMTS motors have incorporated check valves
In applications without
drain line the pressure Max. return pressure without drain line or max. pressure in the drain line
on the shaft seal will
never exceed the int. operation
cont. operation
pressure in the return
line.
HK.13.B- 21
Technical data OMT
Oil flow in drain line The table shows the max. oil flow in the drain line Pressure Oil flow in
for all OMT motors. The values are measured at a Viscosity
drop drain line
(mm2/s)
return pressure less than 5-10 bar. (bar) (l/min)
20 2.5
140
35 1.5
20 5
210
35 3
Pressure loss in the motor
The curve applies to an unloaded output shaft and an oil viscosity of 35 mm2/s.
22 HK.13.B-
Direction of shaft rotation and shaft load OMT
Direction of shaft rotation
Permissible shaft load for The output shaft runs in tapered roller bearings that
OMT and OMTW permit high axial and radial forces.
The permissible radial load on the shaft is shown for

an axial load of 0 and 1000 daN as a function of the
distance from the mounting flange to the point of
load application.
Curve A shows max. radial shaft load. Any shaft

load exceeding the values quoted in the curve will
involve a risk of breakage.
The other curves apply to a B10 bearing life of

3000 hours at 200 min-1 when mineral based
hydraulic oil with a sufficient content of anti-wear
additives is used.
Bearing life calculations can be made using the

explanation and formula provided in the chapter
Bearing dimensioning in the subcatalogue
General information.
A: Max. radial shaft load
HK.13.B- 23
Radial and axial loads OMT FX, FL and FH
Permissible radial and axial OMT FX shafts run in ball race bearings. This
loads for OMT FX means that OMT FX can be used for heavy vehicles
and for winches with relatively high tractive effort
without the necessity for further bearings on wheel
or winch drum.
The drawing shows the permissible axial and radial

forces.
Curve A shows the maximum radial load. Any radial
The other curves apply to a B 10 bearing life of

3000 hours at 50 min-1 when mineral-based
hydraulic oil with a sufficient content of antiwear
additives is used.
A: Max. radial load
Permissible radial and axial OMT FL shafts run in taper roller bearings. This
loads for OMT FL and OMT FH means that OMT FL and OMT FH can be used for
very heavy vehicles and for winches with great
tractive efforts without the necessity for further
bearings on wheel or winch drum.
The drawing shows the permissible axial and radial

forces.
Curve A shows the maximum radial load. Any radial

The other curves appliy to a B10 bearing life of 3000

hours at 200 min-1 when mineral-based hydraulic oil
with a sufficient content of anti-wear additives is
used.
A: Max. radial load
24 HK.13.B-
Function diagrams OMT
Explanation of function diagram use, basis and Note:

conditions can be found on page 3. Intermittent pressure drop and oil flow must not
occur simultaneously.
- A: Continuous range
- B: Intermittent range (max. 10% operation
every minute)
HK.13.B- 25

every minute)
26 HK.13.B-

every minute)
HK.13.B- 27
Shaft versions OMT
Shaft versions
A: Cylindrical shaft B: Involute splined shaft C: Tapered shaft D: P.t.o. shaft

G: Parallel key ANS B92.1 - 1970 standard (ISO/R775) DIN 9611 Form 1
A12 8 70 Flat root side fit E: DIN 937 (ISO/R500 without pin hole)
DIN 6885 Pitch 12/24 Across flats: 46
Teeth 17 Tightening torque: ** Deviates from DIN 9611
Major dia. 1.50 inch 50 3 daNm
Pressure angle 30 F: Taper 1:10
H: Parallel key
B12 8 28
DIN 6885
28 HK.13.B-
Dimensions OMT
OMT
Type Lmax. L1 *) L2
OMT 160 190 16.5 140
OMT 200 195 21.5 145
OMT 250 201 27.8 151
OMT 315 211 37.0 161 C: Drain connection
G 1/4 ; 12 mm deep
OMT 400 221 47.5 171 D: M10; 10 mm deep
OMT 500 235 61.5 185 E: G 3/4; 17 mm deep
*) The gearwheel set is 3.5 mm wider across
the rollers than the L1 dimensions
HK.13.B- 29
Dimensions OMTW
OMTW wheel motor
Type Lmax. L1 *) L2
OMTW 160 123 16.5 73
OMTW 200 128 21.5 78
OMTW 250 134 27.8 84
OMTW 315 144 37.0 94 C: Drain connection
G 1/4; 12 mm deep
OMTW 400 154 47.5 104 D: M10; 10 mm deep
OMTW 500 168 61.5 118 E: G 3/4; 17 mm deep
30 HK.13.B-
Dimensions OMTS
OMTS short motor
Type Lmax. L1 *) L2
OMTS 160 146 16.5 96
OMTS 200 151 21.5 101
OMTS 250 157 27.8 107
OMTS 315 166 37.0 116 C: Drain connection
OMTS 400 177 47.5 127 G 1/4 ; 12 mm deep
D: M10; 10 mm deep
OMTS 500 191 61.5 142 E: G 3/4; 17 mm deep
Installing the OMTS The cardan shaft of the OMTS motor acts as an The conical sealing ring (code. no. 633B9022) is
output shaft. Because of the movement of the supplied with the motor.
shaft, no seal can be fitted at the shaft output.
Internal oil leakage from the motor will therefore flow To ensure that oil runs to the bearings and other
into the attached component. parts of the attached component, the stop plate
must have a hole in it (see fig. overleaf).
During start and operation it is important that the
spline connection and the bearings in the attached We recommend an O-ring between motor and at-
component receive oil and are adequately tached component. The O-ring (code no. 151B1040)
lubricated. To ensure that the spline connection is supplied with the motor. If motor and attached
receives sufficient oil, a conical sealing ring between component have been separated, remember to refill
the shaft of the attached component and the motor before starting up. Fill the oil through the drain
intermediate plate is recommended. This method is connection.
used in the OMT.
HK.13.B- 31
Technical data OMTS
Dimensions of the attached

component
A: O-ring: 125 3 mm
B: External drain channel
C: Drain connection
G 1/4; 12 mm deep
D: Conical seal ring
E: Internal drain channel
F: M12; min. 18 mm deep
G: Oil circulation hole
H: Hardened stop plate
Internal spline data for the The attached component must have internal splines See also SAE 8620 for further information on
component to be attached corresponding to the external splines on steel material.
the motor cardan shaft (see drawing below).
Hardening specification:
Material: On the surface: HV = 750 50
Case hardening steel with a tensile strength corre- 0,7 0,2 mm under the surface: HV = 560
sponding at least to 20 MoCr4 (90 daN/mm2).
Internal involute spline data

Standard ANS B92.1-1970, class 5
(corrected m = 1; m = 2.1166)
Fillet root side fit mm inch

Number of teeth z 16 16
Pitch DP 12/24 12/24
Pressure angle 30 30
Pitch dia. D 33,8656 1.3333
Major dia. Dri 38,4 +0,4
0 1.5118 +.0157
0
Form dia. (min.) Dfi 37,6 1.4803

Minor dia. Di 32,15 +0,04
0 1.2657 +.00157
0
Space width (circular) Lo 4,516 -. 0,037 .1777 .0014
Tooth thickness
So 2,170 .0854
(circular)
Fillet radius Rmin. 0,5 .02
Max. measurement
between pins*
l 26,9+0.1
0 1.059 +0,04
0
Pin dia. d 4,834 0,001 .1903 .00004
* Finished dimensions (when hardened)
Drain connection on OMTS or A drain line ought to be used when pressure in the If a drain line is fitted to the attached component, it
attached component return line can exceed the permissible pressure on must be possible for oil to flow freely between motor
the shaft seal of the attached component. and attached component.
The drain line can be connected at two different The drain line must be led to the tank in such a way
points: that there is no risk of the motor and attached
1) at the motor drain connection component being drained of oil when at rest.
2) at the drain connection of the attached
component. The maximum pressure in the drain line is limited by
the attached component and its shaft seal.
32 HK.13.B-
Dimensions OMT FX
OMT FX
C: Brake-release port G 1/4; 12 mm deep

(BS/ISO 228/1)
D: Drain connection G 1/4; 12 mm deep
E : G 3/4; 17 mm deep
F : 4 M12; 27 mm deep
G: 10 M12
H: Wheel bolts 5 M14 1.5
I : M10; 10 mm deep
Type Lmax. 1 Lmax. 2 L1 *) L2

OMT 160 FX 223 227 16.5 62.3
OMT 200 FX 228 232 21.5 67.3
OMT 250 FX 234 238 27.8 73.5
OMT 315 FX 243 247 37.0 82.8
OMT 400 FX 254 258 47.5 93.3
OMT 500 FX 268 272 61.5 107.1
HK.13.B- 33
Dimensions OMT FL and FH
OMT FL and OMT FH

L
Type Lmax. L1 *) L2
OMT 160 FL/FH 228 16.5 178
OMT 200 FL/FH 233 21.5 183
OMT 250 FL/FH 239 27.8 189 C: G 3/4; 17 mm deep
OMT 315 FL/FH 248 37.0 199 (BS/ISO 228/1)
D: Drain connection G 3/8; 14 mm deep
OMT 400 FL/FH 259 47.5 209 E: Brake-release port G 1/4; 12 mm deep
OMT 500 FL/FH 273 61.5 223 F: M10; 10 mm deep

34 HK.13.B-
Technical data OMT
Motors with tacho connection

OMT T, OMTW T, OMTS T
Dimensions
Dimensions (mm)
Motor size 160 200 250 315 400 500
Type OMT T 223 228 234 244 254 268
Type OMTW T 156 161 167 177 187 201
Type OMTS T 179 184 190 199 210 224 C: M5 (4); 8 mm deep
Weight of tacho connection unit: 0.2 kg
Angular backlash Tolerances in the connection between the motor

output shaft and tacho connection give a certain
angular backlash. Backlash can be defined as the
angle the output shaft will turn on reversing before
the tacho shaft is engaged. On the OMT motors the
backlash is min. 7.9 and max. 12.4.
Permissible load on the tacho Torque:

drive of motor 0.01 Nm cont. and 0.04 Nm int.
Radial force in the middle of drive shaft:

5 daN at 0-800 min-1
Axial load:
5 daN
HK.13.B- 35
Danfoss quality and
hydraulic range
ISO 9001
INTERNATIONAL STANDARD
INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATION FOR STANDARDIZATION
ORGANISATION INTERNATIONALE DE NORMALISATION ISO
9001
Quality management and quality assurance standards

Danfoss Mobile Hydraulics have been manufactured
to meet the quality demands specified by ISO 9001.
Conversion factors 1 daNm = 88.51 lbf in 1 cm3 = 0.061 in3

1 daN = 2.248 lbf 1 litre = 0.22 gallon, UK
1 bar = 14.50 lbf/in2 1 litre = 0.264 gallon, US
1 mm = 0.0394 in F = 1.8 C + 32
Catalogues and leaflets are available for detailed information on the following hydraulic components:
Low-speed high-torque hydraulic motors Pump controls

Planetary gears Proportional valves
Hydrostatic steering units Remote control units
Steering columns Electronics for hydr. components
Valve blocks Rotary actuators
Flow-amplifiers Gear wheel motors
Priority valves Gear wheel pumps
Torque amplifiers Cartridge valves
Variable displacement hydraulic pumps Directional control valves
Danfoss can accept no responsibility for possible errors in catalogues, brochures and other printed material. Danfoss reserves the right to alter its products without notice. This also applies to
products already on order provided that such alterations can be made without subsequential changes being necessary in specifications already agreed.
All trademarks in this material are property of the respective companies. Danfoss and the Danfoss logotype are trademarks of Danfoss A/S. All rights reserved.
48 HK.13.B1.02 Danfoss 03/97

REDUCTOR
3.2
Espesador 36m 325-TK-002 NA Bonfiglioli 321 L5 FZ
CAPTULO 3
UNIDAD HIDRULICA
3.3

Espesador 36m 325-TK-002 NA Unidad Hidrulica 11 kW
CAPTULO 3
MANUAL DE OPERACIONES
Nombre del Cliente: Outotec Chile S.A.
Nombre del Proyecto: Minera Esperanza
Cliente Final: --- TAG Unidad N: ---
Descripcin del Proyecto: PDH: 792
Unidad Hidrulica para Equipo Espesador Orden de Compra N: 4500159879
Revisin MD Aprobacin MD
Nombre: Alejandro Alvear Firma: Nombre: Hernn Perez Firma:
Cargo: Dibujante/Diseador Cargo: Jefe Proyectos
Fecha: 25-02-2014 Fecha: 26-02-2014
Aprobacin Inspector de Calidad Validacin Cliente Final
Nombre: Firma: Nombre: Firma:
Cargo: Cargo:
Fecha: Fecha:
Maestranza Diesel S.A.|Manual de Operaciones Unidad Hidrulica ||PDH 792 Minera Esperanza 1
1. DESCRIPCIN DE LA UNIDAD
La Unidad de Potencia Hidrulica est diseada para el accionamiento de Reductores Planetarios y Cilindros
Hidrulicos. Para ello, cuenta con componentes hidrulicos que aseguran el funcionamiento requerido, como por
ejemplo Vlvulas Direccionales, adems de Instrumentos de Control, tales como Switch de Nivel, Indicador de
Saturamiento de Filtro, Presstato y Switch de Temperatura.
La Unidad considera Bombas en Tndem de Pistones Axiales (Caudal Variable) ms una Bomba de Engranajes,
adems de un Intercambiador de Calor, para realizar el enfriamiento del fluido hidrulico. Adems cuenta con un
Sistema de Emergencia Hidroneumtico con un Acumulador de Nitrgeno.
2. DESCRIPCIN DE LOS COMPONENTES
Fig.1.- Modelo Representativo
BANDEJA RECEPTORA DE ACEITE (1) ABZBN-250/40 - W12ST/M/MD

o Tiene la capacidad de confinar el volumen total del Depsito Hidrulico + aproximadamente 25%
de reserva, en caso de vaciado o emergencia.
DEPSITO HIDRULICO (2) ABZBN-250/40-B12ST/M/MD
o Su funcin principal es confinar el Fluido Hidrulico necesario para la operacin del Sistema.
Adems permite disipar el Calor a travs de sus paredes. Tiene un volumen efectivo de 250 litros.
TAPA DE INSPECCIN (3) RD-350 HBE

o Tapa Frontal de la Unidad Hidrulica, en donde se tiene acceso hacia el interior del depsito
cuando ste se encuentra sin aceite.
TAPA DE LLENADO (4) SE2 HBE
o Permite el llenado del Depsito Hidrulico y a la vez mantener libre de impurezas externas.
VISOR DE NIVEL (5) S-EK127 TH HBE
o Permite visualizar fsicamente el nivel y temperatura del aceite del Depsito Hidrulico.
SENSOR DE TEMPERATURA (6) MK2-G1/2-MS-M3/100 Bhler
o Supervisa la Temperatura del Fluido Hidrulico, mandando seales elctricas en el caso de que la
temperatura se encuentre superior a lo requerido.
MOTOR ELCTRICO (7) Nema 15HP/FRAME 254TC Siemens
o Es la fuente primaria de energa.
CAMPANA DE MONTAJE (8) PR 250/175/588/4 HBE
o Permite el montaje en lnea de la Bomba Hidrulica al Motor Elctrico mediante unos dispositivos
llamados Machones de Montaje, que comunican el Eje del Motor con el de la Bomba Hidrulica,
transmitiendo Energa Mecnica.
BOMBA HIDRULICA DE PISTONES (9) A10VSO28DFR Rexroth
o Bomba Hidrulica de Pistones Axiales. Transforma la Energa Mecnica en Energa Hidrulica,
generando el Caudal y la Presin necesaria para la Operacin del Sistema.
BOMBA HIDRULICA DE ENGRANAJES (10) S05A174S0TSEC300313 Hybel
o Bomba Hidrulica de Engranajes. Transforma la Energa Mecnica en Energa Hidrulica,
generando el Caudal necesario para la Operacin del Sistema.
SWITCH DE NIVEL (11) NS 1-NO/300 HBE
o Supervisa el Nivel de Aceite mandando una Seal Elctrica en el caso de que haya un bajo nivel
del fluido en el Depsito Hidrulico.
VLVULA DE CORTE (12 - 13)
o Ubicada en la zona de succin de la Bomba hidrulica, tiene la funcin de cortar el paso del fluido
desde el depsito, evitando que evace aceite en el caso de realizar alguna mantencin.
MANIFOLD (14)
o Bloque de acero que sirve para comunicar fluido hidrulico a ciertos componentes.
TRANSMISOR DE PRESIN (15) MBS 1750 Danfoss

o Convierte la presin en una seal elctrica analgica.
PRESSTATO (16) HED 8 OA-2X/350K14 Rexroth
o Realiza la medicin de Presiones en el Sistema, convirtindola en una Seal Elctrica.
PLACA BASE (17) G342/1 Rexroth
o Placa Base para el montaje de las vlvulas.
VLVULA DIRECCIONAL DE ASIENTO (18) M3SED 6UK1X/350CG110N9K4 Rexroth
o Permite Direccionar el Caudal que entrega la Bomba hacia los Acumuladores.
VLVULA ANTIRETORNO (19) Z2SE6A1-6X Rexroth
o Sirve para el bloqueo libre de fugas de una o dos conexiones a consumidores.
VLVULA ESTRANGULADORA (20) Z2FS 6-2-4X/2QV Rexroth
o Regula el Caudal del Sistema, actuando sobre la Velocidad de avance y/o giro de los Actuadores.
VLVULA LIMITADORA DE PRESIN (21) ZDB 6 VP2-4X/315V Rexroth
o Se utiliza para limitar la presin del sistema.
VLVULA DIRECCIONAL (22) 4WE6 H 61/EW110N9K4 Rexroth
o Permite Direccionar el Caudal que entrega la Bomba hacia los Actuadores.
VLVULA DE LANZADERA (23) WRVZ 06S-CCB IMAV
o Vlvula Selectora que tiene como funcin enviar una seal hidrulica al Regulador DFR de la
Bomba de Pistones Axiales, para que sta alcance la presin deseada.
VLVULA DIRECCIONAL (24) 4WE6 J 61/EW110N9K4 Rexroth
o Permite Direccionar el Caudal que entrega la Bomba hacia los Actuadores.
DIVISOR DE CAUDAL (25) 9RD0405 RDOD/057X4 Vivoil
o Permite separar el Caudal en dos tramos, alimentando los actuadores desde un mismo punto de
origen.
MANMETRO (26) ABZMM63-250BAR/MPA Rexroth
o Entrega el valor de Presin de Trabajo del Sistema.
ACUMULADOR DE VEJIGA (27) HAB50-330-4X/2G09G-2N111-CE Rexroth
o Sirve para acumular energa hidrulica, amortiguacin de pulsaciones y compensar el aceite de
fugas y de volumen.
BLOQUE DE SEGURIDAD (28) ABZSS30M-3X/330E/S309 Rexroth
o Se utiliza para la proteccin, cierre y descarga de los acumuladores hidrulicos.
INTERCAMBIADOR DE CALOR (29) BLK-3.4-AB8-50HZ Bhler

o Permite bajar la temperatura del fluido hidrulico mediante aire
FILTRO DE RETORNO (30) 10TEN0160-H10XLA00-V2,2-M-S5 Rexroth
o Permite filtrar el aceite hidrulico en el punto de retorno al Depsito para que en ste no
ingresen partculas y no contaminen el Fluido.
TABLERO ELCTRICO (31)
o Equipo que concentra los dispositivos de proteccin y control elctrico de la Unidad Hidrulica.
3. DESCRIPCIN DE OPERACIN
El Equipo opera cuando es accionado Motor Elctrico (7), activando la Bomba Hidrulica de Pistones (9), y
sta (mediante arrastre) a la Bomba Hidrulica de Engranajes (10). stas Bombas aspiran el Fluido del Depsito
Hidrulico (2) y lo desplaza hacia el Sistema. La Presin Mxima se normaliza mediante la Vlvula Limitadora de
Presin (21) agregada en el Sistema.
El Caudal entregado por las Bombas (en el caso de la Bomba Hidrulica de Pistones (9) ajustado por la
Vlvula Reguladora de Flujo montada a la salida de sta), entra a las Placas Bases (17) alimentando los
Conjuntos de Vlvulas (18-19-20-21-22-23-24).
Al accionarse la Vlvula Direccional (22), dirige el Fluido hacia el Divisor de Caudal (25), separando el Flujo
para alimentar los Cilindros Hidrulicos del Espesador.
Por el contrario, al accionar la Vlvula Direccional (24), deriva el Fluido hacia los conectores de salida,
donde se conecta directamente el(los) Motor(es) Hidrulico(s) del Espesador.
La Presin de trabajo se visualiza desde los Manmetros (13).
El Retorno del Fluido transita por el Intercambiador de Calor (29) y luego hacia el Filtro de Retorno (30)
antes de regresar al Depsito Hidrulico (2).
PLANOS
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
1675
F 1008 1462,5 F
1600 310 792,5 640 376,5 284
E E
1030
2463
1499
2085
690
381
D D
884
503
370
20 1637 890 35
4x 14mm.
1677 960
C C
1565
APROBADO
Maestranza Diesel S.A.
Maestranza Diesel
POR: ..................................................... FIRMA: ..............................
NOTAS:
B - Capacidad Deposito Hidr ulico: 250 litros B
0.1-0.05 0.8-0.4-0.2 6.3-3.2-1.6 12.5 63 - Dimensiones del Tablero El ctrico considerado: 1000x800x300 mm.
mas de mas de mas de mas de mas de mas de mas de mas de
GRADO DE 0.5
hasta
3 6 30 120 315 1000 2000 - Tolerancias Dimensionales seg n DIN 7168, Grado de Precisi n Basto.
hasta hasta hasta hasta hasta hasta hasta
PRECISION 3 6 30 120 315 1000 2000 4000
DIMENSIONES FECHA
MODIFICACIONES
POR A.A. A.A. A.A. REEMPLAZA
FINO 0.05 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.3 0.5 0.8
A DIBUJO N
GENERALES 19 Dic.13
FECHA 19.12.13 06.01.14 08.01.14
MEDIAN0 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.5 0.8 1.2 2 FECHA
REEMPLAZADO
BASTO 0.15 0.2 0.5 0.8 1.2 2 3 4 FIRMA 1 2 3 4 5 POR DIB. N
PDH 792
1 EMITIDO PARA DOSIER DE CALIDAD 25-04-2014 HP

Maestranza Diesel S.A. O.T. 16641
0 EMITIDO PARA VALIDACI N 09-01-2014 CLIENTE
Proyectos Oleohidr ulica Esc.:
C EMITIDO PARA APROBACI N 07-01-2014 J.S. 1:15
A B EMITIDO PARA APROBACI N 19-12-2013 J.S. NOMBRE FECHA A
EMITIDO PARA REVISION Y DISE A.Alvear 20-11-2013
Dimensiones Generales
1 19-12-2013 H.P.
APROBACION INTERNA
REV DESCRIPCI N FECHA APROBADA REVIS H.Perez 19-12-2013 PLANO N PO-OU-DG-00-1 U.Dim. mm.
HISTORIAL DE REVISIONES APROB H.Perez 19-12-2013 REF. A A2 1 / 1
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
A A
B B
NOTA:
CONEXIONES A1 B1 (MOTORES)
CONEXIONES A2 A3 A4 A5 B2 (CILINDROS)
L (DRENAJE)
C C
A1 B1 L A2 A3 A4 A5 B2
27
D D
14 14 14 14 14 14
A1 B1 A2 B2 A3 B3 A4 B4
T1 T1 T2 T2 T3 T3 T4 T4
19 19 19 19
P1 P1 P2 P2 P3 P3 P4 P4
E E
P A 2 B T P A B T P A 2 B T P A B T
A A
17 16 X
Giro
20 a 26 23 a 26
- P T P T
1 1
P A 2 B T P A B T
14
21 24
F 18
1
APROBADO F
P A B T P A 2 B T
A B
POR: ..................................................... FIRMA: ..............................
a b 22 21
P T
1
P A B T
15
B A B
a b 25
G A
17 P T
G
X Levante
-
14
28 NOTAS:
14 2.- ACEITE MINERAL ISO VG 46
32 Acumulador de Vejiga HAB50-330-3X Bosch Rexroth 2

B 32 32 31 Bloque de Seguridad ABZSS30 Bosch Rexroth 1
H 9
30 DBDS 6 G1X/200 Bosch Rexroth 1
H
A
P
29 - - 1
10 28 - - 1
13 Vg= 4 cc B 17 16 27 Divisor de Flujo 9RD0405 RDOD/057X4 Vivoil 1
11 S Q = 6 Lts/min
P= 11kW
12
26 M-3SED 6 UK1X/350CG110N9K4 Bosch Rexroth 2
Vg= 28 cc
n= 1450rpm
Q = 42 Lts/min 25 4WE6 H 61 / EW110 N9 K4 Bosch Rexroth 1
A 7 24 Z2FS K6 - 2 Bosch Rexroth 1
S L1 L 8 23 Z2S 6-2-6X Bosch Rexroth 1
4 5 31 29 22 4WE6 J 61 / EW110 N9 K4 Bosch Rexroth 1
I 21 ZDBD S6 Bosch Rexroth 2 I
B 30 20 - Bosch Rexroth 1
6
19 Placa Base G 342/01 Bosch Rexroth 4
18 HED 8 OA-12 Bosch Rexroth 1
17 ABZMM63 - 250 BAR/MPA Bosch Rexroth 3
3 1
Capacidad: 250 L. 16 MBS-1750 Danfoss 2
15 - - 1
2 14 Minimess - Hydrotechnik 7
13 1LE2321-2BB11-4GA3 | 11kW Siemens 1
12 Campana de Montaje PR 300/155/434/4 HBE 1
J 11 Bomba de Pistones Axiales A10VSO 28 DFR Bosch Rexroth 1
J
10 Bomba de Engranajes AZPF-11-005RRR01MB Bosch Rexroth 1
9 Intercambiador de Calor BLK-4-4-ABB 1
8 Filtro de Retorno 10TEN0160 H10XLA00 Bosch Rexroth 1
7 Elemento Filtro 1.0160 H10XL-A00-0-M Bosch Rexroth 1
6 Sensor de Temperatura 1
5 Switch de Nivel/Temperatura NS 1 - NO / 300 HBE 1
4 Tapa de Llenado SE2 HBE 1
3 Visor de Nivel HBE 1
K 2 - 1 K
1 AB 40-40 / DN250 Maestranza Diesel S.A. 1
Detalle/Modelo Marca Cant.
PDH 792
4
3
H.P.
H.P. Maestranza Diesel S.A. O.T. 16641
2 EMITIDO PARA DOSIER DE CALIDAD H.P. Esc.:
1
0
M.Z.
A.A.
-
D A.A. NOMBRE FECHA
L C H.P. A.Alvear 18-10-2013 UPH 11KW L
B A.A.
A A.A.
H.Perez 18-10-2013 U.Dim. -
REV. POR FECHA H.Perez 21-10-2013 REF. A A2 1 / 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
FICHAS TCNICAS
3OLUTIONSFOR&LUID4ECHNOLOGY
43 (9$2!5,)+:5"%(2
(9$2!5,)##/-0/.%.43

!,5-).)5-2%).)'5.'3$%#+%,$). !,5-).)5-#,%!.).'#/6%23$).
-)402/&),$)#(45.' 7)4(&/2-'!3+%4
02/$5+4"%3#(2%)"5.' $%3#2)04)/.

2EINIGUNGSDECKEL2$ UND2$FR #LEANINGCOVER2$ AND2$FORSTEEL
3TAHLLBEHLTERMITNIEDRIGER"AUHHE OILTANKSOFLOWSIZE
2EINIGUNGSDECKEL2$UNDNACH$). #LEANINGCOVER2$ANDACCTO$).
0ROLDICHTUNGAUS0ERBUNAN."23TANDARD 6ITON &ORMGASKETAVAILABLEOFPERBUNAN."2STANDARD
&0- UND%0$-LIEFERBAR VITON&0- AND%0$-
3CHRAUBENANZUGSMOMENTFRDIESE2EINIGUNGSDECKEL 3CREWTORQUEFORTHISCLEANINGCOVERS.MMAX
MAX.M 4ESTPRESSUREFORALL2$TYPESBARMAX
0RFDRUCKFRALLE2$ 4YPENMAXBAR #OMPANYLOGOCANBECASTEDON
&IRMENSCHRIFTZUGODER,OGOKANNEINGEGOSSENWERDEN !LLSIZESALSOAVAILABLEINSTEELANDSTAINLESSSTEEL
!LLE'RENAUCHIN3TAHLUNDIN%DELSTAHLLIEFERBAR
!53&(25.'4%),+2%)36%23#(2!5"5.' 6%23)/.&,!.'%!33%-",).'
$ICHTUNG'ASKETS
X
$."23TANDARD
2$
$ICHTUNG'ASKETS
X
$."23TANDARD
$&0-
2$
$ICHTUNG'ASKETS
X
$."23TANDARD
$&0-
$%0$-
2$ 6 $).

$ICHTUNG'ASKETS
X
$."23TANDARD
$&0-
$%0$-
2$ 6 $).
$ICHTUNG'ASKETS
X
$."23TANDARD
$&0-
$%0$-
2$ 6

.)6%!5 ,3#(!5',3%2,%6%,/),'!5'%3
3 34(
!24 .2 490 7%2+34/&&% -!4%2)!,3

0!24./ 490% 'EHUSE3TPULVERBESCHICHTET #ASE3TPOWDERCOATED
! " # 3TOPFEN3CHAUGLAS0! 0LUG0!
3KALENPLATTEN06# 3CALEPLATES06#
3
$ICHTUNGEN."2OPTIONAL&0- 'ASKETS."2OPTIONALLY&0-
34(
GEEIGNETFR(YDRAULIKLE(,UND(,0 !PPRORIATEFORHYDRAULICOILS(,AND(,0
3
34(
4%#(.)3#(%$!4%. 4%#(.)#!,$!4!
3 %INSATZBEREICH l#l# !PPLICATIONRANGEl#l#
34(
!NZEIGEBEREICH4HERMOMETER )NDICATIONRANGETHERMOMETER
3 l#l# 3 l#l#
3
34(
3l#l# 3 l#l#
3CHRAUBENANZUGSMOMENT.MMAX 3CREWEDSTARTINGTORQUE

!USFHRUNGMIT4HERMOMETER
.MMAX

%XECUTIONWITHTHERMOMETER
%).&,,%2 &),,%23
-ONTAGEBILD-OUNTINGDRAWING
3%
7%2+34/&&%
4%#(.)3#(%$!4%.
"ELFTUNGSHAUBE3TAHLVERCHROMT
&LANSCH3TAHLVERCHROMT
,UFTLTERELEMENTqM
%INFLLSIEB3TAHLVERZINKT
$ICHTUNGEN+ORK0ERBUNAN."2
-!4%2)!,3
!24 .2 490 4!.+"/(25.' ,5&4&),4%2 4%#(.)#!,$!4!
0!24./ 490% "/2).').4!.+ !)2&),4%2-)#2/. !IRSCOOP3TEELCHROMECOATED
! " # $ % &LANGE3TEELCHROMECOATED
!IRLTERELEMENTqM
3% qM
&ILLERSIEVE3TEELZINCCOATED
3% qM 'ASKETSCORK0ERBUNAN."2

.)6%!5 3#(7)--3#(!,4%2,%6%,37)4#(%3
3%2)%.3 02/$5+4"%3#(2%)"5.'
-)43#(!,4+/.4!+4 %LEKTRISCHE.IVEAUBERWACHUNG
'EEIGNETFR-INERALLE$IESEL
7)4(37)4#(#/.4!#4
UND"ENZIN
3CHALTKONTAKT
%LEKTRISCHE3CHALTUNGFR.IVEAU
MINMAX
3TANDARDAUSFHRUNG.IVEAU
MAX+ONTAKTOFFEN
$%3#2)04)/.
%LECTRICALLEVELSUPERVISION
!PPROPRIATEFORMINERALOIL
DIESELANDBENZINE
SWITCHCONTACT
%LECTRICALCIRCUITFORLEVEL
MINMAX
3TANDARDVERSIONLEVEL
min.. level
!24 .2 490 MAXCONTACTOPEN
0!24./ 490%
4%#(.)3#(%$!4%.
,
4%#(.)#!,$!4!
.3 ./ +ONTAKTROHR3TEM-ESSING"RASS
.3 ./ 3CHWIMMER&LOAT.YLON
.3 ./ -AX4EMPl#
.3 ./ 3CHUTZART0ROTECTION)0
(YSTERESE(YSTERESIS MM
.3 ./
-AX6OLT-AXVOLTAGE6!#
.3 ./
-AX3CHALTSTROM
.3 ./ -AXSWITCHCURRENT
.3 ./ .IVEAU!,EVEL!
0OWER!#$#.IVEAU,EVEL
76!
$URCH$REHENDES3CHWIMMERSWIRDDER+ONTAKTGENDERTAUF "YTURNINGTHEOATTHECONTACTISCHANGEDTO
-AX.IVEAU+ONTAKTGESCHLOSSEN MAXLEVELCONTACTCLOSED
-IN.IVEAU+ONTAKTOFFEN MINLEVELCONTACTOPEN
.)6%!5 3#(7)--3#(!,4%2,%6%,37)4#(%3
3%2)%.3 02/$5+4"%3#(2%)"5.'
-)43#(!,4+/.4!+4%. %LEKTRISCHE.IVEAUBERWACHUNG
'EEIGNETFR-INERALLE
7)4(37)4#(#/.4!#43 $IESELUND"ENZIN
3CHALTKONTAKTE
%LEKTRISCHE3CHALTUNGFR
.IVEAUMINMAX
3TANDARDAUSFHRUNG.IVEAU
MAX+ONTAKTOFFEN
$%3#2)04)/.
%LECTRICALLEVELSUPERVISION
!PPROPRIATEFORMINERAL
OILDIESELANDBENZINE
SWITCHCONTACTS
%LECTRICALCIRCUITFORLEVEL
MINMAX
3TANDARDVERSIONLEVEL
!24 .2 490 MAXCONTACTOPEN
0!24./ 490%
4%#(.)3#(%$!4%.
, , 4%#(.)#!,$!4!
.3 ./ +ONTAKTROHR3TEM-ESSING"RASS
3CHWIMMER&LOAT.YLON
.3 ./
-AX4EMPl#
.3 ./ 3CHUTZART0ROTECTION)0
.3 ./ (YSTERESE(YSTERESIS MM
-AX6OLT-AXVOLTAGE6!#
.3 ./ -AX3CHALTSTROM
-AXSWITCHCURRENT
$URCH$REHENDES3CHWIMMERSWIRDDER+ONTAKTGENDERTAUF "YTURNINGTHEOATTHECONTACTISCHANGEDTO .IVEAU!,EVEL!
-AX.IVEAU+ONTAKTGESCHLOSSEN MAXLEVELCONTACTCLOSED 0OWER!#$#.IVEAU
-IN.IVEAU+ONTAKTOFFEN MINLEVELCONTACTOPEN 0OWER!#$#,EVEL
76!

'%3!-4,)%&%2
02/'2!--
$%,)6%29
02/'2!--%
3OLUTIONSFOR&LUID4ECHNOLOGY
LBEHLTERAUS3TAHL%DELSTAHL
/ILTANKSMADEOFSTEEL
STAINLESSSTEEL
LBEHLTERAUS!LUMINIUM
/ILTANKSMADEOFALUMINIUM
2EINIGUNGSDECKELUNDSONSTIGES
"EHLTERZUBEHR
#LEANINGCOVERSANDFURTHER
ACCESSORIES
4ANKHEIZUNGEN
4ANKHEATERS
0UMPENTRGERUND:UBEHR
"ELLHOUSINGSANDACCESSORIES
0UMPENTRGERMITL +HLER
7RMETAUSCHER
"ELLHOUSINGWITHOIL COOLER
(EATEXCHANGERS
3/&4%8kELASTISCHEUNDDREHSPIELFREIE
7ELLENKUPPLUNGEN
3/&4%8kELASTICANDNOBACKLASH
SHAFTCOUPLINGS
34!2%8kEXIBLE+UPPLUNGEN
34!2%8kEXIBLECOUPLINGS
("%'MB( ("%'MB(
4WWWPLAKARTDE
(NNESTRAE 0OSTFACH0/"OX
.EUENRADE'ERMANY .EUENRADE'ERMANY
0HONE INFO HBE HYDRAULICSCOM

&AX WWWHBE HYDRAULICSCOM WWWE HOLDINGDE
Temperature sensor
Thermolog MK2 / EK2
One parameter to minimize the operating cost of hydraulic A DIN or a M12 cable connector is available optional. The
and lube systems is to prolong the life of the fluid itself. The sensor is available in either brass or stainless steel.
continuous and precize control of fluid temperature within an
acceptable span contributes significantly to this objective. ! Rugged design
Modern process control systems cope with this problem by ! Electrical insert easy to remove
regulating the operating temperature wilthin a narrow span if
they receive precise signals with a low response time. ! DIN or optional M12 connector
The Thermolog transmitter measures the tempeature and ! Elastomer seal fitted as standard
responds to changes quickly and accurately. Changes are
output using a 4 to 20 mA signal suitable for many ! DIN connector allows to
controllers. adjustment of cable
orientation in 90 steps
The Thermolog MK2 can be mounted to the tank top, the
tank wall fitted into pipework by means of a standard tube
fiting.
The unit consists of two modules which can be separated

from each other. The wet part remains at the reservoir
whereas the dry part can be removed for inspection. This
eliminates the need to drain the reservoir or pipework for
maintenance.
Bhler Me- und Regeltechnik GmbH

D - 40880 Ratingen, Harkortstr. 29
Tel.: + 49 (0) 2102 / 49 89-0 Fax: + 49 (0) 2102 / 49 89-20
DE 11 0005 e-mail: fluidcontrol@buehler-ratingen.com
05/2002
technical data
types MK2 and EK2
temperature sensor PT 100

class B DIN / IEC 751 37
measuring range -0 C to +100 C

max. length of probe 1000 mm
36A/F
62
operating voltage (UB) 10 - 30 V DC
output 4 - 20 mA
(0 C = 4 mA)
(100 C = 20 mA)
14
elastomer-
max. load =(UB-7,5 V)/0,02 A seal
F000118E
max. operating temperature -20 C to +100 C NBR
storage temperature -40 C to +100 C
G 1/2
L= max.1000
material
probe type MK 2 = brass
mounting depth
type EK 2 = 1.4571 stainless
max. operating pressure Typ MK2 = 5 bar
min. 50
Typ EK2 = 10 bar
11 (brass)
10 (1.4571)
connectors M3 M12 (socket)

3 pol. + PE 4pol.
DIN 43650
protection class IP 65 IP 67**

cable gland PG 11 PG 7**
other connectors ** with fixed plug
upon request
37
M12x1
62
38
F000043X F000040X
max. current 230 V AC/DC 24 V DC
order information
part-no . of the basic version, L=variable
with connectors M3 M12 lenght

(with socket and plug)
MK2 1122299 1124299 L = ... mm
EK2 1122399 1124399 L = ... mm
order information:
you need : Temperature sensor with connector type M3, length L= 520 mm, operating pressure 2 bar
you order : part-no. 1122299 Temperature sensor Thermolog MK2-M3-L=520
we reserve the right to amend specifications

NEMA Motor Data
Ordering data 1LE2321-2BB11-4GA3

Bestelldaten:
Client order no. / Kunden-Auftrags-Nr.: Item no. / Item-Nr.:

Order no. / Siemens-Auftrags-Nr.: Consignment no. / Komm.-Nr.:
Offer no. / Angebots-Nr.: Project / Projekt:
Remarks / Bemerkung:
Nameplate Data Mounting and motor protection
Type SD100 - NEMA Premium Efficiency Type of construction ( G ) Round body - C-Face
HP 15.00 Rating Cont. Motor protection Without winding protection (A)

Voltage 400 V Ins. Class Class F (Standard) Terminal box design Floor mount, T.Box LHS F-1 (3)
Amps 19.00 S.F. 1.15
FL RPM 1500.0 Amb. Temp. 40 deg C Bearing Data

FL Efficiency 92.4 % Temp. Rise Class B DE ODE
FRAME 254TC kVA Code G Bearing Size 6309 ZZ C3 6309 ZZ C3
DE AFBMA 45BC03JPP3 NEMA Des B Bearing Type Ball Bearing Ball Bearing
ODE AFBMA 45BC03JPP3 Mtr WT 286 AFBMA 45BC03JPP3 45BC03JPP3
Hertz 50 Ph 3
Mechanical Data
Typical Performance Data
SAFE STALL TIME HOT (s) 21.0 COLD (s) 33.0
Load No Load 1/2 3/4 Full Load LRC
Efficiency 92.3 % 92.8 % 92.4 % Rtr wt (lbs) 754.3 Rtr WK2 1.68
Power Factor 64,5 % 74,7 % 80,0 % FLT (lb-ft) 44.0 LRT 81.0 BDT 103.0
Current (A) 11.8 A 9.50 A 14.25 A 19.00 A 116.0 A Ext Load Inertia (WK2) Capability 220,0 lb-ft
Inverter Duty VT 20:1 CT 20:1
Typical Noise Data
A-weighted Sound Octave Band Center Frequencies Hertz (Hz)
Pressure Level 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 SPL 72.0
at 3 feet 0.0 49.0 60.0 67.0 68.0 66.0 63.0 50.0 SPwrL 83.0
Wiring Connection Information Special design/ Sonderausfhrung:
Description 3 PHASE - 9 LEAD - WYE
Voltage L1 L2 L3 Connected
together
-- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
HIGH T1 T2 T3 -- -- --
Lubrication Information
Manufacturer Mobil Polyrex EM or equal
Type Polyurea (standard)
DE Capacity (oz.) 0,5
ODEnd Capacity (oz.) 0,5
Relubricate bearings every six months (more frequent if conditions

require). See Instruction Manual.
Technical data are subject to change! There may be discrepancies between calculated and rating plate values.Technische nderungen vorbehalten! Es knnte generated / Generiert: 11.11.2013 14:26:45
Axial Piston Variable Pump RE 92711/01.12
Replaces: 06.09
1/48
and RE 92707/11.10
A10VSO
Data sheet
Series 31
Sizes 18 to 140
Nominal pressure 280 bar
Maximum pressure 350 bar
Open circuit
Contents Features
Type code for standard program 2 Variable pump in axial piston swashplate design for hydro-
static drives in an open circuit
Technical data 4
The flow is proportional to the drive speed and the displace-
Technical data, standard unit 6
ment
Technical data, high-speed version 7
The flow can be steplessly varied by adjustment of the
DG Two-point control, directly operated 10 swashplate angle.
DR Pressure control 11 2 case drain ports
DRG Pressure control, remotely operated 12 Excellent suction characteristics
DFR, DFR1 Pressure and flow control 13 Low noise level
DFLR Pressure, flow and power control 14 Long service life
ED Electro-hydraulic pressure control 15 Axial and radial load capacity of drive shaft
ER Electro-hydraulic pressure control 16 Favorable power/weight ratio
Dimensions sizes 18 to 140 18 Versatile controller range
Dimensions through drive 36 Short control time
Summary mounting options 41 The through drive is suitable for adding gear pumps and axial
piston pumps up to the same size, i.e., 100% through drive.
Combination pumps A10VO + A10VO 42
Connector for solenoids 44
Installation instructions 46
General instructions 48
2/48 Bosch Rexroth AG A10VSO Series 31 | RE 92711/01.12
Type code for standard program

A10VS O / 31 V
01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13
Version 18 28 45 71 100 140

Standard version (without symbol) L L L L L L
01 HFA, HFB, HFC hydraulic fluid (except for Skydrol) L L L L L E
High-speed version L L L L H
Axial piston unit

02 Swashplate design, variable, nominal pressure 280 bar, maximum pressure 350 bar A10VS
Operation mode
03 Pump, open circuit O
Size (NG)
04 Geometric displacement, see table of values on pages 6 and 7 18 28 45 71 100 140
Control device
Two-point control, directly operated L L L L L L DG
Pressure control L L L L L L DR
with flow control, hydraulic
X-T open L L L L L L DFR

X-T closed L L L L L L DFR1
with swivel angle control, electric L L L L L FE11)
05 pressure and swivel-angle control, electric L L L L L L DFE11)
with pressure cut-off, remotely operated
hydraulic L L L L L L DRG
electrical negative characteristic 12V L L L L L L ED71
24V L L L L L L ED72
positive characteristic 12V L L L L L L ER712)
24V L L L L L L ER722)
Pressure, flow and power control L L L L L DFLR
Series
06 Series 3, Index 1 31
Direction of rotation
Viewed on drive shaft clockwise R
07
counter clockwise L
Seals
08 FKM (fluor-caoutchouc) V
1) See RE 30030
2) The following must be taken into account during project planning:
Excessive current levels (I > 1200 mA with 12 V or I > 600 mA with 24 V) to the ER solenoid can result in undesired increase
of pressure which can lead to pump or system damage:
- Use Imax current limiter solenoids.
- A sandwich plate pressure reducing valve can be used to protect the pump in the event of overflow.
An accessory kit with pressure reducing sandwich plate can be ordered from Rexroth under part number R902490825.
= available M= on request = not available

RE 92711/01.12 | A10VSO Series 31 Bosch Rexroth AG 3/48
Type code for standard program

A10VS O / 31 V
01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13
Drive shaft 18 28 45 71 100 140

Splined shaft standard shaft L L L L L L S
ANSI B92.1a similar to shaft "S" however for higher input torque L L L L R
09
Parallel keyed shaft not for through drive
L L L L L L P
DIN 6885
Mounting flange 18 28 45 71 100 140

ISO 3019-2 2-hole L L L L L A
10
4-hole L B
Service line port 18 28 45 71 100 140

SAE flange ports on opposite side, metric fastening thread L L L L L 12
11
L 42
Through drive 18 28 45 71 100 140

without through drive L L L L L L N00
Flange ISO 3019-1 coupling for splined shaft1)
Diameter diameter
82-2 (A) 5/8 in 9T 16/32DP L L L L L L K01
3/4 in 11T 16/32DP L L L L L L K52
101-2 (B) 7/8 in 13T 16/32DP L L L L L K68
1 in 15T 16/32DP L L L L K04
127-2 (C) 1 1/4 in 14T 12/24DP L L L K07
1 1/2 in 17T 12/24DP L L K24
152-4 (D) 1 3/4 in 13T 8/16DP L K17
12
63, metric 4-hole shaft key 25 L L L L L K57

Flange ISO 3019-2
Diameter
80, 2-hole 3/4 in 11T 16/32DP L L L L L L KB2
100, 2-hole 7/8 in 13T 16/32DP L L L L L KB3
1 in 15T 16/32DP L L L L KB4
125, 2-hole 1 1/4 in 14T 12/24DP L L L KB5
1 1/2 in 17T 12/24DP L L KB6
180, 4-hole 1 3/4 in 13T 8/16DP L KB7
Connectors for solenoids2) 18 28 45 71 100 140

13 HIRSCHMANN connector without suppressor diode L L L L L L H
1) Coupling for splined shaft as per ANSI B92.1a
2) Connectors for other electric components can deviate.
= available M= on request = not available

Technical data
Hydraulic fluid Notes on the choice of hydraulic fluid
Before starting project planning, please refer to our data In order to select the correct hydraulic fluid, it is necessary to
sheets RE 90220 (mineral oil) and RE 90221 (environmentally know the operating temperature in the reservoir (open circuit)
acceptable hydraulic fluids) for detailed information regarding in relation to the ambient temperature.
the choice of hydraulic fluid and application conditions.
The hydraulic fluid should be selected so that within the operat-
When using environmentally acceptable hydraulic fluids, ing temperature range, the viscosity lies within the optimum
the limitations regarding technical data and seals must be range (opt), see shaded section of the selection diagram. We
observed. Please contact us. When ordering, indicate the recommend to select the higher viscosity grade in each case.
hydraulic fluid that is to be used.
Example: at an ambient temperature of X C the operating
Operating viscosity range temperature is 60 C. In the optimum operating viscosity range
(opt; shaded area) this corresponds to viscosity grades VG 46
For optimum efficiency and service life we recommend that the
resp. VG 68; VG 68 should be selected.
operating viscosity (at operating temperature) be selected in
the range Important:
opt = opt. operating viscosity 16 ... 36 mm /s 2 The case drain temperature is influenced by pressure and input
speed and is always higher than the reservoir temperature.
referred to reservoir temperature (open circuit). However, at no point in the component may the temperature
Limits of viscosity range exceed 90 C. The temperature difference specified on the left
is to be taken into account when determining the viscosity in
For critical operating conditions the following values apply: the bearing.
nmin = 10 mm2/s If the above conditions cannot be met, due to extreme operat-
short-term (t 1 min) ing parameters please contact us.
at max perm. case drain temperature of 90 C.
Filtration of the hydraulic fluid
Please also ensure that the max. case drain temperature of The finer the filtration the better the cleanliness level of the
90 C is not exceeded in localized areas (for instance, in the hydraulic fluid and the longer the service life of the axial piston
bearing area).The fluid temperature in the bearing area is unit.
approx. 5 K higher than the average case drain temperature.
In order to guarantee the functional reliability of the axial piston
nmax = 1000 mm2/s unit it is necessary to carry out a gravimetric evaluation of the
short-term (t 1 min) hydraulic fluid to determine the particle contamination and the
on cold start cleanliness level according to ISO 4406. A cleanliness level of
(p 30 bar, n 1000 rpm, tmin -25 C) at least 20/18/15 must be maintained.
Depending on the installation situation, special measures At very high hydraulic fluid temperatures (90 C to maximum
are necessary at temperatures between -40 C and -25 C. 115 C), a cleanliness level of at least 19/17/14 according to
Please contact us. ISO 4406 is necessary.
For detailed information on operation with low temperatures If the above cleanliness levels cannot be maintained, please
see data sheet RE 90300-03-B. contact us.
Selection diagram
-40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 100

1600 1600
1000
600
400
VG 68
VG
VG 32
VG 46
VG 2
200
10
2
100
Viscosity [mm2/s]
60
40 36
opt.
20
16
10
5 5
-40 -25 -10 0 10 30 50 70 90 115
Temperature t in C
tmin = -40 C Fluid temperature range tmax = +115 C
Technical data
Operating pressure range
Pressure at service line port B Definition
Nominal pressure pnom _________________ 280 bar absolute Nominal pressure pnom
The nominal pressure corresponds to the maximum design
Maximum pressure pmax _______________ 350 bar absolute
pressure.
Single operating period ___________________________ 2.5 ms
Total operating period _____________________________ 300 h Maximum pressure pmax
The maximum pressure corresponds to the maximum operat-
Minimum pressure (high-pressure side) _____ 10 bar absolute1)
ing pressure within the single operating period. The total of the
Rate of pressure change RA max ______________ 16000 bar/s single operating periods must not exceed the total operating
period.
pnom Minimum pressure (high-pressure side)
Pressure p
t Minimum pressure in the high-pressure side (port B) that is

required in order to prevent damage to the axial piston unit.
The minimum pressure depends on the speed and displace-
p ment of the axial piston unit.
Rate of pressure change RA
Maximum permissible pressure build-up and pressure reduc-
tion speed with a pressure change over the entire pressure
range.
Time t t2
Single operating period t1 tn
Pressure at suction port S (inlet) Pressure p
Minimum pressure pS min __________________ 0.8 bar absolute Maximum pressure pmax
Maximum pressure pS max _________________10 bar1) absolute Nominal pressure pnom
Note
Please contact us for values for other hydraulic fluids.
Case drain pressure

Maximum permissible case drain pressure (at port L, L1):
Maximum 0.5 bar higher than the inlet pressure at port S,
however not higher than 2 bar absolute. Minimum pressure (high-pressure side)
pL max abs _________________________________2 bar absolute1)

Time t
1) Other values on request Total operating period = t1 + t2 + ... + tn
Technical data, standard unit

Table of values (theoretical values, without efficiencies and tolerances: values rounded)
Size NG 18 28 45 71 100 140
Geometrical displacement per revolution
Vg max cm3 18 28 45 71 100 140
Speed1)
maximum at Vg max nnom rpm 3300 3000 2600 2200 2000 1800
maximum at Vg < Vg max nmax perm rpm 3900 3600 3100 2600 2400 2100
Flow
at nnom and Vg max qv max l/min 59 84 117 156 200 252
at nE = 1500 rpm and Vg max qvE max l/min 27 42 68 107 150 210
Power at p = 280 bar
at nnom, Vg max Pmax kW 30 39 55 73 93 118
at nE = 1500 rpm and Vg max PE max kW 12.6 20 32 50 70 98
Torque
at Vg max and p = 280 bar Tmax Nm 80 125 200 316 445 623
p = 100 bar T Nm 30 45 72 113 159 223
Rotary stiffness, S c Nm/rad 11087 22317 37500 71884 121142 169537
drive shaft R c Nm/rad 14850 26360 41025 76545
P c Nm/rad 13158 25656 41232 80627 132335 188406
Moment of inertial rotary group JTW kgm2 0.00093 0.0017 0.0033 0.0083 0.0167 0.0242
Angular acceleration, maximum2) rad/s2 6800 5500 4000 3300 2700 2700
Filling capacity V L 0.4 0.7 1.0 1.6 2.2 3.0
Weight (without through drive) approx. m kg 12 15 21 33 45 60
1) The values are applicable:
- for an absolute pressure pabs = 1 bar at suction port S
- within the optimum viscosity range from opt = 16 to 36 mm2/s
- for mineral-oil based hydraulic fluid.
2) The scope of application lies between the minimum necessary and the maximum permissible drive speeds.
Valid for external excitation (e.g. diesel engine 2- to 8-fold rotary frequency, cardan shaft 2-fold rotary frequency).
The limiting value is only valid for a single pump.
The loading capacity of the connecting parts must be taken into account.
Note
Exceeding the maximum or falling below the minimum permissible values can lead to a loss of function, a reduction in operational
service life or total destruction of the axial piston unit. We recommend to check the loading through tests or calculation / simula-
tion and comparison with the permissible values.
Determination of size
VgsOsV Vg = Displacement per revolution in cm3

Flow qV = [l/min]
1000 p = Differential pressure in bar
Vgsp n = Speed in rpm
Torque T = [Nm]
sQsImh V = Volumetric efficiency
2s5sO qVsp mh = Mechanical-hydraulic efficiency
Power P = = [kW]
60000 st t = Total efficiency(t = Vsmh)
Technical data
Permissible radial and axial loading on the drive shaft
Size NG 18 28 45 71 100 140
Radial force maximum Fq
at a/2
Fq max N 350 1200 1500 1900 2300 2800
a/2 a/2
a
Axial force maximum
Fax + Fax max N 700 1000 1500 2400 4000 4800
Permissible input and through-drive torques

Size NG 18 28 45 71 100 140
Torque
Tmax Nm 80 125 200 316 445 623
at Vg max and p = 280 bar1)
Input torque for drive shaft, maximum2)
S TE max Nm 124 198 319 626 1104 1620
in 3/4 7/8 1 1 1/4 1 1/2 1 3/4
R TE max Nm 160 250 400 644
in 3/4 7/8 1 1 1/4
P TE max Nm 88 137 200 439 857 1206
mm 18 22 25 32 40 45
Maximum through-drive torque for drive shaft
S TD max Nm 108 160 319 492 778 1266
R TD max Nm 120 176 365 548
P TD max Nm 88 137 200 439 778 1206
1) Without considering efficiency
2) For drive shafts free of radial load
Distribution of torques
T1 T2
TE
1. Pumpe
1st pump 2.
2ndPumpe
pump
TD
Technical data
Drive power and flow
Operating material:
Hydraulic fluid ISO VG 46 DIN 51519, t = 50 C
Size 18 Size 71
_ _ _ _ n = 1500 rpm _ _ _ _ n = 1500 rpm
______ n = 3300 rpm ______ n = 2200 rpm
160 80
60 30 140 70
Flow qV [l/min]
qv
Drive power P [kW]
Flow qV [l/min]
qv 120 60
Drive power P [kW]

40 Pqv max 20
100 50
20 Pqv zero 10
80 40
0 0 Pqv max
0 50 100 150 200 250 280 60 30
40 Pqv zero 20
Operating pressure [bar]
20 10
Size 28 0 0
0 50 100 150 200 250 280
_ _ _ _ n = 1500 rpm Operating pressure [bar]
______ n = 3000 rpm
Size 100
90 _ _ _ _ n = 1500 rpm
80 40
Flow qV [l/min]
Drive power P [kW]
60 30 ______ n = 2000 rpm

40 20 200 100
qv
Pqv max 180 qv 90
20 10
160 80
0 0
P
Drive power P [kW]

0 50 100 150 200qv zero 250 280 140 70
Flow qV [l/min]
120 Pqv max 60

100 50
80 40
Size 45 60 30
_ _ _ _ n = 1500 rpm 40 Pqv zero 20
20 10
______ n = 2600 rpm
0 0
110 60
0 50 100 150 200 250 280
100 50 Operating pressure [bar]
Flow qV [l/min]
Drive power P [kW]
80 40
qv
60 30 Size 140
Pqv max
40 20 _ _ _ _ n = 1500 rpm
20 10
______ n = 1800 rpm
0 Pqv zero 0
0 50 100 150 200 250 280 260 130
Operating pressure [bar] 240 qv 120

220 110
200 100
Drive power P [kW]
180 Pqv max 90

160 80
Flow qV [l/min]
140 70
120 60
100 50
80 40
60 Pqv zero 30
40 20
20 10
0 0
0 50 100 150 200 250 280
DFR/DFR1 Pressure and flow control

In addition to the pressure control function (see page 11), the Circuit diagram, sizes 18 to 100
pump flow may be varied by means of a differential pressure
With DFR1 plugged
over an adjustable orifice (e.g. directional valve) installed in
the service line to the actuator. The pump flow is equal to the
Not included in the delivery contents

actual required flow by the actuator, regardless of changing
pressure levels. X
The pressure control overrides the flow control function.
Note
The DFR1 version has no connection between X and the
reservoir. Unloading the LS-pilot line must be possible in the
valve system. L
Because of the flushing function sufficient unloading of the B
X-line must also be provided.
Static characteristic
Flow control at n1 = 1500 rpm; tfluid = 50 C)
280 Hysteresis / pressure rise p max

Operating pressure pB [bar]
Setting range1)
L1 S
25
Circuit diagram, size 140
Not included in the delivery contents

With DFR1 plugged
Flow qv [l/min]
X
1) In order to prevent damage to the pump and the system,

this setting range is the permissible setting range and must
not be exceeded.
The range of possible settings at the valve are greater.
B
Static characteristic at variable speed
Hysteresis / pressure rise pmax
Port for
B Service line
Flow qv [l/min]
S Suction line
L, L1 Case drain (L1 plugged)
X Pilot pressure
Speed n [rpm] Control data
Differential pressure p Data for pressure control DR, see page 11.
Maximum flow deviation measured at drive speed n = 1500 rpm.
Standard setting: 14 to 22 bar.
If another setting is required, please state in clear text. NG 18 28 45 71 100 140
Relieving the load on port X to the reservoir results in a zero
qv max l/min 0.9 1.0 1.8 2.8 4.0 6.0
stroke ("standby") pressure which lies about 1 to 2 bar higher
than the differential pressure p. System influences are not Control fluid consumption DFR maximum approx. 3 to 4.5 l/min
taken into account. Control fluid consumption DFR1 ____ maximum approx. 3 l/min
Volume flow loss at qVmax, see page 9.
Notes
Before finalizing your design request a certified

Dimensions size 28 installation drawing. Dimensions in mm.
DFR/DFR1 Pressure and flow control, hydraulic

Clockwise rotation
Valve mounting for

V
ccw rotation
118
9.5 90 B
Flange
ISO 3019-2 6.3 L X L
max. 110
14
45
45
X
80
-0.054
40
0
74
100
1
74
80
74
14 140
40 L1 S 164
164
206 83.5 119.3
136
W
Detail V Detail W
22.2
20
58.7
32
47.6
B
30.2
Ports
Designation Port for Standard Size1) Maximum State
pressure [bar]2)
B Service line, SAE J5183) 3/4 in 350 O
fastening thread DIN 13 M10 x 1.5; 17 deep
S Suction line, SAE J5183) 1 1/4 in 10 O
fastening thread DIN 13 M10 x 1.5; 17 deep
L Case drain fluid DIN 38524) M18 x 1.5; 12 deep 2 O5)
L1 Case drain fluid DIN 38524) M18 x 1.5; 12 deep 2 X5)
X Pilot pressure DIN 38524) M14 x 1.5; 12 deep 350 O
X Pilot pressure with DG-control DIN ISO 2284) G 1/4in; 12 deep 350 O
1) For the maximum tightening torques the general instructions on page 48 must be observed.
2) Depending on the application, short-term pressure spikes can occur. Consider this when selecting measuring equipment and
fittings. Pressure values in bar absolute.
3) Only dimensions according to SAE J518, metric fastening thread deviating from the standard.
4) The spot face can be deeper than as specified in the standard.
5) Depending on the installation position, L or L1 must be connected (see also installation instructions on pages 44, 45)
O = Must be connected (plugged on delivery)
X = Plugged (in normal operation)

Dimensions size 28 installation drawing. Dimensions in mm.
Drive shaft
S Splined shaft 7/8 in R Splined shaft 7/8 in P Parallel shaft key
13T 16/32DP1) (SAE J744) 13T 16/32DP1)2) (SAE J744) DIN 6885, A6x6x32
36 + 0.3
0.0
33.1 32
1/4-20UNC-2B3) 5)
1/4-20UNC-2B3) 5)
16
16 16
5 2
5
M64), 5)
24.4 -0.2
22 +0.009
-0.004
Usable shaft 25
25.1 length
41 46
41
1) ANSI B92.1a, 30 pressure angle, flat root, side fit, tolerance class 5
2) Spline according to ANSI B92.1a, run out of spline is a deviation from standard.
3) Thread according to ASME B1.1
4) Thread according to DIN 13
5) For the maximum tightening torques the general instructions on page 48 must be observed.
Before finalizing your design request a certi-

Dimensions size 28 fied installation drawing. Dimensions in mm.
DG DFLR
Two-point control, directly operated Pressure, flow and power control
to flange surface to flange surface Valve mounting for

Valve mounting for 198 ccw rotation
158
ccw rotation
max. 110
G 1/4 in
X
L
40
3
25 +0.4
X
12
99.5 119
103.5 135.5
DR DRG
Pressure control Pressure control, remotely operated
to flange surface
Valve mounting for Valve mounting for

ccw rotation 118 ccw rotation
max. 110
max. 110
X
X
40
119
136 136
ED7. / ER7.
Electro-hydraulic pressure control
to flange surface
Valve mounting for

130
ccw rotation
140
X
135.51)
1)ER7.: 170.5 mm when using a sandwich plate pressure reducing valve.

For details of connection options and drive shafts, see also pages 21 and 22
Before finalizing your design request a certi-

Dimensions through drive fied installation drawing. Dimensions in mm.
K01 flange ISO 3019-2 (SAE J744 - 82-2 (A))

Coupling for splined shaft according to ANSI B92.1a-1996 5/8 in 9T 16/32 DP1) (SAE J744 - 16-4 (A))
Cut A - B NG A1 A2 A3 A42)
A3 18 182 10 43.3 M10 x 1.5, 14.5
A 45 A2 deep
28 204 10 33.7 M10 x 1.5, 16 deep
45 229 10.7 53.4 M10 x 1.5, 16 deep
.5 71 267 11.8 61.3 M10 x 1.5, 20 deep
06
0.020
82.55 +0.050
1 100 338 10.5 65 M10 x 1.5, 16 deep
140 350 10.8 77.3 M10 x 1.5, 16 deep
A4
B 10
to mounting flange A1
K52 flange ISO 3019-2 (SAE J744 - 82-2 (A))

Coupling for splined shaft according to ANSI B92.1a-1996 3/4 in 11T 16/32 DP1) (SAE J744 - 19-4 (A-B))
A3 18 182 18.8 38.7 M10 x 1.5, 14.5 deep
A 45 10 28 204 18.8 38.7 M10 x 1.5, 16 deep
45 229 18.9 38.7 M10 x 1.5, 16 deep
71 267 21.3 41.4 M10 x 1.5, 20 deep
.5 100 338 19 38.9 M10 x 1.5, 16 deep
06
0.02
82.55 +0.05
1
140 350 18.9 38.6 M10 x 1.5, 16 deep
A4
A2
B
to mounting flange A1
K68 flange ISO 3019-2 (SAE J744 - 101-2 (B))

Coupling for splined shaft according to ANSI B92.1a-1996 7/8 in 13T 16/32 DP1) (SAE J744 - 22-4 (B))
A A3 28 204 17.8 41.7 M12 x 1.75,

45 10 continuous
omitted
for NG28 45 229 17.9 41.7 M12 x 1.75, 18 deep
71 267 20.3 44.1 M12 x 1.75, 20 deep
100 338 18 41.9 M12 x 1.75, 20 deep
6
101.6 +0.05
0.02
14 140 350 17.8 41.6 M12 x 1.75, 20 deep
omitted
A4 for NG28
A2
B to mounting flange A1
1) 30 pressure angle, flat root, side fit, tolerance class 5

2) Thread according to DIN 13, observe the general instructions on page 48 for the maximum tightening torques.
Summary mounting options

SAE mounting flange
Through-drive1) Mounting option 2nd pump
Flange Coupling
Short A10VO/31 A10V(S)O/5x Gear pump Through drive
ISO 3019-1 for splined
des. NG (shaft) NG (shaft) design (NG) available for NG
shaft
82-2 (A) 5/8 in K01 18 (U) 10 (U) F (5 to 22) 18 to 140
3/4 in K52 18 (S, R) 10 (S) 18 to 140
18 (U)
18 (S, R)
101-2 (B) 7/8 in K68 28 (S, R) 28 (S, R) N/G (26 to 49) 28 to 140
45 (U, W)1) 45 (U, W)1)
1 in K04 45 (S, R) 45 (S, R) 45 to 140
60, 63 (U, W) 2)
127-2 (C) 1 1/4 in K07 71 (S, R) 85 (U, W)3) 71 to 140
100 (U)3) 100 (U, W)
1 1/2 in K24 100 (S) 85 (S) 100 to 140
100 (S)
152-4 1 3/4 in K17 140 (S) 140
(4-hole D)
1) Not for main pump NG28 with K68
ISO mounting flange

Flange Coupling
Short A10VO/31 A10V(S)O/5x Gear pump Through drive
ISO 3019-2 for splined
des. NG (shaft) NG (shaft) design (NG) available for NG
shaft
80-2 3/4 in KB2 18 (S, R) 10 (S) 18 to 140
100-2 7/8 in KB3 28 (S, R) 28 to 140
1 in KB4 45 (S, R) 45 to 140
125-2 1 1/4 in KB5 71 (S, R) 71 to 140
1 1/2 in KB6 100 (S) 100 to 140
180-4 1 3/4 in KB7 140 (S) 140
(4-hole B)
Shaft key
Flange Coupling
Short A10VO/31 A10V(S)O/5x Radial piston pump Through drive
ISO 3019-2 for shaft
des. NG (shaft) NG (shaft) available for NG
key
80-2 3/4 in K57 R4 28 to 140

Combination pumps A10VO + A10VO installation drawing. Dimensions in mm.
When using combination pumps it is possible to have multiple, mutually independent circuits without the need for a splitter
gearbox.
When ordering combination pumps the model codes for the first and the second pump must be joined by a "+".
Order example:
A10VSO100DFR1/31R-VSB12K04+
A10VSO45DFR/31R-VSA12N00
If no further pumps are to be factory-mounted, the simple type code is sufficient.Included in the delivery contents of the pump
with through drive are then: coupling and seal, with plastic cover to prevent penetration by dust and dirt.
It is permissible to use a combination of two single pumps of the same size (tandem pump), considering a dynamic mass
acceleration force of maximum 10 g (= 98.1 m/s2) without an additional support bracket.
Each through drive is plugged with a non-pressure-resistant cover. Before commissioning the units, they must therefore be
equipped with a pressure-resistant cover.
Through drives can also be ordered with pressure-resistant covers. Please specify in clear text.
For combination pumps comprising more than two pumps, the mounting flange must be calculated for the permissible moment
of inertia.
Permissible mass moment of inertia
NG 18 28 45 71 100 140
Permissible mass moment of inertia
static Tm Nm 500 880 1370 2160 3000 4500
dynamic at 10 g (98.1 m/s2) Tm Nm 50 88 137 216 300 450
Mass with through-drive plate m kg 14 19 25 39 54 68
Mass without through drive m kg 12 15 21 33 45 60
(e.g. 2nd pump)
Distance center of gravity l mm 90 110 130 150 160 160
m1, m2, m3 Mass of pumps [kg]

m1 m2 m3
Distance center of
l1, l2, l3 [mm]
gravity
l1
l2 Tm = (m1 s l1 + m2 s l2 + m3 s l3) s 1
l3
102 [Nm]
Connector for solenoids

HIRSCHMANN DIN EN 175 301-803-A /ISO 4400 Changing connector position
without bidirectional suppressor diode ___________________H If necessary, you can change the position of the connector by
turning the solenoid.
Type of protection according to DIN/EN 60529 ________ IP65
To do this, proceed as follows:
The sealing ring in the screw cable fitting is suitable for line
diameters of 4.5 mm to 10 mm. 1. Loosen the mounting nut (1) of the solenoid. To do this,
turn the mounting nut (1) one revolution counter-clockwise.
The line connector is not included in the delivery contents.
This can be supplied by Bosch Rexroth on request. 2. Turn the solenoid body (2) to the desired position.
Bosch Rexroth material number: R902602623 3. Retighten the mounting nut of the solenoid. Tightening
torque: 5+1 Nm. (size WAF26, 12-pt DIN 3124)
Mounting bolt M3 Cable fitting M16x1.5
Tightening torque: tightening torque: On delivery, the position of the connector may differ from that
MA = 0.5 Nm MA = 1.5 - 2.5 Nm shown in the brochure or drawing.
65.4
(2)
(1)
37
50
68.5
Device plug on solenoid line connector

according to DIN 43650 DIN EN 175301-803-A
Wiring screw connector
M 16x1.5
PE PE
A A
1 2 1 2
Installation instructions
General Below-reservoir installation (standard)
The axial piston unit must be filled with hydraulic fluid and air Below-reservoir installation means the axial piston unit is
bled during commissioning and operation. This must also be installed outside of the reservoir below the minimum fluid level.
observed following a longer standstill as the axial piston unit
empty via the hydraulic lines.
Especially with the installation position "drive shaft upwards" 1 2
or "drive shaft downward", attention must be paid to a com-
a min a min
plete lling and air bleeding since there is a risk, for example,
of dry running. SB SB
ht min ht min
The case drain fluid in the motor housing must be directed to h min h min
the reservoir via the highest case drain port (L1, L2, L3).
L
For combinations of multiple units, make sure that the respec-
tive case pressure in each unit is not exceeded. In the event of L L1
pressure differences at the case drain ports of the units, the S S
shared case drain line must be changed so that the minimum L1
permissible case pressure of all connected units is not exceed-
ed in any situation. If this is not possible, separate case drain
lines must be laid if necessary.
To achieve favorable noise values, decouple all connecting 3 4
lines using elastic elements and avoid above-reservoir installa-
tion. a min a min
In all operating conditions, the suction line and case drain line SB SB
must flow into the reservoir below the minimum fluid level. ht min ht min
h min h min
The permissible suction height hS is a result of the overall
pressure loss, but may not be greater than hS max = 800 mm.
The minimum suction pressure at port S must also not fall L1 S S
below 0.8 bar absolute during operation.
Installation position L
L1
See the following examples 1 to 12. L
Additional installation positions are available upon request.
Recommended installation positions: 1 and 3.
Installation position Air bleed Filling
1 L S + L1
2 L1 S+L
3 L1 S+L
4 L S + L1
Key, see page 45.
Installation instructions
Above-reservoir installation Inside-reservoir installation
Above-reservoir installation means the axial piston unit is Inside-reservoir installation is when the axial piston unit is
installed above the minimum fluid level of the reservoir. nstalled in the reservoir below the minimum fluid level.
To prevent the axial piston unit from draining, a height differ- The axial piston unit is completely below the hydraulic fluid.
ence hES min of at least 25 mm at port L 1 is required in installa-
If the minimum fluid level is equal to or below the upper edge
tion position 6.
of the pump, see chapter "Above-reservoir installation".
Observe the maximum permissible suction height hS max = 800 mm.
Axial piston units with electrical components (e.g. electric con-
A check valve in the case drain line is only permissible in indi- trol, sensors) may not be installed in a reservoir below
vidual cases. Consult us for approval. the fluid level.
5 6 9 10
a min a min
F F
hES min
L
L L1 L
S SB ht min SB ht min
S L1
L1 L
S
hs max hs max L1
h min S h min
SB SB
ht min ht min
h min h min 11 12
a min a min
a min a min
7 8
F F L1 S
S
L1 S S SB ht min SB ht min
L1
L L L
h min h min
L1
L
hs max
hs max
SB SB Installation position Air bleed Filling
ht min ht min 9 L L, L1
h min h min
10 L1 L, L1
a min a min
11 L1 S + L, L1
12 L S + L, L1
Installation position Air bleed Filling
5 F L (F)
S Suction port
6 F L1 (F)
F Filling / air bleeding
7 F S + L 1 (F) Case drain port
L, L1
8 F S + L (F)
SB Baffle (baffle plate)
ht min Minimum necessary immersion depth (200 mm)
hmin Minimum necessary spacing to reservoir bottom
(100 mm)
hES min
Minimum necessary height needed to protect the axial
piston unit from draining (25 mm).
hS max Maximum permissible suction height (800 mm)
amin When designing the reservoir, ensure adequate
distance between the suction line and the case drain
line. This prevents the heated, return flow from being
drawn directly back into the suction line.
Notes
Notes
General instructions
The A10VSO pump is designed to be used in open circuit.
Project planning, installation and commissioning of the axial piston unit require the involvement of qualified personnel.
Before operating the axial piston unit, please read the appropriate instruction manual thoroughly and completely.
If necessary, request these from Bosch Rexroth.
During and shortly after operation, there is a risk of burns on the axial piston unit and especially on the solenoids.
Take appropriate safety measures (e.g. by wearing protective clothing).
Depending on the operating conditions of the axial piston unit (operating pressure, fluid temperature), the characteristics may shift.
Service line ports:
- The ports and fastening threads are designed for the specified maximum pressure. The machine or system manufacturer must
ensure that the connecting elements and lines correspond to the specified application conditions (pressure, flow, hydraulic
fluid, temperature) with the necessary safety factors.
- The service line ports and function ports are only designed to accommodate hydraulic lines.
Pressure cut-off and pressure control do not provide security against pressure overload. A separate pressure relief valve is to
be provided in the hydraulic system.
The data and notes contained herein must be adhered to.
The product is not approved as a component for the safety concept of a general machine according to DIN EN ISO 13849.
The following tightening torques apply:
- Fittings:
Observe the manufacturers instruction regarding the tightening torques of the used fittings.
- Mounting bolts: For mounting bolts with metric ISO thread according to DIN 13 or thread according to ASME B1.1,
we recommend checking the tightening torque individually according to VDI 2230.
- Female threads in axial piston unit:
The maximum permissible tightening torques MG max are maximum values for the female threads and must not be exceeded.
For values, see the following table.
- Threaded plugs:
For the metal threaded plugs supplied with the axial piston unit, the required tightening torques of the threaded plugs MV
apply. For values, see the following table.
Ports Maximum permissible Required Size of

tightening torque for tightening torque for hexagon socket of
Standard Thread size female threads MG max threaded plugs MV threaded plugs
DIN 3852 M14 x 1.5 80 Nm 45 Nm 6 mm

M16 x 1.5 100 Nm 50 Nm 8 mm
M18 x 1.5 140 Nm 60 Nm 8 mm
M22 x 1.5 210 Nm 80 Nm 10 mm
M27 x 2 330 Nm 135 Nm 12 mm
DIN ISO 228 G 1/4 in 70 Nm
Bosch Rexroth AG This document, as well as the data, specifications and other information set
Axial piston units forth in it, are the exclusive property of Bosch Rexroth AG. It may not be repro-
An den Kelterwiesen 14 duced or given to third parties without its consent.
72160 Horb a. N., Germany The data specified above only serve to describe the product. No statements
Tel.: +49-7451-92-0 concerning a certain condition or suitability for a certain application can be de-
Fax: +49-7451-82-21 rived from our information. The information given does not release the user from
the obligation of own judgment and verification. It must be remembered that our
info.brm-ak@boschrexroth.de products are subject to a natural process of wear and aging.
www.boschrexroth.com/axial-piston-pumps
Subject to change.
CATLOGO
DE PRODUTOS
Certificado
NBR ISO 9001
hybel.com.br
3
ALTA PERFORMANCE ALTA PERFORMANCE
EM BOMBAS E MOTORES HIDRULICOS EM BOMBAS E MOTORES HIDRULICOS
A EMPRESA PRODUTOS
Hybel fabricante de componentes hidrulicos,
fundada em 1981, produzindo, desde ento, SRIE ALUMINIBETA S 003
A equipamentos hidrulicos para automao dos Os produtos da srie AluminiBeta so sinnimos de alto desempenho e ecincia,
segmentos agrcola, rodovirio, construo civil mbil e apresentando baixos nveis de rudo e altas presses de operao. Com dimenso
industrial. Com sua moderna planta industrial, localizada no reduzida, baixo peso em relao a fora transmitida, sua construo composta
por corpo principal em liga de alumnio, rotor mltiplo de engrenagens com mancais S 05 S 12
sul do Brasil, distribui seus produtos atravs de suas liais
ita
deslizantes permitindo compensao hidrosttica. O projeto Aluminieta possibilita
localizadas nos grandes centros comerciais do pas e uma
que as bombas sejam montadas em unidades simples ou mltlipas, com ou sem em
unidade em Chicago nos EUA. A empresa conta tambm
vlvulas auxiliares.
com uma unidade de fundio e tratamento trmico.
S 117
Visando a alta performance dos seus produtos, a Hybel est sempre em permanente busca de aperfeioamento dos seus S 11
processos produtivos. Usando mquinas CNC de ltima gerao organizados em clulas robotizadas, cada pea submetida a
mltiplas inspees com rigoroso controle de qualidade desde sua matria-prima at os produtos acabados. Essa combinao de
experincia e capacidade de produo permite empresa buscar constantemente novos mercados e vencer desaos. SRIE IRON PUMP
As bombas hidrulicas da srie Iron Pump so desenvolvidas especialmente para as mais
S 30 duras aplicaes. So equipamentos robustos de projeto preciso e eciente, projetados para
terem uma longa vida til. Elas so produzidas em unidades simples ou mltiplas, possuindo
corpo principal, ange de xao e tampa traseira em partes segmentadas. Produzidas
em ferro fundido de alta resistncia e um projeto que permite uma grande variedade de
S 50 combinaes de montagens.
S 75
SRIE BOMBAS DE BUCHAS

As bombas e motores hidrulicos da srie Bombas de Buchas, projetadas
especialmente para aplicaes que exigem maiores presses e rotaes, S 53
proporcionam melhor ecincia volumtrica, maiores presses at 270 bar e baixo
MERCADO ndice de rudo. Elas so produzidas em unidades simples e mltiplas, possuindo
H 30 anos a Hybel busca satisfazer as corpo principal, anges de xao e tampas em partes segmentadas. Isto permite
uma grande variedade de combinaes de montagem. S 33
necessidades dos segmentos agrcola, rodovirio, S 63
construo civil mbil e industrial no mercado
brasileiro. Um trabalho que lhe rendeu uma
tima reputao de excelncia em engenharia e
durabilidade dos seus produtos. Reputao esta
SRIES ESPECIAIS
que tem permitido a expanso do seu mercado
Dentre a extensa linha de bombas que compe o portflio de produtos, a Hybel possui
em muitos pases, estando presente nos principais
as sries especiais. Com caractersticas prprias estas atendem as variadas necessidades
continentes do mundo. Com liais no Brasil e nos
construtivas. Dos mercados Agrcola, Rodovirio e Construo Civil (mbil) e Industrial.
EUA, a Hybel tem produtos de alta performance
para automao dos sistemas hidrulicos.
2 3
CONFIGURE SEU PRODUTO EIXO MOTRIZ
01: EIXO CONECTOR PARA UNIDADE MLTIPLA 27: CILNDRICO CHAVETADO 19,05 SAE 19-1 CONF.COMMERCIAL (24)
08: ESTRIADO 9 DENTES 1/2 ANSI B92.1 28: CILNDRICO CHAVETADO 19.012.CONF.RACINE
09: ESTRIADO 11 DENTES 3/4 29: CILNDRICO CHAVETADO 19.012.CONF.RACINE LONGO
10: ESTRIADO 12 DENTES 3/4 30: CILNDRICO CHAVETADO 23,8 ROSCA 7/8-18 NS, CHAV.3/4X3/16
LINHA DE DRENO TIPO DE TAMPA TRASEIRA
11: ESTRIADO 9 DENTES DIN 5432 31: CILNDRICO CHAVETADO 3/4 (LONGO)
0: SEM TS: SEM PRTICOS.
12: ESTRIADO 6 DENTES 32: CILNDRICO CHAVETADO 12.7 CHAVETA 3mm
1: NA TAMPA MANCAL 1/4NPT TP: SEM PRTICOS COM EXTENO DE ROSCA.
13: ESTRIADO 9 DENTES SAE A 33: CILNDRICO CHAVETADO 3/4
2: NA TAMPA MANCAL 1/4BSP TL: CONEXO COM BOMBA TRASEIRA.
14: ESTRIADO 10 DENTES 17mm 34: CILNDRICO CHAVETADO 18mm
3: NA TAMPA MANCAL 1/8NPT TR: TAMPA COM RESERVATRIO.
15:ESTRIADO 13 DENTES SAE B 35: CILNDRICO CHAVETADO 22,22 SAE B
4: T##: COM PRTICOS TRASEIROS (USAR O CDIGO
16: ESTRIADO 13 DENTES DIN 5480 36: CILNDRICO CHAVETADO 15, CHAVETA 3,15 mm
5: NA TAMPA TRASEIRA 1/4NPT DOS PRTICOS CONFORME TABELA).
17: ESTRIADO 14 DENTES SAE C 37: CILNDRICO CHAVETADO 25,35mm
6: NA TAMPA TRASEIRA 1/4BSP T**: COM VLVULA (USAR CDIGO DE VLVULAS
18: ESTRIADOS 15 DENTES 38: CILNDRICO CHAVETADO 22,22 ROSCA 5/8-18 UNF
7: NA TAMPA TRASEIRA 1/2NPT AUXILIARES)
19: ESTRIADOS 19 DENTES 39: CILNDRICO CHAVETADO 31,75mm SAE C
8: NA TAMPA TRASEIRA 7/16UNF
20: ESTRIADOS 13 DENTES CURTO (CLARK) 42: CNICO CHAVETADO 1:5 ROSCA M12X1.5, CHAVETA DE 3mm
9: PARA DUPLA VEDAO 1/8 NPT
21:CHANFRADO, ESPECIAL 43: CNICO CHAVETADO 1:5 ROSCA M14X1.5, CHAVETA DE 4mm
22: CHANFRADO COM ARRASTADOR 6,25X10X12mm 44: CNICO CHAVETADO 1:5 ROSCA M16X1.5, CHAVETA DE 5mm
23: CHANFRADO COM ARRASTADOR 6,25X7X15,6mm 46: CNICO CHAVETADO 1:8 ROSCA M12X1.5, CHAVETA DE 3mm
24: EIXO ESTRIADO 16 DENTES 47: CNICO CHAVETADO 1:8 ROSCA M12X1.5, CHAVETA DE 4mm
25: EIXO CHAVETADO 5/8 (CHAVETA DE 4X4X19) 48: CNICO CHAVETADO 1:5 ROSCA -20 UNF, CHAVETA DE 4mm
ROLAMENTO SUPLEMENTAR 26:CILNDRICO CHAVETADO 12mm 49: CNICO CHAVETADO 1:8 ROSCA M10X1, CHAVETA DE 3mm
S: SEM
C: COM
DIMENSO DE PORTICOS DA SEGUNDA UNIDADE EIXO MOTRIX DA SEGUNDA UNIDADE
UNIDADE (APENAS PARA BOMBAS MLTIPLAS) (APESAR P/BOMBAS MULTIPLAS)
A: UNIDADE SIMPLES DESLOCAMENTO VOLUMTRICO EM cm/rot
B: UNIDADE MLTIPLA
TIPO DE SRIE: C: EIXO SEGMENTADO CORPO INTERMEDIRIO - CDIGO FORMADO
TIPO S: BOMBA CONFORME TABELA ABAIXO E TABELA DE
SM: MOTOR DIMENSES DE PRTICOS (APENAS PARA
SDF: DIVISOR DE FLUXO S30 B 1 77 S O TS H1F3 056 15 AIG3 F3A 040 01 BOMBAS MLTIPLAS).
SRIE ALUMINIBETA: 03, 05, 11, 12 e 17
FERRO FUNDIDO: 30, 33, 50, 53, 63 e 75 CDIGO EXEMPLO
SENTIDO DE ROTAO
1: HORRIO DESLOCAMENTO VOLUMTRICO EM
2: ANTI-HORRIO cm/rot. SEGUNDA UNIDADE (APENAS
3: DUPLO SENTIDO PARA BOMBAS MLTIPLAS)
DIMENSES DE PRTICOS
Este cdigo formado pela identicao do ext.Do tubo desejado nas conexes (1 cdigo), acompanhado da identicao
do tipo de conexo (2 cdigo), o cdigo completo formado pelo grupo de digitos identicando as conexes da esquerda do
produto para a direita, vista pelo lado do eixo e independentemente do sentido de rotao, lembrando que o eixo matriz deve
FLANGE DE MONTAGEM ser visto na posio superior.
01: TAMPA PARA BOMBA TANDEM
02: PARA S11 MOTOBOMBA ALTURA DE 15 mm 1 CDIGO 2 CDIGO
05: FLANGE REDONDA DE 6 FUROS PILOTO 66,68 mm SPLIT FLANGE
TAMANHO DA CONEXO ROSCA RETA ROSCA PARA TUBO
24: FLANGE 40X40 mm COM PARAF.PASSANTE, COM RETENTOR E LINHA DE PRESSO PARAFUSO MONTAGEM
25: FLANGE 40X40 mm COM PARAF.PASSANTE, COM RETENTOR SEM PRTICO A
SAE Cdigo 1 Mtrico Cdigo 2 SAE Cdigo 3 Mtrico Cdigo 4 NPT Cdigo 5 BSP Cdigo 6
26: FLANGE 60X60 mm COM PARAFUSO PASSANTE, PILOTO 50mm Polegadas mm
B: 20 a 50 Bar. 27: FLANGE 60X60 mm COM PARAF.PASSANTE DO LADO OPOSTO, PILOTO 50 mm 1/ 4 6,4 B 1/ 2-20 UNF 1/ 4-19 1/4 -19
C: 55 a 100 Bar. 30: VAZO EM L/MIN. 28: FLANGE 60X60 mm COM PARAF.PASSANTE, SEM RETENTOR, PILOTO 52 mm 3/ 8 9,5 C 9/ 16-18UNF 3/ 8-19 3/8 -19
D: 105 a 150 Bar. 29: FLANGE 60X60 mm COM PARAF.PASSANTE DO LADO OPOSTO, PILOTO 52 mm 1/ 2 12,7 D 5/ 16-18 UNC M8X1,25 3/ 4-16 UNF M18X1,5 1/ 2-14 1/2-14
E: 155 a 200 Bar. 31: IDEM A TAMPA 33 COM FURO DE FIXAO 9 mm 5/ 8 15,9 E 7/ 8-14 UNF M12X1,5
32: FLANGE VALMET PARA MOTOR MW 3/ 4 19,0 F 3/ 8-16 UNC M10X1,5 1 1/16-12 UNF M26X1,5 3/ 4-14 3/4 -14
33: FLANGE RETANGULAR (EURO 1) 96X71,4 mm, PILOTO 36,4 mm 7/ 8 22,2 G 1 3/16-12 UNF M30X1,5
34: FLANGE RETANGULAR (EURO 2) 100X72 mm, PILOTO 80 mm
T 2 W F3 W H3 B 30 1 25,4 H 3/ 8-16 UNC M10X1,5 1 5/16-12 UNF M33X2 1-11 1/ 2 1-11
35: FLANGE RETANGULAR (EURO 3) 132X88,4 mm, PILOTO 100 mm
1 1/ 4 31,8 I 7/ 16-14 UNC M10X1,5 1 5/8-12 UNF M42X2 1 1/4 -11 1/2 1 1/4 -11
36: FLANGE RETANGULAR (EURO 4) 145X102 mm, PILOTO 105 mm (DIN 20)
1 1/ 2 38,1 J 1/ 2-13 UNC M12X1,75 1 7/8-12 UNF M48X2 1 1/2 -11 1/2 1 1/2 -11
37: IDEM A TAMPA 34 COM ROLAMENTO SUPLEMENTAR (DIN 28)
2 50,8 K 1/ 2-13 UNC M12X1,75 2 1/ 2-12 UNF 2-11
62: FLANGE SAE B 4 FUROS, PILOTO 101,6 mm
T: TAMPA TRASEIRA 2 1/ 2 63,5 L 1/ 2-13 UNC M12X1,75
65: FLANGE SAE C 4 FUROS, PILOTO 127 mm
: NENHUM VALOR, PRIM. E SEC. PRESSURIZ (OU) 3 76,2 M 5 /8-11 UNC M16X2,0
72: FLANGE VENTURE J1 (SEMELHANTE SAE-A)
PRIM.e SEC. NO PRSSURIZADOS.
73: FLANGE SAE AA 2 FUROS
2: PRIMRIO PRESSURIZ.E SECUND.NO PRESSURIZ. CDIGO A mm B mm C FLANGE EUROPIA
74: FLANGE SAE A 2 FUROS, PILOTO 82,5 mm
3: PRIMRIO NO PRESSURIZ. E SECUND.PRESURIZ. P 13 mm 30 mm M6X1 CDIGO 7 PARA 45 CDIGO 8 PARA 90
76: FLANGE SAE B 2 FUROS, TIPO CURTA, PILOTO 101,6 mm
W: PRTICO CONVERTIDO NA LATERAL Q 15 mm 35 mm M6X1
77: FLANGE SAE B 2 FUROS, PILOTO 101,6 mm
F3: TIPO DE ROSCA DO PRTICO PRIMRIO R 18 mm 55 mm M8X1,25
78: FLANGE SAE C 2 FUROS, PILOTO 127 mm
H3: TIPO DE ROSCA DO PRTICO SECUNDRIO S 19 mm 40 mm M8X1,25
79: FLANGE SAE 2 FUROS, TIPO CURTA, PILOTO 127 mm
80: FLANGE QUADRADO 50,8X50,8 mm PILOTO 45,25 mm T 20 mm 40 mm M6X1
81: FLANGE RETANGULAR 67,7X73 mm PILOTO 30 mm U 26 mm 55 mm M8X1,25
99: FLANGES ESPECIAIS V 28 mm 55 mm M8X1,25
X 33 mm 62 mm M12X1,75
4 5
SRIE ALUMINIBETA
Parmetro Unidade Opes Volumtricas
DADOS DE DESEMPENHO Tamanho Nominal TN 14 16 19 23 25 28 33 38 44 52
cm3/rot 13,7 15,7 18,6 22,7 24,6 27,7 32,5 37,5 43,4 51,3
D
Deslocamento Volumtrico
in3/rot 0,84 0,96 1,13 1,38 1,5 1,69 1,98 2,29 2,65 3,13
Presso Mxima Contnua bar 250 220 200
Tamanho Nominal NS 12 16 21 25 33 36 43
Presso Mxima Intermitente bar 280 240 220
cm/rot 1.2 1.6 2.1 2.5 3.3 3.6 4.3
Deslocamento Volumtrico Presso de Partida bar 300 250 230
in/rot 0.073 0.098 0.128 0.153 0.201 0.220 0.262
Rotao Mxima rpm 3400 3300 3100 3000 2800 2600
S17
Rotao Mnima rpm 500
Presso de Partida bar 300 280 250
S03
Rotao Mxima rpm 4000 3500
Recomendamos ltros com capacidade de controlar a limpeza do uido conforme classe 18/15 ou melhor da
Rotao Mnima rpm 500 Filtros
norma ISO 4406.

Tamanho Nominal NS 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 12
cm/rot 03 04 05 06 07 08 10 12
in/rot 0,18 0,24 0,31 0,37 0,43 0,49 0,61 0,73
Presso de Partida bar 300 290 270
Rotao Mxima rpm 4000 3600 3000 2500
S05
Rotao Mnima rpm 500

Tamanho Nominal TN 2 4 6 8 11 14 16 19 22 26
cm3/rot 2,5 4 5,6 8,1 11,2 14,2 16,3 19,4 22,7 26,4
in3/rot 0,15 0,24 0,34 0,49 0,68 0,87 0,99 1,18 1,38 1,61
Presso Mxima Contnua bar 250 210 160 110
Presso Mxima Intermitente bar 280 230 180 130
Presso de Partida bar 300 250 200 150
S11
Rotao Mxima rpm 4000 3500 3000 2500 2200
Rotao Mnima rpm 600 500

Tamanho Nominal TN 2 4 5 8 11 13 16 19 23 27 31 33
cm3/rot 2,5 4 5 8,15 11,2 13,3 16,3 19,7 23,4 27 31 32,9
De
in3/rot 0,15 0,24 0,31 0,5 0,68 0,81 0,99 1,2 1,43 1,65 1,89 2,01
Presso Mxima Contnua bar 270 230 200 195 185
Presso Mxima Intermitente bar 300 250 220 215 210
Presso de Partida bar 325 275 245 235 220
Rotao Mxima rpm 4000 3600 3300 3000 2800 2400 2300 2100
S12
Rotao Mnima rpm 600 500
6 7
SRIE ALUMINIBETA
OPES DE PONTA DE EIXO Estriado de 13 dentes DIN 5480 Cilndrico chavetado 18 mm Cnico chavetado
Flanges de xao disponveis: 26 27 31 33 34 37 74 Flanges de xao disponveis: 26 27 31 33 34 37 74 Flanges de xao disponveis: 26 27 31 33 34 37 74
A 16 34 A 41
A
S03 e S05 B C B C B CD 42
TIL TIL 46
Chafrado 5mm Chavetado 12mm Chavetado reto 1/2
I 47
I
8 01 26 32 F
19
H
3.5 3,17
10.9
E
F
G
H
E
12
13.6
L
5
12
6.5 Torque mx. Torque mx. Torque mx.
223 Nm / 1973 Lb.in 121 Nm / 1074 Lb.in 193 Nm / 1707 Lb.in
37
12
Torque mx. Torque mx.
110 Nm / 972 Lb.in 110 Nm / 972 Lb.in S12
Estriado 11 dentes 16/32DP Estriado 09 dentes SAE A Cilndrico chavetado 3/4
Flanges de xao disponveis: 34 74 Flanges de xao disponveis: 05 74 Flanges de xao disponveis: 34 74
Chavetado reto 5/8 Estriado 9 dentes 5/8 Eixo cnico 1:8 com rosca M10X1 13
A 09 A
33
25 13 49 A
B C B C
TIL B C
USEFUL
F I
F
H
E
E
Torque mx. Torque mx.

222 Nm / 1961 Lb.in Torque mx. 145 Nm / 1278 Lb.in
395 Nm / 3495 Lb.in
S11 Cilndrico chavetado 18 mm Cnico chavetado

Eixo de conexo para bombas mltiplas. Estriado de 09 dentes DIN 5482 Estriado de 09 dentes SAE A Cilndrico chavetado 5/8 mm Flanges de xao disponveis: 26 27 31 33 34 Flanges de xao disponveis: 26 27 31 33 34
Flanges de xao disponveis: 01 Flanges de xao disponveis: 26 27 31 33 34 37 74 Flanges de xao disponveis: 26 27 31 33 34 37 74 Flanges de xao disponveis: 74 34 37 74 37 74
01 11 A 13 25 34 A 42
A A
B C B C B CD 46
B C
TIL TIL
I
I I
F
H
H
F
G
E
E
Torque
q mx. Torque mx.
Torque mx. Torque mx. Torque mx. 110 Nm / 972 Lb.in Torque mx.
110 Nm / 972 Lb.in 110 Nm / 972 Lb.in 121 Nm / 1074 Lb.in 121 Nm / 1074 Lb.in 193 Nm / 1707 Lb.in
8 9
SRIE ALUMINIBETA
OPES DE FLANGE DE MONTAGEM PADRO Flange Europia retangular, dimetro piloto Flange Europia retangular dimetro piloto
Parafuso passante oposto 2 furos 36.47 mm, com furos de xao de 7.1 mm 36.47mm com de xao de 9mm
S03, S05, S11, S12 E S17 27 33 31

89.4
80
89.4 71.4
Parafuso passante 2 furos com linha de Flange SAE AA 2 furos piloto 50,8 mm 60 22.2 23.4
Parafuso passante 2 furos 71.4 23.4 35.7
presso 9 mm 30 7.2 4.8
35.7 18. 64 .8
25 24 73
32.4
23
32.4
+_02
)
50
82.5
8
)
(2x .7
8
(2x .7
36.47
14.3
36.47
100
60
96
96
120
114
.3
10.5
10,5
2x)
10
31.5
3 2
10,5 10,5
74
40
74
40
50,8
THREAD
0x1.5
M1 7.1
2,5 9
79.5
9
1 (2x) (4
x
(4 )
x)
40
40
102
60
60
Flange SAE A, dimetro piloto 82.55 mm SAE B 2 furos, dimetro piloto 101.6 mm Flange redonda 6 furos, dimetro piloto 68.66 mm
74 77 05
Flange SAE A 2 furos piloto 82,55 mm Flange SAE AA 2 furos piloto 50,8 mm Retangular 67,7 X 73mm piloto 30mm
130
74 73 81 106,4 24.3 57.5
53,2 14.5 6.2 11.2 21 12.2 4.7
TIL
1. 3
R4
x)
.( 2
11
95
113
66.7
82.55
144.6
Flange retangular, dimetro piloto 99.94 mm

Quadrado 50,8 X 50,8mm piloto 45,25mm Parafuso passante 4 furos com vedao Parafuso passante 2 furos 132 x 88.4 SAE B 2 furos, dimetro piloto 82.55 mm SAE B 2 furos, dimetro piloto 101.6 mm
80 01 26 35 74 77
11 24 9.4
80 130 44.1
80
106.4 38
60 25.3 60 22.2
53.2 12.7 6.1
30 7.2 30 7.2
2
,
44,
3
11
14.
99.9
)
50
82.55
(2x
52
9
47.8
132
134
14.3
14
100
60
60
31.5 (2X
) 100
15.7
63
2x )
(4x) 10.5.(
.
10.5 44.2 28
88.4 37.4
108.4
THREAD M10x1.5
(2x)
12 13
Matriz Brasil Unidade de Negcios Ribeiro Preto
Rod. Luiz Rosso, 4.230 Km 04 Av. Ma de Jesus Condeixa, 850 Jd. Paulista
Cricima / SC CEP 88803-470 - Cx. P. 3244 Ribeiro Preto / SP CEP 14091-240
Fone + 55 48 2101 8888 / Fax + 55 48 2101 8895 Fone 16 3624 7444 / Fax 16 3627 0197
comercial@hybel.com.br belexportrp@hybel.com.br
Unidade de Negcios Porto Alegre Unidade de Negcio Belo Horizonte

Rua Azevedo Sodr, 90 Passo da Areia Rua Castelo de Obidos, 658 Castelo
Porto Alegre / RS CEP 91340-140 Belo Horizonte / MG CEP 31330-320
Fone 51 3362 7487 / 3341 9803 Fone 31 3471 1851/ Fax 31 3471 1849
Fax 51 3341 0897 belexportbh@hybel.com.br
belexportrs@hybel.com.br
Unidade de Negcio Rio de Janeiro
Unidade de Negcio So Paulo Rod. Presidente Dutra, 4301
REV00 Dez/11
Rua Vicente Soares da Costa, 182 So Joo do Meriti / RJ - CEP 25535-350
Jardim Primavera So Paulo / SP Tel: 0800 720 8888 / Fax: 48 2101 8895
CEP 02755-000 comercial@hybel.com.br
Fone 11 3796 1090 / Fax 11 3935 1478
belexportsp@hybel.com.br Chicago Illinois
Hidrodinamica INC
*As imagens so meramente ilustrativas e o fabricante ca no direito de alteraes sem aviso prvio.
Unidade de Negcios Piracicaba 165 Joey St. Zip Code 60007
Av. Limeira, 445 - Vila Areio Elk Grove Village, IL Chicago USA
Piracicaba / SP CEP: 13411-018 Fone 1 847 357 1440
Tel: 19 3413 2966 / Fax: 19 3413 2603 www.hidrodinamica.net
E-mail: belexportpi@hybel.com.br sales1@hybel.com.br
Unidade de Negcios Recife

Rua Jos Natrio, 175 Areias
Recife / PE CEP 50900-000
Fone 81 3251 8260 / Fax 81 3249 1124
belexportpe@hybel.com.br Certificado
NBR ISO 9001
Unidade de Negcios Goinia

Av. Consolao, 680 Cidade Jardim
Goinia / GO CEP 74420-230
Tel: 0800 720 8888 / Fax: 62 3581 8151 hybel.com.br
belexportgo@hybel.com.br
Unidade de Negcio Curitiba

Rua das Carmelitas, 4499 Loja 01
Boqueiro Curitiba / PR - CEP 81730-050
Fone 41 3286 4426 / Fax 41 3286 4426
belexportpr@hybel.com.br
MAKING MODERN LIVING POSSIBLE
Folleto tcnico
Transmisor de presin para aplicaciones de carcter
general, tipo MBS 1700 y MBS 1750
Los transmisores de presin compactos

MBS 1700 y MBS 1750 estn diseados para el uso
en aplicaciones de carcter general y ofrecen una
medida de la presin fiable, incluso en condiciones
ambientales adversas.
La versin MBS 1750, con amortiguador de pulsos
integrado, est diseada especficamente para el
uso en aplicaciones en las que el medio influye de
forma notablemente negativa, dando lugar a efectos
de cavitacin, golpes de ariete o picos de presin,
y ofrece una medida de la presin fiable, incluso
en condiciones ambientales adversas.
Su excelente estabilidad ante vibraciones,
slida estructura y alto nivel de proteccin EMC/EMI
permiten a estos transmisores de presin satisfacer
los requisitos industriales ms estrictos.
Caractersticas yy Carcasa y piezas en contacto con el medio yy Conexiones de presin:

fabricadas en acero resistente a los cidos G 1/4 A y G 1/2 A, EN 837 (MBS 1700)
(AISI 316L) G 1/4, DIN 3852-E; junta DIN 3869-15 (MBS 1750)
yy Rango de presin manomtrica (relativa): yy Compensacin de temperatura y calibracin
0 25 bar por lser
yy Seal de salida: 4 20 mA yy Apto para el uso en atmsferas explosivas
pertenecientes a la Zona 2
Danfoss A/S (IA-MS/IM) 2014-02 IC.PD.P21.Q3.05 / 520B6083 1

Folleto tcnico Transmisor de presin para aplicaciones de carcter general, tipos MBS 1700 y MBS 1750
Aplicacin y condiciones Aplicacin Condiciones del medio

del medio (MBS 1750) La cavitacin, los golpes de ariete y los picos de Los lquidos que contienen partculas pueden
presin son frecuentes en sistemas hidrulicos obstruir la boquilla. Instalar el transmisor en
cuya velocidad de flujo sufre fluctuaciones como posicin vertical minimiza el riesgo de obstruccin,
resultado, por ejemplo, del cierre rpido de una ya que el paso a travs de la boquilla se limita al
vlvula o los arranques y paradas de una bomba. perodo de tiempo comprendido entre el arranque
Son problemas que pueden tener lugar a la entrada y el momento en que se llena el volumen muerto
o a la salida, incluso con presiones de trabajo muy situado tras el orificio de la boquilla. La viscosidad
reducidas. del medio apenas afecta al tiempo de respuesta.
Incluso con viscosidades de hasta 100 cSt, el tiempo
Amortiguador de pulsos de respuesta no supera los 4 ms.
Datos tcnicos Rendimiento (EN 60770)

0,5 % FS (tp.)
Precisin (incluye no linealidad, histresis y repetibilidad)
1,0 % FS (mx.)
No linealidad, BFSL (conformidad) 0,2 % FS
Histresis y repetibilidad 0,1 % FS
0,1 % FS/10 K (tp.)
Desplazamiento del punto cero trmico
0,2 % FS/10 K (mx.)
0,1 % FS/10 K (tp.)
Desplazamiento de la sensibilidad trmica (intervalo trmico)
0,2 % FS/10 K (mx.)
< 4 ms
Tiempo de respuesta
Aire y gases (MBS 1750) < 35 ms
Presin de sobrecarga (esttica) 6 FS (1500 bar, mx.)
Presin de rotura 6 FS (2000 bar, mx.)
Durabilidad, P: 10 90 % FS > 10 106 ciclos
Especificaciones elctricas
Seal de salida nom. (con proteccin contra cortocircuito) 4 20 mA
Tensin de alimentacin [UB], con polaridad protegida 9 32 V c.c.
Alimentacin (consumo de corriente)
Dependencia de la tensin de alimentacin 0,1 % FS/10 V
Lmite de corriente 28 mA (tp.)
Impedancia de salida
Carga [RL] (conectada a 0 V) RL (UB - 9 V)/0,02 A []

Datos tcnicos Condiciones ambientales

(continuacin)
Normal -40 85 C
Rango de temperatura del sensor
ATEX Zona 2 -10 85 C
Temperatura mx. del medio 115 - (0,35 temperatura ambiente)
Rango de temperatura ambiente -40 85 C
Rango de temperatura compensada 0 80 C
Rango de temperatura de transporte/almacenamiento -50 85 C
EMC (emisin) EN 61000-6-3
EMC (inmunidad) EN 61000-6-2
Resistencia de aislamiento > 100 M a 100 V
Prueba de frecuencia de red Segn norma SEN 361503
15,9 mm-pp, 5 Hz 25 Hz
Estabilidad ante Sinusoidales IEC 60068-2-6
20 g, 25 Hz 2 kHz
vibraciones
Aleatorias 7,5 grms, 5 Hz 1 kHz IEC 60068-2-64
Resistencia Impacto 500 g/1 ms IEC 60068-2-27

a impactos Cada libre 1m IEC 60068-2-32
Carcasa IP65
Atmsferas explosivas
Aplicaciones en Zona 2 EN 60079-0 y EN 60079-15
Cuando se usa enreas ATEX zona 2, a temperaturas <-10 C, el cable y conector deben protegerse conta impactos
Caractersticas mecnicas
Piezas en contacto con el medio EN 10088-1; 1.4404 (AISI 316L)
Materiales Carcasa EN 10088-1; 1.4404 (AISI 316L)
Conexiones elctricas Poliamida rellena de vidrio, PA 6,6
Peso neto 0,25 kg
Pautas de instalacin para medios a alta temperatura
Temperatura del medio (tm), 120 C
Aislante de calor Temperatura del transmisor

60G456.10
Danfoss
(L) (tt)
2 cm 85 C
5 cm 75 C
10 cm 70 C

Pedidos, MBS 1700 Rango de medida Pe1)

Seal de salida Conexin de presin Cdigo
Conector Pg 9 (EN 175301-803-A) [bar]
0 6 060G6100
0 10 060G6101
G A, EN 837
0 16 060G6102
0 25 060G6103
4 20 mA
0 6 060G6104
0 10 060G6105
G A, EN 837
0 16 060G6106
0 25 060G6107
) Presin manomtrica/relativa.
1
Pedidos, MBS 1750 Rango de medida Pe2)

Seal de salida Conexin de presin Cdigo
Conector Pg 9 (EN 175301-803-A) [bar]
0 60 060G6108
0 100 060G6112
DIN 3852-E G ;
0 160 4 20 mA 060G6109
junta DIN 3869-14
0 250 060G6110
0 400 060G6111
) Versin manomtrica sellada.
2

Dimensiones
EN 175301-803-A,
Pg 9
Cdigo de tipo MBS 1700 MBS 1750

Par de apriete
30 35 Nm 30 35 Nm
recomendado1)
1
) Depende de diferentes parmetros, como el material de la carcasa, el material de la empaquetadura, la lubricacin de la rosca y el nivel de presin.

Conexiones elctricas
Tipo de cdigo 1
EN 175301-803-A,
Pg 9
Temperatura ambiente -40 85 C
Proteccin
(grado de proteccin IP satisfecho en conjunto IP65
con el conector correspondiente)
Poliamida rellena
Material
de vidrio, PA 6,6
Contacto 1: + alimentacin
Contacto 2: alimentacin
Contacto 3: sin uso
Conexin elctrica,
salida de 4 20 mA
(2 conductores)
Tierra: conectada a la carcasa del transmisor de presin MBS

1SFTPTUBUPIJESPFMDUSJDP 34
3FFNQMB[BB

5JQP)&%
4FSJF9
1SFTJOEFTFSWJDJPNYJNBCBS
$& $$$ 6-
5#5#
*OEJDF $BSBDUFSTUJDBT
$POUFOJEP 1HJOB 1BSBNPOUBKFTPCSFQMBDBTJOTUBMBDJOFOUVCFSBT
$BSBDUFSTUJDBT 1BSBDPOFYJOQPSCSJEBTFHO*40
%BUPTQBSBFMQFEJEP $PNPFMFNFOUPEFDPODBUFOBDJOWFSUJDBMFODPOFYJODPO
'VODJPOBNJFOUP DPSUFT TNCPMP QMBDBTJOUFSNFEJBTTFHO*40
%BUPTUDOJDP OJWFMFTEFQSFTJO
$VSWBTDBSBDUFSTUJDBTEJGFSFODJBEFQSFTJOEFDPONVUBDJO UJQPTEFWBSJBEPS
)VTJMMPDPOTJODBQVDIOQSPUFDUPS
%JNFOTJPOFT
)VTJMMPDPOFTDBMB DPOTJODBQVDIOQSPUFDUPS
"WJTPTEFNPOUBKF
#PUOHJSBUPSJPDPOFTDBMB
%BUPTQBSBFMQFEJEP1MBDBJOUFSNFEJB5/
#PUOHJSBUPSJPDPODFSSBEVSBZFTDBMB
4NCPMPT OSPEFWBSJBOUF1MBDBJOUFSNFEJB5/
$POFYJOFMDUSJDB
%JNFOTJPOFT1MBDBJOUFSNFEJB5/
DPOFODIVGFDCJDPHSBOEF
%BUPTQBSBFMQFEJEP1MBDBJOUFSNFEJB5/
DPOFODIVGF.Y
4NCPMPT OSPEFWBSJBOUF1MBDBJOUFSNFEJB5/
.JDSPJOUFSSVQUPSDPOGVODJOOPSNBMDFSSBEPBCJFSUP
%JNFOTJPOFT1MBDBJOUFSNFEJB5/
$PONVUBDJOMJCSFEFQPUFODJBMEFDPSSJFOUFTEFTEFN"
$POFYJOFMDUSJDB IBTUB"
$POFDUPSFT )PNPMPHBDJO6-QBSBOJWFMFTEFQSFTJOIBTUBCBS
#PTDI3FYSPUI"()ZESBVMJDT )&%34
%BUPTQBSBFMQFEJEP
)&% 9
1SFTPTUBUPBQJTUO 0USPTEBUPTFOUFYUPFYQMDJUP
$POFYJOQPSCSJEB *40

0) .BUFSJBMEFKVOUBT
.POUBKFTPCSFQMBDB 01
TJOEFOPN +VOUBT/#3
*OTUBMBDJOFOUVCFSBT 0"
7 +VOUBT',.
4FSJFIBTUB 9 .5 +VOUBTQBSBCBKBTUFNQFSBUVSBT
IBTUBNFEJEBTEFJOTUBMBDJO NYCBS

ZDPOFYJPOFTJOWBSJBCMFT
"WJTP
/JWFMEFQSFTJONYJNBCBS 5FOFSFODVFOUBMBDPNQBUJCJMJEBEEFMBKVOUB
/JWFMEFQSFTJONYJNBCBS DPOFMGMVJEPIJESVMJDPVUJMJ[BEP
/JWFMEFQSFTJONYJNBCBS 5JQPEFWBSJBEPS
/JWFMEFQSFTJONYJNBCBS TJOEFOPN )VTJMMPDPOIFYHPOPJOUFSJPS TJO
/JWFMEFQSFTJONYJNBCBS
FTDBMB TJODBQVDIOQSPUFDUPS
$POFYJOFMDUSJDB 4 )VTJMMPDPOIFYHPOPJOUFSJPS TJOFTDBMB
$POFYJOJOEJWJEVBMDPOFODIVGF DPODBQVDIOQSPUFDUPS QSFDJOUBCMFDPOQMPNP
TFHO%*/&/ FODIVGFDCJDPHSBOEF "
)VTJMMPDPOFTDBMB TJODBQVDIOQSPUFDUPS
TJODPOFDUPS
,
"4
)VTJMMPDPOFTDBMB DPODBQVDIOQSPUFDUPS
$POFYJOJOEJWJEVBMDPOFODIVGFTFHO ,4
*&$ .Y DPEJGJDBDJO" ,8
TJODPOFDUPS
,

1MBDBJOUFSNFEJBQBSBDPODBUFOBDJOWFSUJDBM
QFEJEPQPSTFQBSBEPWFSBDDFTPSJPT

/PBENJTJCMFQBSBDPODBUFOBDJOWFSUJDBM
OPDPOKVOUBTQBSBCBKBTUFNQFSBUVSBT
TJOIPNPMPHBDJO6-

$POFDUPSFT QFEJSQPSTFQBSBEP WFSBDDFTPSJPT

-MBWF) OSPEFNBUFSJBM3 FTUJODMVJEBFO
FMTVNJOJTUSP

&MBKVTUFFYBDUPEFMBQSFTJOEFDPONVUBDJOFTTMPQPTJ
CMFDPOVONBONFUSP MBFTDBMBTJSWFTMPDPNPPSJFOUBDJO
"DDFTPSJPT
1MBDBTJOUFSNFEJBQBSBDPODBUFOBDJOWFSUJDBMWFS
QHJOBZ
$POFDUPSFTQBSBMBDPOFYJOFMDUSJDBWFSQHJOB
34)&% )ZESBVMJDT#PTDI3FYSPUI"(
'VODJPOBNJFOUP DPSUFT TNCPMP
&MQSFTPTUBUPIJESPFMDUSJDPUJQP)&%FTVOQSFTPTUBUP
BQJTUO$POTUBCTJDBNFOUFEFDBSDBTB
DPOKVOUPJOTFS 7 2 5 6 3 1 4
UBCMFDPOQJTUO
SFTPSUFEFQSFTJO
FMFNFOUPEFBKVT
UF
ZNJDSPJOUFSSVQUPS

4JMBQSFTJOBTVQFSWJTBSTFFODVFOUSBQPSEFCBKPEFMWBMPS
BKVTUBEP TFBDDJPOBFMNJDSPJOUFSSVQUPS
-BQSFTJOBTV
QFSWJTBSBDUBBUSBWTEFMBUPCFSB
TPCSFFMQJTUO
&M
QJTUO
TFBQPZBTPCSFFMQMBUJMMPEFSFTPSUF
USBCBKBOEP
DPOUSBMBGVFS[BEFMSFTPSUF
BKVTUBCMFTJOTBMUPT&MQMBUJ
MMP
USBOTNJUFFMNPWJNJFOUPEFMQJTUO
BMNJDSPJOUFSSVQ P
UPS
MJCFSOEPMPDVBOEPTFBMDBO[BMBQSFTJOBKVTUBEB%F
FTUFNPEPFMDJSDVJUPFMDUSJDPTFBCSFPTFDJFSSBTFHOTFB
FMDPOFYJPOBEP&MUPQFNFDOJDPEFMQMBUJMMP
QSPUFHFBM
NJDSPJOUFSSVQUPS
EFMBEFTUSVDDJONFDOJDBDVBOEPDBEB 5JQP)&%0)9,
QSFTJOSFQFOUJOBZFWJUBVOBTBMJEBEFMSFTPSUF
GVFSBEFM 5JQP)&%0)9,4
CMPRVFDVBOEPTPCSFQSFTJO
"WJTP
1BSBBVNFOUBSMBWJEBUJMEFMQSFTPTUBUPTFMPEFCFNPOUBSQSP
UFHJEPDPOUSBWJCSBDJPOFTZDPOUSBQJDPTEFQSFTJOIJESVMJDB
7 2 5 6 3 1 4
4NCPMP
P
5JQP)&%019,"
5JQP)&%019,"4
7 2 5 6 3 1 4
5JQP)&%0"9,,8
5JQP)&%0"9,,4
%BUPTUDOJDPT aDPOTMUFOPTFODBTPEFVUJMJ[BSFMFRVJQPGVFSBEFMPTWBMPSFTJOEJDBEPT
HFOFSBMFT
.BTB LH
1PTJDJOEFNPOUBKF "FMFDDJO
3BOHPEFUFNQFSBUVSBBNCJFOUF IBTUB KVOUBT/#3
IBTUB KVOUBT',.
IBTUB KVOUBTQBSBCBKBTUFNQFSBUVSBT
1SVFCBTJOV[PJEBMTFHO%*/&/ )[ NYH DJDMPTEPCMFT

$IPRVFEFUSBOTQPSUFTFHO%*/&/ HNT
$IPRVFEVSBEFSPTFHO%*/&/ HNT
&OTBZPEFSVJEPTFHO%*/&/ )[ H3.4 NJO
$POGPSNJEBE $& %*/&/
*&$
%*/&/
6- 6-UIFEJUJPO'JMF/P&
$$$ &/
*&$
IJESVMJDPT
/JWFMEFQSFTJO CBS
1SFTJOEFTFSWJDJPNYJNB
+VOUBT/#3',. CBS
7FSTJO.5 CBS
3BOHPEFBKVTUFEFQSFTJO EFTDFOEFOUF
CBS
%JGFSFODJBEFQSFTJOQPSWVFMUB
CBS
'MVJEPIJESVMJDP "DFJUFNJOFSBM )- )-1
TFHO%*/
GMVJEPTIJ
ESVMJDPTSQJEBNFOUFCJPEFHSBEBCMFTTFHO7%."
WFSUBNCJO34
)&5( BDFJUFEFDPM[B

)&1(
QPMJHMJDPM

)&&4 FTUFSTJOUUJDP

)7-1
)'$
PUSPT
GMVJEPTIJESVMJDPTTFHODPOTVMUB
3BOHPEFUFNQFSBUVSBEFMGMVJEPIJESVMJDP m$ IBTUB QBSBKVOUBT/#3
IBTUB QBSBKVOUBT',.
IBTUB KVOUBTQBSBCBKBTUFNQFSBUVSBT
3BOHPEFWJTDPTJEBE NNT IBTUB

(SBEPEFFOTVDJBNJFOUPNYJNPBENJTJCMFEFMGMVJEP
$MBTF
IJESVMJDPDMBTFEFQVSF[BTFHO*40 D
$JDMPTEFDBSHB NJMMPOFT

4FOUJEPEFHJSP
&OMPTTJTUFNBTIJESVMJDPTTFEFCFONBOUFOFSMBTDMBTFT
&OTFOUJEPIPSBSJPBVNFOUPEFQSFTJOBKVTUBEB EFQVSF[BJOEJDBEBTQBSBMPTDPNQPOFOUFT6OGJMUSBEP
&OTFOUJEPBOUJIPSBSJPSFEVDDJOEFQSFTJOBKVTUBEB FGFDUJWPFWJUBEJTGVODJPOFTZBVNFOUBTJNVMUOFBNFOUFMB

"EFDVBEPQBSBKVOUBT/#3Z',. WJEBUJMEFMPTDPNQPOFOUFT

"EFDVBEPTMPQBSBKVOUBT',. 1BSBTFMFDDJPOBSMPTGJMUSPTWFSXXXCPTDISFYSPUIDPNGJMUFS

"EFDVBEPQBSBKVOUBTQBSBCBKBTUFNQFSBUVSBT

"EFDVBEPTMPQBSBKVOUBT/#3
FMDUSJDPT
$POFYJOFMDUSJDB DPOFDUPS , &/ QPMPT1&
, *&$ .Y DPEJGJDBDJO" QPMPT
5JQPEFQSPUFDDJOTFHO&/ , *1DPODPOFDUPSNPOUBEPZFODMBWBEP
, *1DPODPOFDUPSNPOUBEPZFODMBWBEP
'SFDVFODJBEFDPONVUBDJONYJNB I
1SFDJTJOEFDPONVUBDJO FYBDUJUVEEFSFQFUJDJO
nEFMBQSFTJOEFBKVTUF
$PONVUBEPS 4FHO7%&%*/&/
3FTJTUFODJBEFUSBOTGFSFODJB N
$PPSEJOBDJOEFBJTMBDJO 4PCSFUFOTJODBUFHPSB
4VDJFEBE (SBEPEFFOTVDJBNJFOUP
5JFNQPMNJUF $0/&$5"3 NT
%&4$0/&$5"3 NT
$PSSJFOUFNOJNB N" B7$$
$PSSJFOUFNYJNB " B7$$ JOEVDUJWB
B7$$ JOEVDUJWB
B7$$ JOEVDUJWB
B7"$
1PUFODJBEFDPONVUBDJO
$JDMPTEF 5FOTJO6
$BSHBINJDBNYJNBFO" $BSHBJOEVDUJWBNYJNBFO"
DPONVUBDJO FO7
NJMMPOFT "$ "QBSBNJMMPOFTDPONVUBDJPOFT " DPT QBSBNJMMPOFTDPONVUBDJPOFT
NJMMPOFT $$ "QBSBNJMMPOFTDPONVUBDJPOFT "QBSBNJMMPOFTDPONVUBDJPOFT
NJMMPOFT $$ N"QBSBNJMMPOFTDPONVUBDJPOFT
$VSWBTDBSBDUFSTUJDBTEJGFSFODJBEFQSFTJOEFDPONVUBDJO
/JWFMEFQSFTJO /JWFMEFQSFTJO
7 10
%JGFSFODJBEFQSFTJOEFDPONVUBDJOFOCBS
6
8
5
6
4
3
4
2
2
1
0 5 10 20 30 40 50 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
1SFTJOEFDPONVUBDJOJOGFSJPSFOCBS 1SFTJOEFDPONVUBDJOJOGFSJPSFOCBS
/JWFMEFQSFTJO /JWFMEFQSFTJO
15 25
20
10
15
10
5
0 15 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 0 25 50 100 150 200 250 300 350
1SFTJOEFDPONVUBDJOJOGFSJPSFOCBS 1SFTJOEFDPONVUBDJOJOGFSJPSFOCBS
/JWFMEFQSFTJO
40
30
20
"WJTP
10 -BEJGFSFODJBEFQSFTJOEFDPONVUBDJOQVFEFBVNFO
UBSEVSBOUFFMDVSTPEFMBWJEBUJMEFCJEPBMBSFEVDDJO
EFMBDBMJEBEEFMBDFJUFZBMONFSPEFDPONVUBDJPOFT
0 40 100 200 300 400 500 630 EFDBSHB
1SFTJOEFDPONVUBDJOJOGFSJPSFOCBS
%JNFOTJPOFT5JQP)&%, NFEJEBTFONN
15
13
9
15
5JQP)&%0)
7 17 12 1 11 10 18
90
max. 6 2 x M5-8
85
310,1
40
39
20
8 40 4 26 18
310,1
7,5 max. 95
.FEJEBTEFDPOFYJO
2 8
G1/4
7 max. 78
DIN 3852-2 3
11
5JQP)&%0"
40
30
4
2 x 5,5 23 55
20 95
max. 4
7 max. 90
5
19 11
5JQP)&%01
40
30
6
2 x 5,5 23 55 0,01/100
20
4 95
Rz1max 4
"DMBSBDJOEFQPTJDJO WFSQHJOB 5FSNJOBDJOSFRVFSJEBEFMBTVQFSGJDJF

EFNPOUBKFEFMBQBSBUP
QBSBWFSTJO0)Z01
%JNFOTJPOFT5JQP)&%, NFEJEBTFONN
10
16
10
5JQP)&%0)
7 17 14 15 1 11 10 18
max. 6 2 x M5-8
109
97
90
310,1
40
39
20
8 40 4 26 18 310,1
7,5 max. 95
.FEJEBTEFDPOFYJO
2 8
G1/4
7 max. 78
DIN 3852-2 3
11
5JQP)&%0"
40
30
4
2 x 5,5 23 55
20 95
max. 4
7 max. 90
5
19 11
5JQP)&%01
40
30
6 0,01/100
2 x 5,5 23 55
20 4 95
Rz1max 4
5FSNJOBDJOSFRVFSJEBEFMBTVQFSGJDJF
EFNPOUBKFEFMBQBSBUP
"DMBSBDJOEFQPTJDJO WFSQHJOB QBSBWFSTJO0)Z01
%JNFOTJPOFT
"DMBSBDJOEFQPTJDJO
5JQPEFWBSJBEPS,8 5PSOJMMPTEFGJKBDJOEFMBWMWVMB
5JQPEFWBSJBEPS,4 QBSBUJQP)&%0) QFEJEPQPSTFQBSBEP
5JQPEFWBSJBEPS UPSOJMMPTDJMOESJDPT
*40.YGM;OI-
5JQPEFWBSJBEPS4
$PFGJDJFOUFEFSP[BNJFOUPpUPUBM B
5JQPEFWBSJBEPS" UPSRVFEFBQSJFUF." /N
5JQPEFWBSJBEPS"4 OSPEFNBUFSJBM3
+VOUBBOVMBS %JNFUSPNYJNPEFMBHVKFSPEFDPOFYJOEFMBDPOUSB
&TQBDJPSFRVFSJEPQBSBSFUJSBSMBMMBWF QJF[B UJQP)&%0)
&TQBDJPOFDFTBSJPQBSBSFUJSBSFMDPOFDUPS %JNFUSPNYJNPEFMBHVKFSPEFDPOFYJOEFMBDPOUSB
)FYHPOP48 QBSBUJQPEFWBSJBEPS,4
QJF[B UJQP)&%01
)FYHPOPJOUFSJPS48 5PSOJMMPTEFGJKBDJOEFMBWMWVMB
QBSBUJQP)&%0"Z01 QFEJEPQPSTFQBSBEP
$POFDUPSTJODJSDVJUPQBSBDPOFYJO,
QFEJEPQPSTFQBSBEPWFSQHJOB
UPSOJMMPTDJMOESJDPT
*40.YGM;OI-
$POFDUPSDPODJSDVJUPQBSBDPOFYJO,
$PFGJDJFOUFEFSP[BNJFOUPpUPUBM B
QFEJEPQPSTFQBSBEP WFSQHJOB
UPSRVFEFBQSJFUF." /N
$POFDUPSQBSBDPOFYJO, QFEJEPQPSTFQBSBEP OSPEFNBUFSJBM3
WFSQHJOB
$POFDUPSDPSSFTQPOEJFOUFQBSB, BDPEBEP QFEJEP

QPSTFQBSBEPWFSQHJOB
$POFDUPSQBSBDPOFYJO, DPODBCMF QFEJEPQPS

TFQBSBEPWFSQHJOB
"WJTPTEFNPOUBKF5JQP)&%0)FODPODBUFOBDJOWFSUJDBM5/ NFEJEBTFONN
295
287
max. 98 max. 98
261
min. 86 89 min. 86
40,5
40
2 1
max. 103
P
B A
44
H1
H2
111
18 30 max. 295
H3
3 4
1SFTPTUBUP)&%0)QBSBVUJMJ[BDJOFODPODBUFOB $POFDUPS ) ) )
DJPOFT TFQVFEFNPOUBSSFCBUJEPYm
$POFYJO,
-BTQPTJCJMJEBEFTEFNPOUBKFEFMQSFTPTUBUPTFSJHFOTF
TJODJSDVJUP
HOMBJOTUBMBDJOEFMBTJHVJFOUFQMBDBEFDPODBUFOBDJO
$POFYJO,
1MBDBJOUFSNFEJBUJQP)4;"QBSBVTPEFMQSFTPTUB
DPODJSDVJUP
UPDPNPFMFNFOUPEFDPODBUFOBDJO WFSQHJOB
$POFYJO, BDPEBEB
&TQBDJPSFRVFSJEPQBSBSFUJSBSMBMMBWF
$POFYJO, SFDUB
&TQBDJPOFDFTBSJPQBSBSFUJSBSFMDPOFDUPS
%BUPTQBSBFMQFEJEP1MBDBJOUFSNFEJB5/ QFEJEPQPSTFQBSBEP
)4; " 9
1MBDBJOUFSNFEJB 0USPTEBUPTFOUFYUPFYQMDJUP
5BNBPOPNJOBM .BUFSJBMEFKVOUBT
1PTJDJOEFMBTDPOFYJPOFTTFHO*40" . +VOUBT/#3
/SPEFWBSJBOUF WFSBCBKP
7 +VOUBT',.
4FSJFIBTUB 9 .5 +VOUBTQBSBCBKBTUFNQFSBUVSBT
IBTUBNFEJEBTJOWBSJBEBTEFNPOUBKFZEFDPOFYJO
NYCBS

PUSBTKVOUBTTFHODPOTVMUB
"WJTP
5FOFSFODVFOUBMBDPNQBUJCJMJEBEEFMBKVOUB
DPOFMGMVJEPIJESVMJDPVUJMJ[BEP
4NCPMPT OSPEFWBSJBOUF1MBDBJOUFSNFEJB5/ 1 MBEPBQBSBUP 2 MBEPQMBDB
1SFTPTUBUPBDUJWPFODBOBM
1 1 1
"MUVSBQMBDB
FONN 2 2 2
NBTBFOLH P A B T P A B T P A B T
/SPEF

WBSJBOUF
1 1 1
2 2 2
P A B T P A B T P A B T
/SPEF

WBSJBOUF
1 1 1
2 2 2
/SPEF

WBSJBOUF
1 1 1
2 2 2
/SPEF

WBSJBOUF
2
P A B T
/SPEF

WBSJBOUF
%JNFOTJPOFT1MBDBJOUFSNFEJB5/ NFEJEBTFONN
5JQP)&%0)DPNPFMFNFOUPEFDPODBUFOBDJOWFSUJDBM IBTUBCBS
4 x M5; 8 89 4 x M5; 8
3 1 3
20,25 23,5 20,25
6,5
B
31
31
44
A
P
31 31
40,5 9,5; 2,5 / 4 x 5,3 9,5; 2,5 /
M8 x 1; 8 2 M8 x 1; 8
120
4 5
+VOUBBOVMBS 0,01/100
"HVKFSPQBTBOUFQBSBGJKBDJOEFMBWMWVMB
Rz1max 4
4VQFSGJDJFEFBUPSOJMMBEPQBSBQSFTPTUBUP
"MUVSBEFQMBDB NNNN PQDJPOBM
5FSNJOBDJOSFRVFSJEBEFMBTVQFSGJDJF
1PTJDJOEFMBTDPOFYJPOFTTFHO*40 EFNPOUBKFEFMBQMBDB
$POFYJOFMDUSJDB
,TJOJOEJDBEPSMVNJOPTP ,DPOJOEJDBEPSMVNJOPTP ,

1
3
1 1
3 2 4
2 ge 2
gn p
PE 0 (MP) 3
p p
PE
'VODJOEFDPONVUBDJO 'VODJOEFDPONVUBDJO
#PSOFT$POBVNFOUPEFQSFTJODPOUBDUPBCSJFOEP #PSOFT$POBVNFOUPEFQSFTJODPOUBD
#PSOFT$POBVNFOUPEFQSFTJODPOUBDUPDFSSBOEP UPBCSJFOEP
#PSOFT$POBVNFOUPEFQSFTJODPOUBD
UPDFSSBOEP
$POFDUPSFT
1BSBDPOFYJO,
%FUBMMFTZPUSPT
DPOFDUPSFTWFS
DBUMPHP /SPEFNBUFSJBM
TJODJSDVJUP DPODJSDVJUP JOEJDBEPSMVNJOPTP
"$$$ m$
7 m$ 7 7 7 7 7
$PMPSOFHSP 3 3 3 3 3 3
1BSBDPOFYJO,
%FUBMMFTZPUSPTDPOFDUP
SFTWFSDBUMPHP
/SPEFNBUFSJBM
QPMPT .Y QPMPT .Y QPMPT .Y
DPODPOFYJOSPTDBEB DPODBCMF163 DPODPOFYJOSPTDBEB
NEFMBSHP m$ BDPEBEP m$
$PMPSOFHSP 3 3 3
#PTDI3FYSPUI"( g5PEPTMPTEFSFDIPTEF#PTDI3FYSPUI"( UBNCJOQBSBFMDBTPEF

)ZESBVMJDT TPMJDJUVEFTEFEFSFDIPTQSPUFHJEPT/PTSFTFSWBNPTUPEBTMBTDBQBDJ
;VN&JTFOHJFFS EBEFTEJTQPTJUJWBTUBMFTDPNPEFSFDIPTEFDPQJBZEFUSBNJUBDJO
-PISBN.BJO (FSNBOZ -PTEBUPTJOEJDBEPTTJSWFOTMPQBSBEFTDSJCJSFMQSPEVDUP%FOVFTUSBT
1IPOF
FTQFDJGJDBDJPOFTOPQVFEFEFSJWBSTFOJOHVOBEFDMBSBDJOTPCSFVOB
'BY
DJFSUBDPNQPTJDJOPJEPOFJEBEQBSBVODJFSUPGJOEFFNQMFP-BT
EPDVNFOUBUJPO!CPTDISFYSPUIEF FTQFDJGJDBDJPOFTOPMJCFSBOBMVTVBSJPEFMBTQSPQJBTFWBMVBDJPOFTZ
XXXCPTDISFYSPUIEF WFSJGJDBDJPOFT)BZRVFUFOFSFODVFOUBRVFOVFTUSPTQSPEVDUPTFTUO
TPNFUJEPTBVOQSPDFTPOBUVSBMEFEFTHBTUFZFOWFKFDJNJFOUP
1MBDBTEFDPOFYJO5/ 34
3FFNQMB[BB

DPOQFSGPSBDJPOFTTFHO
%*/GPSNBUP"F*40
Z$&50131)
.YJNBQSFTJOEFTFSWJDJPCBS
5BNBPOPNJOBM
*OEJDF
$POUFOJEP 1HJOB
5JQP( ( (

5JQP( ( (

5JQP( ( (

#PTDI3FYSPUI"( )ZESBVMJDT 1MBDBTEFDPOFYJO5/34
5JQP( ( (

NFEJEBTOPNJOBMFTFONN
"DMBSBDJOEFQPTJDJPOFT WFSQHJOB
58
5 22; 1
95 40
0,75 18,5 61,5 9 22 G 1/4; 13
T
5,1
T B A
15,5
A
25,9
31,75
58
56
34
31
B
P
7
P
7,6 1) 12,7 25
70
21,5
30,2 1
M5; 10 33 4
3; 4 6 2
40,5
5JQP /SPEFNBUFSJBM .BTBFOLH

( 3
5JQP( ( (

NFEJEBTOPNJOBMFTFONN
"DMBSBDJOEFQPTJDJPOFT WFSQHJOB
69
5 28; 1
105 45
23,5 66,5 9 21 G 3/8; 13
0,75
T
5,1
T B A
15,5
A
25,9
31,75
80
77
44
31
B
P
7
P
7,6 1) 12,7 30
85
21,5
30,2 1
M5; 10 33 4
3; 4 6 2
40,5
5JQP /SPEFNBUFSJBM .BTBFOLH

( 3
#PTDI3FYSPUI"( )ZESBVMJDT 1MBDBTEFDPOFYJO5/34
/PUBT

;VN&JTFOHJFFS EBEFTEJTQPTJUJWBTUBMFTDPNPEFSFDIPTEFDPQJBZUSBNJUBDJO
5FMGPOP
5FMFGBY
7MWVMBTEFBTJFOUPEF 34
3FFNQMB[BB

ZWBT
DPOBDDJPOBNJFOUPQPSTPMFOPJEF
5JQP.4&%
5BNBPOPNJOBM
4FSJF9
1SFTJOEFTFSWJDJPNYJNBCBS[5100 psi]
$BVEBMNYJNPMNJO[6.6 gpm]
)
$POUFOJEP 1HJOB 7MWVMBEJSFDDJPOBMEFBTJFOUPEFNBOEPEJSFDUP DPOBDDJP
$BSBDUFSTUJDBT OBNJFOUPQPSTPMFOPJEF
$EJHPEFQFEJEP 1PTJDJOEFMBTDPOFYJPOFTTFHO%*/GPSNB" TJO
QFSGPSBDJOEFGJKBDJO
'VODJPOBNJFOUP DPSUF TNCPMPT

1PTJDJOEFMBTDPOFYJPOFTTFHO*40Z
$BSBDUFSTUJDBTUDOJDBT
/'1"53% DPOQFSGPSBDJOEFGJKBDJO
$VSWBTDBSBDUFSTUJDBT
$PONVUBDJOTFHVSBBOQBSBMBSHPTUJFNQPTEFQBSBEBCBKP
-NJUFTEFQPUFODJB QSFTJO
%JNFOTJPOFT IBTUB 4PMFOPJEFEFDPOUJOVBFOCBPEFBDFJUFDPOCPCJOBFY
5PSOJMMPTEFTVKFDJOEFWMWVMB USBCMF UFOTJOBMUFSOBQPTJCMFNFEJBOUFSFDUJGJDBEPS
$POFDUPSFT #PCJOBEFTPMFOPJEFHJSBCMFFOm
&TUSBOHVMBEPSJOTFSUBCMF /PFTOFDFTBSJPBCSJSMBDNBSBCBKPQSFTJOQBSBSFFNQMB
7MWVMBBOUJSSFUPSOPJOTFSUBCMF [BSMBCPCJOB
*OEJDBDJPOFTHFOFSBMFT $POFYJOFMDUSJDBJOEJWJEVBM QBSBPUSBTDPOFYJPOFTFMDUSJ
DBT WFS34
$POEJTQPTJUJWPEFBDDJPOBNJFOUPBVYJMJBSDVCJFSUP PQDJPOBM
$POUSPMEFQPTJDJOJOEVDUJWP TJODPOUBDUP
WFS34
*OGPSNBDJOTPCSFSFQVFTUPTTVNJOJTUSBCMFT
XXXCPTDISFYSPUIDPNTQD
#PTDI3FYSPUI"()ZESBVMJDT .4&%34
$EJHPEFQFEJEP
. 4&% 9 $
DPOFYJPOFTQSJODJQBMFT
7MWVMBEFBTJFOUP
5BNBPOPNJOBM
$POFYJPOFTQSJODJQBMFT
A
a b 1,
a b
P
A
a b /,
a b
P
A
a b
6,
4NCPMPT
a b
P T
A
a b
$,
a b
P T
A B
a
a b
b %
P T
A B
a
b a
b :
P T
%JTQPOJCMF
4FSJFIBTUB 9
IBTUBNFEJEBTEFJOTUBMBDJOZDPOFYJPOFTJOWBSJBCMFT
1SFTJOEFTFSWJDJPCBS[5100 psi]

4PMFOPJEF FOCBPEFBDFJUFDPOCPCJOBFYUSBCMF $
5FOTJODPOUJOVB7 (
5FOTJODPOUJOVB7 (

5FOTJODPOUJOVB7 (
Otros cdigos de pedido para otras tensiones, ver pgina
3FEEFUFOTJOBMUFSOB 5FOTJOOPNJOBMEFMTPMF
$EJHP
EFQFEJ
UPMFSBODJBBENJTJCMF OPJEFEFUFOTJODPOUJOVBFO
EP
EFUFOTJO TFSWJDJPDPOUFOTJOBMUFSOB
n
7)[ 7 (

7)[ 7 (
7)[ 7 (
34.4&% )ZESBVMJDT#PTDI3FYSPUI"(
,
0USPTEBUPTFOUFYUPDPNQMFNFOUBSJP
4JOEFTJH 4JOQFSGPSBDJOEFGJKBDJO
$POQFSGPSBDJOEFGJKBDJOZFTQJHBEFTVKFDJO*40Y4U
4JOEFTJH +VOUBT/#3
7 +VOUBT',.
PUSBTKVOUBTBQFEJEP
"UFODJO
5FOFSFODVFOUBMBDPNQBUJCJMJEBEEFMBKVOUBDPOFMGMVJEPIJESVMJDPVUJMJ[BEP
4JOEFTJH 4JOWMWVMBBOUJSSFUPSOPJOTFSUBCMF TJOFTUSBOHVMBEPSJOTFSUBCMF
1 $POWMWVMBBOUJSSFUPSOPJOTFSUBCMF
# &TUSBOHVMBEPS NN[0.047 inch]
0USPTEJBGSBHNBTBQFEJEP
4VQFSWJTJOEFQPTJDJOEFDPONVUBDJO
4JOEFTJH 4JODPOUSPMEFQPTJDJO
2."( 1PTJDJOEFDPONVUBDJOTVQFSWJTBEBB
2.#( 1PTJDJOEFDPONVUBDJOTVQFSWJTBEBC
0USBTJOEJDBDJPOFT WFS34
$POFYJOFMDUSJDB
,
4JODPOFDUPS DPOFYJOJOEJWJEVBMDPO[DBMPTFHO%*/&/
/ $POEJTQPTJUJWPEFBDDJPOBNJFOUPBVYJMJBSDVCJFSUP
4JOEFTJH 4JOEJTQPTJUJWPEFBDDJPOBNJFOUPBVYJMJBS

1BSBMBDPOFYJOBMBSFEEFUFOTJOBMUFSOBEFCFVTBSTFVOTPMFOPJEFEFUFOTJODPOUJOVBDPNBOEBEPQPSVOSFDUJGJDB
EPS WFSUBCMBQHJOB

1VFEFVTBSTFVODPOFDUPSDPOSFDUJGJDBEPSJODPSQPSBEP QFEJEPQPSTFQBSBEP WFSQHJOB

$POFDUPSFT QFEJEPQPSTFQBSBEP WFSQHJOB
0USPTUJQPTQSFGFSJEPTZFRVJQPTFTUOEBSFTFTUO
JOEJDBEPTFOMB&14 MJTUBEFQSFDJPTFTUOEBS

'VODJPOBNJFOUP DPSUF TNCPMPTWMWVMBEJSFDDJPOBMEFBTJFOUPEFZWBT

(FOFSBMJEBEFT %FCJEPBMFMFNFOUPFTQFDJBMEFDJFSSF
MBTDPOFYJPOFT1 "
-BWMWVMBUJQP.4&%FTVOBWMWVMBEJSFDDJPOBMEFBTJFO Z5TFQVFEFODBSHBSDPOMBQSFTJONYJNBEFTFSWJDJP
UPEFNBOEPEJSFDUPBDDJPOBEBQPSTPMFOPJEF$POUSPMBFM CBS
ZFMGMVJEPQVFEFDJSDVMBSFOBNCBTEJSFDDJPOFT WFSTN
BSSBORVF QBSBEBZTFOUJEPEFDJSDVMBDJOEFVOGMVJEPZTF CPMPT
DPNQPOFEFMBDBSDBTB
FMTPMFOPJEF
MPTBTJFOUPTEF &MFMFNFOUPEFDJFSSF
FTQSFTJPOBEPQPSFMSFTPSUF
DPO
WMWVMB
Z
BTDPNPEFMFMFNFOUPEFDJFSSF
USBFMBTJFOUP
FOMBQPTJDJOJOJDJBMZQPSFMTPMFOPJEF

&MEJTQPTJUJWPEFBDDJPOBNJFOUPBVYJMJBS
QFSNJUFMBDPO DPOUSBFMBTJFOUP
FOMBQPTJDJOEFDPONVUBDJO&MDBVEBM
NVUBDJOEFMBWMWVMBDPOTPMFOPJEFEFTFOFSHJ[BEP FTUDFSSBEP
1SJODJQJPCTJDP WMWVMBEJSFDDJPOBMEFBTJFOUPEFWBT
&OMBWMWVMBEJSFDDJPOBMEFBTJFOUPEFWBTMBDPOFYJOBM
EFQTJUPFTUDFSSBEBJOUFSOBNFOUF
-BQPTJDJOJOJDJBMEFMBWMWVMB EFTFOFSHJ[BEBBCJFSUB6,
PEFTFOFSHJ[BEBDFSSBEB$,
TFFTUBCMFDFNFEJBOUFMBEJT
QPTJDJOEFMSFTPSUF
-BDNBSB
EFUSTEFMFMFNFOUP 7MWVMBEFBTJFOUPWBT 7MWVMBEFBTJFOUPWBT
EFDJFSSF
FTUVOJEBDPO1ZDFSSBEBFTUBODBSFTQFDUPEF
MBDPOFYJO5%FFTUFNPEPMBWMWVMBFTUDPNQFOTBEBFO 1, A 6, A
QSFTJOQBSBMBTGVFS[BTEFQPTJDJPOBNJFOUP TPMFOPJEFZSF a b
a b
TPSUF
a b a b
P P T
/, A $, A
a b
a b
a b a b
P P T
5
"a"
5JQP.4&%6,9$(/, T A P
2 3 11 4 7
1
5JQP.4&%$,9$(/, 7 T A P 11
'VODJPOBNJFOUP DPSUF TNCPMPT FTRVFNBWMWVMBEJSFDDJPOBMEFBTJFOUPWBT

$POVOBQMBDBJOUFSNFEJB1MVT MBWMWVMBEJSFDDJPOBMEF 1PTJDJODPONVUBDJO
BTJFOUPEFWBTQVFEFGVODJPOBSDPNPVOBWMWVMBEF 1FTUVOJEBDPO"%BEPRVFBUSBWTEF"MBQSFTJO
WBT EFMBCPNCBBDUBTPCSFMBHSBOTVQFSGJDJFEFMQJTUOEF
'VODJPOBNJFOUPEFMBQMBDB1MVT NBOEP
MBCPMB
TFDPNQSJNFDPOUSBFMBTJFOUP

%FFTUFNPEP#FTUVOJEBDPO5Z1DPO"&OMBQMBDB
1PTJDJOJOJDJBM
1MVTMBCPMB
UJFOFTPMBQBNJFOUPQPTJUJWP
-BWMWVMBQSJODJQBMOPFTUBDDJPOBEB&MSFTPSUF

NBOUJFOFFMFMFNFOUPEFDJFSSF
TPCSFFMBTJFOUP
-B "UFODJO
DPOFYJO1FTUCMPRVFBEBZ"FTUVOJEBDPO5"EFNT 1BSBFWJUBSBNQMJGJDBDJPOFTEFQSFTJOBMFNQMFBSDJMJO
VODPOEVDUPEFNBOEPWBEFTEF"IBTUBMBHSBOTVQFSGJDJF ESPTEJGFSFODJBMFT MBTVQFSGJDJFEFMBDNBSBBOVMBSEFM
EFMQJTUOEFNBOEP
EFTDBSHOEPMBIBDJBFMEFQTJUP-B DJMJOESPEFCFDPOFDUBSTFDPO"
QSFTJOBDUVBOUFFO1EFTQMB[BMBCPMB
TPCSFFMBTJFOUP .FEJBOUFFMFNQMFPEFMBQMBDB1MVTZTFHOMBEJTQPTJDJO

&OFTFNPNFOUP1FTUVOJEBDPO#Z"DPO5 EFMPTBTJFOUPTTFEJTQPOFEFMBTTJHVJFOUFTQPTJCJMJEBEFT
1PTJDJOJOUFSNFEJB
A B
"MBDDJPOBSMBWMWVMBQSJODJQBM FMFMFNFOUPEFDJFSSF

FTEFTQMB[BEPDPOUSBFMSFTPSUF
ZDPNQSJNJEPDPOUSBFM 4NCPMP% a b
a b
BTJFOUP
-BDPOFYJO5FTUCMPRVFBEB 1 "Z#FTUO
DPNVOJDBEBTCSFWFNFOUF P T
A B
4ZNCPM: b a
a b
P T
1
6
"b"
5
4
7 3FQSFTFOUBDJOFTRVFNUJDB
11 QPTJDJOJOJDJBM
5 7 4 11
A
7MWVMBEF
BTJFOUPEF
WBT
T P 12
1MBDB
T B P A 1MVT
8 10 9 A T B P
5JQP.4&%:9$(/, 8 10 9
$BSBDUFSTUJDBTUDOJDBT QBSBVUJMJ[BDJODPOWBMPSFTEJTUJOUPT DPOTMUFOPT
(FOFSBMJEBEFT
.BTB WMWVMBEFBTJFOUPEFWBT LH[lbs] [3.3]
WMWVMBEFBTJFOUPEFWBT LH[lbs] [3.3]
WMWVMBEFBTJFOUPEFWBT LH[lbs] [5.1]
3BOHPEFUFNQFSBUVSBBNCJFOUF m$[F] IBTUB[22 hasta +122] KVOUBT/#3

IBTUB[4 hasta +122] KVOUBT',.
)JESVMJDBT
1SFTJOEFTFSWJDJPNYJNB CBS[psi] 7FSMNJUFTEFQPUFODJBFOQHJOB
$BVEBMNYJNP MNJO[gpm] [6.6]
TFHO%*/
GMVJEPT
IJESVMJDPTSQJEBNFOUFEFHSBEBCMFTFOGPSNBCJPMHJDB
TFHO7%." WFSUBNCJO34
)&5(
BDFJUFEFDPM[B

)&1( QPMJHMJDPM

)&&4 TUFS
TJOUUJDP

PUSPTGMVJEPTBQFEJEP
3BOHPEFUFNQFSBUVSBEFMGMVJEPIJESVMJDP m$[F] IBTUB[22 hasta +176] KVOUBT/#3
3BOHPEFWJTDPTJEBE NNT[SUS] IBTUB[35 hasta 2320]

(SBEPNYJNPBENJTJCMFEFJNQVSF[BTEFMGMVJEP $MBTF
IJESVMJDPDMBTFEFQVSF[BTFHO*40 D
&MDUSJDBT
5JQPEFUFOTJO 5FOTJODPOUJOVB 5FOTJOBMUFSOB
5FOTJPOFTEJTQPOJCMFT
7 4MPQPTJCMFDPOSFDUJGJDBEPS
WFSQHJOB
5PMFSBODJBEFUFOTJO UFOTJOOPNJOBM
n
1PUFODJB 8
5JFNQPEFDPOFYJO
5JFNQPEFDPO $0/&9*/ NT IBTUB
NVUBDJOTFHO %&4$0/&9*/ NT IBTUB TJOSFDUJGJDBEPS
*40 IBTUB DPOSFDUJGJDBEPS
'SFDVFODJBNYJNB QSFTJOEFTFSWJDJPCBS I

EFDPONVUBDJO QSFTJOEFTFSWJDJPCBS I
1SPUFDDJOTFHO%*/&/ *1DPODPOFDUPSNPOUBEPZFODMBWBEP
5FNQFSBUVSBTVQFSGJDJBMNYJNBEFCPCJOB
m$[F] [248]

"EFDVBEPQBSBKVOUBT/#3Z',.
&OMBDPOFYJOFMDUSJDBTFEFCFDPOFDUBSFMDBCMFEF

"EFDVBEPTMPQBSBKVOUBT',.
QSPUFDDJO UJFSSB
TFHOMBTJOEJDBDJPOFT

-BTDMBTFTEFQVSF[BJOEJDBEBTQBSBMPTDPNQPOFOUFT
EFMTJTUFNBIJESVMJDPEFCFOTFSNBOUFOJEBT6OGJMUSBEP
FGFDUJWPFWJUBBWFSBTZBVNFOUBTJNVMUOFBNFOUFMBWJEB
UJMEFMPTDPNQPOFOUFT
1BSBMBTFMFDDJOEFMGJMUSPWFSDBUMPHPT34
34 34 34 34Z34

5FOTJPOFTFTQFDJBMFTBQFEJEP

%FCJEPBMBTUFNQFSBUVSBTSFTVMUBOUFTFOMBTTVQFSGJDJFTEF
CPCJOBTFEFCFOUFOFSFODVFOUBMBTOPSNBT*40
Z&/
$VSWBTDBSBDUFSTUJDBT NFEJEBTDPO)-1 BDnm$[104 9 F]
$VSWBTDBSBDUFSTUJDBTQR7 $VSWBTDBSBDUFSTUJDBTQR7
7MWVMBEFBTJFOUPEFZWBT 7MWVMBEFBTJFOUPEFWBT
30
\511^ 28
%JGFSFODJBEFQSFTJOFOCBS[psi]
\461^ 24
22
2
\411^ \411^
20 20
\361^ \361^
16 16
\311^ \311^
1 3
12 12
\261^ \261^
8 8
\211^ \211^
\61^
4 \61^ 4
\1^ 0 \1^ 0
0 4 8 12 16 20 24 25 0 4 8 12 16 20 2425
\1^ \2^ \3^ \4^ \5^ \6^ \7^ \7/7^ \1^ \2^ \3^ \4^ \5^ \6^ \7^ \7/7^
$BVEBMFOMNJO[gpm] $BVEBMFOMNJO[gpm]
1, %
.4&% 1IBDJB" .4&% "IBDJB5
/, :
6, %
.4&% 1IBDJB"Z"IBDJB5 .4&% 1IBDJB"
$, :
%
.4&% #IBDJB5Z1IBDJB#
:
$VSWBTDBSBDUFSTUJDBTQR7 $VSWBTDBSBDUFSTUJDBTQR7
7MWVMBBOUJSSFUPSOPJOTFSUBCMF &TUSBOHVMBEPSJOTFSUBCMF
12 \6111^ 350
\271^ B12 B15
\5611^
10 300
\251^ \5111^
250
\231^ 8 \4611^
B18
\211^ \4111^ 200
6 \3611^ B20
\91^
150
\3111^
\71^ 4
\2611^ 100
\51^ B22
2 \2111^
50
\31^ \611^
\1^ 0 \1^
0 4 8 12 10 20 24 25 0 4 8 12 16 20 24 25
\1^ \2^ \3^ \4^ \5^ \6^ \7^ \7/7^ \1^ \2^ \3^ \4^ \5^ \6^ \7^ \7/7^
$BVEBMFOMNJO[gpm] $BVEBMFOMNJO[gpm]
-NJUFTEFQPUFODJB NFEJEPTDPO)-1 BDnm$[104 9 F]
1SFTJOEFTFSWJDJPFOCBS[psi] $BVEBM
FOMNJO
4NCPMP 0CTFSWBDJO 1 " # 5 [gpm]
WMWVMBEFBTJFOUPEF WMWVMBEFBTJFOUPEF
$POFYJOEFWBT $POFYJOEFWBT
A

1, a b
a b [5100] [5100] [6.6]
WBT
A

/, a b
a b [5100] [5100] [6.6]
P
A
a b
6,
a b [5100] [5100] [5100] [6.6]
WBT
P T &OMBDPOFYJOEFWBTMBT
DPOFYJPOFT1P5EFCFOFTUBS
A DFSSBEBTEFMMBEPEFMDMJFOUF
a b
$,
a b [5100] [5100] [5100] [6.6]
P T
A
$POFYJOEFWBT
a b

6,
a b [5100] [5100] [5100] [6.6]
P T
A
a b
$,
a b [5100] [5100] [5100] [6.6]
P T
7MWVMBEJSFDDJPOBMEF
FOTFOUJEPEFGMFDIB
A B
DBVEBMQPTJCMFTMP
$POFYJOEFWBT
WBT TNCPMP6,
FODPN Q1
% a b
a b CJOBDJODPOQMBDB1MVT [5100] [5100] [5100] [580] [6.6]
P T Q1Q"Q#Q5
A B 7MWVMBEJSFDDJPOBMEF
WBT TNCPMP$,
FODPN Q1
: b a
a b CJOBDJODPOQMBDB1MVT [5100] [5100] [5100] [580] [6.6]
P T Q1Q"Q#Q5
"UFODJO
-PTMNJUFTEFQPUFODJBGVFSPODBMDVMBEPTDPOTPMFOPJEFTBUFNQFSBUVSBEFTFSWJDJP UFOTJOJOGFSJPSZTJOQSFTVSJ[BSFMEF
QTJUP
%JNFOTJPOFTWMWVMBEFBTJFOUPEFWBT 1,
ZWMWVMBEFBTJFOUPEFWBT 6,

NFEJEBTOPNJOBMFTFONN[inch]
\1/6:^
6 3 4 6
\1/6:^
15
15
max. 6 \1/35^
87,2 \4/54^
93 \4/77^
5,3 \1/3^
46 \2/92^
42 \2/76^
10 \1/5^
23 \1/:2^
\2/::^ 50,5 89,3 \4/63^ (85,8 \4/49^) 59,3 \3/44^
9
62,7 \3/58^
5 1 2.1 2.2 7
13,8 \1/65^
F1 F2 0,01/100
T [0.0004/4.0]
45 \2/88^
44,5 \2/86^
6,4 \1/36^
B Rzmax 4
A
P 5FSNJOBDJOSFRVFSJEBEFMB
F4 F3 TVQFSGJDJFEFNPOUBKF
8 10
4PMFOPJEFB 1PTJDJOEFMBTDPOFYJPOFTTFHO%*/GPSNB"
.FEJEBQBSBWMWVMBDPOEJTQPTJUJWPEFBDDJPOBNJFOUP TJOQFSGPSBDJOEFGJKBDJO
P*40
BVYJMJBSDVCJFSUP/ Z/'1"53% DPOQFSGPSBDJOEFGJ
KBDJOQBSBFTQJHBEFTVKFDJO*40Y4U
.FEJEBQBSBWMWVMBTJOEJTQPTJUJWPEFBDDJPOBNJFO OSPEFSFGFSFODJB3 JODMVJEPFOFMTVNJ
UPBVYJMJBS OJTUSP
$POFDUPSTJODPOFYJO QFEJEPQPSTFQBSBEP WFSQ

HJOB
1MBDBTEFDPOFYJOWFS34
$POFDUPSDPODPOFYJO QFEJEPQPSTFQBSBEP WFSQ
HJOB
5PSOJMMPTEFTVKFDJOEFWMWVMBWFSQHJOB
&TQBDJPSFRVFSJEPQBSBSFUJSBSMBCPCJOB
&TQBDJPSFRVFSJEPQBSBSFUJSBSFMDPOFDUPS
"UFODJO
-BDPOFYJO#FOWMWVMBTEFBTJFOUPEFZ
WBTFYJTUFDPNPBWFMMBOBEPDJFHP-BDPOFYJO5
FTUDFSSBEBJOUFSOBNFOUFQBSBWMWVMBEFBTJFOUPEF
WBT
1MBDBEFDBSBDUFSTUJDBT
+VOUBTJHVBMFTQBSBDPOFYJPOFT" #Z5
KVOUBQBSBDPOFYJO1
5PSOJMMPTEFTVKFDJOEFWMWVMB
7MWVMBEJSFDDJPOBMEFBTJFOUPEFZWBT 7MWVMBEFBTJFOUPEFWBT
UPSOJMMPTDJMOESJDPTNUSJDPT UPSOJMMPTDJMOESJDPTNUSJDPT
*40.YGM;OI- QFEJEPQPSTFQBSB *40.YGM;OI- JODMVJEPFOFM
EP
TVNJOJTUSP

DPFGJDJFOUFEFGSJDDJOpUPUBM IBTUB
DPFGJDJFOUFEFGSJDDJOpUPUBM IBTUB

QBSEFBQSJFUF."/N[5.2 ft-lbs]n QBSEFBQSJFUF."/N[5.2 ft-lbs]n
OSPEFSFGFSFODJB3 OSPEFSFGFSFODJB3

UPSOJMMPTDJMOESJDPT UPSOJMMPTDJMOESJDPT
*40.Y TVNJOJTUSPEFMDMJFOUF
*40.Y TVNJOJTUSPEFMDMJFOUF

DPFGJDJFOUFEFGSJDDJOpUPUBM B
DPFGJDJFOUFEFGSJDDJOpUPUBM B

QBSEFBQSJFUF." /N[6 ft-lbs]n QBSEFBQSJFUF." /N[6 ft-lbs]n

UPSOJMMPTDJMOESJDPT6/$ UPSOJMMPTDJMOESJDPT6/$
6/$Y TVNJOJTUSPEFMDMJFOUF
6/$Y TVNJOJTUSPEFMDMJFOUF

DPFGJDJFOUFEFGSJDDJOpUPUBM B TFHO"45.
DPFGJDJFOUFEFGSJDDJOpUPUBM B TFHO
QBSEFBQSJFUF."/N[8.1 ft-lbs]n "45.

DPFGJDJFOUFEFGSJDDJOpUPUBM B TFHO*40
QBSEFBQSJFUF."/N[8.1 ft-lbs]n
QBSEFBQSJFUF."/N[5.9 ft-lbs]n DPFGJDJFOUFEFGSJDDJOpUPUBM B TFHO*40

OSPEFSFGFSFODJB3 QBSEFBQSJFUF."/N[5.9 ft-lbs]n
OSPEFSFGFSFODJB3
$POFDUPSFTTFHO%*/&/
%FUBMMFT
ZPUSPT
DPOFDUPSFT
WFS34
/SPEFSFGFSFODJB
-BEPWMWVMB
$POJOEJDBEPSMVNJOP
$POJOEJDBEPSMVNJ TPZDJSDVJUPQSPUFDUPS
OPTP $POSFDUJGJDBEPS EFEJPEPT;FOFS
$POFYJO $PMPS 4JODPOFYJO 7 7 7
B (SJT 3
.Y C /FHSP 3
BC /FHSP 3 3 3
B 3PKP 3
/15 NBSSO
1H
C /FHSP 3
BC /FHSP 3 3
&TUSBOHVMBEPSJOTFSUBCMF 7MWVMBBOUJSSFUPSOPJOTFSUBCMF
&TOFDFTBSJPMBVUJMJ[BDJOEFMFTUSBOHVMBEPSJOTFSUBCMF -BWMWVMBBOUJSSFUPSOPJOTFSUBCMFQFSNJUFVODBVEBMMJCSFEF
DVBOEP EFCJEPBEFUFSNJOBEBTDPOEJDJPOFTEFTFSWJDJPEV 1IBDJB"ZCMPRVFBEF"IBDJB1TJOGVHBT
SBOUFMPTQSPDFEJNJFOUPTEFDPONVUBDJO QVFEFOTVSHJS
DBVEBMFTRVFFYDFEBOMPTMNJUFTEFQPUFODJBEFMBWMWVMB
&KFNQMPT 7MWVMBEFBTJFOUPEFZWBT
4FSWJDJPEFBDVNVMBEPS -BWMWVMBBOUJSSFUPSOPTFJOTFSUBFOMB
&NQMFPDPNPWMWVMBQJMPUPDPO DPOFYJO1EFMBWMWVMBEFBTJFOUP
BMJNFOUBDJOJOUFSOBEFGMVJEPEF 7MWVMBEFBTJFOUPEFWBT
NBOEP -BWMWVMBBOUJSSFUPSOPTFJOTFSUBFOMB
7MWVMBEFBTJFOUPEFZWBT DPOFYJO1EFMBQMBDB1MVT
&MFTUSBOHVMBEPSTFJOTFSUBFOMBDPOF
YJO1EFMBWMWVMBEFBTJFOUP
7MWVMBEFBTJFOUPEFWBT
&MFTUSBOHVMBEPSTFJOTFSUBFOMBDPOF
YJO1EFMBQMBDB1MVT P P
*OEJDBDJPOFTHFOFSBMFT
-BTWMWVMBTEFBTJFOUPTFFNQMFBOTFHOMPTTNCPMPTDPNP 1MBDB1MVT
UBNCJOMBTDPSSFTQPOEJFOUFTQSFTJPOFTEFTFSWJDJPZDBV "MFNQMFBSMBQMBDB1MVT GVODJOEJSFDDJPOBMEFWBT

EBMFT WFSMNJUFTEFQPUFODJBFOQHJOB
TFEFCFOUFOFSFODVFOUBMPTTJHVJFOUFTWBMPSFTGVODJPOBMFT
1BSBHBSBOUJ[BSVOGVODJPOBNJFOUPTFHVSPTFEFCFOUFOFSFO QNJOCBSR7MNJO
DVFOUBMPTTJHVJFOUFTQVOUPT -BTDPOFYJPOFT1 " #Z5FTUOEFUFSNJOBEBTEFBDVFSEP
"GJOEFDPONVUBSMBWMWVMBFOGPSNBTFHVSBZPNBOUF DPOTVTGVODJPOFT/PTFEFCFOJOUFSDBNCJBSBFMFDDJOOJ
OFSFOTVQPTJDJOEFDPONVUBDJO MBQSFTJOEFCFTFS DFSSBS
Q1Q"Q5 SFTUSJDDJPOFTDPOTUSVDUJWBT
-BDPOFYJO5EFCFTJFNQSFDPOFDUBSTFDPOQPTJDJOEF
-BTWMWVMBTEFBTJFOUPUJFOFOTPMBQBNJFOUPOFHBUJWP FT DPONVUBDJOZ
EFDJSEVSBOUFFMQSPDFTPEFDPONVUBDJOTFQSFTFOUBO 4FEFCFOUFOFSFODVFOUBMPTBVNFOUPTEFQSFTJOZMB
GVHBTEFBDFJUF&TUFQSPDFTPPDVSSFTJOFNCBSHPFOVO EJTUSJCVDJOEFMBNJTNB
UJFNQPUBOCSFWFRVFFODBTJUPEPTMPTDBTPTEFBQMJDBDJO
&MGMVKPFTBENJTJCMFTPMBNFOUFFOFMTFOUJEPEFMBGMFDIB
DBSFDFEFJNQPSUBODJB
&MDBVEBMNYJNPJOEJDBEPOPEFCFTFSTVQFSBEP FWFO
UVBMNFOUFFNQMFBSFTUSBOHVMBEPSJOTFSUBCMFQBSBMBMJNJ
UBDJOEFDBVEBM

5FMFGPO
5FMFGBY
/PUBT

5FMFGPO
5FMFGBY
/PUBT

5FMFGPO
5FMFGBY
7MWVMBBOUJSSFUPSOP 34
3FFNQMB[BB

EFTCMPRVFBCMFIJESVMJDBNFOUF
5JQP;4
5BNBPOPNJOBM
4FSJF9
1SFTJOEFTFSWJDJPNYJNBCBS[4568 psi]
$BVEBMNYJNPMNJO[15.8 US gpm]
UC
$POUFOJEP 1HJOB 7MWVMBEFQMBDBJOUFSNFEJBQBSBVTBSFODPODBUFOBDJPOFT
$BSBDUFSTUJDBT WFSUJDBMFT
%BUPTQBSBFMQFEJEP 1PTJDJOEFMBTDPOFYJPOFTTFHO%*/'PSNB"
TJOBHVKFSPEFGJKBDJO
FTUOEBS
4NCPMPT
1PTJDJOEFMBTDPOFYJPOFTTFHO*40Z
'VODJPOBNJFOUP DPSUF
/'1"53% DPOBHVKFSPEFGJKBDJO
%BUPTUDOJDPT
1BSBCMPRVFPMJCSFEFGVHBTEFVOBPEPTDPOFYJPOFTBDPO
$VSWBTDBSBDUFSTUJDBT TVNJEPSFT PQDJPOBM
%JNFOTJPOFT %JGFSFOUFTQSFTJPOFTEFBQFSUVSB
$POQSFBQFSUVSB PQDJPOBM
$POKVOUPJOTFSUBCMFEFWMWVMBBOUJSSFUPSOPTVNJOJTUSBCMFQPS
TFQBSBEP
7FSTJPOFTFTQFDJBMFTTFHODPOTVMUB
%PDVNFOUBDJODPNQMFNFOUBSJB
1MBDBTJOUFSNFEJBT5/ DBUMPHP
'MVJEPTIJESVMJDPTFOCBTFBBDFJUFTNJOFSBMFT
DBUMPHP
*OGPSNBDJPOFTTPCSFSFQVFTUPTTVNJOJTUSBCMFT
#PTDI3FYSPUI"()ZESBVMJDT ;434
%BUPTQBSBFMQFEJEP
;4 9
7MWVMBBOUJSSFUPSOP QMBDBJOUFSNFEJB 0USPTEBUPTFOUFYUPFYQMDJUP

5BNBPOPNJOBM 7FSTJOFTQFDJBM
#MPRVFPMJCSFEFGVHBTFODBOBMFT"Z# 4JOEFOPN 4JO
#MPRVFPMJCSFEFGVHBTFODBOBM" " 40 .BOEPBUSBWTEF
#MPRVFPMJCSFEFGVHBTFODBOBM# # DPOFYJOFYUFSOB(
TMPWFSTJO"P#
1SFTJOEFBQFSUVSB
40 $POQSFBQFSUVSB
CBS[21.7 psi] 40 $PSSFEFSBEFNBOEP
CBS[43.5 psi] EFTDBSHBEBIBDJBDPOFYJO5
CBS[86.0 psi] 40 $POQSFBQFSUVSBZ
4FSJFIBTUB 9 NBOEPEFTEFDBOBM1
IBTUBNFEJEBTJOWBSJBEBTEFDPOFYJOZNPOUBKF
7FSTNCPMPT FKFNQMPT
FOQHJOB
4VQFSGJDJFTJOQSPUFDDJOBMBDPSSPTJO
TJOEFOPN 4JOEFOPN 4JOBHVKFSPEFGJKBDJO
.BUFSJBMEFKVOUBT
$POBHVKFSPEFGJKBDJO
+VOUBT/#3 TJOEFOPN $POBHVKFSPEFGJKBDJOZ
+VOUBT',. 7 QBTBEPSFMTUJDP*40Y4U
a"EWFSUFODJB
-BFMFDDJOEFQFOEFEFMPTQBSNFUSPTEFTFSWJDJP
GMVJEP UFNQFSBUVSB FUD

4VQFSGJDJFQSPUFHJEBDPOUSBDPSSPTJOTFHODPOTVMUB
QPSFK+DBQBFTQFTBQBTJWB
%*/'F;O$O5

1BTBEPSFMTUJDP*40Y4U
/SPEFNBUFSJBM3 QFEJEPQPSTFQBSBEP
34;4 )ZESBVMJDT#PTDI3FYSPUI"(
4NCPMPT MBEPBQBSBUP MBEPQMBDB
5JQP;4" 5JQP;4Z;440
1 1
P A 2 B T P A 2 B T
5JQP;4#
P A 2 B T
5JQP;4"40 G1/4 5JQP;4"40
1 1
P A 2 B T P A 2 B T
5JQP;440
1,0
P A 2 B T
'VODJPOBNJFOUP DPSUF FKFNQMPEFDJSDVJUP

-BWMWVMBBOUJSSFUPSOP5JQP;4FTVOBWMWVMBBOUJSSFUPSOP 1BSBQFSNJUJSVOTFHVSPDJFSSFEFMDPOP
EFCFEFTDBSHBS
EFTCMPRVFBCMFIJESVMJDBNFOUFFODPOTUSVDDJOEFQMBDBJO TFIJESVMJDBNFOUFMBDPSSFEFSBEFNBOEP
WFSFKFNQMP
UFSNFEJB EFDJSDVJUP

4JSWFQBSBFMCMPRVFPMJCSFEFGVHBTEFVOBPEPTDPOFYJPOFT 1SFBQFSUVSB
BDPOTVNJEPSFT UBNCJOQBSBMBSHPTUJFNQPTEFQBSBEBT
.FEJBOUFMBDPOTUSVDDJOFOEPTFUBQBTDPOHSBOSFMBDJO
&OTFOUJEP"IBDJB"P#IBDJB#FMDBVEBMGMVZFMJ EFTVQFSGJDJFTEFNBOEPTFQVFEFEFTDBSHBSDPOTFHVSJ
CSFNFOUF FOTFOUJEPDPOUSBSJPFMDBVEBMFTUCMPRVFBEP EBEBOQBSBQSFTJPOFTEFNBOEPCBKBT
4JFOMBWMWVMBIBZGMVKPEF"IBDJB" MBDPSSFEFSB
.FEJBOUFEFTDBSHBBNPSUJHVBEBEFMWPMVNFOBQSFTJOEFM
TFEFTQMB[BIBDJBMBEP#ZEFTQMB[BFOUPODFTBMDPOP
EF MBEPEFMVTVBSJPTFFWJUBOHPMQFTEFDPOFYJO
TVBTJFOUP"IPSBQVFEFDJSDVMBSGMVJEPEF#IBDJB#
2 1 1 P T
A B
1
A B
2
A B &KFNQMPEFDJSDVJUP
5JQP;4 DPOQSFBQFSUVSB
2 2 FTRVFNUJDP
2 1 1
A B
MBEPBQBSBUP
A B MBEPQMBDB
5JQP;4" 3 2
$PSSFEFSBEFNBOEP
SFB"
a"EWFSUFODJB
$POP SFB"
1BSBWMWVMBTTJOQSFBQFSUVSBQVFEFOPDVSSJSEFTDBSHBTJOT
5PQF
UBOUOFBTEFMWPMVNFOEFBDFJUFDPNQSJNJEP$POMPTDPO
TJHVJFOUFTHPMQFTEFDPOFYJOQVFEFPDVSSJS BEFNTEFMB
HFOFSBDJOEFSVJEPT VOEFTHBTUFQSFNBUVSPEFMPTDPNQP
OFOUFTJOTUBMBEPT
%BUPTUDOJDPT aFODBTPEFVUJMJ[BSFMFRVJQPGVFSBEFMPTWBMPSFTJOEJDBEPT QPSGBWPSDPOTMUFOPT
HFOFSBMFT
.BTB LH[lbs] $B [1.76]
3BOHPEFUFNQFSBUVSBBNCJFOUF m$[F] IBTUB[22 hasta +176] KVOUBT/#3

IJESVMJDPT
1SFTJOEFTFSWJDJPNYJNB CBS[psi] [4568]
1SFTJOEFBQFSUVSBFOTFOUJEPEFGMVKPMJCSF 7FSDVSWBTDBSBDUFSTUJDBTQHJOB
$BVEBMNYJNP MNJO[US gpm] [15.8]
4FOUJEPEFGMVKP 7FSTNCPMPTQHJOB
'MVJEPIJESVMJDP "CBTFEFBDFJUFNJOFSBMFIJESPDBSCVSPT
BMMFHBEPT )- )-1 )7-1 )7-1% FOUSFPUSPT

TFHO%*/
%JGJDJMNFOUFJOGMBNBCMFT )'$ )'%6 )'%3

TFHO*40
&DPMHJDPT )&5( )&&4 )&1( )&13

TFHO*40
0USPTGMVJEPTIJESVMJDPTTFHODPOTVMUB
3BOHPEFUFNQFSBUVSBEFMGMVJEPIJESVMJDP m$[F] IBTUB[22 hasta +176] KVOUBT/#3

FOMBTDPOFYJPOFTEFUSBCBKPEFMBWMWVMB
3BOHPEFWJTDPTJEBE NNT[SUS] IBTUB[35 hasta 2320]

(SBEPNYJNPBENJTJCMFEFFOTVDJBNJFOUPEFMGMVJEP $MBTF
DMBTFEFQVSF[BTFHO*40 D
3FMBDJOEFSFBT TJOQSFBQFSUVSB ""_ WFSQMBOPFODPSUFQHJOB
DPOQSFBQFSUVSB ""_ WFSQMBOPFODPSUFQHJOB
7FSTJO40 ""_ WFSQMBOPFODPSUFQHJOB

&ODBTPEFVTBSGMVJEPTEJGJDJMNFOUFJOGMBNBCMFTPFDPM
a"EWFSUFODJB
HJDPTUFOFSFODVFOUBQPTJCMFTMJNJUBDJPOFTEFMPTEBUPT
-BFMFDDJOEFMNBUFSJBMEFKVOUBTQUJNP WFSEBUPTQBSBFM
UDOJDPT UFNQFSBUVSB SBOHPEFQSFTJO WJEBUJM JOUFSWB
QFEJEPQHJOB
EFQFOEFUBNCJOEFMUJQPEFGMVJEPIJESVMJ
MPTEFNBOUFOJNJFOUP FUD

DPVUJMJ[BEP

EFQVSF[BJOEJDBEBTQBSBMPTDPNQPOFOUFT6OGJMUSBEP
FGFDUJWPFWJUBEJTGVODJPOFTZBVNFOUBTJNVMUOFBNFOUFMB
WJEBUJMEFMPTDPNQPOFOUFT
1BSBTFMFDDJPOBSMPTGJMUSPTWFSXXXCPTDISFYSPUIDPNGJMUFS
34;4 )ZESBVMJDT#PTDI3FYSPUI"(
$VSWBTDBSBDUFSTUJDBT NFEJEBTDPO)-1 BDFJUFm$nm$[104 F 9 F]
$VSWBTDBSBDUFSTUJDBTQR7
[261] 18
[250]
16
[200] 14
4
12
3
[150]
10
8
[100] 1
6
2 5
4
[50]
2
[0] 0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60
[0] [1] [2] [3] [4] [5] [6] [7] [8] [9] [10] [11] [12] [13] [14] [15] [15.85]
$BVEBMFOMNJO[US gpm]
1SFTJOEFBQFSUVSB
1
CBS[21.7 psi]
CBS[43.5 psi]
CBS[87.0 psi]
7MWVMBBOUJSSFUPSOPDPNBOEBEBQPSDPSSFEFSBEFNBOEP
2
$BVEBMMJCSF TJOJOTFSUPDBSUVDIPEFWMWVMBBOUJSSFUPS
1,2,3 4 1,2,3 4
OP
WFSTJO"P#
2
5 1,2,3 4
%JNFOTJPOFT NFEJEBTFONN[inch]
1
L1 80 [3.15] L1 44,5 [1.75]
40 [1.57]
[0.96]
24,5
A B
2
5
4 x 5,4 [0.21] 6 3 7
[0.28]
19 [0.75] 4
0,01/100
7
F1 F2
T [0.0004/4.0]
A
Rz1max 4
2 [0.079]
B 5FSNJOBDJOSFRVFSJEBQBSB
F4 P G F3 MBTVQFSGJDJFEFNPOUBKF
-FONN[inch]
4JOEFOPN 40 40 40 40
[0.43] [0.43]
[0.43] [0.85]
[0.43] [0.85]

.FEJEBNYJNBEFMMBEPEFMJOTFSUPEFMBWMWVMBBOUJSSFUPSOP
-BEPBQBSBUPQPTJDJOEFMBTDPOFYJPOFTTFHO 5PSOJMMPTEFGJKBDJOEFMBTWMWVMBT QFEJEPQPSTFQBSBEP
%*/'PSNB" TJOBHVKFSPEFGJKBDJO
P UPSOJMMPTDJMOESJDPT*40.
*40 DPOBHVKFSPEFGJKBDJO UPSOJMMPTDJMOESJDPT/6/$
YNNQSPG
Z/'1"53%
-BEPQMBDBQPTJDJOEFMBTDPOFYJPOFTTFHO
%*/'PSNB" TJOBHVKFSPEFGJKBDJO
P
*40 DPOBHVKFSPEFGJKBDJOQBSB a"EWFSUFODJB
QBTBEPSFMTUJDP*40Y4UWFSTJOZ
&MMBSHPEFMPTUPSOJMMPTEFGJKBDJOEFMBTWMWVMBTEFMBQMB
Z/'1"53% DBJOUFSNFEJBEFCFFMFHJSTFEFBDVFSEPBMPTDPNQPOFOUFT
NPOUBEPTQPSEFCBKPZQPSBSSJCBEFMBWMWVMBBOUJSSFUPSOP
&MUJQPEFUPSOJMMPZUPSRVFEFBQSJFUFEFCFOBEBQUBSTFBMBT
"HVKFSPQBTBOUFQBSBGJKBDJOEFMBWMWVMB
DPOEJDJPOFTEFMBBQMJDBDJO
+VOUBTBOVMBSFTJEOUJDBTQBSBDPOFYJPOFT" # 1 5 1PSGBWPSQSFHVOUFOB3FYSPUITPCSFFMMBSHPOFDFTBSJP
1BTBEPSFMTUJDP*40Y4U TMPWFSTJO
5PSOJMMPEFDJFSSF48
UPSRVFEFBQSJFUF."/N[18.4 ft-lbs]

5FMGPOP
5FMFGBY
7MWVMBBOUJSSFUPSOP 34
3FFNQMB[BB

FTUSBOHVMBEPSBEPCMF
5JQP;'4
5BNBPOPNJOBM
4FSJF9
$BVEBMNYJNPMNJO
)
$POUFOJEP 1HJOB 7MWVMBEFQMBDBJOUFSNFEJB
$BSBDUFSTUJDBT 1PTJDJOEFMBTDPOFYJPOFTTFHO%*/GPSNB"
%BUPTQBSBFMQFEJEP 1PTJDJOEFMBTDPOFYJPOFTTFHO*40
4NCPMPT DPOPSJGJDJPTEFGJKBDJO
'VODJPOBNJFOUP DPSUF 1BSBMJNJUBDJOEFMDBVEBMQSJODJQBMPEFNBOEPEF

DPOFYJPOFTEFDPOTVNJEPS
%BUPTUDOJDPT
UJQPTEFWBSJBEPS
$VSWBTDBSBDUFSTUJDBT
5PSOJMMPEFBKVTUFDPODPOUSBUVFSDBZDBQVDIOQSPUFDUPS
%JNFOTJPOFT #PUOHJSBUPSJPDPODFSSBEVSBZFTDBMB
)VTJMMPDPOIFYHPOPJOUFSJPSZFTDBMB
1BSBFTUSBOHVMBDJOFOMBBMJNFOUBDJOPEFTDBSHB
*OGPSNBDJPOFTTPCSFSFQVFTUPTTVNJOJTUSBCMFT
#PTDI3FYSPUI"()ZESBVMJDT ;'434
%BUPTQBSBFMQFEJEP
;'4 9
7MWVMBBOUJSSFUPSOPFTUSBOHVMBEPSBEPCMF 0USPTEBUPTFOUFYUPFYQMDJUP
EJTFPEFQMBDBJOUFSNFEJB 4JOEFOPN 4JOPSJGJDJPEFGJKBDJO
5BNBPOPNJOBM
$POPSJGJDJPEFGJKBDJO
7MWVMBBOUJSSFUPSOPFTUSBOHVMBEPSBMBEP"Z#
.BUFSJBMEFKVOUBT
7MWVMBBOUJSSFUPSOPFTUSBOHVMBEPSBMBEP" " 4JOEFOPN +VOUBT/#3
7MWVMBBOUJSSFUPSOPFTUSBOHVMBEPSBMBEP# # 7 +VOUBT',.
5JQPEFWBSJBEPS PUSBTKVOUBTBQFEJEP
5PSOJMMPEFBKVTUFDPODPOUSBUVFSDBZDBQVDIOQSPUFDUPS "UFODJO
5FOFSFODVFOUBMBDPNQBUJCJMJEBEEFMBKVOUB
)VTJMMPDPOIFYHPOPJOUFSJPSZFTDBMB DPOFMGMVJEPIJESVMJDPVUJMJ[BEP
#PUOHJSBUPSJPDPOFTDBMB 2 $POBKVTUFGJOP
2 7FSTJOFTUOEBS

.JTNPUJQPEFWBSJBEPSTPCSFMBEPT"Z#
9 4FSJFIBTUB

-BMMBWF)DPOOSPEFNBUFSJBM3FTUJODMVJEB IBTUBNFEJEBTJOWBSJBEBTEFDPOFYJOZNPOUBKF
FOFMTVNJOJTUSP

1BTBEPSFMTUJDP*40Y4U
5JQPTQSFGFSFOUFTZBQBSBUPTFTUOEBSFTUO
/SPEFNBUFSJBM3 QFEJEPQPSTFQBSBEP
SFMBDJPOBEPTFOMB&14 -JTUBEFQSFDJPTFTUOEBS

4NCPMPT MBEPBQBSBUP MBEPQMBDB
5JQP;'4 5JQP;'4#
&TUSBOHVMBDJOFOMBBMJNFOUBDJO
1 1
P A 2 B T P A 2 B T
5JQP;'4 5JQP;'4"
&TUSBOHVMBDJOFOMBEFTDBSHB
1 1
P A 2 B T P A 2 B T
34;'4 )ZESBVMJDT#PTDI3FYSPUI"(
-BWMWVMBUJQP;'4FTVOBWMWVMBBOUJSSFUPSOPFTUSBOHVMB &MGMVJEPIJESVMJDPRVFSFUPSOBEFMDPOTVNJEPS"NVFWFBM
EPSBEPCMFFOEJTFPEFQMBDBJOUFSNFEJB4JSWFQBSBMBMJNJ BTJFOUPEFWMWVMB
DPOUSBFMSFTPSUF
FOTFOUJEPEFMQJT
UBDJOEFMDBVEBMQSJODJQBMPEFNBOEPEFVOBPEPTDPOFYJP UOEFFTUSBOHVMBDJO
QFSNJUJFOEPBTFMGMVKPTJOPCTUDV
OFTEFDPOTVNJEPS MPTDPNPWMWVMBBOUJSSFUPSOP4FHODBEBQPTJDJOEFNPO
%PTWMWVMBTBOUJSSFUPSOPFTUSBOHVMBEPSBTEJTQVFTUBTFOGPS UBKFFMFGFDUPEFFTUSBOHVMBDJOQVFEFTVDFEFSFOMBBMJNFO
NBTJNUSJDBFOUSFTMJNJUBODBVEBMFTFOVOTFOUJEPZQFSNJ UBDJOPFOMBEFTDBSHB
UFOFMSFUPSOPMJCSFFMDPOUSBSJP -JNJUBDJOEFDBVEBMQSJODJQBM WFSTJO2
&ODBTPEFFTUSBOHVMBDJOFOMBBMJNFOUBDJOFMGMVJEPIJESV 1BSBMBWBSJBDJOEFMBWFMPDJEBEEFVODPOTVNJEPS MJNJUB

MJDPMMFHBEFTEFFMDBOBM"BUSBWTEFMQVOUPEFFTUSBOHV DJOEFDBVEBMQSJODJQBM
MBWMWVMBBOUJSSFUPSOPFTUSBOHVMB
MBDJO
RVFTFGPSNBQPSFMBTJFOUPEFWMWVMB
ZFMQJT EPSBEPCMFTFJODPSQPSBFOUSFMBWMWVMBEJSFDDJPOBMZMBQMBDB
UOEFFTUSBOHVMBDJO
IBTUBFMDPOTVNJEPS"&MQJTUO EFDPOFYJO
EFFTUSBOHVMBDJO
TFQVFEFWBSJBSFOGPSNBBYJBMQPSNF -JNJUBDJOEFDBVEBMEFNBOEP WFSTJO2
EJPEFMUPSOJMMPEFBKVTUF
QPTJCJMJUBOEPDPOFMMPFMBKVTUFEFM
&ODBTPEFWMWVMBTEJSFDDJPOBMFTQSFDPNBOEBEBTMBWMWVMB
QVOUPEFFTUSBOHVMBDJO

BOUJSSFUPSOPFTUSBOHVMBEPSBEPCMFTFVUJMJ[BQBSBFMBKVTUFEFM
UJFNQPEFDPONVUBDJO MJNJUBDJOEFDBVEBMEFNBOEP
4F
JODPSQPSBFOUSFMBWMWVMBEFQJMPUBKFZMBQSJODJQBM
4 5 2 A B
1
3 1 A B
5JQP;'4 FTUSBOHVMBDJOFOMBBMJNFOUBDJO
MBEPBQBSBUP
MBEPQMBDB
(FOFSBMFT
.BTB LH "QSPY
3BOHPEFUFNQFSBUVSBBNCJFOUF m$ IBTUB
)JESVMJDPT
1SFTJOEFTFSWJDJPNYJNB CBS
$BVEBMNYJNP MNJO
'MVJEPIJESVMJDP 7FSUBCMBBCBKP
3BOHPEFUFNQFSBUVSBEFMGMVJEPIJESVMJDP m$ IBTUB
3BOHPEFWJTDPTJEBE NNT IBTUB
(SBEPNYJNPBENJTJCMFEFFOTVDJBNJFOUPEFM $MBTF
GMVJEPDMBTFEFQVSF[BTFHO*40 D
'MVJEPIJESVMJDP $MBTJGJDBDJO .BUFSJBMFT /PSNBT

EFKVOUBBEFDVBEPT
"DFJUFTNJOFSBMFTFIJESPDBSCVSPTDPNQBUJCMFT )- )-1 )-1% /#3 ',. %*/
)&5( /#3 ',.
$PNQBUJCMFDPOFM JOTPMVCMFFOBHVB *40
)&&4 ',.
NFEJPBNCJFOUF
TPMVCMFFOBHVB )&1( ',. *40
TJOBHVB )'%6 )'%3 ',. *40
%JGJDJMNFOUFJOGMBNBCMF )'$ 'VDIT)ZESPUIFSN.
BDVPTP /#3 *40
1FUSPGFS6MUSB4BGF
*NQPSUBOUFa*OEJDBDJPOFTTPCSFGMVJEPTIJESVMJDPT %JGJDJMNFOUFJOGMBNBCMFBDVPTP
a1BSBNTJOGPSNBDJOFJOEJDBDJPOFTTPCSFMBVUJMJ[BDJO .YJNBQSFTJOEFTFSWJDJPCBS
EFPUSPTGMVJEPTIJESVMJDPT WFSDBUMPHPUDOJDP .YJNBUFNQFSBUVSBEFGMVJEPIJESVMJDPm$
PDPOTVMUBS 7JEBUJMFTQFSBEBFODPNQBSBDJODPOBDFJUFIJESVMJDP
)-1 B
a&TQPTJCMFRVFIBZBSFTUSJDDJPOFTQBSBEBUPTUDOJDPTEF
WMWVMB UFNQFSBUVSB SBOHPEFQSFTJO WJEBUJM JOUFSWBMPT
EFNBOUFOJNJFOUP FUD

FGFDUJWPFWJUBEJTGVODJPOFTZBVNFOUBTJNVMUOFBNFOUFMB
WJEBUJMEFMPTDPNQPOFOUFT
1BSBTFMFDDJPOBSMPTGJMUSPTWFSXXXCPTDISFYSPUIDPNGJMUFS
$VSWBTDBSBDUFSTUJDBT NFEJEBTDPO)-1 BDFJUFnm$
$VSWBTDBSBDUFSTUJDBTQR7 WFSTJO2
$VSWBTDBSBDUFSTUJDBTQR7 WFSTJO2
1PTJDJOEFFTUSBOHVMBDJOFOSPUBDJPOFT 1PTJDJOEFFTUSBOHVMBDJOFOSPUBDJPOFT
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 23 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 11,5
250 250
9
200 200
150 150
10
%JGFSFODJBEFQSFTJOFOCBS
100 11 100
90 11,5 90
80 80
70 70
60 60
50 50
40 40
30 30
20 20
10 10
5 5
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
$BVEBMFOMNJO
$VSWBTDBSBDUFSTUJDBTQR7
BUSBWTEFWMWVMBBOUJSSFUPSOPFTUSBOHVMBEPSDFSSBEP
15
10
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
$BVEBMFOMNJO
%JNFOTJPOFT NFEJEBTFONN
75 81 7
1
15
21
32
3
"X" "X"
0
9 8
1
2 10
13 5; 12
11
6
1,4
1 61 x 40
7 81 75 24 20
15 1
9 8
32
"X" "X"
38,6
0
3
21
2 10 3; 12 13
11
1,4
61 x 40
9; 12 4 9; 12 2 1 2 13 4 9; 12
1
"X" "X"
38,6
22,6
8 8
46 46
2 10
14 13 8 11 14
1,4
61 x 40
18 4 x 5,4
7
F1 F2
7
T
35
45
A B
F4 P G F3
64
45 81 45
0,01/100
"DMBSBDJOEFQPTJDJPOFTZUPSOJMMPTEFTVKFDJOEFWM
WVMBTWFSQHJOB Rzmax 4
5FSNJOBDJOSFRVFSJEBQBSB
MBTVQFSGJDJFEFNPOUBKF
%JNFOTJPOFT
-BEPFRVJQPQPTJDJOEFMBTDPOFYJPOFTTFHO 5PSOJMMPTEFGJKBDJOEFMBTWMWVMBT QFEJEPQPSTFQBSBEP
*40 DPOPSJGJDJPEFGJKBDJO UPSOJMMPTDJMOESJDPT*40.

YNNEFQSPG
a0CTFSWBDJO
-BEPQMBDBQPTJDJOEFMBTDPOFYJPOFT
TFHO%*/GPSNB" TJOPSJGJDJPEFGJKBDJO
-BTMPOHJUVEFTZQBSFTEFBQSJFUFEFMPTUPSOJMMPTEFTVKFDJO
P*40 DPOPSJGJDJPEFGJKBDJOQBSB EFWMWVMBTFEFCFODBMDVMBSFOSFMBDJOBMPTDPNQPOFOUFT
QBTBEPSFMTUJDP*40Y4UWFSTJO
NPOUBEPTTPCSFMBQMBDBJOUFSNFEJBZEFCBKPEFMBNJTNB
5JQPEFWBSJBEPS
5JQPEFWBSJBEPS
5JQPEFWBSJBEPS
5JQPEFWBSJBEPS
&TQBDJPSFRVFSJEPQBSBSFUJSBSMBMMBWF
"HVKFSPTEFGJKBDJOEFMBWMWVMB
$POUSBUVFSDB48
5PSOJMMPEFBKVTUFIVTJMMPQBSBWBSJBSMBTFDDJOEFGMVKP
IFYHPOPJOUFSJPS48
+VOUBTJHVBMFTQBSBDPOFYJPOFT" # 1Z5
1MBDBEFBOJMMPTEFKVOUB
1BSBUPEPTMPTUJQPTEFWBSJBEPS
HJSPIBDJBMBJ[RVJFSEBNBZPSDBVEBM
HJSPIBDJBMBEFSFDIBNFOPSDBVEBM
-BDPOWFSTJOEFFTUSBOHVMBDJOEFBMJNFOUBDJOB
EFTDBSHBTFFGFDUBSPUBOEPFMBQBSBUPBMSFEFEPSEFM
FKF99
$BSSFSB
5PSOJMMPEFDJFSSF48
/PUBT

5FMGPOP
5FMFGBY
=S]\SHSPTP[HKVYHKLWYLZPU 9:
9LLTWSHaHH!

WYLJVTHUKHKH
;PWVA+)À+)
;HTHVUVTPUHS
:LYPL?
7YLZPUKLZLY]PJPVT_PTHIHY
*H\KHST_PTVSTPU
/(+
0UKPJL *HYHJ[LYZ[PJHZ
*VU[LUPKV 7NPUH =S]\SHKLWSHJHPU[LYTLKPH
*HYHJ[LYZ[PJHZ 7VZPJPUKLSHZJVUL_PVULZZLNU+05MVYTH(ZPU
*KPNVKLWLKPKV VYPMPJPVKLMPQHJPULZ[UKHY
;PWVZWYLMLYLU[LZ 7VZPJPUKLSHZJVUL_PVULZZLNU0:6 JVU
VYPMPJPVKLMPQHJPUKLUVTPUHJPUKLWLKPKV
:TIVSV
L[HWHZKLWYLZPU
-\UJPUJVY[L
ZLU[PKVZLMLJ[P]VZHVWJPU
+H[VZ[JUPJVZ
*VUJHY[\JOVZKL]S]\SHKLWYLZPU
*\Y]HZJHYHJ[LYZ[PJHZ
]HYPHKVYLZWHYHHQ\Z[LKLWYLZPUVWJPVUHSTLU[L!
+PTLUZPVULZ OHZ[H
rIV[UNPYH[VYPV
rTHUN\P[VJVUOL_NVUV`JHW\JOUWYV[LJ[VY
rIV[UNPYH[VYPVJVUJLYYHK\YH`LZJHSH
rIV[UNPYH[VYPVJVULZJHSH
0UMVYTHJPVULZZVIYLJVTWVULU[LZKPZWVUPISLZ!
^^ÎVZJOYL_YV[OJVTZWJ
)VZJO9L_YV[O(. 0UK\Z[YPHS/`KYH\SPJZ A+)"A+)9:
*KPNVKLWLKPKV
A +) ? =
7SHJHPU[LYTLKPH $A 6[YVZKH[VZLU[L_[VJVTWSLT

JHY[\JOV]S]WYLZPU $ZPUKLZPN ZPUKLZPN$ ZPUVYPMPJPVKLMPQHJPU
ZSVWHYH]LYZPU=(=)`=7 $ JVUVYPMKLMPQHJPU
JHY[\JOVZ]S]WYLZPU $ 4H[LYPHSKLQ\U[HZ
ZSVWHYH]LYZPU=*`=+
=$ Q\U[HZ-24
=S]\SHSPTP[HKVYHKLWYLZPU $+) V[YHZQ\U[HZZLNUJVUZ\S[H
;HTHVUVTPUHS $ ([LUJPU
=LYPMPJHYSHJVTWH[PIPSPKHKKLSHZQ\U[HZJVULS
+LZJHYNHKLZKLOHJPH!
MS\PKVOPKY\SPJV\[PSPaHKV
(; $=(
7; $=7 ,[HWHKLWYLZPU
); $=) $ WYLZPUHQ\Z[HISLOHZ[HIHY
(;`); $=* $ WYLZPUHQ\Z[HISLOHZ[HIHY
()`)( $=+ $ WYLZPUHQ\Z[HISLOHZ[HIHY
;PWVKL]HYPHKVYWHYHHQ\Z[LKLWYLZPU $ WYLZPUHQ\Z[HISLOHZ[HIHY
)V[UNPYH[VYPV $ ?$ ZLYPLKLHWHYH[VOHZ[H
4HUN\P[VJVUOL_NVUV`JHW\JOUWYV[LJ[VY $ OHZ[H !TLKPKHZPU]HYPHKHZKLTVU[HQL`JVUL_PU
)V[UNPYH[VYPVJVUJLYYHK\YH`LZJHSH $
)V[UNPYH[VYPVJVULZJHSH $
3HSSH]L/TH[LYPHSUo9

MVYTHWHY[LKLSZ\TPUPZ[YV
7PU[LUZVY0:6_:[TH[LYPHSUo9 WLKP
KVZLWHYHKV 6[YVZHWHYH[VZLZ[UKHYZLLUJ\LU[YHU
LUSH,7:SPZ[HKLWYLJPVZLZ[UKHY
;PWVZWYLMLYLU[LZZ\TPUPZ[YHISLZHJVY[VWSHaV
;PWVA+) 4H[LYPHSUo ;PWVA+) 4H[LYPHSUo

A+)=(?= 9 A+)=*?= 9
A+)=(?= 9 A+)=*?= 9
A+)=(?= 9 A+)=+?= 9
A+)=)?= 9 A+)=+?= 9
A+)=)?= 9 A+)=+?= 9
A+)=7?= 9
A+)=7?= 9
A+)=7?= 9
A+)=7?= 9
9:A+)"A+) 0UK\Z[YPHS /`KYH\SPJZ)VZJO9L_YV[O (.
:TIVSVZ $SHKVHWHYH[V $SHKVWSHJH

;PWVA+)=( ;PWVA+)=)

0 ! " 4 0 ! " 4
;PWVA+)=7

0 ! " 4
;PWVA+)=* ;PWVA+)=+

0 ! " 4 0 ! " 4
-\UJPUJVY[L
3HZ]S]\SHZKLWYLZPUKLS[PWVA+)À+)ZVU]S]\SHZ ,UWVZPJPUPUPJPHSSHZ]S]\SHZLZ[UJLYYHKHZ3HWYLZPU
SPTP[HKVYHZKLWYLZPUWYLJVTHUKHKHZLUJVUZ[Y\JJPUKL LUJHUHS(HJ[HZVIYLLSWPZ[U:PT\S[ULHTLU[LHJ[H
WSHJHPU[LYTLKPH WYLZPULUSH[VILYHZVIYLLSSHKVKLSWPZ[UJHYNHKVWVY
:L\[PSPaHUWHYHSPTP[HYSHWYLZPUKL\UZPZ[LTH LSYLZVY[L`SH[VILYHLULSJVUVKLWYLTHUKV:PSH
WYLZPULUJHUHS(Z\WLYHSHWYLZPUHQ\Z[HKHLULSYLZVY[L
3HZ]S]\SHZZLJVTWVULUIZPJHTLU[LKLJHYJHZH`KL
ZLHIYLLSWPZ[UKLWYLTHUKV
\UVVKVZJHY[\JOVZKL]S]\SHZKLWYLZPU
-S\`LMS\PKVOPKY\SPJVKLSSHKVKLSWPZ[UJHYNHKVWVYLS
3HWYLZPUKLSZPZ[LTHZLHQ\Z[HTLKPHU[LLSLSLTLU[V]HYPHKVY
YLZVY[LSH[VILYHLSJHUHSOHJPHLSJHUHS;3HJHKH

KLWYLZPUX\LZLWYVK\JLKLZWSHaHLSWPZ[UHIYPLUKVKL
LZ[HTHULYHSHJVUL_PUKL(OHJPH;WLYVTHU[LUPLUKVSH
WYLZPUHQ\Z[HKHLULSYLZVY[L
,SKYLUHQLKLHJLP[LWPSV[VKLSHZKVZJTHYHZKLYLZVY[LZL
LMLJ[HL_[LYUHTLU[LH[YH]ZKLSJHUHS;
;PWVA+)=(

! 4 0 "
! 4 0 "
+H[VZ[JUPJVZ7HYH\[PSPaHJPUJVUKH[VZKPMLYLU[LZWVYMH]VYJVUZS[LUVZ
NLULYHSLZ
4HZH [PWVA+) RN HWYV_
[PWVA+) RN HWYV_
7VZPJPUKLTVU[HQL VWJPVUHS
9HUNVKL[LTWLYH[\YHHTIPLU[L o* OHZ[H
OPKY\SPJVZ
7YLZPUKLZLY]PJPVT_PTH IHY
7YLZPUHQ\Z[HISLT_PTH IHY """
*VU[YHWYLZPUT_PTHJVUL_PU@ IHY VIZLY]HYWYLZT_[HUX\L]S]TVU[HQL]S]KPYLJ
*H\KHST_PTV STPU
-S\PKVOPKY\SPJV HJLP[LTPULYHS/3/37ZLNU+05"MS\PKVZOPKY\SP
JVZYWPKHTLU[LIPVKLNYHKHISLZZLN=+4(]LY[HT
IPU9: "/,;.HJLP[LKLJVSaH"/,7.WVSPNSPJV
SLZ"/,,:Z[LYLZZPU[[PJVZ"V[YVZMS\PKVZZLNUJVUZ\S[H
9HUNVKL[LTWLYH[\YHKLSMS\PKVOPKY\SPJV o* OHZ[H
9HUNVKL]PZJVZPKHK TTZ OHZ[H
.YHKVT_PTVHKTPZPISLKLZ\JPLKHKKLSMS\PKV JSHZL
OPKY\SPJVJSHZLKLW\YLaHZLNU0:6J
,USVZZPZ[LTHZOPKY\SPJVZZLKLILUTHU[LULYSHZJSHZLZKL 7HYHSHZLSLJJPUKLSVZMPS[YVZ]LYJH[SVNVZ9:
W\YLaHPUKPJHKHZWHYHSVZJVTWVULU[LZ<UHMPS[YHJPULMLJ 9:9:9:`9:
[P]HL]P[HKPZM\UJPVULZ`ZPT\S[ULHTLU[LH\TLU[HSH]PKH[PS
KLSVZJVTWVULU[LZ
*\Y]HZJHYHJ[LYZ[PJHZTLKPKHZWHYH/37`HJLP[L$o*|o*
*\Y]HZJHYHJ[LYZ[PJHZW,X= *\Y]HZJHYHJ[LYZ[PJHZW,TUX=

7YLZPUTUHQ\Z[HISLLUIHY
7YLZPUHQ\Z[HISLLUIHY

*H\KHSLUSTPU *H\KHSLUSTPU
=+(OHJPH)
=(
=)=*
=7=+
3HZJ\Y]HZJHYHJ[LYZ[PJHZ]HSLUWHYHWYLZPUPUPJPHS$JLYVLU[VKVLSYHUNVKLJH\KHS
+PTLUZPVULZ![PWVA+)=)`[PWVA+)=7TLKPKHZUVTPUHSLZLUTT

&
4 &

! "
&
0 &
'

X

7SHJHKLJHYHJ[LYZ[PJHZ
=HYPHKVY
MM
=HYPHKVY
=HYPHKVY 2ZMAX
=HYPHKVY
;LYTPUHJPUYLX\LYPKHWHYHSH
4LKPKHWHYHL_[YHLYSHSSH]L
Z\WLYMPJPLKLTVU[HQL
6YPMPJPVZKLMPQHJPUKLSH]S]\SH
*VU[YH[\LYJH:>WHYKLHWYPL[L4($5T
/L_NVUV:>
1\U[HZHU\SHYLZPKU[PJHZWHYHJVUL_PVULZ()7;SHKV
WSHJH
/L_NVUV:>WHYKLHWYPL[L4($5T
;VYUPSSVZKLMPQHJPUWHYH]S]\SHZWLKPKVZLWHYHKV
3HKVWSHJHWVZKLJVUL_ZLNU+05MVYTH(
ZPUVYPMPJPVKLMPQHJPUV [VYUJPSUKYPJVZ0:64 MSAUO3
0:6 JVUVYPMPJPVKLMPQHJPU{_ JVLMKLMYPJJPU~[V[$ OHZ[H"
TTWYVMWHYHWPU[LUZVY0:6_:[TH[LYPHSUo WHYKLHWYPL[L4($5T|
9 WLKPKVZLWHYHKV V
3HKVHWHYH[VWVZKLJVUL_ZLNU+05MVYTH( [VYUJPSUKYPJVZ0:64
ZPUVYPMPJPVKLMPQHJPUV WHYHJVLMKLMYPJJPU~[V[$OHZ[H
0:6 JVUVYPMMPQHJPU{_TTWYVM WHYKLHWYPL[L4($5T|
5V[HZ
)VZJO9L_YV[O(. v;VKVZSVZKLYLJOVZKL)VZJO9L_YV[O(.[HTIPUWHYHLSJHZVKLZV
0UK\Z[YPHS/`KYH\SPJZ SPJP[\KLZKLKLYLJOVZWYV[LNPKVZ5VZYLZLY]HTVZ[VKHZSHZJHWHJPKHKLZ
A\T,PZLUNPLtLY KPZWVZP[P]HZ[HSLZJVTVKLYLJOVZKLJVWPH`KL[YHTP[HJPU
3VOYHT4HPU.LYTHU` 3VZKH[VZPUKPJHKVZZPY]LUZSVWHYHKLZJYPIPYLSWYVK\J[V+LU\LZ[YHZ
;LSMVUV LZWLJPMPJHJPVULZUVW\LKLKLYP]HYZLUPUN\UHKLJSHYHJPUZVIYL\UHJPLY[H
;LSLMH_ JVTWVZPJPUVPKVULPKHKWHYH\UJPLY[VMPUKLLTWSLV3HZLZWLJPMPJHJP
KVJ\TLU[H[PVU'IVZJOYL_YV[OKL VULZUVSPILYHUHS\Z\HYPVKLSHZWYVWPHZL]HS\HJPVULZ`]LYPMPJHJPVULZ
^^ÎVZJOYL_YV[OKL /H`X\L[LULYLUJ\LU[HX\LU\LZ[YVZWYVK\J[VZLZ[UZVTL[PKVZH\U
WYVJLZVUH[\YHSKLKLZNHZ[L`LU]LQLJPTPLU[V
Vlvulas direccionales de corredera, mando
directo, accionamiento por solenoide
RS 23178
Edicin: 2013-06
Tipo WE Reemplaza a: 04.09
Tamao nominal 6
Serie 6X
Presin de servicio mxima 350 bar [5076 psi]
Caudal mximo: 80 l/min [21 US gpm] CC
60 l/min [15.8 US gpm] AC
H7564
Caractersticas Contenido
En versin de 4/3, 4/2 o 3/2 vas Caractersticas 1

Solenoide de alta potencia Datos para el pedido 24
Posicin de las conexiones segn DIN 24340 forma A Conectores 4
Posicin de las conexiones segn ISO 4401-03-02-0-05 Smbolos 5
y NFPA T3.5.1 R2-2002 D03 Funcionamiento, corte 6
Solenoide de tensin continua o tensin alterna conmu- Datos tcnicos 7, 8
table en aceite con bobina extrable Curvas caractersticas 9
Bobina del solenoide girable en 90 Lmites de potencia 10 12
No es necesaria la apertura de la cmara hermtica Dimensiones 13 18
apresin para el cambio de bobina Interruptor de proteccin del conductor 19
Conexin elctrica como conexin individual o como Ms informaciones 19
conexin central
Dispositivo de accionamiento auxiliar, opcional
Supervisin de posicin de conmutacin, opcional
RS 23178, edicin: 2013-06, Bosch Rexroth AG

2/20 WE | Vlvula direccional de corredera
Datos para el pedido
01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
WE 6 6X / E / *
01 3 conexiones principales 3
4 conexiones principales 4
02 Vlvula direccional WE
03 Tamao nominal 6 6
04 Smbolos por ej. C, E, EA, EB etc.; ver posible versin en pgina 5
05 Serie 60 hasta 69 (60 hasta 69: Medidas invariadas de montaje y de conexin) 6X
06 Con retorno por resorte Sin denom.

Sin retorno por resorte O
Sin retorno por resorte con enclavamiento OF
07 Solenoide de alta potencia hmedo (conmutable en aceite) con bobina extrable E
08 Tensin continua 24 V G24

Tensin alterna 230 V - 50/60 Hz W230
Tensin alterna 120 V o 110 V 50/60 Hz W110
W + tensin
Tensin continua 205 V G205
Solenoide de tensin continua con recticador para tensin alterna W110R
(no dependiente de frecuencia; slo disponible con conexin del enchufe para tapa, ver pgina 17)
Conexin en red de tensin alterna sobre comando con recticador (ver tabla abajo y pgina 4). 1)
Otros datos para el pedido para tensiones y frecuencias diferentes, ver pgina 8
09 Sin dispositivo de accionamiento auxiliar Sin denom.

Con dispositivo de accionamiento auxiliar cubierto (estndar) N9 2)
Con dispositivo de accionamiento auxiliar N 2)
Con dispositivo de accionamiento auxiliar bloqueable "botn tipo hongo" (pequeo) N4 2)
Con dispositivo de accionamiento auxiliar bloqueable "botn tipo hongo" (grande) N5 2; 3)
Con dispositivo de accionamiento auxiliar "botn tipo hongo" (grande), no bloqueable N6 2)
Con dispositivo de accionamiento auxiliar bloqueable "tuerca" N7 2)
Conexin elctrica
10 Conexin individual
Sin conector, con enchufe segn DIN EN 175301-803 K4 4)
Sin conector, con enchufe AMP Junior-Timer C4 4)
Sin conector, con enchufe DT 04-2PA (enchufe Deutsch) K40 4; 7)
Sin conector, 4 polos con enchufe M12x1 segn IEC60947-5-2, conexionado antiparasitario integrado e indicador K72L 5)
de servicio LED
Sin conector, 4 polos con enchufe M12x1 segn IEC60947-5-2, conexionado antiparasitario integrado e indicador K73L 5)
de servicio LED (ninguna conexin Pin 1 a Pin 2)
Conexin central
Guiado del cable en la tapa, con indicador luminoso DL
Conexin central en la tapa, con indicador luminoso (sin conector); enchufe segn DIN EN 175201-804 DK6L 6)
Otras conexiones elctricas, ver catlogo 08010
Red de tensin alterna Tensin nominal del solenoide de tensin

Dato para el pedido
(tolerancia de tensin admisible 10%) continua para servicio con tensin alterna
110 V - 50/60 Hz 96 V G96
230 V - 50/60 Hz 205 V G205
Bosch Rexroth AG, RS 23178, edicin: 2013-06

Vlvula direccional de corredera | WE 3/20
01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
WE 6 6X / E / *
Supervisin de posicin de conmutacin

11 Sin interruptor de posicin sin denom.
Interruptor de posicin inductivo tipo QM
Posicin de conmutacin "a" supervisada QMAG24
Posicin de conmutacin "b" supervisada QMBG24
Posicin de reposo supervisada QM0G24
Interruptor de posicin inductivo tipo QR
Posicin de reposo supervisada QR0G24S
Posicin de conmutacin supervisada "a" y "b" QRABG24E
Interruptor de posicin inductivo tipo QL
Posicin de conmutacin "a" supervisada QLAG24
Posicin de conmutacin "b" supervisada QLBG24
Sensor de proximidad inductivo tipo QS
Posicin de conmutacin "a" supervisada QSAG24W
Posicin de conmutacin "b" supervisada QSBG24W
Posicin de conmutacin "0" supervisada QS0G24W
Posicin de conmutacin "0" y "a" supervisadas QS0AG24W
Posicin de conmutacin "0" y "b" supervisadas QS0BG24W
Posicin de conmutacin "a" y "b" supervisadas QSABG24W
Para otros datos ver catlogo 24830
12 Sin estrangulador insertable sin denom.

Con estrangulador insertable ver tabla:
Conexin de estrangulador en mm [inch]
0,8 [0.031] 1,0 [0.039] 1,2 [0.047]
P = B08 = B10 = B12
A = H08 = H10 = H12
B = R08 = R10 = R12
AyB = N08 = N10 = N12
T = X08 = X10 = X12
Empleo para caudal mayor que lmite de potencia de la vlvula (ver pgina 6).
Longitud de apriete
13 42 mm [1.65 inch] (estndar) sin denom.
22 mm [0.87 inch] Z
Material de juntas
14 Juntas NBR sin denom.
Juntas FKM V
Atencin, tener en cuenta la compatibilidad de la junta con el uido hidrulico utilizado! (Otras juntas segn consulta)
15 Sin agujero de jacin sin denom.

Con agujero de jacin /60 8)
Con agujero de jacin y espiga elstica ISO 8752-3x8-St /62
16 Otros datos en texto explcito
Explicacin de los pies de pgina ver pgina 4.

Tipos preferentes y aparatos estndar estn relacio-
nados en la EPS (Lista de precios estndar).

1) Slo para versin "conexin individual". 7) Slo posible en combinacin con smbolos G, J, D y E as como
2) Al dispositivo de accionamiento auxiliar no se le puede asignar lmite de potencia reducido.
ninguna funcin de seguridad. Los dispositivos de accionamiento 8) Espiga elstica ISO 8752-3x8-St, nro. de material R900005694
auxiliar slo pueden aplicarse hasta una presin de tanque (pedido por separado).
de50bar.
3) Para presiones de tanque superiores a 50 bar no se puede
asegurar que se mantenga la vlvula en la posicin conmutada
por el dispositivo de accionamiento auxiliar "N5".
4) Conectores, pedido por separado, ver abajo y catlogo 08006.
5) Slo versin "G24", ver catlogo 08010.
6) Conectores, pedido por separado, nro. de material R900005538.
Conectores segn DIN EN 175301-803
Detalles y otros conectores ver

catlogo 08006
Nro. de material
Lado vlvula
Con
Con indicador luminoso
Sin Con indicadorluminoso Con y circuito de diodos
circuito de indicador luminoso y recticador recticador de proteccin
Conexin Color conexionado 12 240 V 12 240 V 12 240 V 24 V
a Gris R901017010
M16 x 1,5 b Negro R901017011
a/b Negro R901017022 R901017029 R901017025 R901017026
a Rojo/ R900004823
1/2" NPT marrn
(Pg 16) b Negro R900011039
a/b Negro R900057453 R900057455 R900842566

Smbolos
A B A B A B A B
a b a b a 0 b
a
a 0 b
b
a b
P T P T P T P T
A B A B A B A B
= .A 1)
a b a a b b = /O.. a 0 a
a 0
P T P T P T P T
A B A B A B A B
= .B
a b a a b b = /OF.. 0 b 0 b b
P T P T P T P T
= E 1)
=A = E1- 2)
=C =F
=D =G
=H
A B A B
a b a b
a b =J
P T P T
=B =L
=Y =M
=P
=Q
=R
1) Ejemplo:
Smbolo E con posicin de conmutacin "a" dato para el =T
pedido..EA..
2) Smbolo E1-: Preapertura P A/B,
Atencin debido a la multiplicacin de presin en
cilindros diferenciales!
=U
Avisos! =V
Representacin segn DIN ISO 1219-1.
Posiciones intermedias hidrulicas se muestran mediante
lneasdiscontinuas.
=W

Funcionamiento, corte
Vlvulas direccionales del tipo WE son vlvulas direcciona- Sin retorno por resorte "O" (slo posible para smbolos
les de corredera. Comandan el arranque, parada y sentido A, C y D)
de un caudal. En esta versin se trata de vlvulas direccionales con 2
La vlvula direccional consta bsicamente de carcasa (1), posiciones de conmutacin y 2 solenoides elctricos, sin
uno o dos solenoides elctricos (2), la corredera de fijador. Esta vlvula sin retorno por resorte en corredera
mando (3), as como uno o dos resortes de retroceso (4). de mando (3) no tiene una posicin bsica definida en
En estado desactivado la corredera de mando (3) es man- estado desenergizado.
tenida en la posicin media o posicin inicial (excepto Sin retorno por resorte con jador "OF" (slo posible
corredera a impulsos) por los resortes de retroceso (4). para smbolos A, C y D)
Elaccionamiento de la corredera de mando (3) se efecta En esta versin se trata de una vlvula direccional con 2
mediante los solenoides elctricos conmutables posiciones de conmutacin y 2 solenoides elctricos con
en aceite(2). fijador. Mediante el enclavamiento se fija a la corredera de
Para un funcionamiento sin problemas se debe prestar mando (3) en la posicin de conmutacin correspon-
atencin a que la cmara a presin del solenoide elc- diente. Con ello durante el servicio se puede prescindir de
trico est llena de aceite. la corriente permanente de los solenoides elctricos, lo
La fuerza del solenoide elctrico (2) acta mediante el que mejora la eficiencia de energa de servicio.
empujador (5) sobre la corredera de mando (3) y la des-
plaza de la posicin de reposo a la posicin final deseada.
De este modo, se libera la direccin del caudal requerida Avisos!
Phacia A y B hacia T o P hacia B y A hacia T. Picos de presin en la tubera a tanque para dos o ms
Al desenergizar el solenoide elctrico (2) la corredera de vlvulas, pueden provocar movimientos indeseados de
mando (3) es llevada de nuevo a la posicin de reposo por la corredera de mando para vlvulas con fijador. Se
los resortes de retroceso (4). recomienda, colocar tuberas de retorno separadas
Un dispositivo de accionamiento auxiliar (6) permite, oincorporar una vlvula antirretorno en la tubera
opcionalmente, el movimiento de la corredera de atanque.
mando(3) sin excitacin del solenoide. Las vlvulas tienen, debido a su principio constructivo,
un aceite de fugas interno que puede aumentar durante
su vida til.
2 5 1 3 5 2
A B
6 6
"a" "b"
4 A T B 4
(P)
Tipo 4WE 6 E6X/...E...
Estrangulador insertable
La aplicacin del estrangulador insertable es necesaria
cuando, debido a determinadas condiciones de servicio,
durante los procesos de conmutacin se pueden presentar
caudales que excedan el lmite de potencia de la vlvula.

Datos tcnicos
(consltenos en caso de utilizar el equipo fuera de los valores indicados!)
generales
Masa Vlvula con un solenoide kg [lbs] 1,45 [3.2]
Vlvula con dos solenoides kg [lbs] 1,95 [4.3]
Posicin de montaje A voluntad
Rango de temperatura ambiente C [F] 30 +50 [22 +122] (juntas NBR)
20 +50 [4 +122] (juntas FKM)
Valores MTTFd segn EN ISO 13849 "PT 150 (para otros datos ver catlogo 08012)
hidrulicos
Presin de servicio mxima Conexin A, B, P bar [psi] 350 [5076]
Conexin T bar [psi] 210 [3050] (DC); 160 [2320] (AC)
En smbolo A y B debe usarse la conexin T como conexin de
aceite de fugas.
Caudal mximo l/min [US gpm] 80 [21] (CC); 60 [15.8] (AC)
Seccin transversal de caudal Smbolo Q mm2 Ca. 6 % de la seccin transversal nominal
(posicin de conmutacin 0) Smbolo W mm2 Ca. 3 % de la seccin transversal nominal
Fluido hidrulico Ver tabla abajo
Rango de temperatura del fluido hidrulico C [F] 30 +80 [22 +176] (juntas NBR)
15 +80 [4 +176] (juntas FKM)
Rango de viscosidad mm2/s [SUS] 2,8 500 [35 2320]
Grado de ensuciamiento mximo admisible del fluido hidrulico Clase 20/18/15 1)
clase de pureza segn ISO 4406 (c)
Fluido hidrulico Clasificacin Materiales de junta adecuados Normas

Aceites minerales HL, HLP, HLPD, HVLP, HVLPD NBR, FKM DIN 51524
Biodegradables insoluble en agua HETG NBR, FKM VDMA24568
HEES FKM
soluble en agua HEPG FKM VDMA24568
Difcilmente inflamable no acuoso HFDU, HFDR FKM ISO 12922
acuoso HFC (Fuchs Hydrotherm 46M, NBR ISO 12922
Petrofer Ultra Safe 620)
Avisos importantes sobre uidos hidrulicos! Difcilmente inflamable acuoso:

Ms informaciones e indicaciones para la utilizacin de otros Diferencia de presin mxima por cada canto de mando 50bar
fluidos hidrulicos, ver catlogo 90220 o segn consulta! Pretensin en conexin de tanque > 20% de la diferencia de
Es posible que haya restricciones para datos de vlvula tcnicos presin, sino elevada cavitacin
(temperatura, rango de presin, vida til, intervalos de manteni- Vida til 50 hasta 100% en comparacin con servicio con
miento, etc.)! aceite mineral HL, HLP
El punto de inflamacin del fluido hidrulico empleado debe Biodegradable: Al utilizar fluidos hidrulicos biodegradables, que
estar 40 K por encima de la temperatura superficial del sole- simultneamente liberan Cinc, puede ocurrir un enriquecimiento
noidemxima. del medio con Cinc (por tubo polar 700mg Cinc).
1) En los sistemas hidrulicos se deben mantener las clases de

pureza indicadas para los componentes. Una filtracin efectiva
evita fallas y aumenta simultneamente la vida til de
los componentes.
Requisitos relativos a la conservacin del fluido hidrulico as
como valor lmite de suciedad, ver catlogo RS 07300.
Para seleccionar los filtros ver www.boschrexroth.com/filter.

Datos tcnicos
(consltenos en caso de utilizar el equipo fuera de los valores indicados!)
elctricos
Tipo de tensin Tensin continua Tensin alterna 50/60 Hz
Tensiones suministrables 2) V 12, 24, 96, 205 110, 230
(datos para el pedido para solenoides a tensin alterna ver abajo)
Tolerancia de tensin (tensin nominal) % 10
Consumo de potencia W 30
Potencia de retencin VA 50
Potencia de conexin VA 220
Duracin de conexin (DC) % 100
Tiempo de conmuta- CONECTAR ms 25 45 10 20
cin segn ISO 6403 3) DESCONECTAR ms 10 25 15 40
Frecuencia de conmutacin mxima 1/h 15000 7200
Temperatura superficial mxima de la bobina 4) C [F] 120 [248] 180 [356]
Tipo de proteccin con enchufe "K4", "K72L", "K73L" IP 65 (con conector montado y enclavado)
segn DIN EN 60529 con enchufe "C4" IP 66A (con conector montado y enclavado)
con enchufe "K40" IP 69K (con conector montado y enclavado)
2) Tensiones especiales segn consulta.

3) Los tiempos de conmutacin fueron determinados para una Avisos!
temperatura del fluido de 40 C [104 F] y una viscosidad El accionamiento del dispositivo auxiliar es posible slo
de46cSt. Temperaturas del fluido diferentes pueden ocasionar hasta aprox. 50 bar [725 psi] de presin de tanque. Evitar
tiempos de conmutacin diferentes! Los tiempos de conmutacin daar al agujero del dispositivo de accionamiento auxiliar!
dependen de las condiciones de aplicacin y tiempo de servicio. (herramienta especial para accionamiento, pedido por
4) Debido a las temperaturas superficiales de las bobinas del separado, nro. de material R900024943). Cuando el
solenoide, se deben tener en cuenta las normas ISO 13732-1 dispositivo de accionamiento auxiliar est bloqueado, debe
yISO4413! excluirse el accionamiento de los solenoides opuestos!
La temperatura superficial para solenoides a tensin alterna Debe excluirse el accionamiento simultneo de los 2
indicada vale para un servicio sin fallas. En caso de falla (por ej. solenoides de una vlvula!
al bloquearse la corredera de mando) la temperatura superficial
puede superar los 180 C [356 F]. Por ello debe comprobarse la
instalacin a posibles peligros segn el punto de inflamacin Aviso!
(verpgina 7). Solenoides a tensin alterna son utilizables para 2 o 3 redes;
Como seguridad deben preverse interruptores de proteccin de por ej. solenoide tipo W110 para:
conductores (ver tabla pgina 19), si no se puede evitar una 110 V, 50 Hz; 110 V, 60 Hz; 120 V, 60 Hz
atmsfera incendiable de otra manera. La temperatura superficial
puede con ello, en caso de falla, limitar a un mximo
Datos para el pedido Redes
de220C[428 F].
La corriente de activacin debe ser, en un intervalo de tiempo W110 110 V, 50 Hz
de0,6 s, de 8 a 10 veces superior al consumo de corriente 110 V, 60 Hz
nominal. (Caracterstica de activacin "K"). 120 V, 60 Hz
La corriente de no activacin necesaria del fusible no puede ser W230 230 V, 50 Hz
inferior al valor I1 (ver tabla pgina 19). La corriente necesaria 230 V, 60 Hz
mxima de activacin del fusible no puede superar al valor I2
(vertabla pgina 19).
La dependencia de temperatura del comportamiento de acti- En la conexin elctrica se debe conectar el conductor de
vacin del interruptor de proteccin del conductor debe consi- proteccin (PE ) segn prescripciones.
derarse segn las indicaciones del fabricante.

Curvas caractersticas
(medidas con HLP46, aceite = 40 5 C [104 9 F])
Curvas caractersticas p-qV

8 7 6 5 4 3 2
[160] 11
Diferencia de presin en bar [psi]
Smbolo Direccin del caudal

[140] 10 1 PA PB AT BT
A; B 5 5
[120]
8 C 3 3 5 3
[100] D; Y 6 6 5 5
6 E 5 5 3 3
[80]
F 3 5 3 3
[60] 4 T 8 8 4 4
H 2 1 2 2
[40]
J; Q 3 3 2 3
2
[20] L 5 5 1 4
M 2 1 5 5
[0]
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 P 5 3 3 3
R 6 6 1
[0] [2] [4] [6] [8] [10] [12] [14] [16] [18] [21] V 3 2 3 3
Caudal en l/min [US gpm] W 3 3 2 2
U 5 5 4 1
G 7 7 4 4
7 Smbolo "R" en posicin de conmutacin B A
8 Smbolo "G" y "T" en posicin media P T
9 Smbolo "H" en posicin media P T

Lmites de potencia
(medidos con HLP46, aceite = 40 5 C [104 9 F])
Aviso! (por ej. de P hacia A y conexin B cerrada) el lmite de

Los lmites de potencia indicados valen para utilizacin potencia admisible ser bastante menor!
con dos direcciones de caudal (por ej. de P hacia A Consltenos para dichos casos de aplicacin!
yretorno de flujo simultneo de B hacia T). El lmite de potencia fue calculado con solenoides
Debido a las fuerzas de flujo actuantes dentro de la atemperatura de servicio, tensin 10 % inferior y sin
vlvula puede, para una nica direccin de caudal pretensin del tanque.
[5000] 350
7 9 10 Solenoide de tensin continua
300 8
Presin de servicio
[4000] Curva Smbolo

en bar [psi]
1 5
caracterstica
[3000] 200 1 A; B1)
2 6 3
3 2 V
[2000]
4 3 A; B
100
[1000] 1 4 F; P
2 5 J
[0]
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 6 G; H; T
7 A/O; A/OF; L; U
[0] [2] [4] [6] [8] [10] [12] [14] [16] [18] [21] 8 C; D; Y
9 M
Caudal en l/min [US gpm]
10 E; E12); R3); C/O; C/OF; D/O;
D/OF; Q; W
Tensin del solenoide (solenoide de tensin continua)

1) Con dispositivo de accionamiento auxiliar
12; 24; 48; 96; 125; 205 V
2) Preapertura P A/B
(otras tensiones ver pgina 11) 3) Retorno del consumidor hacia el tanque

Lmites de potencia
Ver avisos en pgina 10.
[5000] 350 11
5 9 10 Solenoide de tensin continua
300
Presin de servicio
8
[4000] Curva Smbolo
en bar [psi]
1 6 caracterstica
[3000] 3
200 1 A; B
2 4 6 7 2 V
[2000] 11 3 F; P
100
[1000] 5 4 J; L; U
1
2 5 G
[0]
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 6 T
7 H
[0] [2] [4] [6] [8] [10] [12] [14] [16] [18] [21] 8 D; C
Caudal en l/min [US gpm] 9 M
10 C/O; C/OF; D/O; D/OF;
E; E1; R, Q; W
Tensin del solenoide (solenoide de tensin continua)
11 A/O; A/OF
110; 180 V
[5000] 350 5 10 Solenoide de tensin continua

Presin de servicio
300
[4000] 6 11 Curva Smbolo
en bar [psi]
6 caracterstica
[3000]
2
200 4 1 A; B
12
1 2 V
[2000] 3 4 3 F; P
100
[1000] 7 8 9 5 4 J; L; U
2 1 5 A/O; A/OF
[0]
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 6 E
7 T
[0] [2] [4] [6] [8] [10] [12] [14] [16] [18] [21] 8 G
Caudal en l/min [US gpm] 9 H
10 D; C
Tensin del solenoide (solenoide de tensin continua) 11 M
42; 80; 220 V 12 C/O; C/OF; D/O; D/OF;
E1; R, Q; W

Lmites de potencia
Ver avisos en pgina 10.
[5000] 350 17 Solenoide a tensin alterna 50 Hz

Presin de servicio
300 Curva Smbolo

[4000]
en bar [psi]
15 18 caracterstica
14
[3000] 200 11 A; B1)
[2000] 13 16 12 V
13 A; B
100
[1000] 14 14 F; P
11 12 15 G; T
[0]
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 16 H
17 A/O; A/OF; C/O; C/OF; D/O; D/OF;
[0] [2] [4] [6] [8] [10] [12] [14] [15.8] E; E12); J; L; M; Q; R3); U; W
Caudal en l/min [US gpm] 18 C; D; Y

Tensin del solenoide (solenoide a tensin alterna)
W110 110 V; 50 Hz
3) Retorno del consumidor hacia el tanque
120 V; 60 Hz
W230 230 V; 50 Hz
(otras tensiones segn consulta)
[5000] 350
26 Solenoide a tensin alterna 60 Hz
300 28
Presin de servicio
[4000] 21 23 Curva Smbolo

22
en bar [psi]
caracterstica
[3000]
24
200 19 A; B1)
25
20 V
[2000]
21 A; B
100
[1000] 22 F; P
27
19 20 23 G; T
[0]
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 24 J; L; U
25 A/O; A/OF; Q; W
[0] [2] [4] [6] [8] [10] [12] [14] [15.8] 26 C; D; Y
Caudal en l/min [US gpm] 27 H
28 C/O; C/OF; D/O; D/OF; E; E12); M; R3)
Tensin del solenoide (solenoide a tensin alterna)

W110 110 V; 60 Hz
W230 230 V; 60 Hz
3) Retorno del consumidor hacia el tanque
(otras tensiones segn consulta)

Dimensiones: Vlvula con solenoide de tensin continua conexin individual

(medidas en mm [inch])

14
15
7.2
7.4 7.3
90 20
16 7.1 13 11 13 7.1 16 14 14 8

102
63

15
64
15
9,4 5,3

A B B
97,5

92

42 (22)
23
8,4 8,4

50,5
22 64 50,5
15 1.1 18 17 12 1.2 15
69,2
13,6
F1
T F2
A B
45
7

F4
P F3
G
Medidas para dispositivos de accionamiento auxiliar ver 0,01/100

pgina 15. [0.0004/4.0]
Explicacin de posiciones, tornillos de sujecin de vlvu-
Rzmax 4
las y placas de conexin ver pgina 18.
Terminacin supercial requerida de

la supercie de montaje de la vlvula

Dimensiones: Vlvula con solenoide de tensin continua dispositivos de accionamiento auxiliar

6.2
6.1
A B
2 2
4 82 124
4
85,5 127,5
3 3
96
138
5 122,5
164,5
5
6 143 185
6
Explicacin de posiciones, tornillos de sujecin de vlvu- 0,01/100

las y placas de conexin ver pgina 18. [0.0004/4.0]
Rzmax 4
Terminacin superficial requerida de

la superficie de montaje de la vlvula

Dimensiones: Vlvula con solenoide a tensin alterna conexin individual

16 7 13 11 13 7 16 14 14 8
[0.59]
[0.59]
9,4
15
5,3
15
[ 0.37] [ 0.21]
A B B
98 [3.86]
92 [3.62]
[0.91]
[1.65 (0.87)]
42 (22)
23
[0.67] 17 8,4 [0.33] 8,4 [0.33] 17 [0.67]
22 [0.87] 64 [2.52]
3 81 [3.19] 123 [4.84] 3
[1.75] 44,5 205 [4.08] 44,5 [1.75]
15 1.1 18 2; 4 12 17 1.2 15
69,2 [2.72]
13,6 [0.54]
F1
7
T
45 [1.77]
F2
A B
[0.28]
F3
F4
PG
0,01/100
[0.0004/4.0]
Rzmax 4
Terminacin supercial requerida para

la supercie de montaje de la vlvula
Explicacin de posiciones, tornillos de sujecin de vlvu-

las y placas de conexin ver pgina 18.

Dimensiones
1.1 Solenoide "a" Placas de conexin segn catlogo 45052

(pedido por separado)
1.2 Solenoide "b"
(sin agujero de jacin) G 341/01 (G1/4)
2 Medida para solenoide con dispositivo de accionamiento G 342/01 (G3/8)
auxiliar cubierto "N9" (estndar) G 502/01 (G1/2)
3 Medida para solenoide con dispositivo auxiliar de (con agujero de jacin) G 341/60 (G1/4)
accionamiento "N" G 342/60 (G3/8)
4 Medida para solenoide sin dispositivo auxiliar de accionamiento G 502/60 (G1/2)
G 341/12 (SAE-6) 1)
5 Medida para solenoide con dispositivo auxiliar de
G 342/12 (SAE-8) 1)
accionamiento "N7"
G 502/12 (SAE-10) 1)
6 Medida para solenoide con dispositivo auxiliar de 1) Segn consulta
accionamiento "N5" y "N6"
6.1 Dispositivo de accionamiento auxiliar "N5" Tornillos de sujecin de las vlvulas (pedido por separado)
6.2 Dispositivo de accionamiento auxiliar "N6" Longitud de apriete 42 mm:
4 tornillos cilndricos mtricos
7.1 Conector sin circuito de conexionado para enchufe "K4"
ISO 4762 - M5 x 50 - 10.9-flZn-240h-L
(pedido por separado, ver pgina 4 y catlogo08006)
(coeficiente de rozamiento total = 0,09 hasta 0,14);
7.2 Conector (AMP Junior-Timer) con enchufe "C4" (pedido por torque de apriete MA = 7 Nm [5.2 ft-lbs] 10 %,
separado, ver catlogo08006) nro. de material R913000064
7.3 Conector DT 04-2PA (enchufe Deutsch) con enchufe "K40" o
(pedido por separado, ver catlogo08006) 4 tornillos cilndricos
7.4 Conector en ngulo con enchufe M12x1 con indicador ISO 4762 - M5 x 50 - 10.9 2)
deservicio LED "K72L" (pedido por separado, ver cat- (coeficiente de rozamiento total = 0,12 hasta 0,17);
logo08006) torque de apriete MA = 8,1 Nm [6 ft-lbs] 10 %
8 Conector con circuito de conexionado para enchufe "K4"
4 tornillos cilndricos UNC 10-24 UNC x 2" ASTM-A574
(pedido por separado, ver pgina 4 y catlogo 08006)
(coeficiente de rozamiento total = 0,19 hasta 0,24);
9 Racor del cable Pg 16 [1/2" NPT] "DL"
torque de apriete MA = 11 Nm [8.2 ft-lbs] 15 %,
10 Conexin central "DKL" (coeficiente de rozamiento total = 0,12 hasta 0,17);
10.1 Enchufe angular (color rojo, pedido por separado) torque de apriete MA = 8 Nm [5.9 ft-lbs] 10 %,
Nro. de material. R900005538 nro. de material R978800693
11 Placa de caractersticas
Longitud de apriete 22 mm:
12 Juntas anulares idnticas para conexiones A, B, P, T 4 tornillos cilndricos mtricos
Aviso! Las conexiones estn claramente denidas ISO 4762 - M5 x 30 - 10.9-flZn-240h-L
deacuerdo a sus funciones y no pueden ser intercambiadas (coeficiente de rozamiento total = 0,09 hasta 0,14);
o cerradas a voluntad. torque de apriete MA = 7 Nm [5.2 ft-lbs] 10 %,
13 Tornillo de cierre para vlvulas con un solenoide nro. de material R913000316
14 Espacio requerido para retirar el conector/zcalo curvo o
4 tornillos cilndricos
15 Espacio necesario para retirar la bobina
ISO 4762 - M5 x 30 - 10.9 2)
16 Tuerca de sujecin, torque de apriete MA = 4+1Nm (coeficiente de rozamiento total = 0,12 hasta 0,17);
[2.95+ 0.74ft-lbs] torque de apriete MA = 8,1 Nm [6 ft-lbs] 10 %
17 Posicin de las conexiones segn DIN 24340 forma A
(sinagujero de jacin), o ISO 4401-03-02-0-05 4 tornillos cilndricos UNC 10-24 UNC x 1 1/4"
yNFPA T3.5.1 R2-2002 D03 (con agujero de jacin para (coeficiente de rozamiento total = 0,19 hasta 0,24);
espiga elsticaISO 8752-3x8-St, torque de apriete MA = 11 Nm [8.2 ft-lbs] 15 %,
nro. de material R900005694, pedido por separado) (coeficiente de rozamiento total = 0,12 hasta 0,17);
18 Longitud de apriete alternativa (): 22 mm [0.87 inch] torque de apriete MA = 8 Nm [5.9 ft-lbs] 10 %,
nro. de material R978802879
19 Tapa
Atencin!
2) No incluido en el programa de suministro
La vlvula slo debe operar con la tapa debidamente montada!

Interruptor de proteccin del conductor con caracterstica de activacin "K"

segn EN60898-1 (VDE 0641-11), EN60947-2 (VDE 0660-101), IEC60898 y IEC60947-2
Solenoide a tensin Corriente de medi- Corriente de medi- Solenoide a tensin Corriente de medi- Corriente de medi-
alterna cin inferior cin superior alterna cin inferior cin superior
I1 en A I2 en A I1 en A I2 en A
50 Hz 50 Hz
W24 2,30 3,60 W24 1,73 2,40
W42 1,45 1,92 W42 1,13 1,92
W48 1,15 1,92 W48 1,09 1,92
W100 0,64 0,90 W100 0,58 0,90
W110 0,60 0,90 W110 0,52 0,90
W115 0,52 0,90 W115 0,43 0,90
W127 0,48 0,60 W127 0,37 0,60
W200 0,33 0,60 W200 0,30 0,60
W220 0,31 0,60 W220 0,26 0,36
W230 0,26 0,36 W230 0,20 0,36
W240 0,26 0,36 W240 0,22 0,36
Ms informaciones
Placas de conexin Catlogo 45052

Interruptor de posicin inductivo y sensores de proximidad (sin toque ni contacto) Catlogo 24830
Versin de conmutacin suave Catlogo 23183
Fluidos hidrulicos a base de aceite mineral Catlogo 90220
Valores caractersticos de conabilidad segn ENISO13849 Catlogo 08012
Informacin de productos general para productos hidrulicos Catlogo 07008
Montaje, puesta en marcha, mantenimiento de vlvulas industriales Catlogo 07300
Vlvulas hidrulicas para aplicaciones industriales Catlogo 07600-B
Seleccin del ltro www.boschrexroth.com/filter

20/20
Notas
Bosch Rexroth AG Todos los derechos de Bosch Rexroth AG, tambin para el caso de solicitudes
Hydraulics de derechos protegidos. Nos reservamos todas las capacidades dispositivas
Zum Eisengieer 1 tales como derechos de copia y de tramitacin.
97816 Lohr am Main, Alemania Los datos indicados sirven slo para describir el producto. De nuestras especi-
Telfono +49 (0) 93 52/18-0 caciones no puede derivarse ninguna declaracin sobre una cierta composi-
documentation@boschrexroth.de cin o idoneidad para un cierto n de empleo. Las especicaciones no liberan
www.boschrexroth.de al usuario de las propias evaluaciones y vericaciones.
Hay que tener en cuenta que nuestros productos estn sometidos a un proceso
natural de desgaste y envejecimiento.

9iOYDQWLUHWURFGLVWULE&(723
SODFDLQWHUPHGLDFRQ;H[WHUQD
:59=&&%
,0$9+\GUDXOLN*PE+
%UHLWH6WUDVVH
0HHUEXVFK*HUPDQ\
IRQ
ID[
HPDLOLQIR#LPDYFRP
LQWHUQHWKWWSZZZLPDYFRP

,=
5HVHUYDGRPRGLILFDFLRQHV
FRQH[LyQ
;
*

9iOYDQWLUHWURFGLVWULE&(723
SODFDLQWHUPHGLDFRQ;H[WHUQD
:59=&&%
,0$9+\GUDXOLN*PE+
%UHLWH6WUDVVH
0HHUEXVFK*HUPDQ\
(MHPSORGHSHGLGR IRQ

ID[
:59= 6 &&% HPDLOLQIR#LPDYFRP
LQWHUQHWKWWSZZZLPDYFRP

,=
5HVHUYDGRPRGLILFDFLRQHV

&yGLJRGHWLSR
(MHFXFLyQGHODSDUDWR 7DPDxRFRQVWUXFWLYR\PDWHULDOGH
3ODFDYiOYXODDQWLUHWURFHVRGLVWULEXLGRUD
FRQVWUXFFLyQ
FRQSDWUyQGHSHUIRUDGR',1)RUPD $
$OX)
$
6 DFHUR60Q3E.y***
0RGRGHFRQVWUXFFLyQSODFDLQWHUPHGLD (MHFXFLyQ
&&% YiOYXODDQWLUHWURFHVRGLVWULEXLGRUD
%'69
&DUDFWHUtVWLFDVWpFQLFDV
3UHVLyQQRPLQDO EDUHV$
EDUHV6
3HVR .J$6
9iOYXODDQWLUHWURFHVR %'69YpDVH+RMDGHGLPHQVLRQHVQ&&
GLVWULEXLGRUD
&LHUUHKHUPpWLFR )RUPDSDUWHGHOYROXPHQGHVXPLQLVWUR
XQLGDQLOORVWyULFRV[
Displacem.
RS 50205/01.07 1/10
Manmetro Reemplaza a: AB 31-38
con relleno de lquido
Tipo ABZMM
Manmetro DN63/100 Manmetro DN40/63/100

Conexin lado inferior Conexin lado posterior
Tamao nominal 40, 63 y 100
Indicacin mx. 1000 bar [14500 psi]
Indice Caractersticas
Contenido Pgina Los manmetros son aparatos de medicin de presin para
Caractersticas 1 medir e indicar presiones en instalaciones hidrulicas
Smbolo 1 Carcasa de acero fino
Repuestos 1 Versin segn norma EN 837-1
Cdigo de pedido 2 hasta 4 Indicacin de presin en bar/MPa bar/psi
Datos tcnicos 5 Escala bicolor
Dimensiones 6, 7 Conexin de medicin del lado posterior o inferior
Adaptador para montaje directo del manmetro 8 Modo de fijacin con racor o estribo
Marcado en la esfera 9
Indicaciones de montaje 9
Advertencia de seguridad segn la Directiva equipos a presin Smbolo
97/23/CE 9
Utilizacin en reas con peligro de explosiones segn
Directiva 94/9/CE (ATEX) 9
Referencias normativas 9
Repuestos
Al hacer el pedido de repuestos para el manmetro se debe
indicar la designacin de tipo completa.
2/10 Bosch Rexroth AG Hydraulics ABZMM RS 50205/01.07
Cdigo de pedido
ABZM M
Relleno del manmetro
Accesorios para el grupo G= glicerina (estndar)
Dispositivos de medicin = ABZM T= silicona como versin para
bajas temperaturas
Manmetro
Disp. de medic. de pres. con tubo elst. = M Opcin
= sin opcin
Tamao nominal
330 = marca roja en la
DN40 = 40
esfera,
DN63 = 63
p. ej. a 330 bar
DN100 = 100
Modo de fijacin
Rango de indicacin
V= racor
ver tablas de seleccin pg. 2 hasta 4
B= estribo
p. ej. rango de indicacin 160 bar = 160
Versin
Escala doble en rango de presin bar y MPa = BAR/MPA Rango de indi-
MPa psi
Escala doble en rango de presin bar und psi = BAR/PSI cacin en bar
Posicin de la conexin de medicin 10 1,0 145

lado posterior =R 16 1,6 230
lado inferior =U 25 2,5 362
40 4,0 580
Ejemplo de pedido: 60 6,0 870
Manmetro con carcasa 63 mm y escala doble con un rango de indica- 100 10,0 1450
cin de 0 hasta 25 bar, conexin de medicin lado inferior, sin elemento de
160 16,0 2320
fijacin:
250 25,0 3625
ABZMM-63-25 BAR/MPA-U/V-G Material No. R900219546
400 40,0 5800
600 60,0 8700
1000 100,0 14500
Tabla de seleccin: Manmetro DN40, con escala doble, = tipos preferentes

Conexin lado posterior centrada, rango de indicacin en bar/MPa
Rango de Rango de indicacin en bar

indicacin
en bar Tipo Material No. 1)
10 ABZMM40-10 BAR/MPA-R/V-G R901123463

250 ABZMM40-250 BAR/MPA-R/V-G R901096694 Tablas de seleccin DN63 y 100,
400 ABZMM40-400 BAR/MPA-R/V-G R901101538 ver pginas 3 y 4.
1) Tipos preferentes
RS 50205/01.07 ABZMM Hydraulics Bosch Rexroth AG 3/10
Tabla de seleccin: Manmetro DN63, con escala doble, = tipos preferentes

Conexin lado inferior, rango de indicacin en bar/MPa y bar/psi
Rango de Rango de indicacin en bar/MPa Rango de indicacin en bar/psi

indicacin
en bar Tipo Material No. 1) Tipo Material No.
10 ABZMM63-10 BAR/MPA-U/V-G R901108774 ABZMM63-10 BAR/PSI-U/V-G R900067155

Conexin lado posterior centrada, estribo de fijacin, rango de indicacin en bar/MPa y bar/psi
Rango de Rango de indicacin en bar/MPa Rango de indicacin en bar/psi

indicacin
en bar Tipo Material No. 1) Tipo Material No.
10 ABZMM63-10 BAR/MPA-R/B-G R900029132 ABZMM63-10 BAR/PSI-R/B-G R900027254

Datos tcnicos (!Para utilizacin fuera de los valores indicados, se ruega consultar!)
Tamao nominal DN40 DN63 DN100
Forma constructiva
Clase de exactitud 2,5 1,6 1,0

segn DIN EN 837
Indicacin mx. ver tabla de seleccin pg. 2 ver tabla de seleccin pg. 3 ver tabla de seleccin pg. 4
Rango de aplicacin:
Carga en reposo 3/4 x valor escala 3/4 x valor escala 1,0 x valor escala
Carga variable 2/3 x valor escala 2/3 x valor escala 0,9 x valor escala
Seguro exceso de presin 1,0 x valor escala (brevem.) 1,0 x valor escala (brevem.) 1,3 x valor escala (brevem.)
Rango de temperatura adm.: 1) 1) 1)
Ambiente C [F] 20 - +60 [4 - +140] 20 - +60 [4 - +140] 20 - +60 [4 - +140]

Material (medio) C [F] 20 - +60 [4 - +140] 20 - +60 [4 - +140] 20 - +60 [4 - +140]
Material manmetro:
Carcasa acero fino 1.4301 pulido acero fino 1.4301 pulido acero fino 1.4301 pulido
Anillo frontal plano acero fino 1.4301 pulido acero fino 1.4301 pulido acero fino 1.4301 pulido
Visor Plexiglas Plexiglas Plexiglas
Esfera Al blanco, cifras negras Al blanco, cifras negras Al blanco, cifras negras
Aguja segn DIN EN 837 Al negro Al negro Al negro
Mecanismo segmento CuZn (Ms) CuZn (Ms) CuZn (Ms)
Pieza de medicin aleacin de Cu aleacin de Cu aleacin de Cu
hasta 40 bar tubo elstico, hasta 40 bar tubo elstico, hasta 60 bar tubo elstico,
desde 60 bar muelle cilndrico desde 60 bar muelle cilndrico desde 100 bar 1.4571
muelle cilndrico
Conexin segn DIN EN 837-1 G1/4B G1/4B G1/2B
Material CuZn (Ms) CuZn (Ms) CuZn (Ms)
Lquido de llenado glicerina (grado llen. = 90 %) glicerina (grado llen. = 90 %) glicerina (grado llen. = 90 %)
Estribo de fijacin acero galvanizado acero galvanizado
Exactitud de indicacin
del valor de escala % 2,5 1,6 1,0
Masa kg [lbs] 0,11 [0.24] 0,2 [0.44] 0,8 [1.76]
1) Atencin! Para temp. de 40 hasta +60 C [40 hasta +140 F] se deben emplear manmetros con relleno de silicona.
Resistencia (todos los tamaos nominales)

Fluidos hidrulicos
aceites minerales aceites minerales HLP segn DIN 51524
fluidos poco inflamables soluciones acuosas HFC
steres fosfricos HFD-R segn
VDMA 24317
steres orgnicos HFD-U
resistente
fluidos rpidamente biodegradables triglicridos (ac. colza) HETG
segn
steres sintticos HEES
VDMA 24568
poliglicoles HEPG
agua agua
Gases nitrgeno (otros gases segn consulta)
Dimensiones (medidas nominales en mm [inch])

Manmetro DN40, con escala doble conexin lado posterior centrada
54 [2.13] 1
30 [1.18]
3 [0.12] 13 [0.51]
5[ 0.2]
40 [ 1.58]
47[ 1.85]
G1/4B
SW14
1 Orificio de purgado o [0.55 A/F]
descarga de presin 6 [0.24]
Manmetro DN63, con escala doble conexin lado inferior

1 32 [1.26]
6,5 [0.26]
68 [ 2.68]
62[ 2.44]
54 [2.13]
13 [0.51]
[0.51]
13
SW14
[0.55 A/F]
3 [0.12]
5[ 0.2]
1 Orificio de purgado o G1/4B
descarga de presin
Manmetro DN63, con escala doble conexin lado posterior centrada, con estribo de fijacin
1
32 [1.26]
6,5 [0.26]
SW14
[0.55 A/F]
68[ 2.68]
62 [ 2.44]
5[ 0.2]
1 Orificio de purgado o
G1/4B
descarga de presin
Orificio
63+1mm [2.48+0.04 inch] 3 [0.12]
13 [0.51]
El estribo de fijacin forma parte del suministro del manmetro. 56 [2.20]
Versin a eleccin del fabricante.
Adaptador para montaje directo del manmetro

Dimensiones (medidas nominales en mm [inch])
Versin A Versin B
SW SW
d2 d2
l2
l2
l
l
2 2
l1
l1
1 1
d3
d3
d1
d1
d4
d4
Pieza de reduccin para orificio roscado segn ISO 1179 Pieza de reduccin para orificio roscado segn ISO 11926-1
Versin PN Medidas
d1 d2 d3 d4 l l1 l2 SW [A/F]
630 G1/4 A G1/4 4 [0.16] 19 [0.75] 34 [1.34] 12 [0.47] 14,5 [0.57] 22 [0.87]
A
400 G1/4 A G1/2 4 [0.16] 19 [0.75] 35 [1.38] 12 [0.47] 16,0 [0.63] 27 [1.06]
630 7/16-20 UNF G1/4 4 [0.16] 16 [0.63] 31 [1.22] 9 [0.35] 14,5 [0.57] 22 [0.87]
B
400 7/16-20 UNF G1/2 4 [0.16] 16 [0.63] 32 [1.26] 9 [0.35] 16,0 [0.63] 27 [1.06]
Versin Denominacin Material No.
REDUZIERSTUECK G1/4-G1/4 /FKM R901156422

A
REDUZIERSTUECK G1/4-G1/2 /FKM R901156423
REDUZIERSTUECK 7/16-20UNF-G1/4 /FKM R901156316
B
REDUZIERSTUECK 7/16-20UNF-G1/2 /FKM R901156317
Ejemplo de pedido
Pieza de reduccin de acero con proteccin de superficie galvanizada y cromada amarillo G1/4 A, rosca interior = G1/2 con junta
anular Pos. 1 material FKM y junta anular Pos. 2 material Cu
REDUZIERSTUECK G1/4-G1/2 /FKM, Material No. R901156423
Repuesto: Junta anular Pos. 1

Versin Material Denominacin Material No.
A FKM PROFILDICHTUNG M14X1,5+G1/4 FKM R900012502
B FKM O-Ring 8,92x1,83-FKM80+-5SH R900024577
Repuesto: Junta anular Pos. 2

Para rosca Mate- Dimensiones Denominacin Material No. d5
d2 rial d5 d6 s DICHTRING....
s
G1/4 Cu 5,9 [0.23] 9,3 [0.37] 3,2 [0.13] 5,4/9,3X3,2-CU NR:9090800 R900004667
d6
G1/2 Cu 8,0 [0.32] 14,8 [0.58] 4,2 [0.17] 8,0/14,8X4,2-CU NR:9090819 R900218724
Junta anular para obturacin metlica. Despus de obturado, el manmetro an se puede girar 360,
de manera que sea posibe ajustar cualquier posicin deseada.
Marcado en la esfera
1 Material No. (ver tablas de 2

seleccin pg. 2 hasta 4)
2 Clase de exactitud seg.
DIN EN 837
3 Logotipo REXROTH 3
En las escalas dobles, la divisin externa (bar) se realiza en caracteres negros, la divisin interna en caracteres rojos.
Atencin: Escalas simples o dobles para otros rangos de presin (psi, kPa, MPa) segn consulta.
Indicaciones de montaje
En el montaje del conducto de medicin al manmetro, la pieza de conexin del manmetro (SW14; SW22 [0.55A/F; 0.87A/F])
se debe retener con una contrallave.
Orificio de purgado y descarga de presin
Los manmetros estn equipados con dispositivos de purgado en el lado superior de la carcasa. Antes de poner en marcha el
manmetro, los dispositivos de purgado se deben colocar manualmente de posicin closed a posicin open, a fin de evitar
errores de medicin.
Advertencia de seguridad segn la Directiva equipos a presin 97/23/CE

Segn Art. 1, inciso 2.1.4 de la Directiva equipos a presin, los manmetros son piezas de equipamiento que mantienen la pre-
sin. El volumen de la carcasa sujeta a presn es < 0,1 litros.
Segn Anexo 2, Diagrama 4 (fluidos) o Diagrama 2 (nitrgeno) segn la presente Hoja de Datos RS 50205 hasta PS = 1000 bar,
estn sujetos a la Directiva equipos a presin. Segn Art. 3, inciso 3 se fabrican segn la buena prctica ingenieril y no obtienen
un marcado CE.
Utilizacin en reas con peligro de explosiones segn Directiva 94/9/CE (ATEX)

Los manmetros disponen de carcasas de acero fino, que segn DIN EN 13463-5, no pueden desarrollar chispas inflamables. La
temperatura superficial mxima no depende de los manmetros, sino esencialmente de la temperatura del fluido respectivo y, por
lo tanto, debe ser evaluada dentro del marco del anlisis de peligro del grupo/bloque.
Dado que segn la presente Hoja de Datos RDS 50205 los manmetros no contienen fuentes de ignicin potenciales, no caen
bajo las Directivas ATEX ni obtienen ninguna marcacin CE.
Referencias normativas
DIN EN 837-1 Aparatos medidores de presin - Parte 1: Aparatos de presin con tubos elsticos; dimensiones, tcnicas de
medicin, requisitos y pruebas
DIN EN 837-2 Aparatos medidores de presin - Parte 2: Recomendaciones para la seleccin y el montaje de aparatos medi-
dores de presin
DIN 51524 Fluidos hidrulicos; aceites hidrulicos
VDMA 24317 Tcnica de fluidos - fluidos hidrulicos poco inflamables
requisitos tcnicos mnimos
VDMA 24568 Tcnica de fluidos; fluidos hidrulicos rpidamente biodegradables; requisitos tcnicos mnimos
Notas
Bosch Rexroth AG Todos los derechos de Bosch Rexroth AG, tambin para el caso deso-
Hydraulics licitudes de derechos protegidos. Nos reservamos todas las capacidades
Zum Eisengieer 1 dispositivas tales como derechos de copia y de tramitacin.
97816 Lohr am Main, Germany Los datos indicados sirven slo para describir el producto. De nuestras
Telfono +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-0 especificaciones no puede derivarse ninguna declaracin sobre una cierta
Telefax +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-23 58 composicin o idoneidad para un cierto fin de empleo. Las especificaci-
documentation@boschrexroth.de ones no liberan al usuario de las propias evaluaciones y verificaciones.
www.boschrexroth.de Hay que tener en cuenta que nuestros productos estn sometidos a un
proceso natural de desgaste y envejecimiento.
Notas
Notas
"DVNVMBEPSBWFKJHB 34
3FFNQMB[BB

5JQP)"#
4FSJFEFMBQBSBUP9
7PMVNFOOPNJOBMIBTUBMJUSPT
$POUFOJEP 1HJOB "DVNVMBEPSIJESVMJDPTFHOMB%JSFDUJWB&(
$BSBDUFSTUJDBT .BUFSJBMEFMBWFKJHBQBSBBQMJDBDJPOFTEJGFSFOUFT
%BUPTQBSBFMQFEJEP &NQMFP
*OTUSVDDJPOFTQBSBFMTFSWJDJPZ "DVNVMBDJOEFFOFSHBFOFRVJQPTDPOTFSWJDJPJOUFSNJUFOUF
EFDMBSBDJPOFTEFDPOGPSNJEBE 3FTFSWBFOFSHUJDBQBSBDBTPTEFFNFSHFODJB
'VODJPOBNJFOUP DPSUF TNCPMP $PNQFOTBDJOEFQSEJEBTQPSGVHBT
%BUPTUDOJDPT "NPSUJHVBDJOEFHPMQFTZPTDJMBDJPOFT
"QMJDBDJPOFT NPEPEFBDUVBS $PNQFOTBDJOEFWPMVNFOFODBTPEFNPEJGJDBDJPOFTEF
$MDVMP IBTUB QSFTJOZUFNQFSBUVSB
%JNFOTJPOFTEFMBQBSUP UJQPTQSFGFSFOUFT
"DDFTPSJPT IBTUB
6TPDPOGPSNFBTVEFTUJOP
"EWFSUFODJBTEFTFHVSJEBEQBSBBDVNVMBEPSFTIJESVMJDPT
%JTQPTJDJPOFTMFHBMFT
%JTQPTJUJWPTEFTFHVSJEBE "EWFSUFODJB
-B%JSFDUJWBTPCSFFRVJQPTBQSFTJO$&EFM1BSMBNFO
UP&VSPQFPZEFM$POTFKPEFMEFNBZPEFQBSBMBIP
NPMPHBDJOEFMBTEJTQPTJDJPOFTMFHBMFTEFMPTQBTFTNJFN
CSPTTFFODVFOUSBWJHFOUFEFTEFFMEFOPWJFNCSFEF
"QBSUJSEFMEFNBZPEFMBBQMJDBDJOEFMPTBDVNVMB
*OGPSNBDJPOFTTPCSFSFQVFTUPTTVNJOJTUSBCMFT EPSFTIJESVMJDPTEFCFFGFDUVBSTFFYDMVTJWBNFOUFEFDPOGPSNJ
XXXCPTDISFYSPUIDPNTQD EBEDPOEJDIB%JSFDUJWB
#PTDI3FYSPUI"( )ZESBVMJDT )"#34
%BUPTQBSBFMQFEJEP
)"# 9 (
7PMVNFOOPNJOBM 0USPTEBUPTFO
MJUSP UFYUPDPNQMFNFOUBSJP
MJUSPT QPSFKWFSTJPOFTFTQFDJBMFT
MJUSPT $FSUJGJDBDJO SFDFQDJO
MJUSPT $& SFDFQDJOTFHO

MJUSPT &(
MJUSPT #" JOTUSVDDJOEFVTP
MJUSPT 4VQFSGJDJFEFMMBEPEFDPOFYJO
MJUSPT BDFSP

1SFTJOTFSWJDJPNYBENJTJCMF 4VQFSGJDJFMBEPJOUFSJPSEFMSFDJQJFOUF
CBS IBTUBMJUSPT
BDFSP
CBS IBTUBMJUSPT
.BUFSJBMEFMSFDJQJFOUF
4FSJFEFMBQBSBUP BDFSP

4FSJFIBTUB 9 .BUFSJBMEFMBWFKJHB
NFEJEBTEFJOTUBMBDJOZ
/ /#3
DPOFYJPOFTJOWBSJBCMFT
& &$0
1SFTJOEFMMFOBEPEFHBT 'PSNBEFMBDPOFYJOEFHBT
CBS WMWVMBEFHBTQBSBEJTQPTJUJWPEFMMFOBEPZQSVFCB
5BNBPEFDPOFYJOQBSBGMVJEPIJESVMJDP
WFSQHJOB
( (
( (
( (
.PEPEFGJKBDJO GPSNBEFDPOFYJOEFBDFJUF

3PTDBDPOTVQFSGJDJFEFPCUVSBDJOJOUFSOBSBEJBM (
&KFNQMPEFQFEJEP
)"#9((/$&

0USBTWBSJBOUFTTFHODPOTVMUB
5JQPTQSFGFSFOUFT WFSQHJOB
*OTUSVDDJPOFTQBSBFMTFSWJDJPZEFDMBSBDJPOFTEFDPOGPSNJEBE
*OTUSVDDJPOFTEFTFSWJDJP %FDMBSBDJPOFTEFDPOGPSNJEBE
WMJEBTQBSB)"#IBTUB)"# *EJPNBTBMFNO JOHMT GSBODT
/SPEFNBUFSJBM %FDMBSBDJPOFTEFDPOGPSNJEBE
*EJPNBT 7PMNFO
*OTUSVDDJPOFTEFTFSWJDJP .BUFSJBMWFKJHB/#3 .BUFSJBMWFKJHB&$0
OPNJOBM
"MFNO 3 /SPEFNBUFSJBM /SPEFNBUFSJBM
*OHT 3 M
'SBODT 3 M
&TQBPM 3 M 3 3
*UBMJBOP 3 M
$IJOP 3 M
3VTP 3 M
3 3
/PSVFHP 3 M
1PMBDP 3 M
3FQCMJDB$IFDB 3
34)"# )ZESBVMJDT#PTDI3FYSPUI"(
'VODJPOBNJFOUP DPSUF TNCPMP

(FOFSBMJEBEFT 4JVOWPMVNFOEFHBTBQSFTJOEFUFSNJOBEPTFTPNFUFB
-PTBDVNVMBEPSFTIJESVMJDPTTPOFRVJQPTIJESPTUUJDPTDB VOBQSFTJOEFMRVJEPNTFMFWBEB BNBZPSQSFTJOEFMRVJ
QBDFTEFBDVNVMBSVOBDJFSUBDBOUJEBEEFFOFSHBZFOUSFHBS EPTFSFEVDFFMWPMVNFOEFHBT NJFOUSBTRVFMBQSFTJOEF
MBBMFRVJQPIJESVMJDPTFHOEFNBOEB HBTBVNFOUBDPOMBQSFTJOEFMMRVJEP
4JMBQSFTJOEFMMRVJEPTFSFEVDF QPSMBFYQBOTJOEFMHBT
-PTGMVJEPTTPONVZQPDPDPNQSFTJCMFT NJFOUSBTRVFMPTHB
FMGMVJEPTFDPNQSJNFEFOUSPEFMFRVJQPIJESVMJDPIBTUBRVF
TFTQPTFFOVOBDPNQSFTJCJMJEBEFMFWBEB4PCSFFTUBEJGFSFO
MBQSFTJOTFDPNQFOTFOVFWBNFOUF
DJBTFCBTBFMQSJODJQJPEFUSBCBKPEFUPEPTMPTBDVNVMBEPSFT
IJESVMJDPTEFHBT "DVNVMBEPSBWFKJHB
-PTBDVNVMBEPSFTEFWFKJHBTFDPNQPOFOEFVOSFDJQJFOUFEF
4 QSFTJODJMOESJDPTJOTPMEBEVSB
EFBDFSPBMUBNFOUFSFTJTUFOUF
$POMBWFKJHBFMTUJDB
NPOUBEBFOFMFTQBDJPJOUFSJPSEFM
SFDJQJFOUF FMBDVNVMBEPSTFTFQBSBFOVOMBEPEFHBTZPUSP
7 EFGMVJEP
"USBWTEFMBWMWVMBEFHBT
MBWFKJHBTFMMFOBDPOOJUS
HFOPBMBQSFTJOEFMMFOBEPEFHBTQQSFWJTUB
8 4.1
4.2 4
1
6 4.3
5
4JFMGMVJEPFTQSFTJPOBEPEFOUSPEFMBDVNVMBEPS FMHBTFO
MBWFKJHBTFDPNQSJNF MPHSOEPTFDPOFMMPVOBVNFOUPEF
2 QSFTJO&MWPMVNFOEFHBTTFSFEVDFZEFMMBEPEFMGMVJEP
TUFMUJNPQVFEFDJSDVMBSIBDJBFMBDVNVMBEPS&ODVBOUPMB
QSFTJOEFMMBEPEFMGMVJEPTFBJOGFSJPSBMBQSFTJOEFHBT FM
BDVNVMBEPSTFWBDB
&OMBDPOFYJOEFBDFJUFEFMBDVNVMBEPSEFWFKJHBTFFO
DVFOUSBMBWMWVMBEFBDFJUF
RVFTFDJFSSBFODBTPEFQSF
3 TJONTFMFWBEBEFMMBEPEFHBTDPOSFTQFDUPBMMBEPEF
MRVJEP%FFTUBNBOFSBTFFWJUBRVFMBWFKJHBTBMHBIBDJBFM
DBOBMEFBDFJUFZTFEFTUSVZBMBNJTNB
"MBMDBO[BSMBQSFTJOEFTFSWJDJPNOJNB FOUSFMBWFKJHBZ
3FDJQJFOUF MBWMWVMBEFBDFJUFEFCFRVFEBSVOQFRVFPWPMVNFOEF
MRVJEP BQSPYEFMWPVNFOOPNJOBMEFMBDVNVMBEPS

7FKJHB
QBSBRVFMBWFKJHBOPDIPRVFDPOUSBMBWMWVMBFODBEBQSP
7MWVMBEFBDFJUF DFEJNJFOUPEFFYQBOTJO-BWMWVMBEFHBT
TFDPNQP
7MWVMBHBT OFEFVOBUBQBPCUVSBEPSB
VODBSUVDIPEFWMWVMBEF
4PQPSUFWMWVMB HBT
ZFMDVFSQPEFMMFOBEPEFHBT
&TUBTQJF[BTTF
EFHBT QVFEFOSFDBNCJBSTFQBSBEBNFOUF
-BUBQBEFUJQP
DPOUJFOFMPTEBUPTUDOJDPTZMBTDBSBDUF
5VFSDB
STUJDBTEFMBDVNVMBEPSIJESVMJDP
5BQBEFUJQP
5BQBDPCFSUPSB 4NCPMP
4FHOFMUJQPEFFMFNFOUPTFQBSBEPS TFEJGFSFODJBFOUSFBDV
NVMBEPSFTEFWFKJHBPEFNFNCSBOB-PTBDVNVMBEPSFTIJ
ESVMJDPTTFDPNQPOFOCTJDBNFOUFEFVOBQBSUFMRVJEBZEF
VOBQBSUFHBTFPTB DPOVOFMFNFOUPTFQBSBEPSIFSNUJDPBM
HBT-BQBSUFMRVJEBFTUDPOFDUBEBDPOFMDJSDVJUPIJESVMJDP
HFOFSBMFT
.BTB LH WFSUBCMBQBHJOB
5JQPDPOTUSVDUJWP BDVNVMBEPSBWFKJHB
1PTJDJOEFNPOUBKF CPRVJMMBEFDPOFYJOEFGMVJEPBCBKP PUSBTBQFEJEP
.PEPEFGJKBDJO DPOBCSB[BEFSBTEFBQSJFUFZDPOTPMB
3BOHPEFUFNQFSBUVSBBNCJFOUF m$ IBTUB
$POFYJODPOEVSDUP SPTDBBUPSOJMMBCMF
IJESVMJDPT
7PMVNFOOPNJOBM 7OPN M
7PMVNFOEFHBTFGFDUJWP 7FG M
$BVEBMNYBENJTJCMF RNY MNJO
1SFTJOEFTFSWJDJP
NYJNBBENJTJCMF QNY CBS
"NQMJUVEEFGMVDUVBDJO
6QEJO CBS
EFQSFTJONYBENJTJCMF
1SFTJPOFTEFTFSWJDJPZWPMVNFOUJM WFSDMDVMPFOQHJOBTIBTUB
'MVJEPIJESVMJDP BDFJUFIJESVMJDPTFHO%*/PUSPTGMVJEPTTFHODPOTVMUB
3BOHPEFUFNQFSBUVSBEFMGMVJEPIJESVMJDP m$ IBTUB /#3
0USPTTFHODPOTVMUB IBTUB &$0

OFVNUJDPT
(BTEFMMFOBEP OJUSHFOP DMBTFEFQVSF[B / 7PM
1SFTJOEFMMFOBEPEFHBT Q CBS
'MVJEPTIJESVMJDPTBQMJDBCMFT
'MVJEPTIJESVMJDPT 3BOHPUFNQFSBUVSB .BUFSJBM /#3 $BVDIPBDSJMOJUSJMPCVUBEJFOP 1FSCVOBO

"DFJUFTNJOFSBMFT IBTUBm$ /#3 &$0 $BVDIPFQJDMPSIJESJOP
IBTUBm$ &$0
)'$ IBTUB /#3
1BSBPUSPTGMVJEPTIJESVMJDPTZUFNQFSBUVSBTEJGFSFOUFTTF
SVFHBDPOTVMUBS
"QMJDBDJPOFT NPEPEFBDUVBS
"QMJDBDJPOFT .PEPEFBDUVBS
-PTBDVNVMBEPSFTIJESPOFVNUJDPTPGSFDFONMUJQMFTQPTJCJMJ -PTMRVJEPTTPOQSDUJDBNFOUFJODPNQSFTJCMFTZQPSFTPOP
EBEFTEFBQMJDBDJO QVFEFOBDVNVMBSFOFSHBEFQSFTJO&OMPTBDVNVMBEPSFT
"DVNVMBDJOEFFOFSHBQBSBBIPSSPEFQPUFODJBEFBDDJP IJESPOFVNUJDPT3FYSPUITFBQSPWFDIBMBDPNQSFTJCJMJEBEEF
OBNJFOUPEFCPNCBTFOFRVJQPTDPOTFSWJDJPJOUFSNJUFOUF VOHBTQBSBBMNBDFOBNJFOUPEFGMVJEPa4MPTFEFCFFN
QMFBSOJUSHFOPDPODMBTFEFQVSF[B
3FTFSWBFOFSHUJDBQBSBDBTPTEFFNFSHFODJB
/ 7PM
QPSFKFNQMP GBMMPEFMBCPNCBIJESVMJDB
$PNQFOTBDJOEFQSEJEBTQPSGVHBT
"NPSUJHVBDJOEFHPMQFTZPTDJMBDJPOFTFODBTPEF
PTDJMBDJPOFTQFSJEJDBT
$PNQFOTBDJOEFWPMVNFOFODBTPEFNPEJGJDBDJPOFTEF
QSFTJOZUFNQFSBUVSB
DBSHB DBSHB
V0 V1 V2
p0 p1 p2
EFTDBSHB EFTDBSHB
$MDVMP
1SFTJPOFT
1BSBFMDMDVMPEFVOBDVNVMBEPSMBTQSFTJPOFTTJHVJFOUFT -BQSFTJOIJESVMJDBNYJNBOPEFCFSFYDFEFSDVBUSPWFDFT
SFWJTUFOVOBJNQPSUBODJBEFDJTJWB MBQSFTJOEFMMFOBEP QPSRVFEFPUSBNBOFSBTFTPMJDJUBSBEF
Q QSFTJOEFMMFOBEPEFHBTBUFNQFNQBSUVSB NBTJBEPMBFMBTUJDJEBEEFMBWFKJHB QSPEVDJFOEPNPEJGJDBDJPOFT
BNCJFOUFZDNBSBEFGMVJEPWBDB EFDPNQSFTJOFYDFTJWBTDPOGVFSUFDBMFOUBNJFOUPEFMHBT
Q U
QSFTJOEFMMFOBEPEFHBTBUFNQFNQBSUVSBEFTFSWJDJP Q Q
Q UNY
QSFTJOEFMMFOBEPEFHBTBUFNQFSBUVSBEFTFSWJDJPNY
Q TPCSFQSFTJOEFTFSWJDJPNO -BWJEBUJMEFMBWFKJHBBDVNVMBEPSBFTUBOUPNTQSPMPOHB
EBDVBOUPNFOPSTFBMBEJGFSFODJBFOUSFQVOEQ4JOFN
Q TPCSFQSFTJOEFTFSWJDJPNY CBSHP EFCJEPBFMMPTFSFEVDFEFGPSNBDPSSFTQPOEJFOUFFM
HSBEPEFBQSPWFDIBNJFOUPEFMBDBQBDJEBEEFBDVNVMBDJO
1BSBBMDBO[BSVOBQSPWFDIBNJFOUPQUJNPEFMWPMVNFOEFM NYJNB
BDVNVMBEPSZVOBQSPMPOHBEBWJEBUJM TFSFDPNJFOEBNBO
UFOFSMPTWBMPSFTTJHVJFOUFT
Q UNY
Q
$MDVMP
7PMVNFOEFBDFJUF C
1BSBMBNPEJGJDBDJOBEJBCUJDBEFMFTUBEP FTEFDJS FO
$PSSFTQPOEJFOEPBMBTQSFTJPOFQQSFTVMUBOMPTWPMNF DBTPEFNPEJGJDBDJOSQJEBEFMSFMMFOPEFHBTFOMBDVBMMB
OFTEFHBT77 UFNQFSBUVSBEFMOJUSHFOPUBNCJOTFNPEJGJDB WBMF
Q 7r Q 7r Q 7r
"RV7FTBMNJTNPUJFNQPFMWPMVNFOOPNJOBMEFMBDVNVMBEPS
&MWPMVNFOEFBDFJUFEJTQPOJCMF 7DPSSFTQPOEFBMBEJGFSFO r SFMBDJOEFMPTDBMPSFTFTQFDGJDPTEFMHBT

DJBEFMPTWPMNFOFTEFHBT7Z7 FYQPOFOUFBEJBCUJDP
QBSBOJUSHFOP

7 77 &OMBQSDUJDBMBTNPEJGJDBDJPOFTEFFTUBEPHFOFSBMNFOUF
USBOTDVSSFOTFHOMBTMFZFTBEJBCUJDBT$PNONFOUFMBDBS
&MWPMVNFOEFHBTWBSJBCMFEFOUSPEFVOBEJGFSFODJBEFQSF
HBFTJTPUSNJDB MBEFTDBSHBBEJBCUJDB
TJOFTUEFUFSNJOBEPQPSMBTFDVBDJPOFTTJHVJFOUFT
$POTJEFSBOEPMBTFDVBDJPOFT
Z
7TFFODVFOUSBFO
B
1BSBMBNPEJGJDBDJOJTPUSNJDBEFFTUBEPEFHBTFT FT
IBTUBEFMWPMVNFOOPNJOBMEFMBDVNVMBEPS
EFDJS DVBOEPMBNPEJGJDBDJOEFMSFMMFOPEFHBTFTUBOMFO
$PNPWBMPSJOEJDBUJWPWBMF
UBRVFIBZTVGJDJFOUFUJFNQPEJTQPOJCMFQBSBFMJOUFSDBNCJP
DPNQMFUPEFDBMPSFOUSFFMOJUSHFOPZFMNFEJPBNCJFOUF
ZEFFTUBNBOFSBMBUFNQFSBUVSBQFSNBOFDFDPOTUBOUF
7 Y 7
FOUPODFTWBMF
Q7Q7Q7
%JBHSBNBEFDMDVMP 6UJMJ[BDJOEFMEJBHSBNBEFDMDVMP
1BSBMBEFUFSNJOBDJOHSGJDBTFDPOWJFSUFOMBTGSNVMBT
WFSQHJOBTIBTUB
Z
FOEJBHSBNBTFOQHJOBTIBTUB4FHOMBUBSFB 7FOMA 1SFTJOEFMMFOBEPEFHBT
EFMBDVBMTFUSBUFTFQVFEFODBMDVMBSFMWPMVNFOEFBDFJUF
EJTQPOJCMF FMUBNBPEFMBDVNVMBEPSPMBTQSFTJPOFT
V2
s2
7PMVNFOEF
po
BDFJUFEJTQPOJCMF
'BDUPSEFDPSSFDDJO,JZ,B
-BFDVBDJO

TMPWBMFQBSBHBTFTJEFBMFT4JO s1
V1
FNCBSHP FOFMDPNQPSUBNJFOUPEFHBTFTSFBMFTBQSFTJPOFT
EFTFSWJDJPTVQFSJPSFTBCBSTFQSPEVDFOEFTWJBDJPOFT QFOCBSA
OPUBCMFTRVFEFCFOTFSDPOTJEFSBEBTDPOGBDUPSFTEFDPSSFD
P1 P2
DJO&TUPTTFQVFEFOFYUSBFSEFMPTEJBHSBNBTTJHVJFOUFT
-PTGBDUPSFTEFDPSSFDDJODPOMPTDVBMFTTFEFCFNVMUJQMJDBS 3BOHPEFQSFTJOEFUSBCBKP
FMWPMVNFOEFFYUSBDDJOJEFBM 7TFFODVFOUSBOFOFMSBOHP
EF
JTPUSNJDP 7SFBM 7JEFBM,J 7SFBM 7JEFBM,B
BEJBCUJDP
1,0 1,0
0,9 0,9
p2
=2
00
ba
r
,JA
,BA
0,8 0,8 p
2 =
30
Ki
0
ba
r
0,7 0,7
0,6 0,6
0,1 0,2 0,3 0,4 0,5 0,6 0,7 0,8 0,9 1,0 0,1 0,2 0,3 0,4 0,5 0,6 0,7 0,8 0,9 1,0
QQA QQA
14,0 5,0 2,0 0,8
25 7,0
35
$MDVMP
2,5 0,7
12,0
1
4,0
6,0
2
20
3
QIBTUBCBS
20 1,5 0,6
SA
5
10,0 2,0
6
34)"#
CB
8
9
25 5,0
10
12
FO
0,5
14
Q
3,0
16
18
20
8,0
25
15
30
$BNCJPTEFFTUBEPJTPUSNJDPT
1,5
20 4,0 40
50
1,0
60
0,4
70
7FOMA
80
90
6,0
3,0 2,0
15 10 0,3
1,0
4,0
10 2,0 0,5 0,2
1,0
5 0,5
5 2,0 1,0 0,1
50 35 20 10 6 4 2,5 11 2 3 4 5 10 20 30 40 50 100 200 400

5BNBPOPNJOBMEFBDVNVMBEPSFO Q QFOCBSA 300
MA
)ZESBVMJDT#PTDI3FYSPUI"(

14,0 5,0 2,0 0,8

25 7,0
35 2,5
$MDVMP
12,0 0,7
4,0
6,0
20
20 1,5 0,6
10,0 2,0
QIBTUBCBS
25 5,0
3,0 0,5 0
10
15 8,0
1,5 A
$BNCJPTEFFTUBEPJTPUSNJDPT
20 4,0 BS
1,0 0,4 OC
7FOMA
F
Q 0
6,0 15
15 3,0 2,0
#PTDI3FYSPUI"( )ZESBVMJDT
10 0,3
1,0
4,0 0
10 2,0 20
0,5 0,2
1,0
5
0
0,5
25
5 2,0 1,0 0,1

0
30
50 35 20 10 6 4 2,5 1 100 200 300 400

5BNBPOPNJOBMEFBDVNVMBEPSFOMA Q QFOCBSA
)"#34
14,0 5,0 2,0 0,8
25 7,0
35 2,5
$MDVMP
12,0 0,7
1
4,0
2
20 6,0
3
20 1,5 0,6
QIBTUBCBS
4
5
10,0 2,0
6
34)"#
7
8
5,0
A
25
19
0,5
120
BS
3,0
1
1 4
OC
1 6
15 8,0
208
25
1,5
$BNCJPTEFFTUBEPBEJBCUJDPT
F
4,0 30
Q
20 1,0
40
0,4
50
60
7FOMA
70
6,0
80
90
3,0 2,0
15 10 0,3
1,0
4,0
10 2,0 0,5 0,2
1,0
5 0,5
5 2,0 1,0 0,1
50 35 20 10 6 4 2,5 1 1 2 3 4 5 10 20 30 40 50 100 200 400

300

14,0 5,0 2,0 0,8

25 7,0
35 2,5
$MDVMP
12,0 0,7
4,0
6,0
20
20 1,5 0,6
10,0 2,0
QIBTUBCBS
25 5,0
3,0 0,5
15 8,0 100
1,5
$BNCJPTEFFTUBEPBEJBCUJDPT
20 4,0
1,0 0,4 SA 0
7FOMA
OCB 15
6,0 F
2,0 Q
15 3,0
#PTDI3FYSPUI"( )ZESBVMJDT
10 0,3
1,0
0
20
4,0
10 2,0 0,5 0,2
1,0
5 0,5 0
2,0 25
5 1,0 0,1
0
30
50 35 20 10 6 4 2,5 1 100 200 300 400
)"#34
%JNFOTJPOFTEFMBQBSBUP UJQPTQSFGFSFOUFT NFEJEBTFONN
b
d max
h max
SW
a
e
f
7PMVNFO
/SPEF I E .BTB
OPNJOBM $EJHPEFQFEJEP5JQP B C F G 48
NBUFSJBM NY NY LH
MJUSPT
)"#9((/#" 3
(
)"#9((&#" 3
)"# 9((/$& 3
(
)"# 9((&$& 3
)"#9((/$& 3
(
)"#9((&$& 3
)"#9((/$& 3
(
)"#9((&$& 3
)"#9((/$& 3
(
)"#9((&$& 3
)"#9((/$& 3
(
)"#9((&$& 3
)"#9((/$& 3
(
)"#9((&$& 3
)"#9((/$& 3
(
)"#9((&$& 3
"DDFTPSJPT NFEJEBTFONN
&MFNFOUPTEFGJKBDJO)"#
5BNBPOPNJOBMEFBDVNVMBEPS
5JQPEF /SPEF
BCSB[BEFSB NBUFSJBM

"CSB[BEFSB
"CSB[BEFSB
1
"CSB[BEFSB
"CSB[BEFSB
$POTPMB
"OJMMPEFDBVDIP
3
"CSB[BEFSB
2
$POTPMB
"OJMMPEFDBVDIP
$POTPMBZBOJMMPEFBQPZPEFDBVDIP
/N
35
75
100
14
200 170
260 123
225
$POTPMB
"OJMMPEFDBVDIP
/SPEFNBUFSJBM
/SPEFNBUFSJBM
"CSB[BEFSBTEFGJKBDJO
5JQP' 5JQP'
M
Fry M
D
Fa
C
Frx
C
H
H
S
A
S
K
B
B
L
L
9
E
9
E
%JNFOTJPOFT /SPEF
5JQPEFBCSB[BEFSB
" # $ % & ) , - . 4 NBUFSJBM
"CSB[BEFSB ' .
"CSB[BEFSB ' .
"CSB[BEFSB ' .
"CSB[BEFSB ' .
%JTQPTJUJWPEFMMFOBEPZQSVFCB
1JF[BTDPNQMFNFOUBSJBT
/SPEFNBUFSJBM
QFEJSQPSTFQBSBEP
.BONFUSPIBTUBCBS 3
.BONFUSPIBTUBCBS
.BONFUSPIBTUBCBS
.BOHVJUPTEFQBTP
'PSNB
.BMFUBEFNFEJDJO /SPEFNBUFSJBM 'PSNB

.BMFUBEFNFEJDJODPNQMFUB
'PSNB
BDVNVMBEPSEFWFKJHB)"#
'PSNB
,03
.BMFUB JOEJWJEVBM
3
7MWVMBEFMMFOBEPZQSVFCB 'PSNB
+"1
.BONFUSPIBTUBCBS 'PSNB

(64
5VCPGMFYJCMFM N .BOHVFSBMN

DPONBOHVJUPEFQBTPGPSNB DPONBOHVJUPEFQBTPGPSNB
%JNFOTJPOFTWMWVMBEFMMFOBEPZQSVFCB
DVFSQPEFWMWVMBDPOWMWVMBBOUJSSFUPSOP
WMWVMBEFESFOBKF DPOFYJONBONFUSPZ
DPOFYJOEFNBOHVFSBQBSBHBT
1 D 2
100 150
W 24,32 x 1/14
1500 2000
2500
1000 200
50
3000
500
psi 3500
bar
M14x1,5 0 1537231001 250
Rexroth
l = 2,5 m
3FQVFTUP OSPEFNBUFSJBM
SAE 7/8-14 UNF
"EBQUBEPS WFSQHJOB
"EBQUBEPSQBSBHBSSBGBEFOJUSHFOPIBDJBUVFSDBEFVOJO
1533391010 1533391014 1533391013
W 24,32 x 1/14
W 24,32 x 1/14
W 24,32 x 1/14
37 68 52
W 23 x 1/14
W 22 x 1/14
W 21,8 x 1/14
SW32 SW32
SW32
1533391011 1533391012 1533391015
W 24,51 x 1/14
W 24,32 x 1/14
W 24,32 x 1/14
W 24,32 x 1/14
G 5/ 8-ISO 228
81 81 45
G 3 /4 - ISO 228
SW36
SW32 SW32
1BT

#SBTJM Y
#VMHBSJB Y
'SBODJB Y
(SFDJB Y
(SBO#FSUBB Y
*OEJB Y
+BQO Y
$BOBE Y
$PSFBEFM/PSUF Y
$PSFBEFM4VS Y
.BMBTJB Y
3VNBOJB Y
3VTJB Y
&TQBB Y
"SBCJB4BVEJUB Y
4JOHBQVS Y
5VSRVB Y
&&66 Y
0USPTQBTFTTFHODPOTVMUB
"EBQUBEPSEFBDVNVMBEPSQBSBCMPRVFTEFDJFSSFEFBDV
NVMBEPSUJQP"#;44
4FMFDDJPOBSFMUJQPDPSSFTQPOEJFOUFTFHODBUMPHP
D50,3
#PRVJMMBEFDPOFYJOQBSBCMPRVFTEFDJFSSFEFBDVNVMB D2
EPS5/%/UJQP7"8TFHODBUMPHP
D4
#MPRVFEF TFHO*40 %JNFOTJPOFTFONN /SPEF /SPEFQFEJ R2
TFHVSJEBE NBUFSJBM EPDPNQMF
CPRVJMMB UPDPOKVOUBT
L2
% ." % ." - - 48 SW
FO/N BOVMBSFT
FO/N % % %
3Z3
L
( 3 R1
18
.Y ( 3
D1
( 3
460,3
D3
#PRVJMMBEFUSBOTJDJOEFSPTDBFOQVMHBEBTBNUSJDB D2
)"#9B)"#9 D4
R2
7PMVNFO TFHO*40 TFHO*40 %JNFOTJPOFTFONN /SPEF /SPEFQFEJ
OPNJOBM % ." % ." ) - 48 NBUFSJBM EPDPNQMF
L2
MJUSPT FO/N FO/N % % CPRVJMMB UPDPOKVOUB
BOVMBS3
( .Y 3 SW
H
B ( .Y 3

B ( .Y 3
D1
D3
#PRVJMMBSFEVDUPSBQBSBDPOFYJOEFUVCP
7PMVNFO TFHO*40 TFHO*40 %JNFOTJPOFTFONN /SPEF /SPEFQFEJ D2

OPNJOBM % ." % ." ) - 48 NBUFSJBM EPDPNQMF D4
MJUSPT FO/N CPRVJMMB UPDPOKVOUB R2
FO/N % %
BOVMBS3
L2
( ( 3

( ( 3
B
( ( 3 SW
H
( ( 3

( ( 3 D1
B
( ( D3
( ( 3

6TPDPOGPSNFBTVEFTUJOP
-PTBDVNVMBEPSFTEFWFKJHB3FYSPUI)"#9FTUOQSFWJT -PTBDVNVMBEPSFTEFWFKJHB3FYSPUI)"#9OPFTUOEFT
UPTQBSBNPOBKFFOTJTUFNBTEFBDDJPOBNJFOSPIJESVMJDPT UJOBEPTQBSBFMVTPQSJWBEP
FOMBDPOTUSVDDJOEFNRVJOBTZFRVJQPTFTUBDJPOBSJPT /PEFCFOTFSFNQMFBEPTFOVOBNCJFOUFDPOQFMJHSPEFFY
&OBQMJDBDJPOFTNWJMFTPBQMJDBDJPOFTFOMBTDVBMFTEVSBOUF QMPTJPOFTTFHOMB%JSFDUJWB&( "5&9

FMTFSWJDJPDPOGPSNFBTVEFTUJOPBDUFOTPCSFFMBDVNVMBEPS
EFWFKJHBGVFS[BTEFBDFMFSBDJO TMPFTUBVUPSJ[BEPFMVTP
QSFWJPDPOTFOUJNJFOUPQPSQBSUFEFM1SPEVDU.BOBHFSDPNQF
UFOUFEF3FYSPUI4FSVFHBDPOTVUBSBMTFSWJDJPUDOJDP
"EWFSUFODJBTEFTFHVSJEBEQBSBBDVNVMBEPSFTIJESVMJDPT
1BSBMPTBDVNVMBEPSFTIJESVMJDPTTFEFCFOPCTFSWBSMBT
EJTQPTJDJPOFTWJHFOUFTFOFMMVHBSEFNPOUBKFBOUFTEFMB "UFODJO
QVFTUBFONBSDIBZEVSBOUFFMTFSWJDJP a&OFMSFDJQJFOUFEFMBDVNVMBEPSOPSFBMJ[BSUSBCBKPTEF
&MPQFSBEPSFTSFTQPOTBCMFFYDMVTJWBNFOUFQPSFMDVNQMJ TPMEBEVSBOJUSBCBKPTNFDOJDPT

NJFOUPEFMBTEJTQPTJDJPOFTFYJTUFOUF a1FMJHSPEFFYQMPTJOBMSFBMJ[BSUSBCBKPTEFTPM
&O&/TFFODVFOUSBOBEWFSUFODJBTHFOFSBMFTQBSBBDV EBEVSB
NVMBEPSFTIJESVMJDPTFOFRVJQPTIJESVMJDPT a1FMJHSPEFSFWFOUBNJFOUPZQSEJEBEFMQFSNJTP
EFFYQMPUBDJOFODBTPEFNFDBOJ[BDJO
-PTEPDVNFOUPTTVNJOJTUSBEPTKVOUPDPOFMBDVNVMBEPS /PDBSHBSMPTBDVNVMBEPSFTDPOPYHFOPP
TFEFCFOHVBSEBSDVJEBEPTBNFOUFFMQFSJUPMPTOFDFTJUBS DPOBJSFa1FMJHSPEFFYQMPTJO
FOPDBTJOEFMPTFYNFOFTQFSJEJDPT "OUFTEFSFBMJ[BSUSBCBKPTFOFRVJQPTIJESVMJDPT EFTDPOFD
UBSMBQSFTJOEFMTJTUFNBZQSPUFHFSMPDPOUSBSFDPOFYJO
a6ONPOUBKFJOBEFDVBEPQVFEFDBVTBSBDDJEFOUFTHSBWFT
-BQVFTUBFONBSDIBTPMBNFOUFEFCFTFSFGFDUVBEBQPSQFS
TPOBMUDOJDPDVBMJGJDBEP
%JTQPTJDJPOFTMFHBMFT
-PTBDVNVMBEPSFTIJESVMJDPTTPOSFDJQJFOUFTBQSFTJOZ a"EWFSUFODJB
FTUOTVKFUPTBMBTEJTQPTJDJPOFTZSFHMBNFOUPTOBDJPOBMFT
5PEBTMBTDMBTFTEFEFQTJUPTTFEFCFOBTFHVSBSDPOVOB
WJHFOUFTFOFMTJUJPEFNPOUBKF
WMWVMBMJNJUBEPSBEFQSFTJOEFDPOGPSNJEBEDPOMB%JSFDUJWB
&O"MFNBOJBWBMFFM3FHMBNFOUPEFTFHVSJEBEEFTFSWJDJP $&
#FUS4JDI7

&OMBDPOTUSVDDJOOBWBM BFSPOVUJDB NJOFSB FUDTFEFCFO
PCTFSWBSMBTEJTQPTJDJPOFTSFTQFDUJWBTWJHFOUFT
%JTQPTJUJWPTEFTFHVSJEBE
&O"MFNBOJBTFSFRVJFSFFMTJHVJFOUFFRVJQBNJFOUPEFTFHVSJEBE x
%JTQPTJUJWPDPOUSBTPCSFQSFTJO 7 3 6
DPOEJTFPIPNPMPHBEP
%JTQPTJUJWPEFEFTDBSHB
%JTQPTJUJWPEFNFEJDJOEFQSFTJO
$POFYJOQBSBNBONFUSPEFQSVFCB
%JTQPTJUJWPEFCMPRVFP A M2
0QDJO
4 M1
%JTQPTJUJWPEFEFTDBSHBDPOBDDJPOBNJFOUPFMFDSPNBH
OUJDP
%JTQPTJUJWPEFTFHVSJEBEDPOUSBFYDFTPEFUFNQFSBUVSB 5
&TUPTEJTQPTJUJWPTEFTFHVSJEBEFTUOSFVOJEPTFOCMPRVF
DPNQBDUPEFTFHVSJEBEQBSBBDVNVMBEPSFT#PTDI3FYSPUI T
5JQP"#;44TFHODBUMPHP P
5JQP7"8TFHODBUMPHP
1 2
/PUBT

5FMGPOP
5FMFGBY
/PUBT

5FMGPOP
5FMFGBY
/PUBT

5FMGPOP
5FMFGBY
#MPRVFEFDJFSSFEFBDVNVMBEPS 34
3FFNQMB[BB

5JQP"#;44
%JNFUSPOPNJOBM%/
4FSJFEFMBQBSBUP9
1SFTJOEFTFSWJDJPNYJNBCBS<QTJ>
"#;44
*OEJDF
$POUFOJEP 1HJOB
4NCPMPT GVODJPOBNJFOUP
%BUPTQBSBFMQFEJEP
5JQPTQSFGFSFOUFT
$POFDUPSFT
%BUPTUDOJDPT
5PSRVFEFBQSJFUFFOGVODJOEFMBWMWVMB
MJNJUBEPSBEFQSFTJOZFMUBNBPOPNJOBM
%JNFOTJPOFT
WMWVMBTMJNJUBEPSBTEFQSFTJOEFUJQPQSPCBEP
"DDFTPSJPT"EBQUBEPSEFBDVNVMBEPS
EBUPTQBSBFMQFEJEP
*OEJDBDJPOFTEFTFHVSJEBE
*OGPSNBDJOTPCSFSFQVFTUPTTVNJOJTUSBCMFT
#PTDI3FYSPUI"( )ZESBVMJDT "#;4434
4NCPMPT
%/
7FSTJO. EFTDBSHBNBOVBM
%FOPNJOBDJOEFDPOFYJPOFT
S . $POFYJOEFNFEJDJO
M 1 $POFYJOEFCPNCBT
1 $POFYJOEFCPNCBT
4 $POFYJOEFBDVNVMBEPS
5 $POFYJOEFUBORVF
P2
P1 T (SJGPEFDJFSSFEFMTJTUFNBDPOEFTDBSHBNBOVBM
2 1 7MWVMBMJNJUBEPSBEFQSFTJO
%/ Z
7FSTJO. EFTDBSHBNBOVBM
7FSTJO& EFTDBSHBNBOVBMZFMFDUSPNBHOUJDB
S M1 M2
S M1 M2
a b
P T
P T 1 3 2 4
1 3 2
%FOPNJOBDJOEFDPOFYJPOFT
7MWVMBEFDJFSSFEFMTJTUFNB .. $POFYJOEFNFEJDJO
7MWVMBMJNJUBEPSBEFQSFTJO 1 $POFYJOEFCPNCBT
%FTDBSHBNBOVBM 4 $POFYJOEFBDVNVMBEPS
%FTDBSHBFMFDUSPNBHOUJDB PQDJPOBM 5 $POFYJOEFUBORVF
'VODJPOBNJFOUP
&MCMPRVFEFDJFSSFEFBDVNVMBEPSTJSWFQBSBMBQSPUFDDJO $POBZVEBEFMBWMWVMBMJNJUBEPSBEFQSFTJOTFQSPUFHFBM
DJFSSFZEFTDBSHBEFVOBDVNVMBEPSIJESVMJDP BDVNVMBEPSBOUFVOBTPCSFQSFTJOJOBENJTJCMF&TUBWMWVMB
$VNQMFDPOMPTSFRVFSJNJFOUPTZQSFTDSJQDJPOFTEFTFHVSJEBE MJNJUBEPSBEFQSFTJOOPEFCFBTVNJSUBSFBTEFSFVMBDJO
TFHOMBTOPSNBT%*/QBSBEFQTJUPTBQSFTJOZMBT 4FEFCFQSFTUBSBUFODJOBRVFMBQSFTJOEFTFSWJDJPNYJ
3FHVMBDJPOFT5DOJDBTQBSB%FQTJUPTB1SFTJO 53# NBUFOHBVOBEFTWJBDJOTVGJDJFOUFNFOUFHSBOEFDPOSFTQFD
ZP53#
UPBMBQSFTJOEFUSBCBKP4FEFCFSBFWJUBS FOMPQPTJCMF MB
SFTQVFTUBEFMBWMWVMBMJNJUBEPSBEFQSFTJO
-BDPOFYJOFOUSFFMCMPRVFEFDJFSSFZFMBDVNVMBEPSTFSFB
MJ[BQPSNFEJPEFVOBEBQUBEPS
34"#;44 )ZESBVMJDT#PTDI3FYSPUI"(
%BUPTQBSBFMQFEJEP
"#;44 9 &
#MPRVFEF 0USPTEBUPTFOUFYUP
DJFSSFEF FYQMJDJUP
BDVNVMBEPS "#;44 QPSFK40
5JQPEFDPOFYJO WFSQHJOB
$POFYJOEFUVCFSBTJOEFTJH 3PTDBEFDPOFYJO
.POUBKFFOQMBDBT 1
TJOEFTJH 3PTDB#41
*40QBSUF

%JNFUSPOPNJOBM

3PTDB4"&
%/
"/4*#

%/
%/ .BUFSJBMEFKVOUB FMBTUNFSP
%/ 7 +VOUBT',.

%FTDBSHB 8
+VOUBT/#3
.BOVBM . QBSBBHVBHMJDPM)'$
.BOVBMZFMFDUSPNBHOUJDB &
$POFYJOFMDUSJDB
TJOEJTQPTJUJWPEFBDDJPOBNJFOUPBVYJMJBS
,
4JODPOFDUPS
4FSJFEFMBQBSBUP $PODBQVDIOQSPUFDUPS
4FSJFEFMBQBSBUPIBTUB 9 5JQPEFUFOTJO
IBTUBNFEJEBTEF ( 5FOTJODPOUJOVB7

JOTUBMBDJOZDPOFYJPOFTJOWBSJBCMFT
(
5FOTJOBMUFSOB7
"KVTUFEFQSFTJO PUSPTBQFEJEP
(
5FOTJOBMUFSOB7
CBS<QTJ> "EBQUBEPSBDVNVMBEPS
CBS<QTJ>
%/ %/ %/ %/ DPOSPTDB#41
CBS<QTJ> 4 4 4 (
CBS<QTJ> 4 4 4 (
CBS<QTJ>
4 4 4 (
7MWVMBMJNJUBEPSBEFQSFTJO & 4 4 4 4 (
EFUJQPQSPCBEP DPOJEFOUJGJDBDJO$&

4 4 4 4 (
%/ %/ %/ DPOSPTDB4"&
4 4 6/'
4 4 6/
4 4 4 6/
4 4 4 6/
TJOEFTJH TJOBEBQUBEPSEFBDVNVMBEPS

4MPEJTQPOJCMFFO%/

/PEJTQPOJCMFQBSB%/

&MUJQP40TFTVNJOJTUSBDPOOJWFMEFQSFTJO
CBS<QTJ>

4FHOOPSNB&( OPSNBEFEJTQPTJUJWPTBQSFTJO
3FEEFUFOTJO 5FOTJOOPNJOBM
%BUPTQBSB
FMQFEJEP

4MPQBSBWFSTJO&DPOEFTDBSHBFMFDUSPNBHOUJDB BMUFSOB EFMTPMFOPJEFEF

&MDPOFDUPSEFTPMJDJUBSTFQPSTFQBSBEP WFSQHJOB
UPMFSBODJBEF DPOUJOVBQBSBTFS
UFOTJOBENJTJ WJDJPDPO

7FSTJOFTQFDJBM
CMFq
UFOTJOBMUFSOB

1BSBMBDPOFYJOFOMBSFEEFUFOTJOBMUFSOBTFEFCF
7)[
FNQMFBSVOTPMFOPJEFEFDPOUJOVB DPNBOEBEPBUSBWTEF 7 (
7)[
VOSFDUJGJDBEPS WFSUBCMBBMBEFSFDIB

1BSBDPOFYJOJOEJWJEVBMTFQVFEFFNQMFBSVODPOFDUPS 7)[ 7 (
HSBOEFDPOSFDUJGJDBEPSJODPSQPSBEP QFEJEPQPSTFQBSBEP
WFSQHJOB

5JQPTQSFGFSFOUFT
5JQPEF 5/EF 1SFTJOBKVTUBEBEFMBWMWV %/EFCMPRVF
/SPEF
BDVNVMB BDVNVMBEPS MBMJNJUBEPSBEFQSFTJOFO EFDJFSSFEF %FOPNJOBDJO
NBUFSJBM
EPS FOM<HBM> CBS<QTJ> BDVNVMBEPS
"#;44.9&47 3
< > <>
"#;44.9&47 3
"#;44.9&47 3
<>
"#;44.9&47 3
< >
"#;44.9&47 3
<>
"#;44.9&47 3
"#;44.9&47 3
< > <>
"#;44.9&47 3
"DVNVMBEPSBNFNCSBOB
"#;44.9&47 3
<>
"#;44.9&47 3
< >
"#;44.9&47 3

<>
"#;44.9&47 3
"#;44.9&47 3
<>
"#;44.9&47 3
< >
"#;44.9&47 3
<>
"#;44.9&47 3
"#;44.9&47 3
<>
"#;44.9&47 3
< >
"#;44.9&47 3
<>
"#;44.9&47 3
"#;44.9&47 3
< > <>
"#;44.9&47 3
"#;44.9&47 3
< >
"#;44.9&47 3
"#;44.9&47 3
< >
"#;44.9&47 3
<>
"#;44.9&47 3
"DVNVMBEPSBWFKJHB
< >
"#;44.9&47 3
"#;44.9&47 3

< >
"#;44.9&47 3
< >
"#;44.9&47 3
< >
"#;44.9&47 3
< > <>
"#;441.9&47 3

"#;44.9&47 3
< >
"#;441.9&47 3
-PTUJQPTQSFGFSFOUFTZEJTQPTJUJWPTFTUOEBS
TFJOEJDBOFOMB&14 MJTUBEFQSFDJPTFTUOEBS
0USPTUJQPTQSFGFSFOUFT WFSQHJOB
5JQPTQSFGFSFOUFT DPOUJOVBDJO
1SFTJOBKVTUBEBEFMB %/EFCMP
5JQPEF 5/EF
WMWVMBMJNJUBEPSBEF RVFEFTF /SPEF
BDVNVMB BDVNVMBEPS %FOPNJOBDJO
QSFTJO HVSJEBEEF NBUFSJBM
EPS FOM<HBM>
FOCBS<QTJ> BDVNVMBEPS
< > <> "#;44&9&4(,7 3
<> "#;44&9&4(,7 3
< >
<> "#;44&9&4(,7 3
< > <> "#;44&9&4(,7 3
<> "#;44&9&4(,7 3
< >
<> "#;44&9&4(,7 3
<> "#;44&9&4(,7 3
< >
<> "#;44&9&4(,7 3
<> "#;44&9&4(,7 3
< >
"#;44&9&4(,7 3
<>
< > "#;44&9&4(,7 3
< > "#;44&9&4(,7 3
< > "#;44&9&4(,7 3
<>
< > "#;44&9&4(,7 3
< > "#;44&9&4(,7 3
< >
"#;44&9&4(,7 3
< >
"#;44&9&4(,7 3
< > <>
"#;441&9&4(,7 3

"#;44&9&4(,7 3
< >
"#;441&9&4(,7 3
-PTUJQPTQSFGFSFOUFTZEJTQPTJUJWPTFTUOEBS
TFJOEJDBOFOMB&14 MJTUBEFQSFDJPTFTUOEBS

$POFDUPSFTTFHO%*/&/
%FUBMMFT
ZPUSPT
DPOFDUPSFT
WFS
/SPEFNBUFSJBM
DPOJOEJDBEPSMVNJOPTPZ
WMWVMB
-BEP
DPOJOEJDBEPSMVNJOPTP DPOSFDUJGJDBEPS EJPEPT[FOFSEFQSPUFDDJO

$PMPS TJODPOFYJPOBEP IBTUB7 IBTUB7 7
B HSJT 3
C OFHSP 3
BC OFHSP 3 3 3
%BUPTUDOJDPT FODBTPEFVUJMJ[BSFMFRVJQPGVFSBEFMPTWBMPSFTJOEJDBEPT DPOTMUFOPT
.BUFSJBMEFKVOUBT +VOUBT',.ZPKVOUBT/#3
3BOHPEFUFNQFSBUVSBEFTFSWJDJP p$<p'> IBTUB<IBTUB>

1SFTJOEFTFSWJDJPNY CBS<QTJ> <>
TFHO%*/
5SJHMJDSJEPT BDFJUFEFDPM[B
)&5(TFHO7%."

&TUFSFTTJOUUJDPT)&&4TFHO7%."
1PMJHMJDPM)&1(TFHO7%."
(SBEPNYJNPBENJTJCMFEFJNQVSF[BTEFMGMVJEPDMBTF $MBTF
EFQVSF[BTFHO*40 $
.BUFSJBMEFMCMPRVF "DFSP
7MWVMBMJNJUBEPSBEFQSFTJOEFNBOEPEJSFDUP 5JQP %#%4,97#P%#%4,9&

TFHODBUMPHP
7MWVMBEFBTJFOUP JOTFSUBCMF 5JQP ,4%&31#)/7
TFHODBUMPHP
1SPUFDDJOTFHO7%& 7FSTJO, *1DPODPOFDUPSNPOUBEPZFODMBWBEP
%*/&/
%*/
%JNFUSPOPNJOBM %/ 4 1
.BTB 7FSTJO. LH<MCT>
< > < > < > < > < > < >
7FSTJO& LH<MCT>

< > < > < > < > < >

7FSTJOFTQFDJBM FGFDUJWPFWJUBGBMMBTZBVNFOUBTJNVMUOFBNFOUFMBWJEBUJM

"EFDVBEPQBSBKVOUBT',. EFMPTDPNQPOFOUFT

"EFDVBEPQBSBKVOUBT/#3Z',.
1BSBMBTFMFDDJOEFMPTGJMUSPTWFSDBUMPHPT

&OMPTTJTUFNBTIJESVMJDPTTFEFCFONBOUFOFSMBTDMBTFT Z
5PSRVFEFBQSJFUFFOGVODJOEFMBWMWVMBMJNJUBEPSBEFQSFTJOZFMUBNBPOPNJOBM
5JQPEFWMWVMBZUBNBPOPNJOBM
DBSBDUFSTUJDBEFMDPNQPOFOUF
3BOHPEFQSFTJO %#% %#% %#% %#%

IBTUBCBS q/N q/N q/N q/N
IBTUBCBS q/N q/N q/N q/N

5PSOJMMPTMVCSJDBEPT BQSFUBSDPOVOBIFSSBNJFOUBEFUPSRVF
BKVTUBCMFEFMBDMBTFEFQSFDJTJOq
%JNFOTJPOFT5JQP"#;44 %/ NFEJEBTOPNJOBMFTFONN<JODI>
50 [1.97] 50 [1.97]
4 6
9
8 1
S 7
3 TMPQBSB
M2 "#;44&
5 M2
160 [6.30]
181 [7.13]
M1
351 [13.82]
M1
T
P
45,3 [1.78] 50 [1.97]
191 [7.52]
125 [4.92] 2
#MPRVF
175 [6.89] 7MWVMBEFDJFSSFEFMTJTUFNB
7MWVMBMJNJUBEPSBEFQSFTJO
UPSRVFEFBQSJFUF WFSQHJOB
%FTDBSHBNBOVBM
%FTDBSHBFMFDUSPNBHOUJDB PQDJPOBM
"EBQUBEPSEFBDVNVMBEPS WFSBDDFTPSJPTFOQHB
[2.05]
$POFDUPS QFEJEPQPSTFQBSBEP WFSQHJOB

M1 1MBDBEFDBSBDUFSTUJDBT
(T)
52
5PSOJMMPTDJMOESJDPTVOJEBEFT*40.Y
281 [11.06]
103 [4.06]
UPSRVFEFBQSJFUF."/N<GUMCT>
3PTDBEFDPOFYJO #41 4"&

.. DPOFYJOEFNFEJDJO ( 6/'
M2
[3.44]
1 DPOFYJOEFCPNCBT ( 6/

87,5
5 DPOFYJOEFUBORVF ( 6/
283 [11.14] 4 DPOFYJOEFBDVNVMB 1H 1H
EPS CSJEB
7MWVMBTMJNJUBEPSBTEFQSFTJOEFUJQPQSPCBEP
5JQP%#% &5/OPSNB&( OPSNBEFEJTQPTJUJWPTBQSFTJO
[5075] 350 316

[4351] 300 280
[3771] 260
1SFTJOEFTFSWJDJPFOCBSo
[3190]
240
220
[2901] 200
[2610] 180
[2320] 160
[2030] 140
[1740] 120
[1450] 100
[1160] 80 -PTWBMPSFTFOFMSFB
[870] 60 TPNCSFBEBQPSEFCBKP
[725] 50 EFMBDVSWBDBSBDUFST
40 UJDB OPTPOSFBMJ[B
[580]
CMFTDPOFTUBWMWVMB
[435] 30
0 60 90 120 150 180
[0] [5] [10] [15] [20] [25] [30] [35] [40] [47.5]
$BVEBMFOMNJOo
%JNFOTJPOFT5JQP"#;4440 %/ NFEJEBTOPNJOBMFTFONN<JODI>
&MCMPRVFBDVNVMBEPS"#;4440DPNQB
SBEPDPOFMCMPRVFEFTFHVSJEBE 50 [1.97] 50 [1.97]
EFBDVNVMBEPSFTUOEBS
6
"#;44FTUFRVJQBEPDPOVOB
9
WMWVMBMJNJUBEPSBEFQSFTJOEF
NBOEPEJSFDUP5/ 1
4 7
S
3 TMPQBSB
M2 "#;44&
5
182 [7.17]
M2
203 [7.99]
M1
351 [13.82]
8 T
39 [1.54] 50 [1.97] P
150 [5.91]
191 [7.52]
#MPRVF
200 [7.87]
2 7MWVMBEFDJFSSFEFMTJTUFNB
7MWVMBMJNJUBEPSBEFQSFTJO
UPSRVFEFBQSJFUF WFSQHJOB
%FTDBSHBNBOVBM
%FTDBSHBFMFDUSPNBHOUJDB PQDJPOBM
"EBQUBEPSEFBDVNVMBEPS WFSBDDFTPSJPTFOQHB
$POFDUPS QFEJEPQPSTFQBSBEP WFSQHJOB
56 [2.21]
M1 5PSOJMMPTDJMOESJDPTVOJEBEFT*40.Y
281 [11.06]
(T)
103 [4.06]
UPSRVFEFBQSJFUF."/N<GUMCT>
3PTDBEFDPOFYJO #41 4"&

.. DPOFYJOEFNFEJDJO ( 6/'
M2 1 DPOFYJOEFCPNCBT ( 6/
[3.44]
87,5
5 DPOFYJOEFUBORVF ( 6/

4 DPOFYJOEFBDVNVMB 1H 1H
283 [11.14] EPS CSJEB
7MWVMBTMJNJUBEPSBTEFQSFTJOEFUJQPQSPCBEP
5JQP%#% &5/OPSNB&( OPSNBEFEJTQPTJUJWPTBQSFTJO
[5075] 350
[4583] 316
[4351] 300 280
1SFTJOEFTFSWJDJPFOCBSo
[3771] 260
[3190] 220 220
[2901] 200
[2610] 180
[2320] 160
[2030] 140
[1740] 120
[1450] 100
-PTWBMPSFTFOFMSFB
[1160] 80
TPNCSFBEBQPSEFCBKP
[870] 60 EFMBDVSWBDBSBDUFST
[725] 50 UJDB OPTPOSFBMJ[B
[580] 40 CMFTDPOFTUBWMWVMB
[435] 30
0 60 120 180 240 300 360
[0] [10] [20] [30] [40] [50] [60] [70] [80] [95]
$BVEBMFOMNJOo
19 [0.75] 2,5 [0.10] O1
4FDDJO
"#;44
"#;44
"#;44
"#;44
"#;441
S
D
M
D2
D1
"DVNVMBEPSBNFNCSBOB
"DVNVMBEPSBWFKJHB
34"#;44

#MPRVFEFDJFSSF 5JQPEF
H2 H1
O

%/EF

WMJEPTMPQBSB"#;44Z"#;44
19 [0.75] 2,5 [0.10]
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
%/EF
O1
EFBDVNVMBEPS BDVNVMBEPS BDVNVMBEPS BEBQUBEPS

4FDDJO

SPTDB#41 NFEJEBTOPNJOBMFTFONN<JODI>
'JH
S
D
M
D2
(" (" (" (" (" (" ("

<> <>
<>
H2 H1
O

% % %
<>
)
<> <> <> <> <> <> <>

<> <>
<> <>
)
<> <>
<>
<>
<>
<>
WMJEPTMPQBSB"#;44
[0.71]
18
Y
Y
4FDDJO
O1
Y Y

Y
+VOUBEF
QFSGJM +VOUBEFQFSGJM
D
Y Y Y Y Y (" ("TFHO

0
<Y> <Y> <Y> <Y> <Y> TFHO %*/

105 [4.13]
100 [ 3.94]
%*/
"DDFTPSJPT"EBQUBEPSEFBDVNVMBEPS QSFTJOEFTFSWJDJPNYCBS<QTJ>
4
4
4

48 48 48< "'>
48[1,61A/F] 4
< "'> < "'> 48< "'>

H2 H1
48[1,41A/F]

%BUPTQBSBFMQFEJEP
"CSFWJB "%"15"%03%&"$6.6-"%03 /SPEFNBUFSJBM "%"15"%03%&"$6.6-"%03 /SPEFNBUFSJBM

UVSB 41&*$)&3"%"15&3
',. 41&*$)&3"%"15&3
/#3

4 47(.9#( 3 4.(.9#( 3
4 47(.9#( 3 4.(.9#( 3
4 47(.9#( 3 4.(.9#( 3
4 47(.9#( 3 4.(.9#( 3
4 47(.9#( 3 4.(.9#( 3
4 47(.9 3 4.(.9 3
4 47(.9 3 4.(.9 3
4 47(.9 3 4.(.9 3
4 47(.9 3 4.(.9 3
4 47(.9 3 4.(.9 3
4
47(%/#( 3 4.(%/#( 3
4
47(%/#( 3 4.(%/#( 3

&MTVNJOJTUSPJODMVZFUPSOJMMPTDJMOESJDPT*40.Y

7FSTJOFTQFDJBM
"DDFTPSJPT"EBQUBEPSEFBDVNVMBEPS QSFTJOEFTFSWJDJPNYCBS<QTJ>
SPTDB4"& NFEJEBTOPNJOBMFTFONN<JODI>
D1
"OJMMPUSJDP D D1
D
H1
2,5 [0.10]
"OJMMPUSJDP
H1
H2
H2
"OJMMPUSJDP
19 [0.75]
29,7 x 2,8 18
M33 x 2
[1.17 x 0.11] [0.71] 105 [4.13] "OJMMPUSJDP
39,9 [1.57]
100 [ 3.94] 37,7 x 3,53
4FDDJO S 4FDDJO [1.48 x 0.14]
#MPRVFEFTFHV
5JQPEFBDV %/EFBDV %/EF
SJEBEEFBDVNV 'JH 4 ) ) % % "OJMMPUSJDP
NVMBEPS NVMBEPS BEBQUBEPS
MBEPS

"DVNVMBEPSBNFNCSBOB

48< "'>
4 6/'" Y
<> <> <> <Y>

4 6/" Y
<> <> <> <Y>
"#;44
< "'>
48
"#;44 4 6/" Y

<> <> <> <Y>

< "'>
48
4 6/" Y

"DVNVMBEPSBWFKJHB
<> <> <> <Y>

< "'>
48

4 6/" Y
<> <> <> < Y>

4 6/" Y
<> <> <> <Y>
"#;44

4 6/" Y
<> <> <> < Y>

%BUPTQBSBFMQFEJEP
"CSFWJB "%"15"%03%&"$6.6-"%03 /SPEFNBUFSJBM "%"15"%03%&"$6.6-"%03 /SPEFNBUFSJBM
UVSB 41&*$)&3"%"15&3
',. 41&*$)&3"%"15&3
/#3
4 476/.Y 3 4.6/.Y 3

4 476/.Y 3 4.6/.Y 3
4 476/.Y 3 4.6/.Y 3
4 476/'.Y 3 4.6/'.Y 3
4
476/%/ 3 4.6/%/ 3
4
476/%/ 3 4.6/%/ 3

&MTVNJOJTUSPJODMVZFUPSOJMMPTDJMOESJDPT*40.Y
7FSTJOFTQFDJBM
*OEJDBDJPOFTEFTFHVSJEBE7MWVMBTEFTFHVSJEBEEFUJQPQSPCBEP%#% TFSJFEFMBQBSBUP9
TFHOOPSNBEFEJTQPTJUJWPTBQSFTJO&(
"OUFTEFMQFEJEPEFVOBWMWVMBEFTFHVSJEBEEFUJQP "MSFUJSBSFMQSFDJOUPFOMBWMWVMBEFTFHVSJEBEFYQJSBMBBV
QSPCBEPTFEFCFUFOFSFODVFOUBRVF QBSBMBQSFTJOEF UPSJ[BDJOTFHO%(3-
SFTQVFTUBEFTFBEBQ FMDBVEBMNYJNPBENJTJCMFR7NY 'VOEBNFOUBNFOUFTFEFCFOUFOFSFODVFOUBMPTSFRVFSJ
EFMBWMWVMBEFTFHVSJEBETFBTVQFSJPSBMDBVEBMNYJNP NJFOUPTEFMBTOPSNBTEFEJTQPTJUJWPTBQSFTJOZQSPTQFD
QPTJCMFEFMTJTUFNBBQSPUFHFSEFMBDVNVMBEPS UPT"%"
"MNJTNPUJFNQPTFEFCFOUFOFSFODVFOUBMBTDPSSFTQPO 4FSFDPNJFOEBBTFHVSBSMBTWMWVMBTEFTFHVSJEBEEFUJQP
EJFOUFTQSFTDSJQDJPOFT QSPCBEPDPOUSBFYUSBDDJOJOEFCJEBEFMBDBSDBTBCMPRVF
4FHO%(3-&(FMJODSFNFOUPEFMBQSFTJOEFM FOSPTDBCMFTDBCMFBOEPZQSFDJOUBOEPDPOTUPT QSFWFS
TJTUFNBEFCJEPBMDBVEBM OPEFCFTFSTVQFSJPSBM QFSGPSBDJOFOFMWBSJBEPS

EFMBQSFTJOEFSFTQVFTUBBKVTUBEB WFSDBSBDUFSTUJDBEFM
DPNQPOFOUF

"UFODJO
&MDBVEBMNYJNPBENJTJCMFR7NYJOEJDBEPFOMBDBSBDUF
-BQSFTJOEFMTJTUFNBTFJODSFNFOUB EFCJEPBMDBVEBMDSF
STUJDBEFMDPNQPOFOUFOPEFCFTFSTVQFSBEP
DJFOUF IBTUBMBDPOUSBQSFTJOFOMBUVCFSBEFEFTDBSHB DP
-BTUVCFSBTEFESFOBKFEFWMWVMBTEFTFHVSJEBEEFCFO OFYJO5
UFOFSFODVFOUB"%QSPTQFDUP" QVO
EFTDBSHBSTJOQFMJHSP&OFMTJTUFNBEFEFTDBSHBOPTF UP
EFCFBDVNVMBSGMVJEP WFS"%QSPTQFDUP"

"GJOEFRVFFTUFBVNFOUPEFMBQSFTJOEFMTJTUFNBEFCJEPBM
DBVEBMOPTVQFSFBMEFMBQSFTJOEFSFTQVFTUBBKVTUB
5FOFSFODVFOUBFTUSJDUBNFOUFMBTJOEJDBDJPOFTEF EB TFEFCFSFEVDJSFMDBVEBMBENJTJCMFFOGVODJOEFMBDPO
BQMJDBDJO USBQSFTJOFOMBUVCFSBEFEFTDBSHB DPOFYJO5
WFSEJBHSB
4FBKVTUBFOGCSJDBMBQSFTJOEFSFTQVFTUBJOEJDBEBFOMB NBTIBTUBQHJOB

DBSBDUFSTUJDBEFDPNQPOFOUFDPOVODBVEBMEFMNJO
&MDBVEBMNYJNPBENJTJCMFJOEJDBEPFOMBDBSBDUFSTUJDB
EFMDPNQPOFOUFFTWMJEPQBSBBQMJDBDJPOFTTJODPOUSBQSF
TJOFOMBMOFBEFEFTDBSHB DPOFYJO5

$BVEBMNYJNPBENJTJCMFR7NYFOGVODJOEFMBDPOUSBQSFTJOQ5FOMBUVCFSBEFEFTDBSHB
5JQP%#%9&
Q"FOCBS<QTJ> Q5FOCBS<QTJ>
400 40
[5800] [580] $VSWBDB 1SFTJOEFSFTQVFT
SBDUFSTUJDB UBQ"FOCBS<QTJ>
31,5 [457] <>
300 30
[4350] [435] 8 <>
<>
7
21 [305] <>
200 19,5 [283]
[2900] 17 [247] 6 <>
11,5 [167]
5 <>
4
100 11 [160] <>
[1450] 6 [87] 2 3 <>
3 [44] 1
-BTDVSWBTDBSBDUFSTUJDBTQBSB
0 WBMPSFTJOUFSNFEJPTTFQVFEFO
10 [2.64]
14 [3.70]
20 [5.28]
27 [7.13]
30 [7.92]
40 [10.57]
50 [13.21]
52 [13.74]
0 HFOFSBSQPSJOUFSQPMBDJO.T
BDMBSBDJPOFT WFSQHJOB
$BVEBMR7NYFOMNJO<(1.>o
5JQP%#%9&
400 40,5 [587] $VSWBDB 1SFTJOEFSFTQVFT

40 [580] SBDUFSTUJDB UBQ"FOCBS<QTJ>
[5800]
<>
31,5 [457] 8
300 <>
[4350]
<>
21 [305]
7 <>
200
[2900] 17,5 [254] 5 6 <>
17 [247] <>
11 [160] 4
100 <>
[1450] 3
6 [87] <>
2
3 [44] -BTDVSWBTDBSBDUFSTUJDBTQBSB
1
65 [17.17]
42 [11.10]
54 [14.27]
100 [26.42]
140 [36.98]
29 [7.66]
10 [2.64]
50 [13.21]
0
HFOFSBSQPSJOUFSQPMBDJO.T
5JQP%#%9&
400 40 [587]
[5800] $VSWBDB 1SFTJOEFSFTQVFT
SBDUFSTUJDB UBQ"FOCBS<QTJ>
32 [464] <>
300 31,5 [457]
[4350] 8 <>
<>
6
21 [305] <>
200
[2900] <>
17 [247] 4 5 7
<>
11 [160] 3 <>
100
[1450] <>
6 [87] 2
-BTDVSWBTDBSBDUFSTUJDBTQBSB
3 [44]
0
HFOFSBSQPSJOUFSQPMBDJO.T
10 [2.64]
48 [12.68]
69 [18.23]
97 [25.63]
122 [32.23]
135 [35.66]
165 [43.59]
0
5JQP%#%9&
$VSWBDB 1SFTJOEFSFTQVFT
31,5 [457] SBDUFSTUJDB UBQ"FOCBS<QTJ>
300
[4350] <>
6 <>
21 [305] <>
200
[2900] 4 <>
17 [247] 5
<>
11 [160] <>
100
[1450] 3 -BTDVSWBTDBSBDUFSTUJDBTQBSB
6 [87] 2 WBMPSFTJOUFSNFEJPTTFQVFEFO
3 [44] HFOFSBSQPSJOUFSQPMBDJO.T
0
1 BDMBSBDJPOFT WFSBCBKP
81 [21.40]
100 [26.42]
121 [31.97]
170 [44.91]
213 [56.27]
240 [63.40]
300 [79.25]
20 [5.28]
Q" QSFTJOEFSFTQVFTUBFOCBS
Q5DPOUSBQSFTJONYBENJTJCMFFOCBS TVNBEFUPEBTMBTQSFTJPOFTEFUBORVFQPTJCMFT WFSUBNCJO"%QSPTQFDUP"
R7NYDBVEBMNYJNPBENJTJCMFFOMNJO
%(3-Q5NYYQ" QBSBR7
"DMBSBDJOEFMPTEJBHSBNBT FKFNQMPUJQP%#%& QHJOB

%BEPT DBVEBMBQSPUFHFSEFMTJTUFNBBDVNVMBEPSR7NYMNJO<(.1>
QSFTJOEFSFTQVFTUBBKVTUBEBEFMBWMWVMBEFTFHVSJEBEQ"CBS<QTJ>
4FCVTDB Q5BENJTJCMF
4PMVDJO WFSGMFDIBFOFMEJBHSBNBEFQHJOB UJQP%#%&
Q5BENJTJCMF MNJOCBS
<(.1QTJ> CBS<QTJ>
#PTDI3FYSPUI"( i5PEPTMPTEFSFDIPTEF#PTDI3FYSPUI"( UBNCJOQBSBFMDBTPEF

5FMFGPO
EPDVNFOUBUJPO!CPTDISFYSPUIEF DJFSUBDPNQPTJDJOPJEPOFJEBEQBSBVODJFSUPGJOEFFNQMFP-BT
XXXCPTDISFYSPUIEF FTQFDJGJDBDJPOFTOPMJCFSBOBMVTVBSJPEFMBTQSPQJBTFWBMVBDJPOFTZ
WFSJGJDBDJPOFT)BZRVFUFOFSFODVFOUBRVFOVFTUSPTQSPEVDUPTFTUO
/PUBT

5FMFGPO
/PUBT

5FMFGPO

Refrigerador de aceite/aire
Serie BLK
Dise de fcil mantenimiento Amplio espectro de rendimiento

Medidas de montaje compactas Robusto registro de refrigeracin
Escasa emisin de ruidos Amplia gama de accesorios
Bhler Technologies GmbH

D - 40880 Ratingen, Harkortstr. 29
DS 35 0001
Tel.: + 49 (0) 2102 / 49 89-0 Fax: + 49 (0) 2102 / 49 89-20
02/2013
Pgina 1/8 Internet: www.buehler-technologies.com
e-mail: fluidcontrol@buehler-technologies.com
Por qu un refrigerador?
Con respecto al equipamiento de instalaciones hidrulicas
con refrigeradores existen diferentes enfoques entre los
distintos constructores.
Por un lado, se intenta disear las instalaciones de tal modo
que no sea necesario un refrigerador y se procura, si esto no
resulta suficiente, solventarlo incorporando un refrigerador
a posteriori. A causa de ello, naturalmente es necesario
incurrir a menudo en compromisos que tienden a encarecer
la instalacin.
Por otro lado, cada vez son ms los que reconocen que si se
incluye desde el principio un refrigerador en la planificacin
del esquema de la instalacin, se generan ventajas en
cuanto a las necesidades de espacio y a los costes de
montaje y de la propia instalacin. BNF, BKF
Por qu Bhler?
Si se prev un refrigerador de aceite/aire para la refrigera-

cin, ste debe estar montado de un modo sencillo y Construccin y aplicacin
compacto, tener una escasa emisin de ruidos y un
mantenimiento rpido y sencillo. Los BLK constan de los siguientes componentes:
Nuestros ms de 30 aos de experiencia en la planificacin
y distribucin de refrigeradores de aceite/aire han desembo- l Registro de refrigeracin
cado en el desarrollo de la serie BKF. Especialmente, hemos l Caja del ventilador con carriles de montaje
prestado atencin a la resistencia a la fatiga del registro de l Ventilador, compuesto de un motor trifsico,
refrigeracin, en el que deben ser calculadas en especial las ventilador y una rejilla de proteccin/fijacin
conducciones de retroceso, sometidas en parte a conside-
rables pulsaciones de presin. El registro de refrigeracin y el ventilador se pueden
El registro de refrigeracin puede ser extrado fcilmente de desmontar individualmente sin necesidad de desmontar los
la caja del ventilador para labores de mantenimiento, sin dems componentes. Los registros de refrigeracin de la
necesidad de desmontar ni el ventilador ni el motor. serie BLK estn fabricados en aluminio. Los refrigeradores
Si el extenso programa estndar no contiene ninguna estn concebidos para su uso tanto en circuitos de aceite
solucin para su aplicacin, nosotros desarrollamos hidrulico como en conducciones de retroceso. No son
encantados propuestas individuales para usted. adecuados para agua pura.
Con los datos contenidos en este prospecto usted puede Tambin se pueden suministrar registros de refrigeracin
decidirse por un refrigerador apto para su aplicacin. Por con modelos bypass (vase cdigo de modelos).
tanto, le recomendamos que disee su refrigerador con la Las condiciones de servicio estn indicadas en el captulo
ayuda de nuestro programa de clculo. Esto le posibilita la "indicaciones sobre la planificacin".
optimizacin gracias a la inclusin de distintos parmetros. Los requerimientos de utilizacin e instalacin hacen que
frecuentemente sea necesario usar una instalacin de filtros
de doble flujo. En esos casos recomendamos que ste se
combine con un circuito de refrigeracin de doble flujo. Para
ello son adecuadas las combinaciones de aparatos
incluidas en nuestra serie BNK. Las combinaciones de
aparatos de este tipo se ofrecen tambin en sistemas
suplementarios para necesidades de saneamiento.
BNK
DS 35 0001
02/2013
Pgina 2/8
Diseo
El diseo de un refrigerador de aceite/agua se produce en dos pasos:
1. Establecimiento o seleccin del tamao del refrigerador
2. Establecimiento de la prdida de presin efectiva
Ejemplo de clculo y nomenclatura

tE [C] Temperatura de entrada del aceite
tLE [C] Temperatura de entrada del aire
ETD [K] Diferencia de temperatura de entrada: ETD = tE - tLE
Pspez [kW / K] Rendimiento especfico del refrigerador (vase curvas de rendimiento): Pspez = P / ETD
P [kW] Capacidad de refrigeracin en kW
Q [l/min] Flujo del aceite
Cl [kJ/kgK] Capacidad trmica especfica del aceite (aprox. 2,0 kJ / kgK)
V [kg/dm] Densidad del aceites 0,9 kg/dm
Ejemplo de clculo: Pasos del clculo
Supuestos: 1. Establecimiento de P por el calentamiento del depsito

Volumen del depsito (V) ca. 200 l 200 x 0,9 x 2,0 x (45-15)
Temp. aceite arranque en fro (T1) 15 C P= =7,2 kW
25 x 60
El aceite se recalienta
en aprox. 25 min. (T2) 45C 2. ETD = tE - tLE = 60C - 30 C = 30 K
Temp. deseada del aceite (tE) 60 C
Temp. de entrada del aire (tLE) 30 C 3. Determinacin del tamao del refrigerador:
Flujo del aceite (Q) 80 l/min Pspez = P / ETD = 7,2 kW / 30 K = 0,24 kW/K
4. Buscar en las curvas de rendimiento en 80 l/min un

refrigerador con Pspez 0,24 kW/K:
Hay dos posibilidades:
Curvas de prdida de presin con una BLK 2.2 o los mayores, pero ms bajos que BLK 3.4
viscosidad media de 30 cSt
(determinada)
3.5 Tabla de temperatura/viscosidad
BLK 5 /
F000004
bar BLK 8
Tipo de aceite a 50C a60C a 70C
3 BLK 7 VG 16 9,4 5,6 3,3 cSt
BLK 9 VG 22 15 11 8 cSt
BLK 4 /
BLK 6 VG 32 21 15 11 cSt
2.5 VG 46 29 20 14 cSt
VG 68 43 29 20 cSt
VG 120 68 44 31 cSt
BLK 3 VG 220 126 77 51 cSt
2
VG 320 180 108 69 cSt
BLK 10
1.5 BLK 2
Factor de correccin k(visc)
Viscosidad (cSt) k(Visk) Viscosidad (cSt) k(Visk)
BLK 1 10 0,6 60 1,6
1 20 0,8 80 2,1
30 1,0 100 2,7
40 1,2 150 4,2
0.5 50 1,4
Determinacin de la prdida de presin

0 efectiva
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 l/min
450 500
1. Fijar p en la curva de prdida de presin en el flujo
Indicacin: Puede ser necesaria la instalacin de vlvulas de aceite Q y el tamao elegido del refrigerador
bypass en instalaciones al aire libre o con altos niveles de 2. Determinar la viscosidad por el tipo de aceite y la
viscosidad. Tenga en cuenta adems el captulo "Esquema de temp.
funcionamiento". 3. Determinar el factor de correccin k(visc) y p y
multiplicarlo.
DS 35 0001
02/2013
Pgina 3/8
Curvas de rendimiento BLK, dimensiones de montaje 1-6
1,2
kW/K BLK 6-4
0,8 BLK 6-6
BLK 5-4
0,6
BLK 5-6
BLK 4-4
0,4
BLK 3-2
BLK 4-6
BLK 3-4
BLK 2-2
0,2
BLK 2-4
BLK 1-2
0
0 50 100 150 200 250 l/min 300
Curvas de rendimiento BLK dimensiones de montaje 7-10
3,5
BLK 10-6
kW/K
3
BLK 10-8
2,5
BLK 9-6
2
BLK 9-8
BLK 8-6
1,5
BLK 8-8
BLK 7-4
1
BLK 7-6
0,5
0
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 l/min 500
DS 35 0001
02/2013
Pgina 4/8
Datos generales
Materiales / Recubrimiento de proteccin Temp. de func. del aceite mx. 120C
Registro de refrigeracin Aluminio, pintado
Caja del ventilador, rejilla protectora, Viscosidad mx. 100 cSt viscosidad media
Consolas del motor Acero plastificado (vase tablas de viscosidad),
Color RAL 7001 superior bajo demanda
Medios de funcionamiento Motores elctricos (hay otros disponibles bajo demanda)

Aceites minerales segn DIN 51524 mbito de tensiones
Emulsiones de aceite/aire BLK 1.2 230 V 50Hz
HFA y HFB segn CETOP RP 77 H BLK 2.2 - BLK 10.8 230 / 400 V 50Hz 5%
Agua y glicol HFC segn CETOP RF 77 H 276 / 480 V 60Hz 5%
ster fosfrico HFD-R segn CETOP RP 77 H Termorresistencia Clase F de aislante,
aprovechamiento segn la
Presin de servicio clase B
esttica mx. 21 bar Clase de proteccin IP55
Die Motoren entsprechen den Normen
IEC 34-1, IEC 72-1, DIN 57530, VDE 0530
Datos bsicos (a 50 Hz)

N de art. Tipo de refr. Motor Corriente nominal Motor Peso Carga Ruido
Rendimiento a 400V N de polos (kg) (l) db(A) en 1m*
3501200 BLK 1.2 0,25 kW 0,24A 230V 2 7 0,8 65
3502200 BLK 2.2 0,55 kW 1,42 A 2 23 1,3 81
3502400 BLK 2.4 0,25 kW 0,84 A 4 23 1,3 66
3503200IE2 BLK 3.2 1,1 kW 2,52 A 2 31 1,8 87
3503400 BLK 3.4 0,25 kW 0,84 A 4 28 1,8 71
3504400 BLK 4.4 0,37 kW 1,11 A 4 34 2,3 73
3504600 BLK 4.6 0,18 kW 0,6 A 6 34 2,3 63
3505400IE2 BLK 5.4 0,75 kW 1,8 A 4 45 3,1 79
3505600 BLK 5.6 0,25 kW 0,87 A 6 42 3,1 68
3506410IE2 BLK 6.4 2,2 kW 4,59 A 4 77 4,1 86
3506610 BLK 6.6 0,55 kW 1,65 A 6 60 4,1 74
3507410IE2 BLK 7.4 2,2 kW 4,59 A 4 87 5,4 89
3507610 BLK 7.6 0,55 kW 1,65 A 6 72 5,4 75
3508610IE2 BLK 8.6 1,5 kW 3,3 A 6 95 6,3 79
3508810 BLK 8.8 0,55 kW 1,85 A 8 91 6,3 73
3509610IE2 BLK 9.6 2,2 kW 4,85 A 6 159 8,2 86
3509810 BLK 9.8 1,1 kW 3,2 A 8 155 8,2 79
3510610IE2 BLK 10.6 5,5 kW 11,3 A 6 256 19 90
3510810 BLK 10.8 2,2 kW 5,96 A 8 241 19 84
Los Nos de art. para BLK 2.2-5.6 son versiones de 50/60 Hz, para BLK 6.4-10.8 slo la versin 50 Hz, para la versin de 60
Hz le rogamos que nos consulte.
* DIN EN ISO 3744, clase 3
Cdigo de modelos
BLK 4 . 6- IBx - T50
Nmero de polos del motor (vase tabla 1)
Dimensiones de montaje (vase tabla 1)
Si se desea un bypass adicional y/o un termocontacto, se aadirn las caractersticas en la

descripcin de tipos:
BLK 4 . 6- IBx - T50
Versin bypass AB bypass exterior
IBx bypass interior
x valor de bypass 2; 5 o 8 bar
ITB bypass interior dependiente de la temperatura 2 bar / 45C
ATB bypass exterior dependiente de la temperatura 2 bar / 45C
Conmutador de temp. T50,T60 Indicacin de la temp. en C, vase la

T70,T80 especificacin en la hoja de datos aparte
DS 35 0001
02/2013
Pgina 5/8
Medidas
E
H M 67**
N
100*
J
G
B
T
MB
***
L
K (4x)
30 ****
D C 20 F 20
MB = en algunos modelos la fijacin del motor se produce mediante una consola

T = conexin G para el conmutador de temperatura
conexin M 14 x 1,5 para el conmutador de temperatura BLK 1
* en BLK 9 y 10 = 150 mm
** en dimensin de montanje 1 = 45 mm
en dimensin de montaje 10 = 94 mm
*** Racor de empalme slo en BLK 9 y 10
**** BLK 1 = 15 mm
Tipo de refr. A B C D E F G H J K L M N MB
BLK 1.2 315 244 190 62,5 144 165 - - 2x G1/2 7 20 50 33 -
BLK 2.2 370 370 203 83,5 415 510 - 25 2x G1 9 33 125 106 -
BLK 2.4 370 370 203 83,5 415 510 - 25 2x G1 9 33 125 106 -
BLK 3.2 440 440 203 118,5 477 510 230 25 3x G1 9 33 150 105 -
BLK 3.4 440 440 203 118,5 440 510 230 25 3x G1 9 33 150 105 -
BLK 4.4 500 500 203 148,5 465 510 230 25 3x G1 9 33 175 104 -
BLK 4.6 500 500 203 148,5 465 510 230 25 3x G1 9 33 175 104 -
BLK 5.4 580 580 356 112 523 510 305 23,5 3x G1 9 33 200 100 -
BLK 5.6 580 580 356 112 490 510 305 23,5 3x G1 9 33 200 100 -
BLK 6.4 700 700 356 172 605 510 410 9,5 3x G1 1/4 9 33 225 110 x
BLK 6.6 700 700 356 172 545 510 410 9,5 3x G1 1/4 9 33 225 110 x
BLK 7.4 700 840 356 172 630 510 590 9,5 3x G1 1/4 9 33 250 91 x
BLK 7.6 700 840 356 172 570 510 590 9,5 3x G1 1/4 9 33 250 91 x
BLK 8.6 870 870 508 181 644 510 585 11 3x G1 1/4 12 33 275 101,5 x
BLK 8.8 870 870 508 181 620 510 585 11 3x G1 1/4 12 33 275 101,5 x
BLK 9.6 1010 1020 518 246 713 510 822 3 4x G1 1/2 12 78 300 99 x
BLK 9.8 1010 1020 518 246 693 510 822 3 4x G1 1/2 12 73 300 99 x
BLK 10.6 1185 1185 600 292,5 830 910 940 5 4x SAE 2 1/2" 12 73 325 130 x
BLK 10.8 1185 1185 600 292,5 858 910 940 5 4x SAE 2 1/2" 12 73 325 130 x
Conexin BLK 10 = brida SAE 2 "- 3000psi
DS 35 0001
02/2013
Pgina 6/8
Esquema de funcionamiento
Modelo estndar BLK 2 Modelo estndar BLK 1/3 hasta BLK 10
BLK 3-10
BLK 3-10
BLK 9-10
BLK 3-10
Direccin de la circulacin opcional de izquierda a derecha o Direccin de la circulacin opcional de izquierda superior a
justo la contraria. derecha inferior o justo la contraria. La salida de aceite est
siempre en el lado contrario. Se debe cerrar la segunda
conexin.
Bypass interior IB/ ITB (BLK 3-9)
Con vlvula bypass

B/2
Entrada y salida del aceite siempre en el mismo lado. Las Con vlvula bypass dependiente de la temp.
conexiones de la parte contraria deben estar cerradas.
Bypass externo AB (BLK 2-10)/ATB (BLK 2-9)
Con un conmutador de temp. incorporado
Entrada de aceite siempre en la parte inferior. Las dems conexiones deben

estar cerradas. La salida de aceite est siempre en el lado contrario. C
DS 35 0001
02/2013
Pgina 7/8
Indicaciones sobre la planificacin
Montaje Sujecin
El refrigerador debe estar colocado de tal manera que Los BLK se fijan en los carriles de montaje mediante cuatro
pueda tener lugar una salida y entrada de aire. Para tornillos. Procure que las dimensiones del cimiento sean
garantizar la circulacin del aire sin obstculos, la distancia suficientes. La posicin de instalacin es discrecional.
libre en la parte delantera y trasera del refrigerador debe
ascender al menos a la mitad de su altura.
Hay que procurar que haya una ventilacin suficiente. En la Conexin del circuito de aceite
instalacin tenga en cuenta que hay que evitar las molestias El sistema de conexin al registro de refrigeracin debe
que puede producir el chorro de aire caliente o la produccin establecerse libre de tensiones y vibraciones, lo cual se
de ruido. puede garantizar con conexiones de tubos flexibles.
En ambientes de aire contaminado hay que contar con Tenga en cuenta las correspondientes normas de seguridad
sedimentos de suciedad en el registro de refrigeracin. Esto para evitar daos ecolgicos por un derrame accidental de
produce un descenso de la capacidad de refrigeracin. En aceite (p. ej. artesas para virutas).
este caso deben ser limpiados peridicamente los
conductos de aire, especialmente en caso de aire con
contenido en aceite pulverizado.
En montajes al aire libre hay que prever una proteccin
suficiente de los motores contra las influencias
atmosfricas.
Procure que tenga buena accesibilidad para inspeccin y
mantenimiento.
La serie BLK forma parte de nuestro

programa de control de fluidos
Fluidcontrol Fluidcontrol
disponible desde hace 25 aos en la tecnologa de quiere decir seguridad, proteccin del medio ambiente y
procesos para el cuidado y el control de los fluidos ahorro del consumo de fluidos mediante precisos
hidrulicos, aceites lubricantes y fluidos. controles de nivel y medicin de cantidades
La concentracin en ese rea sectorial ofrece a nuestros
Fluidcontrol socios un asesoramiento competente, modernas
es ahorro de energa, porque se miden los fluidos en soluciones de problemas y fabricantes de productos
estrechos lmites de temperatura y se enfran. clebres en todo el mundo.
Fluidcontrol
significa reduccin del desgaste y vida til ptima para
fluidos y componentes mediante un filtrado econmico y
de calidad.
Reservada la posibilidad de realizar modificaciones tcnicas
DS 35 0001
02/2013
Pgina 8/8
'JMUSPEFSFUPSOPQBSB 34
3FFNQMB[BB

NPOUBKFTPCSFUBORVF
5JQP5&/IBTUB5&
5BNBPOPNJOBMTFHO%*/IBTUB
5BNBPTOPNJOBMFTBEJDJPOBMFT
1SFTJOOPNJOBMCBS<QTJ>
$POFYJOIBTUB(IBTUB4"&IBTUB4"&
)@E
$POUFOJEP 1HJOB -PTGJMUSPTEFSFUPSOPFTUODPODFCJEPTQBSBNPOUBKFTPCSFFM
$BSBDUFSTUJDBT EFQTJUPEFGMVJEPIJESVMJDP4JSWFOQBSBMBTFQBSBDJOEFTVT
UBODJBTTMJEBTEFUPEPFMGMVJEPIJESVMJDPRVFSFUPSOBIBDJB
%BUPTQBSBFMQFEJEP
FMEFQTJUP
5JQPTQSFGFSFOUFT
4FDBSBDUFSJ[BODPNPTJHVF
4NCPMPT
"ETPSDJOEFQBSUDVMBTNVZGJOBTBUSBWTEFVOBNQMJP
'VODJPOBNJFOUP DPSUF SBOHPEFEJGFSFODJBEFQSFTJPOFT
%BUPTUDOJDPT &MFWBEBDBQBDJEBEEFSFUFODJOEFJNQVSF[BTEFCJEPBVOB
$VSWBTDBSBDUFSTUJDBT HSBOTVQFSGJDJFFTQFDGJDBEFGJMUSBEP
%JNFOTJPOFT #VFOBSFTJTUFODJBRVNJDBEFMFMFNFOUPGJMUSBOUF
0QDJPOFT &MFWBEBSFTJTUFODJBBMBQSFTJOEFSFWFOUOEFMFMFNFOUP
*OEJDBEPSFTEFNBOUFOJNJFOUP GJMUSBOUF QPSFKBSSBORVFFOGSP
3FQVFTUPTZBDDFTPSJPT .BMMBTGJMUSBOUFTN

*OTUBMBDJO QVFTUBFOTFSWJDJP NBOUFOJNJFOUP &RVJQBNJFOUPEFGJMUSBEPFTUOEBSDPOVOBWMWVMBCZQBTT
$MBTJGJDBDJOTFHOEJSFDUJWBEFEJTQPTJUJWPTEF "NQMJPQSPHSBNBEFBDDFTPSJPT QPSFKEJGFSFOUFTJOEJDBEP
QSFTJO&( SFTEFNBOUFOJNJFOUP UVCPTEFTBMJEB
"QMJDBDJOFO[POBTDPOQFMJHSPEFFYQMPTJO
TFHOEJSFDUJWB&( "5&9

#PTDI3FYSPUI"()ZESBVMJDT 5&/5&34
%BUPTQBSBFMQFEJEP
EFMGJMUSPEFMUBNBPOPNJOBMIBTUB
5&/ "

1SFTJO %BUPTDPNQMFNFOUBSJPT
CBS<QTJ> TJFTOFDFTBSJP
5JQPDPOTUSVDUJWP /# TJOCZQBTT

'JMUSPEFSFUPSOP TJNQMF ' GJMUSPEFWFOUJMBDJO
DPOFMFNFOUPGJMUSBOUF '/ GJMUSPEFWFOUJMBDJODPO
TFHO%*/ 5&/ QSPUFDDJODPOUSBEFSSBNF
5BNBPOPNJOBM . DPOFYJO.JOJNFY
OPQPTJCMFDPONBONFUSP

3 UVCPEFTBMJEBNN<>

3 UVCPEFTBMJEBNN< >

3 UVCPEFTBMJEBNN< >
'JOVSBEFMGJMUSPFOuN
4 DPOFYJOEFDBSHB
/PNJOBM TMPQPTJCMFDPOJOEJDBEPS
.BMMBEFBDFSPJOPYJEBCMF MBWBCMF EFNBOUFOJNJFOUPNFDOJDPQUJDP

( ( ( ( ( (
&OUSBEBQSJODJQBM
1BQFM OPMBWBCMF
1 1 1 5BNBP
DPOTUSVDUJWP
"CTPMVUB *40
.JDSPHMBT OPMBWBCMF $POFYJO

)9- )9- )9- )9- )9- 3 ( Y
%JGFSFODJBEFQSFTJO 3 ( Y
%JGFSFODJBEFQSFTJONYBENJTJCMFEFM 6/#
6 Y Y
FMFNFOUPGJMUSBOUF <4"&>
CBS<QTJ>DPOWMWVMBCZQBTT 6/#
QSFTJOEFBQFSUVSB CBS<QTJ>
" 6 Y Y
<4"&>
7FSTJOEFFMFNFOUP DPOFYJOFTUOEBS
1FHBNFOUPFTUOEBS5p$<p'> Y DPOFYJOBMUFSOBUJWB
.BUFSJBMFTUOEBS
*OEJDBEPSEFNBOUFOJNJFOUP +VOUBT
4JO . KVOUB/#3
.FDOJDPQUJDP QPMJBNJEB QSFTJOEFDPONVUBDJO CBS<QTJ>
1 7 KVOUB',.
.FDOJDPQUJDP BMVNJOJP QSFTJOEFDPONVUBDJO CBS<QTJ>
7
7
7
&KFNQMP5&/)9-"1 .3
.BONFUSPCBS<QTJ>EFSFDIB .3
5&/)9-".3.3
.FDOJDPQUJDPNBONFUSPEFSFDIB .37
0USBTWFSTJPOFT QPSFKNBUFSJBMFTEFMGJMUSP DPOFYJPOFT FTUOEJTQPOJCMFTBQFEJEP

345&/5& )ZESBVMJDT#PTDI3FYSPUI"(
%BUPTQBSBFMQFEJEP
5&/ "


'JMUSPEFSFUPSOP TJNQMF . DPOFYJO.JOJNFY
DPOFMFNFOUPGJMUSBOUF OPQPTJCMFDPONBONFUSP
TFHO%*/ 5&/ 4 DPOFYJOEFDBSHB

TMPQPTJCMFDPOJOEJDBEPS
5BNBPOPNJOBM
EFNBOUFOJNJFOUPNFDOJDPQUJDP

&OUSBEBQSJODJQBM
5BNBP
DPOTUSVDUJWP
'JOVSBEFMGJMUSPFOuN

/PNJOBM $POFYJO
.BMMBEFBDFSPJOPYJEBCMF MBWBCMF
3 ( Y
( ( ( ( ( (
3 ( Y
1BQFM OPMBWBCMF
1 1 1 4"&
4 Y Y
"CTPMVUB *40
QTJ

.JDSPHMBT OPMBWBCMF 4"&
4 Y Y
)9- )9- )9- )9- )9- QTJ
%JGFSFODJBEFQSFTJO 6/#
6 Y Y
%JGFSFODJBEFQSFTJONYBENJTJCMFEFMFMFNFOUP <4"&>
GJMUSBOUF 4"&
4 Y
CBS<QTJ> JODMVTJWFWMWVMBCZQBTT QTJ

" 4"&
4 Y
7FSTJOEFFMFNFOUP QTJ
1FHBNFOUPFTUOEBS5p$<p'> DPOFYJOFTUOEBS
.BUFSJBMFTUOEBS Y DPOFYJOBMUFSOBUJWB
*OEJDBEPSEFNBOUFOJNJFOUP
+VOUBT
4JO
. KVOUB/#3
1
7 KVOUB',.
7
7
7 &KFNQMP5&/1"1 .3
.BONFUSPCBS<QTJ>J[RVJFSEB .-
5&/)9-".-.4
.FDOJDPQUJDPNBONFUSPJ[RVJFSEB .-7

%BUPTQBSBFMQFEJEP
5& "


'JMUSPEFSFUPSOPTJNQMF5& . DPOFYJO.JOJNFY
OPQPTJCMFDPONBONFUSP
&MFNFOUPGJMUSBOUF
4 DPOFYJOEFDBSHB
4FHO%*/
TMPQPTJCMFDPOJOEJDBEPSEF
OPQBSBZ
/
NBOUFOJNJFOUPNFDOJDPQUJDP

5BNBPOPNJOBM
5&/ &OUSBEBQSJODJQBM
5& 5BNBP
5& DPOTUSVDUJWP

'JOVSBEFMGJMUSPFOuN
/PNJOBM $POFYJO
.BMMBEFBDFSPJOPYJEBCMF MBWBCMF 4"&
4 Y Y
( ( ( ( ( ( QTJ
1BQFM OPMBWBCMF 4"&
4 Y
1 1 1 QTJ
"CTPMVUB *40
DPOFYJOFTUOEBS
.JDSPHMBT OPMBWBCMF Y DPOFYJOBMUFSOBUJWB
)9- )9- )9- )9- )9-
%JGFSFODJBEFQSFTJO +VOUBT
%JGFSFODJBEFQSFTJONYBENJTJCMFEFMFMFNFOUPGJMUSBOUF . KVOUB/#3
CBS<QTJ> JODMVTJWFWMWVMBCZQBTT 7 KVOUB',.
"
7FSTJOEFFMFNFOUP
1FHBNFOUPFTUOEBS5p$<p'>
.BUFSJBMFTUOEBS
4JO
1
7
7
7
.BONFUSPCBS<QTJ>J[RVJFSEB .- &KFNQMP5&/)9-"1 .4
.FDOJDPQUJDPNBONFUSPJ[RVJFSEB .-7 5&)9-"1 .4

%BUPTQBSBFMQFEJEP
EFMFMFNFOUPGJMUSBOUF
"
5JQPDPOTUSVDUJWP +VOUB
5BNBPOPNJOBM . KVOUB/#3
5&/ 7 KVOUB',.
FMFNFOUPGJMUSBOUFTFHO%*/
7MWVMBCZQBTT
QBSBFMFNFOUPGJMUSBOUFTJFNQSF
%JGFSFODJBEFQSFTJO
5& EJGFSFODJBEFQSFTJONYBENJTJCMF
'JOVSBEFMGJMUSPFOuN EFMFMFNFOUPGJMUSBOUF
/PNJOBM " CBS<QTJ>
.BMMBEFBDFSPJOPYJEBCMF MBWBCMF
( ( ( ( ( (
1BQFM OPMBWBCMF
1 1 1 &KFNQMPEFQFEJEP
"CTPMVUB *40
)9-".
.JDSPHMBT OPMBWBCMF
)9- )9- )9- )9- )9-
4FQVFEFFODPOUSBSNTJOGPSNBDJOTPCSFMPTFMFNFOUPTGJMUSBOUFT3FYSPUIFOFMDBUMPHP
5JQPTQSFGFSFOUFT
'JMUSPEFSFUPSOPQBSBNPOUBKFTPCSFUBORVF GJOVSBuN uNZuN
$BVEBMFOMNJO<HQN>
'JMUSPUJQP QBSBNNT<464>Z $POFYJOOSPEFNBUFSJBM
Q CBS<QTJ>
5&/)9-"1 . <> 3 3 6 3
5&/)9-"1 . <> 3 3 6 3
5&/)9-"1 . <> 3 3 6 3
5&/)9-"1 . <> 3 3 4 3
5&/)9-"1 . <> 3 3 4 3
5&/)9-"1 . <> 4 3 4 3
5&/)9-"1 . <> 4 3 4 3
5&/)9-"1 . <> 4 3 4 3
5&)9-"1 . <> 4 3 4 3
5&)9-"1 . <> 4 3 4 3
5&/)9-"1 . <> 3 3 6 3

5&/)9-"1 . <> 3 3 6 3
5&/)9-"1 . <> 3 3 6 3
5&/)9-"1 . <> 3 3 4 3
5&/)9-"1 . <> 3 3 4 3
5&/)9-"1 . <> 4 3 4 3
5&/)9-"1 . <> 4 3 4 3
5&/)9-"1 . <> 4 3 4 3
5&)9-"1 . <> 4 3 4 3
5&)9-"1 . <> 4 3 4 3
5&/)9-"1 . <> 3 3 6 3

5&/)9-"1 . <> 3 3 6 3
5&/)9-"1 . <> 3 3 6 3
5&/)9-"1 . <> 3 3 4 3
5&/)9-"1 . <> 3 3 4 3
5&/)9-"1 . <> 4 3 4 3
5&/)9-"1 . <> 4 3 4 3
5&/)9-"1 . <> 4 3 4 3
5&)9-"1 . <> 4 3 4 3
5&)9-"1 . <> 4 3 4 3
5JQPTQSFGFSFOUFT
.BUFSJBMEFMGJMUSPOSPEFNBUFSJBM
5JQPEFFMFNFOUP
)9- )9- )9-
". 3 3 3
". 3 3 3
". 3 3 3
". 3 3 3
". 3 3 3
". 3 3 3
". 3 3 3
". 3 3 3
". 3 3 3
". 3 3 3
%BUPTQBSBFMQFEJEP UJQPTQSFGFSFOUFT&MFNFOUPFMFDUSOJDPEFDPONVUBDJOQBSBJOEJDB
EPSEFNBOUFOJNJFOUP
"MFNQMFBSVOFMFNFOUPFMDUSJDPEFDPONVUBDJODPOTVQSF 7 P7 7FSBMSFTQFDUPUBNCJODBQUVMP3FQVFTUPT
TJOEFTFBMIBTUBp$ 8&4146.9 3
ZBDDFTPSJPT

TFEFCFQSFTUBSBUFODJOBRVFTFVUJMJDFFMJOEJDBEPSEFNBO
&MQSPDFTBNJFOUPEFTFBMDPNBOEBEPQPSUFNQFSBUVSBOP
UFOJNJFOUPNFDOJDPQUJDPFOMBWFSTJOEFBMVNJOJP&TUPT
GVODJPOBDPOFMJOEJDBEPSEFNBOUFOJNJFOUPEFQPMJBNJEB
JOEJDBEPSFTEFNBOUFOJNJFOUPTFJEFOUJGJDBODPNP7
8&
FMFNFOUPFMFDUSOJDPEFDPONVUBDJO 8& $POFDUPS
5JQPEFTFBM .Y FODIVGFSFEPOEP.Y QPMPT
QVOUPEFDPONVUBDJO 41 &/ FODIVGFSFDUBOHVMBS QPMPT
QVOUPTEFDPONVUBDJO -&% 41 GPSNB"TFHO&/
QVOUPTEFDPONVUBDJO -&%Z
TVQSFTJOEFTFBMIBTUBp$<p'> 4146
/NFSPEFNBUFSJBMEFMJOEJDBEPSEFNBOUFOJNJFOUPNFDOJDPQUJDP
/SPEF 1VOUPTEF
5JQP 4FBM $POFDUPS -&%
NBUFSJBM DPONVUBDJO
3 8&41.Y $PONVUBEPS /P
3 8&41.Y /PSNBMBCJFSUP QBSB
.Y
VOJEBEFT
3 8&4146.Y OPSNBMDFSSBEP QBSB
3 8&41&/ /PSNBMDFSSBEP &/ /P
&KFNQMPEFQFEJEP
'JMUSPEFSFUPSOPQBSBNPOUBKFTPCSFUBORVFDPOJOEJDBEPSEFNBOUFOJNJFOUPNFDOJDPQUJDPQBSBQOPNCBS<QTJ>
UBNBPOPNJOBM DPOFMFNFOUPGJMUSBOUFEFNZFMFNFOUPEFDPONVUBDJOFMFDUSOJDP.YDPOQVOUPEFDPONV
UBDJOQBSBGMVJEPIJESVMJDPBDFJUFNJOFSBM)-1TFHO%*/
'JMUSP 5&/)9-"1 .3 /SPEFNBUFSJBM3
*OEJDBEPSEFNBOUFOJNJFOUP 8&41.Y /SPEFNBUFSJBM3
&ODIVGFTSFEPOEPT WFSDBUMPHP
4NCPMPT
1BSUFEFDPONVUBDJO $POFDUPS
3()
2
4
1(+)
8&41.Y
100%
1(+)
A
8&41&/
&TRVFNBEJCVKBEPFOFTUBEP
DPOFDUBEP 1VOUPEF
FTUBEPEF DPONVUB
TFSWJDJP
100% DJO
B -&%SPKP
2
&MFNFOUPFMFDUSOJDPEFDPONVUBDJO 75% 4
1VOUPEF
QBSBJOEJDBEPSEFNBOUFOJNJFOUP DPONVUBDJO

-&%BNBSJMMP 1(+)
A
-JTUPQBSB
FMTFSWJDJP
-&%WFSEF
3()
8&41.Y
B 1BSUFEFDPONVUBDJO $POFDUPS
&TRVFNBEJCVKBEPFO 1VOUPEF
FTUBEP DPONVUBDJO
DPOFDUBEPB
UFNQp$ K2 -&%SPKP
2
FTUBEPEF 100%
TFSWJDJP
p$p$ 4
1VOUPEFDPO
p'p' K1 NVUBDJO
4*/0 75% -&%BNBSJMMP 1(+)
S1 -JTUPQBSBFM
75% S2-100% TFSWJDJP
K1 K2 -&%WFSEF 3()
8&4146.Y
-PTGJMUSPTEFSFUPSOPFTUOQSFWJTUPTQBSBFMNPOUBKFEJSFDUP
TPCSFFMEFQTJUPEFGMVJEPIJESVMJDP 7
$POTUBOCTJDBNFOUFEFDBCF[BEFGJMUSP
WBTPEFGJM
USP
UBQB
FMFNFOUPGJMUSBOUF
BTDPNPWMWVMB
CZQBTTFTUOEBS
6
-PTGJMUSPTQVFEFODPOGJHVSBSTFDPOEJGFSFOUFTJOEJDBEPSFT
EFNBOUFOJNJFOUPBRVTFNVFTUSBDPOVOPNFDOJDPQUJ
DP
FODPNCJOBDJODPOVOFMFNFOUPEFDPONVUBDJOFMFD
USOJDP

3
4FHOFMUBNBPOPNJOBMEFMGJMUSPTFEJTQPOFEFPUSBT
GVODJPOFTBEJDJPOBMFTQPSFKVOGJMUSPEFWFOUJMBDJO
VOB
QSPUFDDJODPOUSBEFSSBNF
PUVCPTEFSFUPSOPFOEJTUJOUBT
MPOHJUVEFT
WFSBMSFTQFDUPUBNCJOFMDBQUVMP3FQVFT I
UPTZBDDFTPSJPT
%VSBOUFFMTFSWJDJP FMGMVJEPIJESVMJDPMMFHBBUSBWTEFMB
DPOFYJOMBMBDBSDBTBEFMGJMUSP BUSBWJFTBBMMFMFMFNFOUPGJM 1
USBOUF
FOTFOUJEPEFBGVFSBIBDJBBEFOUSPZTFQVSJGJDBTF 8
HOMBGJOVSBEFMGJMUSP-BTQBSUDVMBTEFJNQVSF[BTSFUFOJEBT
TFEFQPTJUBOFOFMFMFNFOUPGJMUSBOUF&MGMVJEPIJESVMJDPGJMUSB
EPMMFHBBMUBORVFBUSBWTEFMBBCFSUVSBEFTBMJEB 5
9
10
3FQSFTFOUBDJOFKFNQMBSCBTBEBFOVOGJMUSP5&/
(FOFSBMFT
1PTJDJOEFNPOUBKF 7FSUJDBM
3BOHPEFUFNQFSBUVSBBNCJFOUF p$<p'> <> CSFWFNFOUFIBTUB<>
5BNBPOPNJOBM 5/

.BTB LH<MCT> <> <> <> <> <>
5BNBPOPNJOBM 5/
.BTB LH<MCT> <> <> <> <> <>
.BUFSJBM 1MTUJDPSFGPS[BEPDPOGJCSBEFDBSCPOP UBNBPT
5BQBEFGJMUSP
"MVNJOJP UBNBPT
$BCF[BEFGJMUSP "MVNJOJP
1MTUJDPSFGPS[BEPDPOGJCSBEFDBSCPOP UBNBPT
$BSDBTBEFGJMUSP
"DFSPSFDVCJFSUP UBNBPT
*OEJDBEPSQUJDP 1
1MTUJDP1"
EFNBOUFOJNJFOUP 7
"MVNJOJP
&MFNFOUPFMFDUSOJDPEFDPONVUBDJO 1MTUJDP1"
.BONFUSP 1MTUJDP
)JESVMJDPT
1SFTJOEFTFSWJDJPNYJNB CBS<QTJ> <>
3BOHPEFUFNQFSBUVSBEFMGMVJEPIJESVMJDP p$<p'> <>
$POEVDUJWJEBENOJNBEFMNFEJP Q4N
3FTJTUFODJBBMBGBUJHBTFHO*40 $JDMPTEFDBSHB QBSBQSFTJOEFTFSWJDJPNYJNB
1SFTJOEFBQFSUVSBEFMBWMWVMBCZQBTT CBS<QTJ> q <q>
5JQPEFNFEJDJOEFQSFTJOEFMJOEJDBEPSEFNBOUFOJNJFOUP 1SFTJOEJONJDB
1SFTJOEFSFBDDJOEFMJOEJDBEPSEFNBOUFOJNJFOUP1 CBS<QTJ>
<
>
1SFTJOEFSFBDDJOEFMJOEJDBEPSEFNBOUFOJNJFOUP7 CBS<QTJ> q <q> q <q> q <q>
&MDUSJDPT FMFNFOUPFMFDUSOJDPEFDPONVUBDJO

$POFYJOFMDUSJDB &ODIVGFSFEPOEP.Y QPMPT $POFYJOOPSNBMJ[BEB
&/
7FSTJO 41.Y 41.Y 41.Y 41&/
$BSHBEFDPOUBDUP UFOTJODPOUJOVB "NY
3BOHPEFUFOTJO 7NY $"$$
$$
$"
$$
1PUFODJBNYEFDPONVUBDJOQBSBDBSHBINJDB 8
5JQPEFDPONVUBDJO EFTFBM /PSNBMBCJFSUP
EFTFBM $PONVUBEPS /PSNBMDFSSBEP /PSNBMDFSSBEP
4146 $POFYJOEF
TFBMBp$
<p'>
EFTDPOFYJOB
p$<p'>
*OEJDBDJONFEJBOUF-&% -JTUPQBSBFMTFSWJDJP -&%WFS
FOFMFMFNFOUPFMFDUSOJDPEFDPONVUBDJO41 EF
EFMQVOUPEFDPONV
UBDJO -&%BNBSJMMP
EFM
QVOUPEFDPONVUBDJO -&%SPKP
5JQPEFQSPUFDDJOTFHO&/ *1 *1

3BOHPEFUFNQFSBUVSBBNCJFOUF p$<p'> <>
1BSBUFOTJODPOUJOVBTPCSF7TFEFCFQSFWFSVOBQBHBDIJTQBTQBSBQSPUFHFSFMDPOUBDUPEFDPONVUBDJO
.BTB FMFNFOUPFMFDUSOJDPEFDPONVUBDJO
DPOFODIVGFSFEPOEP.Y LH<MCT> <>
&MFNFOUPGJMUSBOUF
1BQFMEFGJCSBEFWJESJP)9- &MFNFOUPEFTDBSUBCMFFOCBTFBGJCSBJOPSHOJDB
3FMBDJOEFGJMUSBEP -JNQJF[BBMDBO[BCMFEF
TFHO*40CJT BDFJUFTFHO*40
QCBS<QTJ> 4"&"4
4FQBSBDJOEFQBSUDVMBT )9- D

)9- D

)9- D

)9- D

%JGFSFODJBEFQSFTJOBENJTJCMF CBS<QTJ> <>
5BNBPOPNJOBM 5/
.BTB LH
<MCT> <> <> <> <> <>
5BNBPOPNJOBM 5/
.BTB LH
<MCT> <> <> <> <> <>
.BUFSJBMEFKVOUBQBSBGMVJEPTIJESVMJDPT
"DFJUFTNJOFSBMFT %BUPTQBSBFMQFEJEP
"DFJUFNJOFSBM )-1 TFHO%*/ .
'MVJEPTIJESVMJDPTEJGDJMNFOUFJOGMBNBCMFT %BUPTQBSBFMQFEJEP
&NVMTJPOFT )'"& TFHO%*/ .
4PMVDJPOFTBDVPTBTTJOUUJDBT )'"4 TFHO%*/ .
4PMVDJPOFTBDVPTBT )'$ TFHO7%." .
TUFSGPTGSJDP )'%3TFHO7%." 7
TUFSPSHOJDP )'%6TFHO7%." 7
'MVJEPTIJESVMJDPTSQJEBNFOUFCJPEFHSBEBCMFT %BUPTQBSBFMQFEJEP
5SJHMJDSJEPT BDFJUFEFDPM[B
)&5(TFHO7%." .
&TUFSTJOUUJDP )&&4TFHO7%." 7
1PMJHMJDPM )&1(TFHO7%." 7
$VSWBTDBSBDUFSTUJDBT NFEJEBTDPOBDFJUFNJOFSBM)-1TFHO%*/QBSB5p$<p'>
)9-
/VFTUSPQSPHSBNBDPNQVUBSJ[BEP#3'JMUFS4FMFDU
140 mm2/s [649 SUS]
QPTJCJMJUBVOEJTFPQUJNPEFMGJMUSPZFMEJTFPDPO 68 mm2/s [315 SUS]
PUSPTNBUFSJBMFTZNBMMBTGJMUSBOUFT 7JTDPTJEBEEFMBDFJUF 30 mm2/s [142 SUS]
5&/)9-"3 5&/)9-"3
%JGFSFODJBEFQSFTJOFOCBS<QTJ>
3,5 3,5
[50] [50]
3,0 3,0
[40] [40]
2,5 2,5
[30] 2,0 [30] 2,0
[20] 1,5 [20] 1,5
1,0 1,0
[10] [10]
0,5 0,5
[0] [0]
0 10 20 30 40 50 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
[0] [2] [4] [6] [8] [10] [12] [0] [4] [8] [12] [16] [20]
$BVEBMFOMNJO<HQN> $BVEBMFOMNJO<HQN>
5&/)9-"3 5&/)9-"3
[50] 3,5 [50] 3,5
3,0 3,0
[40] [40]
2,5 2,5
[30] 2,0 [30] 2,0
[20] 1,5 [20] 1,5
1,0 1,0
[10] [10]
0,5 0,5
[0] [0]
0 20 40 60 80 100 0 40 80 120 160 200
[0] [5] [10] [15] [20] [25] [0] [10] [20] [30] [40] [50]
5&/)9-"3 5&/)9-"4
[50] 3,5 [50] 3,5
3,0 3,0
[40] [40]
2,5 2,5
[30] 2,0 [30] 2,0
[20] 1,5 [20] 1,5
1,0 1,0
[10] [10]
0,5 0,5
[0] [0]
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 0 100 200 300 400 500
[0] [10] [20] [30] [40] [50] [60] [70] [0] [20] [40] [60] [80] [100] [120]
$VSWBTDBSBDUFSTUJDBT NFEJEBTDPOBDFJUFNJOFSBM)-1TFHO%*/QBSB5p$<p'>
)9-
/VFTUSPQSPHSBNBDPNQVUBSJ[BEP#3'JMUFS4FMFDU
QPTJCJMJUBVOEJTFPQUJNPEFMGJMUSPZFMEJTFPDPO 140 mm2/s [649 SUS]
68 mm2/s [315 SUS]
PUSPTNBUFSJBMFTZNBMMBTGJMUSBOUFT 7JTDPTJEBEEFMBDFJUF 30 mm2/s [142 SUS]
5&/)9-"3 5&/)9-"3
[50] 3,5 [50] 3,5
3,0 3,0
[40] [40]
2,5 2,5
[30] 2,0 [30] 2,0
[20] 1,5 [20] 1,5
1,0 1,0
[10] [10]
0,5 0,5
[0] [0]
0 10 20 30 40 50 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
[0] [2] [4] [6] [8] [10] [12] [0] [4] [8] [12] [16] [20]
5&/)9-"3 5&/)9-"3
[50] 3,5 [50] 3,5
3,0 3,0
[40] [40]
2,5 2,5
[30] 2,0 [30] 2,0
[20] 1,5 [20] 1,5
1,0 1,0
[10] [10]
0,5 0,5
[0] [0]
0 20 40 60 80 100 0 40 80 120 160 200
[0] [5] [10] [15] [20] [25] [0] [10] [20] [30] [40] [50]
5&/)9-"3 5&/)9-"4
[50] 3,5 [50] 3,5
3,0 3,0
[40] [40]
2,5 2,5
[30] 2,0 [30] 2,0
[20] 1,5 [20] 1,5
1,0 1,0
[10] [10]
0,5 0,5
[0] [0]
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 0 100 200 300 400 500
[0] [10] [20] [30] [40] [50] [60] [70] [0] [20] [40] [60] [80] [100] [120]
%JNFOTJPOFT5/ NFEJEBTFONN<JODI>
A3
7JTUB9
174 [6.85]
106 [4.17]
45 [1.77]
X
C1
A1
G 1 1/2
(SGJDPEFDPOFYJOEFMUBORVF
137 [5.39]
M10
14
0 [5
.51]
5
18 8]
[7.2
G3/4 G1/4
95 [3.74] 103 [4.06]
$BSDBTBEFGJMUSPQBSBFMFNFOUPGJMUSBOUFTFHO%*/
$
&TUOEBS 0QDJPOBM
$POUFOJEP
5JQP5&/ " "
3PTDBQBSB 3PTDBQBSB
FOM<HBM> #SJEB4"&TF 3PTDBQBSBUVCP
UVCPTFHO UVCPTFHO
HO*40 TFHO4"&+
*40 *40
<> <> <> ( ( 4"&

QTJ 4"&
4"& 6/#
<> <> <> ( ( QTJ

.FEJEBEFEFTNPOUBKFQBSBFMSFFNQMB[PEFMFMFNFOUPGJMUSBOUF
0QDJPOFT
3a
I
4
3b 5
3FQSFTFOUBDJOFKFNQMBSCBTBEBFOVOGJMUSP5&/
0QDJPOFT 1PTJDJO %BUPTQBSB 5BNBPOPNJOBMEFGJMUSP

FMQFEJEP
1 7
*OEJDBEPSNFDOJDPQUJDP
7 7
.BONFUSPEFSFDIB B .3
.BONFUSPJ[RVJFSEB C .-
.FDOJDPQUJDPNBONFUSPEFSFDIB C .37
$POFYJO.JOJNFTT BZPC .
$POFYJOEFDBSHB TJOJOEJDBEPSEFNBOUFOJNJFOUP
4
7FSDBQUVMP
5VCPEFTBMJEB
3
3FQVFTUPTZBDDFTPSJPT
'JMUSPEFWFOUJMBDJO '
'JMUSPEFWFOUJMBDJOQSPUFDDJODPOUSBEFSSBNF '/
&MFNFOUPFMFDUSOJDPEFDPONVUBDJO 7FSDBQUVMP%BUPTQBSBFMQFEJEP UJQPTQSFGFSFOUFT

-PTUVCPTEFTBMJEBQBSBUBNBPTOPNJOBMFTTFTVNJOJTUSBOTMPQSFFOTBNCMBEPTFOFMGMUSPDPNQMFUP
-PTUVCPTEFTBMJEBQBSBPUSPTUBNBPTOPNJOBMFTEFCFOTPMJDJUBSTFQPSTFQBSBEPZOPTFQSFFOTBNCMBO
%BUPTQBSBFMQFEJEP WFS3FQVFTUPTZBDDFTPSJPT
*OEJDBEPSFTEFNBOUFOJNJFOUP NFEJEBTFONN<JODI>
&MFNFOUPEFDPONVUBDJOFMFDUSOJDP &MFNFOUPEFDPONVUBDJOFMFDUSOJDP
DPOFODIVGFSFEPOEP.Y QPMPT DPOFODIVGFSFDUBOHVMBS&/
60 [2.36] 77,5 [3.05]

47,5 [1.87] 5 48,7 [1.92]
5 26,5 [1.04] 26,5 [1.04]
35,5 [1.40]
35,5 [1.40]
100%
75%
84,5 [3.33]
84,5 [3.33]
Rexroth Rexroth
2
3
1
1
[0.65]
[0.65]
16,6
16,6
7
M30x1,5 M20x1,5 M30x1,5
7 p1 p1
6
50,5 [1.99]
50,5 [1.99]
44,2 [1.74]
44,2 [1.74]
M12x1
*OEJDBEPSEFNBOUFOJNJFOUPNFDOJDPQUJDP 0CTFSWBDJPOFT
UPSRVFNYEFBQSJFUF."NY/N<MCGU> -BSFQSFTFOUBDJOJODMVZFJOEJDBEPSNFDOJDPQUJDPEFNBO
UPSRVFNYEFBQSJFUFQBSBJOEJDBEPSEFQSFTJOEJO UFOJNJFOUP
ZFMFNFOUPFMFDUSOJDPEFDPONVUBDJO

NJDBFO1"."NY/N<MCGU>
&MFNFOUPEFDPONVUBDJODPONBZPSQPUFODJB BQFEJEP
&MFNFOUPEFDPONVUBDJODPOBOJMMPEFTFHVSJEBEQBSB
"MFNQMFBSVOFMFNFOUPFMFDUSOJDPEFDPONVUBDJODPO
JOEJDBEPSFMDUSJDPEFNBOUFOJNJFOUP HJSBCMFp

TVQSFTJOEFTFBMIBTUBp$ 8&4146.9
FODIVGF.Y QPMPT
3
TFEFCFQSFTUBSBUFODJOBRVFTFVUJMJDFFM
&MFNFOUPEFDPONVUBDJODPOBOJMMPEFTFHVSJEBEQBSB JOEJDBEPSEFNBOUFOJNJFOUPNFDOJDPQUJDPFOMBWFSTJOEF
JOEJDBEPSFMDUSJDPEFNBOUFOJNJFOUP HJSBCMFp
BMVNJOJP&TUPTJOEJDBEPSFTEFNBOUFOJNJFOUPTFJEFOUJGJDBO
FODIVGF&/ FMFMDEJHPEFMGJMUSPDPNP7 7 P7 7FSBMSFT
$BSDBTBDPOUSFTEJPEPTMVNJOPTPT7 QFDUPUBNCJODBQUVMP3FQVFTUPTZBDDFTPSJPT
WFSEF MJTUPQBSBFMTFSWJDJP &MQSPDFTBNJFOUPEFTFBMDPNBOEBEPQPSUFNQFSBUVSBOP
BNBSJMMP QVOUPEFDPONVUBDJO GVODJPOBDPOFMJOEJDBEPSEFNBOUFOJNJFOUPEFQPMJBNJEB
SPKP QVOUPEFDPONVUBDJO
*OEJDBEPSQUJDPCJFTUBCMF
"OJMMPEFTFHVSJEBE%*/Y
/SPEFNBUFSJBM3
3FQVFTUPTZBDDFTPSJPT NFEJEBTFONN<JODI>
5VCPTDPODPOFYJOSPTDBEB
.FEJEBTZWBSJBOUFT
d1
1)
l

%JTUBODJBSFDPNFOEBEBIBTUBMBCBTFEFMUBORVF TJOPTFJOEJDBPUSB
NN<>
"QBSUJSEFVOBMPOHJUVEEFUVCPEFNNSFDPNFOEBNPTBMUBNFOUFVOBGJKBDJOEFMUVCPEFTBMJEB
NFEJBOUFVOTPQPSUFEFUVCPFOFMJOUFSJPSEFMUBORVF
$JODBEP &4 JOPYJEBCMF
%FOPNJOBDJO %FOPNJOBDJO
30)3"#3 30)3"#3&4
.FEJEBT
%/
E E M /SPEFNBUFSJBM /SPEFNBUFSJBM
- 3 3
- 3 3
3 - 3
- 3
- 3
- 3 3
3
- 3 3
- 3
- 3 3
3 - 3
- 3 3
- 3 3
3PTDB 3PTDBQBSBUVCPT8IJUXPSUITFHO%*/QBSUF DPOJDJEBE

.BUFSJBMUSBUBNJFOUPTVQFSGJDJBM 4UTFHO%*/DJODBEP #
TFHO%*/

&KFNQMPEFQFEJEPUSNJOPEFCTRVFEB
5VCPTFHO%*/ *40
DPOSPTDB3Z-NN DJODBEP
30)3"#3-/SPEFNBUFSJBM3
3FQVFTUPTZBDDFTPSJPT
NFDOJDPQUJDP
8 0 4

*OEJDBEPSEFNBOUFOJNJFOUP 8 .BUFSJBMEFDBSDBTB
*OEJDBEPSEFNBOUFOJNJFOUPNFDOJDPQUJDP0 1" QMTUJDP
4JOEFOPN BMVNJOJP
%JTFP
1SFTJOEJONJDB.Y 4 1SFTJOOPNJOBMNY
CBS
1SFTJOEFDPONVUBDJO
CBS OPQPTJCMFQBSBWFSTJO1"
+VOUBT
CBS OPQPTJCMFQBSBWFSTJO1"
. KVOUB/#3
7 KVOUB',.
CBS
&MFNFOUPEFGJMUSPEFWFOUJMBDJO TMPQBSB5&/
/SPEFNBUFSJBM
NFDOJDPQUJDP
5JQP /SPEFNBUFSJBM
804 . 3
14 3
804 7 3
804 . 3
804 7 3
804 . 3
804 7 3
804 .1" 3
804 71" 3
.BONFUSP
"NBSJMMP
5JQP /SPEFNBUFSJBM 3
3PKP
.CBS 3 7FSEF 2 4
40
60
20
1 5
80
psi
bar
0 6
+VFHPEFKVOUBT
% 5&

+VFHPEFKVOUBT
4FSJFDPOTUSVDUJWB5&
5BNBPOPNJOBM
/
+VFHPEFKVOUBT /SPEFNBUFSJBM
/
/ %5&/. 3
/ %5&/. 3

%5&/. 3
+VOUBT
%5&/. 3
+VOUB/#3 .
+VOUB',. 7 %5&. 3
*OTUBMBDJO QVFTUBFOTFSWJDJP NBOUFOJNJFOUP
.POUBKFEFMGJMUSP SQJEBNFOUFPUSBWF[IBDJBBGVFSBPOPEFTBQBSFDFMBTF
1BSBFMNPOUBKFEFMGJMUSPTFEFCFQSFTUBSBUFODJOBRVF BMFMDUSJDBBMBUFNQFSBUVSBEFTFSWJDJP TFEFCFSFFN
QMB[BSPMJNQJBSFMFMFNFOUPGJMUSBOUFMVFHPEFMBGJOBMJ[B
B
FTUQSFWJTUBMBBMUVSBSFRVFSJEBQBSBSFUJSBSFMFMFNFOUP
DJOEFMUVSOP
GJMUSBOUFZFMWBTPEFMGJMUSP
-VFHPEFDPNPNYJNPNFTFTTFEFCFSBSFFNQMB[BS
C
MBBCFSUVSBEFNPOUBKFEFMGJMUSPFOFMUBORVFOPTFBNVZ
PMJNQJBSFMFMFNFOUPGJMUSBOUF
HSBOEF DPOFMMPTFHBSBOUJ[BVOBQFSGFDUBFTUBORVFJEBE
D
FMGJMUSPTFBNPOUBEPTJOUFOTJOTPCSFMBUBQBEFMEFQTJ
UP Z 3FFNQMB[PEFMFMFNFOUP
E
MBDBSDBTBEFMGJMUSPFTUDPOFDUBEBBUJFSSB 1BSBSMBJOTUBMBDJO EFTDBSHBSFMGJMUSPEFMMBEPEFQSFTJO
&MGJMUSPFTUDPOTUSVJEPDPOVOBDBSDBTBFOEPTQBSUFT&M 3FUJSBSMPTUPSOJMMPTFOMBUBQBEFMGJMUSP BGMPKBSTUBZFY
NJTNPTFEFCFNPOUBSFOFMEFQTJUPDPOFMWBTPIBDJBBCB USBFSMBIBDJBBSSJCB
KP4FSFDPNJFOEBGJKBSMPTUVCPTEFEFTDBSHBNBZPSFTB 3FUJSBSFMFMFNFOUPGJMUSBOUFNFEJBOUFSPUBDJPOFTTVBWFT
BQSPYNNDPOVOTPQPSUF BGJOEFFWJUBSNPWJNJFOUPT EFMPTQFSOPTEFSFDFQDJOJOGFSJPSFTFOFMWBTPEFMGJMUSP
QFOEVMBSFTEFCJEPBMBDJSDVMBDJOEFMGMVJEPFOFMUBORVF4F
7FSJGJDBSEBPTFOMBUBQBZFMWBTPEFMGJMUSP%FTFSOFDF
EFCFUFOFSFODVFOUBRVFQBSBUSBCBKPTEFNBOUFOJNJFOUPFM
TBSJP SFFNQMB[BSMPT7FSBMSFTQFDUP LJUEFKVOUBTFOFM
WBTPEFMGJMUSPZFMUVCPEFEFTDBSHBEFCFOTFSSFUJSBEPTKVO
SFB3FQVFTUPTZBDDFTPSJPT
UPTEFMBDBCF[BEFMGJMUSP
3FOPWBSMPTFMFNFOUPTGJMUSBOUFT MPTEFUFKJEPEFBMBNCSF
$POFYJOEFMJOEJDBEPSFMDUSJDPEFNBOUFOJNJFOUP TFQVFEFOMJNQJBS-BFGFDUJWJEBEEFMBMJNQJF[BEFQFO
-BDPOFYJOEFMJOEJDBEPSFMDUSJDPEFNBOUFOJNJFOUPTFSFB EFEFMUJQPEFTVDJFEBEZEFMBNBHOJUVEEFMBEJGFSFODJB
MJ[BNFEJBOUFFMFMFNFOUPEFDPONVUBDJODPOPQVOUPT EFQSFTJOBOUFTEFMSFFNQMB[PEFMFMFNFOUPGJMUSBOUF4J
TUFTFDPOFDUBBMJOEJDBEPSEFNBOUFOJNJFOUPNFDOJDPQ MBEJGFSFODJBEFQSFTJOMVFHPEFMSFFNQMB[PEFMFMFNFOUP
UJDPZTFTVKFUBDPOBOJMMPEFTFHVSJEBE GJMUSBOUFTVQFSBFMEFMWBMPSEFVOPOVFWPEFGCSJ
DB TFEFCFSFOPWBSUBNCJOFMFMFNFOUP(
$VOEPEFCFSFFNQMB[BSTFPMJNQJBSTFFMFMFNFOUPGJMUSBOUF
7FSJGJDBSTJDPSSFTQPOEFFMDEJHPEFUJQPTZPONFSPEF
-VFHPEFMBQSJNFSQVFTUBFOTFSWJDJPEFMBJOTUBMBDJOTF
NBUFSJBMEFMFMFNFOUPEFSFQVFTUPDPOMPTRVFGJHVSBOFO
EFCFSFFNQMB[BSFMFMFNFOUPGJMUSBOUF
MBQMBDBEFUJQPTEFMGJMUSP
"MBSSBODBSFOGSPQVFEFTBMUBSIBDJBBGVFSBFMCPUOSPKP
$PMPDBSFMFMFNFOUPGJMUSBOUFOVFWPPMJNQJBEPNFEJBOUF
EFMJOEJDBEPSQUJDPEFNBOUFOJNJFOUPHFOFSBOEPVOBTF
SPUBDJPOFTTVBWFTTPCSFMPTQFSOPTEFNPOUBKF
BMFMDUSJDBNFEJBOUFFMFMFNFOUPEFDPONVUBDJO1SF
TJPOFIBDJBBEFOUSPOVFWBNFOUFFMCPUOSPKPTMPEFT .POUBSFMGJMUSPFOMBTFDVFODJBJOWFSTB
QVTEFBMDBO[BSMBUFNQFSBUVSBEFTFSWJDJP4JTUFTBMUB
$MBTJGJDBDJOTFHOEJSFDUJWBEFEJTQPTJUJWPTEFQSFTJO&(
-PTGJMUSPTEFSFUPSOPQBSBNPOUBKFFOUBORVFTFHO
TPODPNQPOFOUFTSFTJTUFOUFTBMBQSFTJOTFHOFMBSUDVMP
TFDDJOEFMBEJSFDUJWBEFEJTQPTJUJWPTEFQSFTJO
&( %(3-
:BRVFMBQSFTJOEFTFSWJDJPOPTVQFSBMPT
CBS TFFMBCPSBOTFHOFMBOFYP**EJBHSBNBEFMB%(3-
TFHOBSUDVMPZOPDPOUJFOFOOJOHVOBJEFOUJGJDBDJO$&
"QMJDBDJOFO[POBTDPOQFMJHSPEFFYQMPTJOTFHOEJSFDUJWB&( "5&9
-PTGJMUSPTEFSFUPSOPQBSBNPOUBKFFOUBORVFTFHO GJDBDJOFOJOTUBMBDJPOFTQBSBHSVQPTEFEJTQPTJUJWPT** DBUF

OPTPOEJTQPTJUJWPTPDPNQPOFOUFTFOFMNBSDPEFMBEJSFDUJ HPSB( [POB
ZDBUFHPSB( [POB
-BDPSSFTQPOEFO
WB&(ZOPDPOUJFOFOOJOHVOBJEFOUJGJDBDJO$& DJBEFMNFEJPEFTFSWJDJPTFFGFDUBFOHSVQPTQBSBBNCJFO
&ODBTPEFJOEJDBEPSFTFMFDUSOJDPTEFNBOUFOJNJFOUP UFTDPOSJFTHPEFFYQMPTJO**#ZDMBTFEFUFNQFSBUVSB5
8&41.YTFUSBUBEFNFEJPTTJNQMFTEFTFSWJDJPFMD
USJDPTFHO%*/&/ MPTDVBMFTOPQPTFFOGVFOUF 1BSBMBBQMJDBDJOEFGJMUSPTEF3FYSPUIFO[POBTDPOQFMJHSP
BMHVOBEFUFOTJO&TUPTNFEJPTTJNQMFTEFTFSWJDJPFMFDUS EFFYQMPTJOTJFNQSFTFEFCFQSFTUBSBUFODJOBMBJHVBMB
OJDPTFQVFEFOBQMJDBSTFHO%*/&/FODJSDVJUPT DJOEFQPUFODJBM
EFDPSSJFOUFBVUPQSPUFHJEPT &&YJC
TJOJEFOUJGJDBDJOOJDFSUJ
1SPQVFTUBEFDPOFYJOTFHO%*/&/
;POBDPOQFMJHSPEF
FYQMPTJO [POB
.FEJPEFTFSWJDJP
DPSSFTQPOEJFOUF
I01
.FEJPEFTFSWJDJP
U01 &YJC
BVUPQSPUFHJEP
-BEFDMBSBDJOEFMGBCSJDBDJOTFHO%*/&/QBSBFTUFGJMUSPTFDPOTJHVFOQPS
TFQBSBEPDPOFMOSPEFNBUFSJBM3
/PUBT
#PTDI3FYSPUI'JMUSBUJPO4ZTUFNT(NC) i5PEPTMPTEFSFDIPTEF#PTDI3FYSPUI"( UBNCJOQBSBFMDBTPEF

)BSEUXBMETUSBF ,FUTDI (FSNBOZ TPMJDJUVEFTEFEFSFDIPTQSPUFHJEPT/PTSFTFSWBNPTUPEBTMBTDBQBDJ
1PTUGBDI ,FUTDI (FSNBOZ EBEFTEJTQPTJUJWBTUBMFTDPNPEFSFDIPTEFDPQJBZEFUSBNJUBDJO
1IPOF
-PTEBUPTJOEJDBEPTTJSWFOTMPQBSBEFTDSJCJSFMQSPEVDUP%FOVFTUSBT
'BY
CSGTTVQQPSU!CPTDISFYSPUIEF DJFSUBDPNQPTJDJOPJEPOFJEBEQBSBVODJFSUPGJOEFFNQMFP-BT
XXXFQQFOTUFJOFSEF FTQFDJGJDBDJPOFTOPMJCFSBOBMVTVBSJPEFMBTQSPQJBTFWBMVBDJPOFTZ
RS 07900/10.06 1/6
Montaje, puesta en marcha y Reemplaza a: 08.06
mantenimiento de instalaciones
hidrulicas
1. Generalidades Para los fluidos hidrulicos:

1.1 La seguridad de funcionamiento y una larga vida til de in- Observar si hay suciedad o humedad; en los tanques
stalaciones hidrulicas y de sus componentes depende de no debe penetrar suciedad del medio!
una correcta manipulacin de los mismos. Llenar slo a travs de filtros, preferentemente a travs
A fin de garantizar un funcionamineto libre de inconveni- de filtros del sistema o estaciones mviles de filtrado
entes cabe observar lo siguiente: con filtro fino.
La pintura protectora interna, en caso de existir, debe
Indicaciones especiales de montaje y servicio de los
ser resistente al fluido utilizado!
componentes
Para piezas provenientes del depsito de materiales:
Indicaciones especiales en determinados casos
Como consecuencia del almacenaje de piezas no llena-
Las caractersticas tcnicas en el catlogo
das o tratadas con fluidos anticorrosivos pueden produ-
Adems deseamos llamar su atencin sobre: cirse resinificaciones. Disolver las resinificaciones con
Norma alemana Instalaciones hidrulicas DIN 24346 disolvente para grasas, reconstruir la pelcula lubricante.
Norma ISO 4413 Verificar si estn completas las piezas de montaje!
Verificar si se han producido deterioros por el transporte!
2. Montaje 2.2 Realizacin de montaje
2.1 Preparacin del montaje Utilizar las argollas de izar y los dispositivos de trans-
Garantizar la limpieza del equipo! porte!
Para el medioambiente: Evitar fuerzas transversales y tensiones sobre tuberas y
equipos. Las superficies de montaje de vlvulas deben
Mantener limpios o lavar grupos, tuberas, equipos (por
estar en correcto estado. Los tornillos de sujecin deben
ejemplo de decapado, si se ha realizado un tratamiento
ajustarse con el momento adecuado.
con calor, es decir soldadura, doblado en caliente, etc.!
Verificar que los tubos estn sujetos adecuadamente!
Para la seleccin de tubos, mangueras y racores/bridas
se debe tener en cuenta el rango de presin (resistencia
de las paredes, material). Emplear solamente tubos de
precisin sin costura, de acero.
2/6 Bosch Rexroth AG Hydraulics Montaje, puesta en marcha y mantenimiento de instalaciones hidrulicas RS 07900/10.06
No utilizar camo o masilla como material de juntas! Debido a que los fluidos no siempre presentan el grado
Esto puede producir suciedad y con ello averas. de limpieza necesario se debe realizar el llenado a tra-
Para evitar fugas externas, tener en cuenta las indicaci- vs de un filtro. La capacidad de filtracin de dicho fil-
ones de montaje del fabricante de los racores. Reco- tro debe ser como mnimo la misma que la del filtro in
mendamos racores con juntas elsticas. stalado en el equipo.
Observar el correcto tendido de mangueras! Se debe 3.2 Marcha de prueba
evitar el rozamiento y el golpe de las tuberas. Por razones de seguridad slo deber permanecer el
Disponer de los fluidos hidrulicos correctos personal del fabricante de la mquina y eventualmente
personal de mantenimiento y operacin.
Aceites minerales:
DIN 51524 parte 2, los aceites hidrulicos HLP son Todas las vlvulas limitadoras, reductoras, reguladoras
adecuados por lo general para equipos y aparatos de presin de bombas deben estar descomprimidas ex-
estndares. cepto las vlvulas con ajuste fijo del TV.
Fluidos hidrulicos rpidamente degradables en forma Abrir completamente las vlvulas de cierre!
biolgica: VDMA 24568. Conectar brevemente y verificar si el sentido de giro del
En estos casos se debe lograr una coordinacin de motor de accionamiento coincide con el sentido de ro-
equipos y aparatos. tacin de la bomba.
Fluidos no inflamables: Controlar la posicin de las vlvulas direccionales y
VDMA 24317. En estos casos se debe lograr una co- eventualmente colocarlas en la posicin deseada.
ordinacin de equipos y aparatos. (Antes de llenar Colocar la corredera de mando en la posicin de circu-
con fluidos especiales se debe verificar si el equipo lacin.
es adecuado para dicho fluido)
Abrir las vlvulas de aspiracin de la bomba, cuando
Observar los requisitos correspondientes respecto: sea necesario llenar la carcasa con fluido hidrulico,
Viscosidad del fluido hidrulico evitar la marcha sin lubricacin de cojinetes y partes de
Rango de temperatura de servicio accionamiento.
Juntas utilizadas en los componentes empleados Si se dispone de una bomba de mando, poner en mar-
cha la misma1)
Poner en marcha la bomba, salir de la posicin de cau-
3. Puesta en marcha
dal cero y prestar atencin a los ruidos.
Si el montaje ha sido llevado a cabo correctamente se
Bascular un poco la bomba (aprox. 5)1)
puede comenzar con la puesta en marcha y el control del
funcionamiento. Purgar el equipo
3.1 Preparacin para la marcha de prueba Aflojar cuidadosamente los tapones de presin o de
purgado. Cuando deja de salir fluido con burbujas el
El tanque est limpio?
proceso de llenado a concluido. Colocar nuevamente
Las tuberas estn limpias y correctamente montadas? los tapones.
Racores, bridas ajustadas? Lavar el equipo, en lo posible, mediante un cortocircui-
Las tuberas y los aparatos han sido conectados de to del consumidor. Lavar hasta que los filtros estn lim
acuerdo con los esquemas de montaje y plano de con- pios, controlar los mismos!
exiones? En equipos con servos, quitar las servovlvulas y
El acumulador ha sido llenado con nitrgeno? El nitrge- reemplazarlas por placas de lavado o vlvulas direccio-
no se carga hasta que se alcanza la presin de precomp- nales del mismo tamao. Cortocircuitar los consumi-
resin p0 prevista en el plano (con respecto al fluido el dores. Durante el lavado se deben alcanzar tempera-
sistema debe estar sin presin!). Se recomienda indicar turas del fluido, en todo el sistema, iguales como mni-
la presin de carga inicial del acumulador (por ejemplo mo a la temperatura de servicio. Los elementos filt-
con autoadhesivos) as como en el plano de conexionado rantes se deben reemplazar segn los requerimientos.
a fin de permitir un control posterior. El tiempo de lavado se prolonga hasta que se alcanza
el grado de limpieza mnimo requerido. Esto se puede
Atencin! Utilizar slo nitrgeno!
lograr slo mediante una supervisin continua con un
El acumulador debe respetar las disposiciones de seguri- contador de partculas.
dad establecidas para el lugar de instalacin.
Verificar el funcionamiento sin carga del equipo, accio-
El motor de accionamiento y la bomba han sido monta- nar manualmente cuando sea posible probar en fro el
dos correctamente? mando electrohidrulico.
El motor de accionamiento ha sido conectado correcta- Al alcanzar la temperatura de servicio verificar el equipo
mente? bajo carga; incrementar la presin lentamente.
Se utiliza el filtro con la malla indicada? Supervisar los aparatos de control y de medicin!
El filtro est montado con el sentido de flujo correcto?
El nivel de fluido se encuentra en la marca superior de 1)
control? Si resulta posible con los variadores montados, de otro
modo, arrancar con cilindrada plena. En motores de combus-
tin marchar con velocidad de rotacin de marcha en vaco.
RS 07900/10.06 Montaje, puesta en marcha y mantenimiento de instalaciones hidrulicas Hydraulics Bosch Rexroth AG 3/6
Controlar la temperatura de carcasa de bombas y mo- 3.4 Errores frecuentes durante la puesta en servicio
tores Adems del mantenimiento, la puesta en servicio es de-
Prestar atencin a los ruidos! cisiva para la vida til y la seguridad de funcionamiento de
Verificar el nivel de fluido, eventualmente reponer! un equipo hidrulico. Por ello se deben evitar tanto como
sea posible los errores de puesta en servicio.
Verificar el ajuste de las vlvulas limitadoras de presin
mediante carga o frenado del equipo. Los errores ms frecuentes son:
Control de estanqueidad Falta de control del tanque.
Desconectar el accionamiento El fluido se carga sin filtrar.
Reajustar todos los racores an cuando no tengan pr- La instalacin no se controla antes de la puesta en ser-
didas vicio (desarme posterior con prdida de fluido!).
Atencin! Reajustar el equipo sin presin! Los componentes del equipo no se han purgado.
Es adecuada la sujecin de las tuberas an con cargas Vlvulas limitadoras de presin ajustadas levemente por
variables? encima de la presin de trabajo (no se ha considerado
la diferencia de presin de cierre).
Los puntos de fijacin son correctos?
Reguladores de presin de las bombas hidrulicas
Las mangueras estn dispuestas de manera tal que no
ajustados a un valor superior o igual al de la vlvula limi-
se rozan an bajo presin?
tadora de presin.
Controlar el nivel del fluido hidrulico
No se respet el tiempo de lavado del equipo hidruli-
Verificar la totalidad de las funciones del equipo. Com- co.
parar los valores medidos con los datos admisibles o
No se tienen en cuenta ruidos anormales de la bomba
requeridos (presin, velocidad; ajustar los dispositivos
(cavitacin, falta de estanqueidad de tuberas, demasia-
de mando)
do aire en el fluido).
Los movimientos bruscos advierten entre otras cosas
No se han tenido en cuenta cargas transversales de
entrada de aire. Mediante una breve basculacin de la
vstagos de cilindros (error de montaje!).
bomba en una o ambas direcciones, con consumidor
cargado o frenado se puede eliminar una determinada Los cilindros hidrulicos no se han purgado (daos en
cantidad de aire. El equipo est completamente purga- las juntas!)
do cuando todas las funciones se ejecutan correcta- Fin de carrera ajustado en forma incorrecta.
mente y la superficie del fluido no tiene espuma. La No se ha considerado para el ajuste la histresis de
espuma desaparece, por experiencia luego de una hora conmutacin de presostatos.
del arranque.
La carcasa de la bomba y motores hidrulicos no se
Controlar la temperatura han llenado con fluido hidrulico antes de la puesta en
Desconectar el accionamiento servicio.
Desmontar los filtros (secundarios y principales) y veri- Los valores ajustados no han sido documentados.
ficar la presencia de residuos. Limpiar los filtros y en No se han fijado o precintado los husillos de ajuste.
caso necesario reemplazar. Los filtros de papel o fibra
Personal innecesario junto al equipo durante la puesta
de vidrio no se pueden limpiar.
en servicio.
Si aparece ms suciedad se requiere otra marcha de
lavado para evitar fallas prematuras en los componen-
tes del equipo. 4. Conservacin
Registrar en un protocolo todos los ajustes realizados. Segn DIN 31 051 se entienden por conservacin las
siguientes tareas:
3.3 Puesta en servicio de equipos de marcha rpida
Inspeccin
Estos equipos, frecuentemente, no se pueden poner en
servicio con los aparatos de medicin habituales (man- Medidas para reconocer y analizar el correspondiente
metros, termmetros, multmetros elctricos, etc.) y herra- estado, es decir identificar cmo y porqu se ha pro-
mientas estndares. Por ello no es posible una optimizaci- ducido el desgaste del equipo.
n. Mantenimiento
Tales equipos son por ejemplo prensas de forjado, mqui- Medidas para conservar el estado original, es decir
nas inyectoras de plstico, mquinas herramientas espe- mantener tan reducido como sea posible el desgaste
ciales, laminadoras, mandos de gras, mquinas con re- durante la vida til.
gulaciones electrohidrulicas.
Reparacin
Para la puesta en servicio y optimizacin de estos equi-
pos es necesario un esfuerzo tcnico mayor, para poder Medidas para reponer el estado original, es decir recu-
medir varios parmetros simultneamente (por ejemplo perar la capacidad operativa.
varias presiones, seales elctricas, de posicin, veloci- Las medidas de conservacin se deben planear y llevar
dades, caudales, etc.). a cabo en funcin del tiempo de utilizacin, consecuenci-
as en caso de fallas y disponibilidad requerida.
4.1 Inspeccin Control del nivel de fluido hidrulico

os puntos de inspeccin se deben reunir en funcin del permanentemente durante la puesta en servicio
equipo en una lista de inspeccin, de manera que puedan poco tiempo despus de la puesta en servicio
ser verificados an por personal con distintos niveles de
luego semanalmente
capacitacin.
Control de filtros
Los puntos importantes de inspeccin son:
durante la puesta en servicio controlar en perodos de
Verificacin del nivel de fluido en el tanque.
dos a tres horas y eventualmente limpiar
Control del funcionamiento del intercambiador de calor
durante el transcurso de la primer semana controlar
(aire, agua).
diariamente y eventualmente reemplazar
Verificacin externa de la estanqueidad del equipo
luego de una semana los filtros se deben limpiar
(control visual).
segn sea necesario
Verificacin de la temperatura del fluido durante el ser-
Mantenimiento del filtro de aspiracin:
vicio.
Estos filtros requieren un mantenimiento especialmente
Control de las presiones
cuidadoso. Se deben verificar como mnimo una vez
Caudal de fugas por semana luego del arranque y eventualmente limpiar.
Control de la limpieza del fluido Mantenimiento del fluido hidrulico
Atencin! Los intervalos de mantenimiento dependen de los
Un control visual permite slo una apreciacin gruesa siguientes factores de servicio:
(oscurecimiento del fluido con respecto al momento del - Estado del fluido (por ejemplo agua en aceite, fluido
llenado, depsitos en el fondo del tanque). muy envejecido)
Para determinar la limpieza del fluido se pueden em- - Temperatura de servicio y volumen de llenado
plear tres mtodos:
Recomendamos reemplazar el fluido en funcin de un
Conteo de partculas con aparatos electrnicos de anlisis del aceite. En equipos sin un anlisis regular,
conteo y clasificacin. el fluido se debe reemplazar como mximo cada 2000
Anlisis microscpico. a 4000 horas de servicio.
Anlisis gravimtrico de las partculas mediante el filtra- El fluido se debe drenar y renovar a la temperatura de
do fino de un volumen determinado de fluido (por ej. servicio.
100 mL) y un pesaje de las hojas de filtro antes y Los fluidos muy envejecidos o sucios no pueden ser
despus del proceso de filtracin. De este modo se pu- mejorados mediante la reposicin del fluido nuevo!
ede determinar la proporcin de partculas en mg/L.
Reponer slo a travs de filtro con un grado de reten-
Controlar el ensuciamiento del filtro. Un control visual cin como mnimo igual al del filtro instalado en el siste-
no es posible para los filtros de profundidad actual- ma o a travs del filtro del sistema.
mente muy difundidos.
Tomar muestras de laboratorio del fluido y analizar tipo,
Verificacin de las caractersticas qumicas del fluido. tamao y cantidad de partculas. Documentar los valo-
Verificacin de la temperatura de cojinetes. res.
Control de la emisin de ruidos. Controlar la presin de los acumuladores; deben estar
Control de potencia y velocidad sin presin del lado del fluido hidrulico.
Verificacin del sistema de tuberas y mangueras Atencin!
Atencin! Los trabajos en equipos con acumuladores se de-
ben realizar luego de eliminar la presin.
Los tubos y mangueras daados se deben reemplazar
rpidamente. En los acumuladores no se deben realizar trabajos de
soldadura ni trabajos mecnicos.
Control de los acumuladores de presin.
Los trabajos de reparacin de mala calidad pueden
4.2 Mantenimiento
provocar severos accidentes. Por ello las reparaciones
Los trabajos de inspeccin, mantenimiento y reparacin de acumuladores hidrulicos deben ser realizadas por
en la prctica, frecuentemente, no estn totalmente se- el servicio de atencin al cliente de Bosch Rexroth.
parados, como lo hacen suponer las definiciones presen-
Se debe medir la temperatura de servicio. Una temper-
tadas. Con frecuencia los trabajos de mantenimiento se
atura en aumento es un indicio de un rozamiento creci-
ejecutan junto con las inspecciones.
ente y de fugas.
Por razones de seguridad no se deben aflojar racores, co-
Fugas en el sistema de tuberas
nexiones y equipos mientras el sistema se encuentra bajo
presin. Las fugas, especialmente en tuberas subterrneas, re-
presentan adems de una prdida de fluido un peligro
Los trabajos importantes de mantenimiento son:
para los equipos y las fundaciones de hormign.
Libro de mantenimiento
Se recomienda disponer un libro de mantenimiento en
el que se establezca que componentes deben ser en-
sayados.
Por razones de seguridad los trabajos de estanqueidad Los aparatos defectuosos no se deben reparar en el lugar
en el sistema de tuberas se deben realizar slo sin pre- ya que normalmente no se dispone en el mismo de las
sin. Las fugas en lugares con juntas blandas (anillos herramientas y limpieza necesarias. En lo posible, en el
tricos, etc.) no pueden ser eliminadas comprimiendo lugar de instalacin se debe reemplazar el aparato com-
las mismas ya que estos elementos estn daados o pleto, para:
endurecidos. Un cierre estanco slo es posible median- Exponer los equipos abiertos a la influencia del medio-
te el reemplazo del elemento de junta. ambiente slo el tiempo estrictamente requerido,
Verificar la presin principal y de mando mantener la prdida de fluido tan reducida como sea
intervalo de control: una semana posible,
anotar las correciones de presin en el libro de man- mantener la seguridad mediante el empleo de aparatos
tenimiento ensayados con un tiempo de parada lo ms corto posib-
un reajuste frecuente de presin significa entre otras le.
cosas un desgaste en la vlvula limitadora de presin Es muy importante luego de localizar un aparato defectu-
4.3 Reparacin oso verificar si debido a la falla del mismo el equipo en su
totalidad o una parte del mismo se ha contaminado con
Determinacin y eliminacin de daos y averas.
partculas mecnicas.
Localizar el error
4.4 Reparacin y mantenimiento general de equipos hidruli-
Se da por supuesto, para la reparacin del sistema, una cos
bsqueda sistemtica y exitosa de la falla.
Bsicamente se puede establecer que un mantenimien
Para ello se requiere en cada caso un conocimien- to general puede ser realizado en forma ms econmi-
to preciso sobre la construccin y modo de funciona- ca y segura slo por el fabricante del equipo (mismo ni-
miento de cada componente as como del equipo en su vel de calidad, personal calificado, posibilidad de en-
totalidad. Se debe disponer de toda la documentacin sayos, garanta, etc.).
necesaria la cual debe ser completamente accesible.
Los aparatos principales de medicin (termmetro,
multmetro elctrico, estetoscopio industrial, cron-
metro, medidores de velocidad, etc.) deben estar, espe-
cialmente en grandes equipos, en las proximidades de
los mismos.
Correccin de fallas
En todos los trabajos se debe tener en cuenta una gran
limpieza. Antes de aflojar las conexiones se debe limpi-
ar la superficie exterior.
Bosch Rexroth AG Todos los derechos de Bosch Rexroth AG, tambin para el caso de
Hydraulics solicitudes de derechos protegidos. Nos reservamos todas las
Zum Eisengieer 1 capacidades dispositivas tales como derechos de copia y de tramitacin.
Telefon +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-0 especificaciones no puede derivarse ninguna declaracin sobre una cierta

TRANSMISOR DE PRESIN (Bed Mass)

3.4
Espesador 36m 325-TK-0002 NA CERABAR S PMP75 / Instrumento Tag 325-PIT-002
CAPTULO 3
Technical Information
Cerabar S PMC71, PMP71, PMP75

Process pressure measurement
Pressure transmitter with ceramic and metal sensors
Overload-resistant and function-monitored; Communication via
HART, PROFIBUS PA or FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Application Your benefits

The Cerabar S pressure transmitter is used for the Very good reproducibility and long-term stability
following measuring tasks: High reference accuracy: up to 0.075%,
Absolute pressure and gauge pressure in gases, steams as PLATINUM version: 0.05%
or liquids in all areas of process engineering and Turn down 100:1, higher on request
process measurement technology Used for process pressure monitoring up to SIL3,
Level, volume or mass measurement in liquids certified according to IEC 61508 by TV SD
High process temperature HistoROM/M-DAT memory module
without diaphragm seals up to 150C (302F) Function-monitored from the measuring cell to the
with typical diaphragm seals up to 400C (752F) electronics
High pressure up to 700 bar Continuous modularity for differential pressure,
International usage thanks to a wide range of approvals hydrostatic and pressure (Deltabar S Deltapilot S
Cerabar S), e.g.
replaceable display
universal electronic
Quick commissioning thanks to quick setup menu
Easy and safe menu-guided operation on-site,
via 4...20 mA with HART, via PROFIBUS PA or
via FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Extensive diagnostic functions
Device versions in conformity with ASME-BPE
TI383P/00/EN/06.09
No. 71095447
Cerabar S
Table of contents
Function and system design. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Operating conditions (installation) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

Device selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 General installation instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Measuring principle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Installation instructions for devices without diaphragm seal PMC71
Level measurement (level, volume and mass) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 and PMP71 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Communication protocol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Heat insulation PMC71 high temperature version and PMP75 . 24
Mounting with temperature isolator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Wall and pipe-mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
"Separate housing" version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Measured variable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Turn the housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Measuring range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Oxygen applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Explanation of terms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Silicone-free applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Ultra pure gas applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Applications with hydrogen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Output signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Signal range 4...20 mA HART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Operating conditions (environment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Signal on alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Ambient temperature limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Load 4...20 mA HART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Storage temperature range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Resolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Degree of protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Dynamic behavior current output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Climate class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Dynamic behavior HART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Vibration resistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Dynamic behavior PROFIBUS PA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Electromagnetic compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Dynamic behavior FOUNDATION Fieldbus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Overvoltage protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Damping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Data of the FOUNDATION
Fieldbus interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Operating conditions (Process) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Process temperature limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Process temperature range, seals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Power supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Pressure specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Electrical connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Supply voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Current consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Mechanical construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Cable entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Housing dimensions T14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Cable specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Housing dimensions T17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Residual ripple . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Process connections PMC71 (with ceramic process isolating
Influence of power supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 diaphragm) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Process connections PMP71 (with metallic process isolating
diaphragm) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Performance characteristics general . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
PMP75 Basic unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Reference operating conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Process connections PMP75 (with metallic process isolating
Uncertainty of measurement for small absolute pressure ranges . . 19
diaphragm) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Long-term stability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
"Separate housing" version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Influence of the installation position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Performance characteristics ceramic process isolating
diaphragm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Human interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Reference accuracy PMC71 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Operating elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Total performance PMC71 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Operating elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Total Error - PMC71 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Local operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Warm-up period PMC71 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Remote operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Thermal change of the zero output and the output span Hard- und Software for on-site and remote operation . . . . . . . . . 66
PMC71 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Planning instructions, diaphragm seal systems . . . . . 68

Performance characteristics metallic process isolating
Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
diaphragm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Planning instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Reference accuracy PMP71, PMP75 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Diaphragm seal filling oils . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Total performance PMP71 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Influence of the temperature on the zero point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Total Error - PMP71 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Ambient temperature range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Warm-up period PMP71, PMP75 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Installation instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Thermal change of the zero output and the output span
PMP71 and PMP75 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
2 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S
Certificates and approvals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75

CE mark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Ex approvals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Suitability for hygenic processes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Marine certificate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Functional Safety SIL / IEC 61508 Declaration of conformity
(optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Overspill protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
CRN approvals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Pressure Equipment Directive (PED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Standards and guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Ordering information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
PMC71 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
PMP71 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
PMP75 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Additional documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Field of Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Technical Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Operating Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Brief operating instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Manual for Functional Safety (SIL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Safety Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Installation/Control Drawings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Overspill protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
3 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S
Function and system design

Device selection
Cerabar S PMC71 PMP71 PMP75

Product family
P01-PMC71xxx-16-xx-xx-xx-000 P01-PMP71xxx-16-xx-xx-xx-000 P01-PMP75xxx-16-xx-xx-xx-000
With capacitive measuring cell and With piezoresistive measuring cell With diaphragm seal
ceramic measuring process isolating and metallic welded process
diaphragm (Ceraphire) isolating diaphragm
Field of application Gauge pressure and absolute pressure

Level
Process connections Diverse thread Diverse thread Wide range of diaphragm seals, see
DN 32 DN 80 DN 25 DN 80 the following section "Overview of
ANSI 1 1/2" 4" ANSI 1 1/2" 4" diaphragm seal for PMP 75"
JIS 50 A 100 A JIS 25 A 100 A
Oval flange adapter
Prepared for diaphragm seal mount
Measuring ranges from 100/0...100 mbar from 100/0...100 mbar from 400/0...400 mbar
to 1/0...40 bar to 1/0...700 bar to 1/0...400 bar
OPL 1 max. 60 bar max. 1050 bar max. 600 bar

2
Process temperature range 25...+125C/20...+150C 40...+125C -70...400C (-94...+752F)
(13...+257F/4...+302F) (40...+257F)
Ambient temperature range 40...+85C (40...+185F) 40...+85C (40...+185F) 3 40...+85C (40...+185F)
Ambient temperature range 40 to +60C (40 to +140F)

separate housing
Reference accuracy Up to 0.075% of the set span Up to 0.075% of the set span
PLATINUM version: up to 0.05% of the set span
Supply voltage For non-hazardous areas: 10.5...45 V DC
Ex ia: 10.5...30 V DC
Output 4...20 mA with superimposed HART protocol, PROFIBUS PA, FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Options PMP71, PMP75: Gold-Rhodium-coated process isolating diaphragm

PMP71, PMP75: NACE-compliant materials
PMC71, PMP71, PMP75: inspection certificate 3.1
HistoROM/M-DAT memory module
Separate housing
Specialities Metal-free measurement with PVDF Oil volume-minimised process Wide range of diaphragm seals
connection connections For high media temperatures
Cleaning of the transmitter for the use gas-tight, elastomer-free Oil volume-minimised process
in paint shops connections
Completely welded versions
1) OPL = Over pressure limit; dependent on the lowest-rated element, with regard to pressure, of the selected components
2) High temperature version "T" for feature 100 "Additional option 1" or for feature 110 "Additional option 2"
3) lower temperature on request
4 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S
Measuring principle
Ceramic process isolating diaphragm used for PMC71 (Ceraphire) Metallic process isolating diaphragm used for PMP71 and PMP75
p p
P01-PMC71xxx-03-xx-xx-xx-000 P01-PMP7xxxx-03-xx-xx-xx-000
Ceramic sensor Metal sensor

1 Atmospheric vent (gauge pressure only) 1 Measuring element
2 Ceramic substrate 2 Wheatstone bridge
3 Electrodes 3 Channel with fill fluid
4 Ceramic process isolating diaphragm 4 Metal process isolating diaphragm
Ceramic process isolating diaphragm used for PMC71 (Ceraphire)

The ceramic sensor is a dry sensor, i.e. the process pressure acts directly on the robust ceramic process isolating
diaphragm and deflects it. A pressure-dependent change in capacitance is measured at the electrodes of the
ceramic carrier and the process isolating diaphragm. The measuring range is determined by the thickness of the
ceramic process isolating diaphragm.
Advantages:
Guaranteed overload resistance up to 40 times the nominal pressure
Thanks to highly-pure 99.9% ceramic (Ceraphire, see also "www.endress.com/ceraphire")
extremely high chemical resistance compared to Alloy
less relaxation
high mechanical stability
Suitable for vacuums
Second process barrier (Secondary Containment) for enhanced integrity
Process temperature up to 150C (302F)
Metallic process isolating diaphragm used for PMP71 and PMP75
PMP71
The operating pressure deflects the process isolating diaphragm and a fill fluid transfers the pressure to a
resistance measuring bridge (semi-conductor technology). The pressure-dependent change of the bridge output
voltage is measured and evaluated.
Advantages:
Can be used for process pressure up to 700 bar
High long-term stability
Significantly less thermal effect compared to diaphragm seal systems
PMP75
The operating pressure acts on the process isolating diaphragm of the diaphragm seal and is transferred to the
process isloating diaphragm of the sensor by a diaphragm seal fill fluid. The process isolating diaphragm is
deflected and a fill fluid transfers the pressure to a resistance measuring bridge. The pressure-dependent change
of the bridge output voltage is measured and evaluated.
Advantages:
Can be used for process pressure up to 400 bar
High long-term stability
Endress+Hauser 5
Cerabar S
Level measurement (level, Design and operation mode

volume and mass)
p
h= g
P01-PMx7xxxx-15-xx-xx-xx-000
Level measurement with Cerabar S

h Height (level)
p Pressure
Density of the medium
g Gravitation constant
Your benefits
Choice of three level operating modes in the device software
Volume and mass measurements in any tank shapes by means of a freely programmable characteristic curve
Choice of diverse level units with automatic unit conversion
A customised unit can be specified
Has a wide range of uses, as well
in the event of foam formation
in tanks with agitators of screen fittings
in the event of liquid gases
Communication protocol 4...20 mA with HART communication protocol

PROFIBUS PA
The Endress+Hauser devices meet the requirements as per the FISCO model.
Due to the low current consumption of 13 mA 1 mA
up to 7 Cerabar S for Ex ia, CSA IS and FM IS applications
up to 27 Cerabar S for all other applications, e.g. in non-hazardous areas, Ex nA, etc.
can be operated at one bus segment with installation as per FISCO.
Further information on PROFIBUS PA, such as requirements for bus system components, can be found in
the Operating Instructions BA034S "PROFIBUS DP/PA: Guidelines for planning and commissioning" and in
the PNO guideline.
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
The Endress+Hauser devices meet the requirements as per the FISCO model.
Due to the low current consumption of 15 mA 1 mA
up to 6 Cerabar S for Ex ia, CSA IS and FM IS applications
up to 24 Cerabar S for all other applications, e.g. in non-hazardous areas, Ex nA, etc.
can be operated at one bus segment with installation as per FISCO.
Further information on FOUNDATION Fieldbus, such as requirements for bus system components can be
found in the Operating Instructions BA013S "FOUNDATION Fieldbus Overview".
6 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S
Input
Measured variable Absolute pressure and gauge pressure, from which level (level, volume or mass) is derived
Measuring range PMC71 with ceramic process isolating diaphragm (Ceraphire) for gauge pressure
Nominal Measurement limit Smallest MWP 1 OPL 2 Vacuum Versions in

value calibratable resistance the order
Span 4 code 3
lower (LRL) upper (URL)
[bar] [bar] [bar] [bar] [bar] [barabs]
100 mbar 0.1 +0.1 0.005 2.7 4 0.7 1C
250 mbar 0.25 +0.25 0.005 3.3 5 0.5 1E
400 mbar 0.4 +0.4 0.005 5.3 8 0 1F
1 bar 1 +1 0.01 6.7 10 0 1H
2 bar 1 +2 0.02 12 18 0 1K
4 bar 1 +4 0.04 16.7 25 0 1M
10 bar 1 +10 0.1 26.7 40 0 1P

40 bar 1 +40 0.4 40 60 0 1S
PMC71 with ceramic process isolating diaphragm (Ceraphire) for absolute pressure
Nominal Measurement limit Smallest MWP 1 OPL 2 Versions in the order code 3
value calibratable
Span 4
lower (LRL) upper (URL)
[barabs] [barabs] [bar] [barabs] [barabs]

100 mbar 0 +0.1 0.005 2.7 4 2C
250 mbar 0 +0.25 0.005 3.3 5 2E
400 mbar 0 +0.4 0.005 5.3 8 2F

1 bar 0 +1 0.01 6.7 10 2H
2 bar 0 +2 0.02 12 18 2K
4 bar 0 +4 0.04 16.7 25 2M
10 bar 0 +10 0.1 26.7 40 2P
40 bar 0 +40 0.4 40 60 2S
1) The MWP (maximum working pressure) for the measuring device depends on the weakest element of the
components selected with regard to pressure, i.e. the process connection ( 32 ff) has to taken into consideration
in addition to the sensor (see Table above). Pay attention to the pressure-temperature dependence also. For the
appropriate standards and further information, see 31, "Pressure specification".
2) OPL: Over Pressure Limit; depends on the weakest link in terms of pressure of the selected components.
3) Versions in the order code 77 ff, feature 40 "Sensor range; Sensor overload limit (= OPL)"
4) Turn down > 100:1 on request or can be set at the device
Endress+Hauser 7
Cerabar S
PMP71 and PMP75 with metallic process isolating diaphragm for gauge pressure
Nominal Measurement Smallest MWP 1 OPL 2 Vacuum Versions in

value limits calibratable resistance 3 the order
Span 5 code 4
lower upper Silicone oil/

(LRL) (URL) Inert oil
[bar] [bar] [bar] [barrel] [barrel] [barabs]
400 mbar 0.4 +0.4 0.005 4 6 0.01/0.04 1F
1 bar 1 +1 0.01 6.7 10 0.01/0.04 1H
2 bar 1 +2 0.02 13.3 20 0.01/0.04 1K
4 bar 1 +4 0.04 18.7 28 0.01/0.04 1M
10 bar 1 +10 0.1 26.7 40 0.01/0.04 1P
40 bar 1 +40 0.4 100 160 0.01/0.04 1S
100 bar 1 +100 1.0 100 400 0.01/0.04 1U

400 bar 1 +400 4.0 400 600 0.01/0.04 1W
700 bar 6 1 +700 7.0 700 1050 0.01/0.04 1X
PMP71 and PMP75 with metallic process isolating diaphragm for absolute pressure
Nominal Measurement Smallest MWP 1 OPL 2 Vacuum Versions in

value limits calibratable resistance 3 the order
Span 5 code 4
lower upper Silicone oil/

(LRL) (URL) Inert oil
[barabs] [barabs] [bar] [barabs] [barabs] [barabs]
400 mbar 0 +0.4 0.005 4 6 0.01/0.04 2F
1 bar 0 +1 0.01 6.7 10 0.01/0.04 2H
2 bar 0 +2 0.02 13.3 20 0.01/0.04 2K
4 bar 0 +4 0.04 18.7 28 0.01/0.04 2M
10 bar 0 +10 0.1 26.7 40 0.01/0.04 2P

40 bar 0 +40 0.4 100 160 0.01/0.04 2S
100 bar 0 +100 1.0 100 400 0.01/0.04 2U
400 bar 0 +400 4.0 400 600 0.01/0.04 2W
700 bar 6 0 +700 7.0 700 1050 0.01/0.04 2X
1) The MWP (maximum working pressure) for the measuring device depends on the weakest element of the
components selected with regard to pressure, i.e. the process connection ( 32 ff) has to taken into consideration
in addition to the sensor (see Table above). Pay attention to the pressure-temperature dependence also. Pay
attention to the pressure-temperature dependence also. For the appropriate standards and further information,
31, "Pressure specifications".
2) OPL: Over pressure limit (= Sensor overload limit)
3) The vacuum resistance applies to the measuring cell at a reference conditions. The pressure and temperature
application limits of the selected filling oil must also be observed for the PMP75. 69, section "Diaphragm seal
filling oils".
4) Versions in the order code 77 ff, feature 40 "Sensor range; Sensor Overload limit (= OPL)"
5) Turn down > 100:1 on request or can be set at the device
6) PMP71 only, PMP75 on request
8 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S
Explanation of terms Explanation of terms: Turn down (TD),

set span and on zero based span
Case 1:
Lower range value (LRV)Upper range value (URV) =
Example: LRL = LRV URV URL
Lower range value (LRV) = 0 bar
Upper range value (URV) = 0.5 bar
0 bar 0.5 bar +1 bar
Nominal value (URL) = 1 bar
Turn down:
TD = URL /URV= 2:1
set span:
URV LRV = 0.5 bar =
This span is based on the zero point.
Example: 1 bar measuring cell
Case 2:
Lower range value (LRV) Upper range value (URV) =
Example: LRL LRV URV URL
Lower range value (LRV) = 0 bar
Upper range value (URV) = 0.5 bar 1 bar 0 0.5 bar +1 bar
Turn down:
TD = URL /URV= 2:1
set span:
URV LRV = 0.5 bar
Case 3:
Lower range value Upper range value =
Example: LRL LRV URV URL
Lower range value (LRV) = 0.6 bar
Upper range value (URV) = 0 bar
1 bar 0.6 bar 0 +1 bar
Turn down:
TD = URL /LRV = 1.67:1
set span:
URV LRV = 0.6 bar


1 Set span
2 Zero based span
3 Nominal value i Upper range limit (URL)
4 Nominal measuring range
5 Sensor measuring range
LRL Lower range limit
URL Upper range limit
LRV Lower range value
URV Upper range value
Endress+Hauser 9
Cerabar S
Output
Output signal 4...20 mA with superimposed digital communication protocol HART 5.0, 2-wire
Digital communication signal PROFIBUS PA (Profile 3.0)
signal coding: Manchester Bus Powered (MBP); Manchester II
data transmission rate: 31.25 KBit/s, voltage mode
Digital communication signal FOUNDATION Fieldbus, 2-wire
signal coding: Manchester Bus Powered (MBP); Manchester II
data transmission rate: 31.25 KBit/s, voltage mode
Signal range 3.8 mA to 20.5 mA

4...20 mA HART
Signal on alarm As per NAMUR NE 43

4...20 mA HART
Options:
Max. alarm*: can be set from 21...23 mA
Keep measured value: last measured value is kept
Min. alarm: 3.6 mA
* Factory setting: 22 mA
PROFIBUS PA: can be set in the Analog Input block,
options: Last Valid Out Value, Fsafe Value (factory setting), Status bad
FOUNDATION Fieldbus: can be set in the Analog Input Block,
options: Last good Value, Fail Safe Value (factory setting), Wrong Value
Load 4...20 mA HART

U 10.5 V U 11.5 V
RLmax RLmax
23 mA RLmax RLmax
23 mA
[] []
Test 1500 Test
1456
1282 1239
847 804

413
369

10.5 20 30 40 45 U 11.5 20 30 40 45 U
[V] [V]
U 11 V U 12 V
RLmax RLmax RLmax RLmax
[] 23 mA [] 23 mA
1478 1434
1260 1217
826 782
391

347
11 20 30 40 45 U 12 20 30 40 45 U
[V] [V]
Load diagram, observe the position of the jumper and the explosion protection. ( 17, section "Taking 4...20 mA test
signal" .)
1 Jumper for the 4...20 mA test signal inserted in "Non-test" position
2 Jumper for the 4...20 mA test signal inserted in "Test" position
3 Supply voltage 10.5 (11.5)...30 V DC for 1/2 G, 1 GD, 1/2 GD, FM IS, CSA IS, IECEx ia, NEPSI Ex ia
4 Supply voltage10.5 (11.5)...45 V DC for devices for non-hazardous areas, 1/2 D, 1/3 D, 2 G Ex d, 3 G Ex nA, FM
XP, FM DIP, FM NI, CSA XP, CSA Dust-Ex, NEPSI Ex d
5 Supply voltage 11 (12)...45 V DC for PMC71, Ex d[ia], NEPSI Ex d[ia]
RLmax Maximum load resistance
U Supply voltage
10 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S
Note!
When operating via a handheld terminal or via PC with an operating program, a minimum communication
resistance of 250 must exist within the loop.
Resolution Current output: 1 A

Display: can be set (factory setting: presentation of the maximum accuracy of the transmitter)
Dynamic behavior Dead time, Time constant (T63)

current output
I
100 %
90 %
63 %
t1 t2 t
P01-xxxxxxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-007
Presentation of the dead time and the time constant
Type Dead time t1 Time constant (T63), t2
PMC71 90 ms 120 ms
PMP71 45 ms 400 mbar measuring cell: 70 ms

measuring cells 1 bar: 35 ms
PMP75 PMP71 + influence from the diaphragm seal
Dynamic behavior HART Dead time, Time constant (T63)

A typical parametrization for the PLC of 3 to 4 values per second results in the following total dead time:
PMC71 90 ms 120 ms

Reading cycle
HART commands: on average 3 to 4 per second on average.
The Cerabar S commands the BURST MODE functionfor cyclic value transmission via the HART
communication protocol.
Response time
250 ms
Cycle time (Update time)

On average 250...330 ms.
Endress+Hauser 11
Cerabar S

PROFIBUS PA
A typical cyclic parametrization for the PLC of 20 values per second results in the following total dead time:
PMC71 340 ms 120 ms

Response time
cyclic: approx. 10 ms per request
acyclic: < 50 ms
All values are typical values.

The cycle time in a bus segment in cyclic data communication depends on the number of devices, on the
segment coupler used and on the internal PLC cycle time.

FOUNDATION Fieldbus
If the macro cycle time (Hostsystem) is set to a typical value of 250 ms, the following total dead time results:
PMC71 340 ms 120 ms

Reading cycle
cyclic: up to 5/s, dependent on the number and type of function blocks used in a closed-control loop
acyclic: 10/s
Response time
cyclic: < 80 ms
acyclic: < 40 ms
All values are typical values.

250 ms
Damping A damping affects all outputs (output signal, display).

Via on-site display, handheld terminal or PC with operating program, continuous from 0...999 s
Additionally for HART and PROFIBUS PA: via DIP-switch on the electronic insert, switch position
"on" = set value and "off"
Factory setting: 2 s
12 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S
Data of the FOUNDATION Basic Data

Fieldbus interface
Device Type 1007F (hex)
Device Revision 06 (hex)
DD Revision 01 (hex)
CFF Revision 01 (hex)
ITK Version 5.0
ITK-Certification Driver-No. IT054600
Link-Master (LAS) cabable yes
Link Master / Basic Device selectable yes; Default: Basic Device
Number VCRs 44
Number of Link-Objects in VFD 50
Virtual communication references (VCRs)
Permanent Entries 44
Client VCRs 0
Server VCRs 5
Source VCRs 8
Sink VCRs 0
Subscriber VCRs 12
Publisher VCRs 19
Link Settings
Slot time 4
Min. Inter PDU delay 12
Max. response delay 10
Transducer Blocks
Block Content Output values
TRD1 Block contains all parameters related to the measurement Pressure or level (channel 1)
Process temperature (channel 2)
Service Block contains service information Pressure after damping (channel 3)

Pressure drag indicator (channel 4)
Counter for max. pressure transgres-
sion (channel 5)
Diagnostic Block contains diagnostic information Error code via DI channels (channel 0 to
16)
Display Block contains parameters to configure the local display no output values
Endress+Hauser 13
Cerabar S
Function Blocks
Block Content Number of Execution Functionality

Function Blocks time
Resource Block The Resource Block contains all the data that uni- enhanced
quely identifies the field device. It is an electronic
version of a nameplate of the device.
Analog Input The AI block takes the manufacturer's input data, 45 ms enhanced
Block 1 selected by channel number, and makes it avai-
Analog Input lable to other function blocks at its output.
Block 2 Enhancement: digital outputs for process alarms,
fail safe mode
Digital Input This block contains the discrete data of the diag- 40 ms standard
Block nose block (selectable via a channel number 0 to
16) and provides them for the blocks at the out-
put.
Digital Output This block converts the discrete input and thus 60 ms standard
Block initiates an action (selectable via a channel num-
ber) in the dp flow block or in the service block.
Channel 1 resets the counter for max. pressure
transgressions..
PID Block The PID block serves as proportional-integral-deri- 120 ms standard

vative controller and is used almost universally to
do closed-loop-control in the field including cas-
cade and feedforward. Input IN can be indicated
on the display. The selection is performed in the
display block
(DISPLAY_MAIN_LINE_CONTENT).
Arithmetic Block This block is designed to permit simple use of 50 ms standard
popular measurement math functions. The user
does not have to know how to write equations.
The math algorithm is selected by name, chosen
by the user for the function to be done.
Input Selector The input selector block provides selection of up 35 ms standard

Block to four inputs and generates an output based on
the configured action. This block normally recei-
ves its inputs from AI blocks. The block performs
maximum, minimum, middle, average and first
good signal selection. INPUT IN1 to IN4 can be
indicated on the display. The selection is perfor-
med in the display block
(DISPLAY_MAIN_LINE_CONTENT).
Signal Characte- The signal characterizer block has two sections, 30 ms standard
rizer Block each with an output that is a non-linear function
of the respective input. The non-linear function is
determined by a single look-up table with 21 arbi-
trary x-y pairs.
Integrator Block The Integrator Function Block integrates a vari- 35 ms standard

able as a function of the time or accumulates the
counts from a Pulse Input block. The block may
be used as a totalizer that counts up until reset or
as a batch totalizer that has a setpoint, where the
integrated or accumulated value is compared to
pre-trip and trip settings, generating discrete
signals when these settings are reached.
Analog Alarm This block contains all process alarm conditions 35 ms standard
Block (working like a comparator) and represents them
at the output.
Additional Function Block informations:
Instantiate Function Block YES
Number of instantiate blocks 15
14 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S
Power supply
Electrical connection Note!
When using the measuring device in hazardous areas, installation must comply with the corresponding
national standards and regulations and the Safety Instructions or Installation or Control Drawings.
90 ff, sections "Safety Instructions" and "Installation/Control Drawings".
Devices with integrated overvoltage protection must be earthed. 29.
Protective circuits against reverse polarity, HF influences and overvoltage peaks are installed.
4...20 mA HART
10.5 V DC
11.5 V DC
420 mA
Test
Test
4... 20mA Test

4... 20mA Test

P01-xMx7xxxx-04-xx-xx-xx-001
Electrical connection 4...20 mA HART

1 Housing
2 Jumper for 4...20 mA test signal
17, section "Taking 4...20 mA test signal".
3 Internal earth terminal
4 External earth terminal
5 4...20 mA test signal between plus and test terminal
6 Minimum supply voltage 10.5 V DC, if the jumper is inserted in accordance with the illustration.
7 Minimum supply voltage 11.5 V DC, if the jumper is inserted in "Test" position.
8 Devices with integrated overvoltage protection are labelled OVP (overvoltage protection) here ( 29).
PROFIBUS PA
The digital communication signal is transmitted to the bus via a 2-wire connection. The bus also provides the
auxiliary energy. For further information on the network structure and grounding and for further bus system
components such as bus cables, see the relevant documentation, e.g. Operating Instructions BA034S
"Guidelines for planning and commissioning PROFIBUS DP/PA" and the PNO Guideline.
Cable specifications:
Use a twisted, shielded two-wire cable, preferably cable type A
Note!
For further information on the cable specifications, see Operating Instructions BA034S
Guidelines for planning and commissioning PROFIBUS DP/PA", PNO Guideline 2.092 "
PROFIBUS PA User and Installation Guideline" and IEC 61158-2 (MBP).
Endress+Hauser 15
Cerabar S
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
auxiliary energy. For further information on the network structure and grounding and for further bus system
components such as bus cables, see the relevant documentation, e.g. Operating Instructions BA013S
"FOUNDATION Fieldbus Overview" and the FOUNDATION Fieldbus Guideline.
Cable specifications:
Use a twisted, shielded two-wire cable, preferably cable type A
Note!
For further information on the cable specifications, see Operating Instructions BA013S "FOUNDATION
Fieldbus Overview", FOUNDATION Fieldbus Guideline and IEC 61158-2 (MBP).
Devices with Harting plug Han7D
+
+
8
7
6
1
2 5
Han7D 3 4
+
Left: electrical connection for devices with Harting plug Han7D

Right: view of the plug connector at the device
Devices with M12 plug
+ +
M12
+ P01-PMx7xxxx-04-xx-xx-xx-000
Left: electrical connection for devices with M12 plug

Right: view of the plug at the device
Endress+Hauser offers for devices with M12 plug the following accessories:
Plug-in jack M 12x1, straight
Material: Body PA; coupling nut CuZn, nickel-plated
Degree of protection (fully locked): IP67
Order number: 52006263
Plug-in jack M 12x1, elbowed
Material: Body PBT/PA; coupling nut GD-Zn, nickel-plated
Cable 4x0.34 mm2 with M12 socket, elbowed, screw plug, 5 m length
Material: Body PUR; coupling nut CuSn/Ni; cable PVC
16 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S
Devices with 7/8" plug
7/8 +
+
P01-xxx7xxxx-04-xx-xx-xx-003
Left: electrical connection for devices with 7/8" plug

Right: view of the plug at the device
Kabel gland
Approval Typ Clamping range
Standard, II1/2G Exia, IS Plastic M20x1.5 5...10 mm
ATEX II1/2D, II1/3D,

II1/2GD Exia, II1GD Exia Metal M20x1.5 (Ex e) 7...10.5 mm
II3G Ex nA
Terminals
for wire cross-sections of 0.5 to 2.5 mm2
Taking 4...20 mA test signal

A 4...20 mA signal may be measured via the positive and test terminal without interrupting the measurement.
The minimum supply voltage of the device can be reduced by simply changing the position of the jumper. As
a result, operation is also possible with lower voltage sources. Observe the position of the jumper in accordance
with the following table.
Jumper position for test signal Description
Taking 4...20 mA test signal via plus and test terminal:

Test possible. (Thus, the output current can be measured without
interruption via the diode.)
Delivery status
minimum supply voltage: 11.5 V DC
Taking 4...20 mA test signal via plus and test terminal:

Test not possible.
minimum supply voltage: 10.5 V DC
Endress+Hauser 17
Cerabar S
Supply voltage Note!

When using the measuring device in hazardous areas, installation must comply with the corresponding
national standards and regulations and the Safety Instructions or Installation or Control Drawings.
All explosion protection data are given in separate documentation which is available upon request. The Ex
documentation is supplied as standard with all devices approved for use in explosion hazardous areas.
90 ff sections "Safety Instructions" and "Installation/Control Drawings".
4...20 mA HART
Version for non-hazardous areas, jumper for 4...20 mA test signal in "Test" position (delivery status):
11.5...45 V DC
Version for non-hazardous areas, jumper for 4...20 mA test signal in "Non-test" position: 10.5...45 V DC
PROFIBUS PA
Version for non-hazardous areas: 9...32 V DC
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Version for non-hazardous areas: 9...32 V DC
Current consumption PROFIBUS PA: 13 mA 1 mA, switch-on current corresponds to IEC 61158-2, Clause 21
FOUNDATION Fieldbus: 15 mA 1 mA, switch-on current corresponds to IEC 61158-2, Clause 21
Cable entry 77 ff, feature 30 "Ordering information".
Cable specification Endress+Hauser recommends using shielded, twisted-pair two-wire cables.

Terminals for wire cross-sections 0.5...2.5 mm2
Cable external diameter: 5...9 mm
Residual ripple Without influence on 4...20 mA signal up to 5% residual ripple within the permitted voltage range [according
to HART hardware specification HCF_SPEC-54 (DIN IEC 60381-1)]
Influence of power supply 0.0006% of URL/1 V
18 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S
Performance characteristics general

Reference operating As per IEC 60770
conditions Ambient temperature TU = constant, in the range of: +21...+33C (+69.8...+91.4F)
Humidity = constant, in the range of: 5...80 % r.H
Ambient pressure pU = constant, in the range of: 860...1060 mbar
Position of the measuring cell: constant, in the range of: 1
Input of LOW SENSOR TRIM and HIGH SENSOR TRIM for lower range value and upper range value
Zero based span
Process isolating diaphragm material PMC71: Al2O3 (Aluminium oxide ceramic)
Process isolating diaphragm material PMP71 and PMP75: AISI 316L/1.4435
Filling oil PMP71 and PMP75: silicone oil
Supply voltage: 24 V DC 3 V DC
Load with HART: 250
Uncertainty of measurement The smallest extended uncertainty of measurement that can be returned by our standards is:
for small absolute pressure 0.4% of the set span in the range of 1...30 mbar and
ranges 1% of the set span in the range < 1 mbar.
Long-term stability PMC71/PMP71/PMP75:

For measuring ranges 1 bar0.05 % of URL/year
PMC71:
100 mbar ... 40 bar: 0.2 % of URL/10 years
100 mbar ... 40 bar (absolute pressure sensor): 0.3 % of URL/10 years
PMP71 gauge pressure sensors:

1 year 5 years 10 year
Measuring range [bar] % of URL

1 0.020 0.080 0.180
10 0.025 0.050 0.075
40 0.025 0.075 0.100
100 0.050 0.150 0.200
400 -- -- 1
Influence of the installation PMC71 1: 0.18 mbar

position PMP71 1, 2
Process connections thread G 1 A, G 1 1/2, G 2, 1 1/2 MNPT, 2 MNPT, M44x1.25, EN/DIN, ANSI and
JIS flanges: 10 mbar
Process connections thread: G 1/2, 1/2 MNPT, JIS G 1/2, JIS R 1/2, M20x1.5: 4 mbar
1) Device rotated 180, process connection pointing upwards.

2) This value is doubled for devices with inert oil.
Note!
Position-dependent zero shift can be corrected. 24, section "General installation instructions" and
74 ff section "Installation instructions".
Endress+Hauser 19
Cerabar S
Performance characteristics ceramic process isolating

diaphragm
Reference accuracy PMC71 The reference accuracy comprises the non-linearity according to limit point setting, hysteresis and
non-reproducibility as per IEC 60770. The data refer to the calibrated span.
Measuring cell Gauge pressure sensor Absolute pressure sensor
% of the set span
TD 1:1 to TD 10:1 = 0.075 TD 1:1 to TD 5:1 = 0.075

100 mbar
TD > 10:1 = 0.0075 x TD TD > 5:1 = 0.015 x TD
TD 1:1 to TD 15:1 = 0.075 TD 1:1 to TD 10:1 = 0.075

250 mbar
TD > 15:1 = 0.005 x TD TD > 10:1 = 0.0075 x TD
400 mbar, 1 bar, 2 bar, TD 1:1 to TD 15:1 = 0.075 TD 1:1 to TD 15:1 = 0.075
4 bar, 10 bar TD > 15:1 = 0.005 x TD TD > 15:1 = 0.005 x TD
TD 1:1 to TD 10:1 = 0.075 TD 1:1 to TD 10:1 = 0.075

40 bar
TD > 10:1 = 0.0075 x TD TD > 10:1 = 0.0075 x TD
Platinum version:
TD 1:1 = 0.05 TD 1:1 = 0.05
1 bar, 2 bar, 4 bar, 10 bar
Total performance PMC71 The "Total performance" specification comprises the non-linearity including hysteresis, non-reproducibility as
well as the thermal change of the zero point.
Measuring cell PMC71 PMC71 High temperature version
% of URL
100 mbar, 250 mbar, 400 mbar 0.2 0.46
1 bar, 2bar, 4 bar, 10 bar, 40 bar 0.15 0.46
All specifications apply to the temperature range 10...+60C (+14...+140F).
Total Error - PMC71 The total error comprises the long-term stability and the total performance:
Measuring cell PMC71 PMC71 High temperature version

% of URL/year
100 mbar, 250 mbar, 400 mbar 0.25 0.51
1 bar, 2bar, 4 bar, 10 bar, 40 bar 0.2 0.51
Warm-up period PMC71 4...20 mA HART : < 10 s

PROFIBUS PA: 6 s
FOUNDATION Fieldbus: 50 s
20 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S
Thermal change of the zero PMC71

output and the output span
PMC71 Measuring cell 10...+60 C 20...10 C, +60...+125 C
(+14...+140 F) (4...+14F, +140...+257F)
% of the set span
100 mbar, 250 mbar, 400 mbar (0.088 x TD + 0.088) (0.138 x TD + 0.138)
1 bar, 2bar, 4 bar, 10 bar, 40 bar (0.088 x TD + 0.04) (0.175 x TD + 0.075)
PMC71 High temperature version
Measuring cell 10...+60 C 20...10 C, +60...+150 C

(+14...+140 F) (4...+14F, +140...+302F)
% of the set span
100 mbar, 250 mbar, 400 mbar (0.088 x TD + 0.088)
1 bar, 2bar, 4 bar, 10 bar, 40 bar (0.088 x TD + 0.04) (0.50 x TD)
100 mbar (Absolute pressure sensor) (1.25 x TD)
250 mbar, 400 mbar, 1 bar, 2 bar,

(0.75 x TD)
4 bar, 10 bar (Absolutdrucksensor)
40 bar (Absolute pressure sensor) (0.50 x TD)
Endress+Hauser 21
Cerabar S
Performance characteristics metallic process isolating

diaphragm
Reference accuracy The reference accuracy comprises the non-linearity according to limit point setting, hysteresis and
PMP71, PMP75 non-reproducibility as per IEC 60770. The data refer to the calibrated span.
Measuring Sensor without capillary with capillary

cell (PMP71 and PMP75) (only PMP75)
% of the set span
Gauge pressure/ TD 1:1 = 0.15 TD 1:1 = 0.15

400 mbar
Absolute pressure TD > 1:1 = 0.15 x TD TD > 1:1 = 0.15 x TD
Gauge pressure/ TD 1:1 to TD 2.5:1 = 0.075 TD 1:1 to TD 2.5:1 = 0.1
1 bar
Absolute pressure TD > 2.5:1 = 0.03 x TD TD > 2.5:1 = 0.04 x TD
TD 1:1 to TD 5:1 = 0.075 TD 1:1 to TD 2.5:1 = 0.1

2 bar Gauge pressure
TD > 5:1 = 0.015 x TD TD > 2.5:1 = 0.04 x TD
TD 1:1 to TD 5:1 = 0.075 TD 1:1 to TD 5:1 = 0.075
2 bar Absolute pressure
TD > 5:1 = 0.015 x TD TD > 5:1 = 0.015 x TD
Gauge pressure/ TD 1:1 to TD 10:1 = 0.075 TD 1:1 to TD 10:1 = 0.075

4 bar
10 bar, Gauge pressure/ TD 1:1 to TD 15:1 = 0.075 TD 1:1 to TD 15:1 = 0.075

40 bar Absolute pressure TD > 15:1 = 0.005 x TD TD > 15:1 = 0.005 x TD
100 bar

400 bar
700 bar TD 1:1 to TD 5:1 = 0.15

Absolute pressure
(only PMP71) TD > 5:1 = 0.03 x TD
Platinum Gauge pressure/ TD 1:1 = 0.05
version 1) Absolute pressure
1 bar, 2 bar, 4
bar, 10 bar, 40
bar, 100 bar
1) Platinum version not for flush-mounted process connections G 1/2 and M20.
Total performance PMP71 The "Total performance" specification comprises the non-linearity including hysteresis, non-reproducibility as
well as the thermal change of the zero point.
Measuring cell PMP71 PMP71 with Gold-Rhodium-coated

process isolating diaphragm
% of URL
400 mbar 0.25 1.25
1 bar 0.15 0.75

2 bar 0.15 0.45
4 bar 0.15 0.3
10 bar, 40 bar 0.15 0.15
100 bar 0.25 0.25
400 bar 0.3 0.3
700 bar 0.3 0.3
All specifications apply to the temperature range 10...+60C (+14...+140F).
22 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S
Total Error - PMP71 The total error comprises the long-term stability and the total performance:
Measuring cell % of URL/year
400 mbar
1 bar, 2 bar, 4 bar, 10 bar, 40 bar 0.2

100 bar 0.3
400 bar 0.35
700 bar 0.35
Warm-up period 4...20 mA HART : < 10 s

PMP71, PMP75 PROFIBUS PA: 6 s
FOUNDATION Fieldbus: 50 s
Thermal change of the zero PMP71 and PMP75 (basic device)

output and the output span
PMP71 and PMP75 Measuring cell 10...+60 C 40...10 C, +60...+85 C
(+14...+140F) (40...+14F, +140...+185F)
% of the set span
400 mbar (0.2 x TD + 0.015) (0.4 x TD + 0.03)
1 bar, 2 bar, 4 bar, 10 bar, 40 bar (0.1 x TD + 0.01) (0.4 x TD + 0.02)

100 bar (0.2 x TD + 0.015) (0.4 x TD + 0.03)
400 bar (0.35 x TD + 0.02) (0.7 x TD + 0.04)
700 bar (0.35 x TD + 0.02) (0.7 x TD + 0.04)
Note!
When using a PMP75, the influence from the respective diaphragm seal must be taken into account.
( 68 ff "Planning instructions, diaphragm seal systems" and 47 ff "Process connections PMP75 (with
metallic process isolating diaphragm)").
Endress+Hauser 23
Cerabar S
Operating conditions (installation)

General installation For PMP75: 74, "Installation instructions" section.
instructions The position-dependent zero shift can be corrected directly at the device via operating key, for devices with
external operation even in hazardous areas. Diaphragm seals also shift the zero point, depending on the
installation position.
( 74 ff, section "Installation instructions").
The housing of the Cerabar S can be rotated up to 380. 27, section "Turn the housing".
Endress+Hauser offers a mounting bracket for installing on pipes or walls. 25, section "Wall and pipe-
mounting".
Installation instructions for Cerabar S transmitters without diaphragm seal are mounted as per the norms for a manometer (DIN EN 837-
devices without diaphragm 2). We recommend the use of shut-off devices and siphons. The orientation depends on the measuring
seal PMC71 and PMP71 application.
Pressure measurement in gases

Mount Cerabar S with shut-off device above the tapping point so that condensate can flow into the process.
Pressure measurement in steams

Mount Cerabar S with siphon above the tapping point.
The siphon reduces the temperature to almost ambient temperature.
Fill the siphon with fluid before commissioning.
Pressure measurement in liquids

Mount Cerabar S with shut-off device below or at the same level as the tapping point.
Level measurement
Mount Cerabar S below the lowest measuring point.
Do not mount the device at the following positions:
In the fill flow, in the tank outlet or at a point in the container which could be affected by pressure pulses
from an agitator or a pump.
The calibration and functional test can be carried out more easily if you mount the device after a shut-off
device.
Heat insulation The PMC71 high temperature version and the PMP75 must only be insulated up to a certain height. The
PMC71 high temperature maximum permitted insulation height is labelled on the devices and applies to an insulation material with a
version and PMP75 heat conductivity 0.04 W/(m x K) and to the maximum permitted ambient and process temperature ( see
table below). The data were determined under the most critical application "quiescent air".
TA Insulation
material
TP
Maximum insulation height, here e.g. PMC71 with flange
PMC71 high temperature version PMP75
Ambient temperature (TA) 70C (158F) 70C (158F)
Process temperature (TP) 150C (302F) max. 350C (662F), depending on the
diaphragm seal filling oil used ( 69)
24 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S
Mounting with temperature Endress+Hauser recommends the use of temperature isolators in the event of constant extreme fluid
isolator temperatures which lead to the maximum permissible ambient temperature of +85C (+185F) being
exceeded. Depending on the filling oil used, Cerabar S devices with temperature isolators can be used for
maximum temperatures of up to 260C (+500F). For the temperature application limits of filling oils,
69, "Diaphragm seal filling oil" section.
To minimise the influence of rising heat, Endress+Hauser recommends the device be mounted horizontally or
with the housing pointing downwards.
The additional installation height also brings about a zero point shift of maximum 21 mbar due to the
hydrostatic columns in the temperature isolator. The position-dependent zero shift can be corrected.
max. 115
PMP75 with temperature isolator
Wall and pipe-mounting Endress+Hauser offers a mounting bracket for installing the device on pipes or walls. 77 ff, feature 110,
"Additional options 2".
101
118
70
Endress+Hauser 25
Cerabar S
"Separate housing" version With the "separate housing" version, you are able to mount the housing with the electronics insert at a distance
from the measuring point. This facilitates zero-interference measurement:
Under particularly difficult measuring conditions (at installation locations that are cramped or difficult to
access)
If rapid cleaning of the measuring point is required
If the measuring point is exposed to vibrations.
You can choose between different cable versions:
PE (2 m, 5 m and 10 m)
FEP (5 m).
77 ff, Feature 110, "Additional options 2", Version "G".
For the dimensions, 60.
IP xx
(see chapter
FEP cable:
IP 69K Ordering information)
IP 66/68 NEMA 4/6P

PE cable:
IP 66/68 NEMA 4/6P
r 120 mm

P01-PMx7xxxx-11-xx-xx-en-012
In the case of the "separate housing" version, the sensor is delivered with the process connection and cable ready
mounted. The housing and a mounting bracket are enclosed as separate units. The cable is provided with a socket at both
ends. These sockets are simply connected to the housing and the sensor.
1 Process connection with sensor
2 Cable, both ends are fitted with a socket
3 Mounting bracket provided, suitable for pipe and wall mounting
4 Housing with electronic insert
Degree of protection for the process connection with sensor with the use of
FEP cable:
IP 69K
IP 66 NEMA 4/6P
IP 68 (1.83 mH2O for 24 h) NEMA 4/6P
PE cable:
IP 66 NEMA 4/6P
IP 68 (1.83 mH2O for 24 h) NEMA 4/6P
Technical data of the PE and FEP cable:
Minimum bending radius: 120 mm (4.72 inch)
Cable extraction force: max. 450 N
Resistance to UV light
Use in hazardous area:
Intrinsically safe installations (Ex ia/IS)
FM/CSA IS: for Div.1 installatin only
26 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S
Turn the housing The housing can be rotated up to 380 after loosening the Allen screw.
Your benefits
Simple mounting by optimally aligning the housing
Good, accessible device operation
Optimum readability of the on-site display (optional).
FIELD TERMINALS
max. 380
Align the housing by loosening the Allen screw.

T14 housing: 2 mm Allen key; T17 housing: 3 mm Allen key
Oxygen applications Oxygen and other gases can react explosively to oils, grease and plastics, such that, among other things, the
following precautions must be taken:
All components of the system, such as measuring devices, must be cleaned in accordance with the BAM
(DIN 19247) requirements.
Dependent on the materials used, a certain maximum temperature and a maximum pressure for oxygen
applications must not be exceeded.
The devices suitable for gaseous oxygen applications are listed in the following table with the specification pmax.
Order code for devices cleaned for pmax for oxygen applications Tmax for oxygen
oxygen applications applications
PMC71 * * * ** * ** 2 * *, Overpressure limit (OPL) of sensor1, 2 60C (140F)

Devices with sensors,
nominal value < 10 bar
PMC71 * * * ** * ** 2 * *, 30 bar 60C (140F)

Devices with sensors,
nominal value 10 bar
PMP71 * * * ** * * ** N * * Depends on the weakest link in terms of 85C (185F)

pressure of the selected components: over
pressure limit (OPL) of sensor1 or process
connection (1.5 x PN) or filling fluid
(160 bar)
PMP75 * * * ** * * * ** N * * Depends on the weakest link in terms of 85C (185F)

pressure of the selected components: over
pressure limit (OPL) of sensor1 or process
connection (1.5 x PN) or filling fluid
(160 bar)
1) 77 ff "Ordering information", feature 40 "Sensor range; sensor overload limit (= OPL)"

2) PMC71 with PVDF thread or flange pmax = 15 bar (225 psi)
Silicone-free applications Cleaning of the transmitter for the use e.g. in paint shops 79 "Ordering information PMC71", feature 80
"Seal", version "L" and "M".
Ultra pure gas applications Endress+Hauser also offers the degreased device for special applications, such as ultra pure gas.
No special restrictions regarding the process conditions apply to this device.
79, "Ordering information PMC71", feature 80 "Seal" or 83, "Ordering information PMC71",
feature 90 "Fill fluid".
Endress+Hauser 27
Cerabar S
Applications with hydrogen With regard to materials in which hydrogen build-up takes place, hydrogen atoms can diffuse through the metal
process isolating diaphragm. This can result in incorrect measurement results.
Endress+Hauser offers process isolating diaphragms with Gold-Rhodium coating for this application.
82 "Ordering information PMP71" and 86 "Ordering information PMP75", feature 60 "Membrane
material" version "6".
Operating conditions (environment)
Ambient temperature limits PMC71:

40...+85C (40...+185F)
High temperature version: 20...+70C (4...+158F)
(Version "T" for feature 100 "Additional options 1" or feature 110 "Additional options 2"),
For the maximum insulation height see 25.
PMP71: 40...+85C (40...+185F)
devices for lower temperatures on request
PMP75: 40...+85C (40...+185F)
devices for lower temperatures on request
For the maximum insulation height see 25.
On-site display: 20...+70C (4...+158F)
Extended temperature application range with restrictions in optical properties such as display speed and
contrast: 40...+85C (40...+185F)
Separate housing: 40 to +60C (40 to +140F)
Note!
For high-temperature applications, either a PMP75 with a temperature isolator or with a capillary can be used.
If vibrations also occur in the application, Endress+Hauser recommends you use a PMP75 with a capillary. If
a PMP75 with a temperature isolator or capillary is used, we recommend a suitable retaining unit for mounting
(see "Wall and pipe-mounting" Section on 25).
For devices for use in hazardous areas, see Safety instructions, Installation or Control Drawing. ( 90,
sections "Safety Instructions" and "Installation/Control Drawings".)
The device can be used in this temperature range. The values of the specification, such as thermal change, may
be exceeded. DIN 16086.
Storage temperature range 40...+ 90C (40...+ 194F)

On-site display: 40...+85C (40...+185F)
Degree of protection 77 ff, feature 30 "Housing, Cable entry, Protection".

Degree of protection IP 68 for T17 housing: 1.83 mH2O for 24 h
Seperate housing 26.
Climate class Class 4K4H (air temperature: 20...55C/4...+131F, relative humidity: 4...100%) fulfilled as per
DIN EN 60721-3-4 (condensation possible)
1) With PMC71, avoid condensate in the device (avoid moisture collecting in the device).
28 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S
Vibration resistance Device/Additional option Test standard Vibration resistance
PMC71 1 GL guaranteed for

3...25 Hz: 1.6 mm;
PMP71
25...100 Hz: 4 g
PMP75 2, 3 in all 3 planes
with mounting bracket IEC 61298-3 guaranteed for

10...60 Hz: 0.15 mm;
60...500 Hz: 2 g
in all 3 planes
1) not for high temperature version with Ex d[ia], CSA XP or FM XP

2) with aluminium T14 housing only
3) For applications with high temperatures, either a PMP75 with a temperature isolator or with a capillary can be used.
If vibrations also occur in the application, Endress+Hauser recommends using a PMP75 with a capillary. If a PMP75
with a temperature isolator or capillary is used, it must be mounted with a mounting bracket. ( 25).
Electromagnetic compatibility Electromagnetic compatibility to EN 61326 and NAMUR recommendation EMC (NE21). For details refer
to the declaration of conformity.
With enhanced immunity against electromagnetic fields as per EN 61000-4-3:
30 V/m with closed cover 1
Maximum deviation: < 0.5% of span
All EMC measurements were performed with a turn down (TD) = 2:1.
1) for devices with T14 housing
Overvoltage protection Overvoltage protection:

Nominal functioning DC voltage: 600 V
Nominal discharge current: 10 kA
Surge current check = 20 kA as per DIN EN 60079-14: 8/20 s satisfied
Arrester AC current check I = 10 A satisfied
79 ff, feature 100 "Additional options 1" and feature 110 "Additional options 2", version "M Overvoltage
protection".
Note!
Devices with integrated overvoltage protection must be earthed.
Endress+Hauser 29
Cerabar S
Operating conditions (Process)
Process temperature limits PMC71 (with ceramic process isolating diaphragm)

25...+125C (13...+257F)
High temperature version: 20...+150C (4...+302F)
79, feature 100 "Additional options 1", Version "T".
Observe the process temperature range of the seal. See also the following section "Process temperature range,
seals".
Extreme jumps in temperature can result in temporary measuring errors. Temperature compensation takes effect after several
minutes. Internal temperature compensation is faster the smaller the temperature jump and the longer the time interval.
PMP71 (with metallic process isolating diaphragm)
Description Temperature operating range

Process connections with internal process isolating diaphragm 40...+125C (40...+257F)
(+150 C/302F for max. one hour)
Process connections with flush-mounted process isolating 40...+100C (40...+212F)

diaphragm, G 1 A, G 1 1/2 A, G 2 A, 1 NPT, 1 1/2 NPT, 2 NPT,
M 44 x 1.25, EN/DIN, ANSI and JIS flanges
Process connections with flush-mounted process isolating 20...+85C (4...+185F)

diaphragm, G 1/2 A, M 20
Lower temperatures on request.
PMP75 (with metallic process isolating diaphragm)

depending on the diaphragm seal and filling oil from -70C (-94F) up to +400C (+752F). Observe the
temperature application limits of the diaphragm seal oil. 69, section "Diaphragm seal filling oils".
Note!
Do not use diaphragm seals with 0.09 mm PTFE foil on AISI 316L (1.4435/1.4404) for vacuum
applications, upper temperature limit +204C (+400F).
For oxygen applications, observe 27, section "Oxygen applications".
30 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S
Process temperature range, PMC71 (with ceramic process isolating diaphragm)

seals
Version for feature 80 Seal Process temperature range
in the order code
A, L FKM Viton 25...+125C/150C 1 (13...+257F/302F)

B 2, 3 EPDM (FDA 21CFR177.2600; 3A Class II; 20...+125C/150C (4...+257F/302F)
USP Class VI) DVGW (KTW, W270,
W534), WRAS, ACS, NSF61
B EPDM 20...+125C (4...+257F)
D, M Kalrez, Compound 4079 +5...+125C/150C (+41...+257F/302F)
E Chemraz, Compound 505 10...+125C/150C (+14...+257F/302F)
F , 4 HNBR (FDA 21CFR177.2600; 3A Class II; 25...+125C (13...+257F)

KTW; AFNOR; BAM)
F NBR 10...+100C (+14...+212F)
G FKM Viton, FDA 5...+125C (+23 ...+257F)
1 FKM Viton, cleaned from oil and greace 10...+125C/150C (+14...+257F/302F)
2 FKM Viton, cleaned for oxygen service 10...+60 C (+14...+140F)
The process temperature ranges specified here refer to permanent application of the PMC71. They may be exceeded for a
short time (e.g. for cleaning).
1) +150C (+302F): for high temperature version

79, feature 100 "Additional options 1" and feature 110 "Additional options 2", Version "T".
2) These seals are used for devices with 3A-approved process connections.
3) With applications of saturated steam a Cerabar S with metallic process isolating diaphragm is to be used.
4) For devices with NBR or HNBR seals, the values for "Toatal Performance" ( 20) and "Thermal change"
( 21) must be multiplied by the factor 3.
Pressure specifications The maximum pressure for the measuring device is dependent on the lowest-rated element with regard to
pressure, see the following sections for this:
7 ff, section "Measuring range"
chapter "Mechanical construction".
The MWP (maximum working pressure) is specified on the nameplate. This value refers to a reference
temperature of 20C (68F) or 100F for ANSI flanges and may be applied to the device for an unlimited
time. Observe temperature dependency.
The pressure values permitted at higher temperatures can be found in the following standards:
EN 1092-1: 2001 Tab. 18 1
ASME B 16.5a 1998 Tab. 2-2.2 F316
ASME B 16.5a 1998 Tab. 2.3.8 N10276
JIS B 2220.
The test pressure corresponds to the over pressure limit of the measuring instrument (Over Pressure Limits
OPL = 1.5 x MWP 2) and may fit only temporally limited, so that no permanent damage develops.
The Pressure Equipment Directive (EC Directive 97/23/EC) uses the abbreviation "PS". The abbreviation
"PS" corresponds to the MWP (maximum working pressure) of the measuring device.
In the case of sensor range and process connections where the OPL (Over pressure limit) of the pressure
connection is smaller than the nominal value of the sensor, the device is set at the factory, at the very
maximum, to the OPL value of the process connection. If you want to use the entire sensor range, select a
process connection with a higher OPL value (1.5 x PN; PN = MWP).
In oxygen applications, the values for "pmax and Tmax for oxygen applications" as per 27, "Oxygen
applications" may not be exceeded.
1) With regard to their stability-temperature property, the materials 1.4435 and 1.4404 are grouped together under 13EO
in EN 1092-1 Tab. 18. The chemical composition of the two materials can be identical.
2) The equation does not apply for PMP71 and PMP75 with a 40 bar or 100 bar measuring cell.
Endress+Hauser 31
Cerabar S
Mechanical construction
Housing dimensions T14
152
111 111
FIELD TERMINALS
H
P01-PMx7xxx-06-00-xx-xx-000
Front view, left-hand side view, top view

See the process connection in question for installation height. Housing weight 61.
Housing dimensions T17

132
152
102
111 FIELD TERMINALS
115
111
HH
P01-PMx7xxxx-06-00-xx-xx-001
Front view, left-hand side view, top view

See the process connection in question for installation height. Housing weight 61.
32 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S
Process connections PMC71 Note!

(with ceramic process Some device versions have CRN approval. For a CRN-approved device, a CRN-approved process connection
isolating diaphragm) ( 77, feature 70 "Process connection") has to be ordered with a CSA approval ( 77, feature 10
"Approval"). These devices are fitted with a separate plate bearing the registration number 0F10525.5C.
Thread, internal process isolating diaphragm
G 1/2A G 1/2A G 1/4 G 1/2A 11.4 mm
H
8
17
17
17
20
20
20
13
3 G 1/4 11.4
3
6 17.5 17.5
G 1/2 G 1/2 G 1/2
P01-PMC71xxx-06-09-xx-xx-001
Process connections PMC71, thread ISO 228

Installation height 34.
1 Thread ISO 228 G 1/2 A EN 837;
Material version GA: AISI 316L, version GB: Alloy C276/2.4819, version GC: Monel,
Version GD: PVDF (max.: 15 bar/225 psi, max.: 10...+60C/+14...+140F); mount version "GD" with a mounting
bracket only ( 25); Weight: 0.63 kg
2 Thread ISO 228 G 1/2 A G 1/4 (female);
Material version GE: AISI 316L, version GF: Alloy C276/2.4819, version GG: Monel; Weight: 0.63 kg
3 Thread ISO 228 G 1/2 A hole 11.4 mm;
Material version GH: AISI 316L, version GJ: Alloy C276/2.4819, version GK: Monel; Weight: 0.63 kg
1/2 MNPT 1/4 FNPT 1/2 MNPT 11.4 mm 1/2 MNPT 3 mm 1/2 FNPT
H
H
25
25
25
25
11.4 11.4 3 1/2 NPT

1/4 NPT 1/2 NPT 1/2 NPT 26.5
1/2 NPT
P01-PMC71xxx-06-09-xx-xx-002
Process connections PMC71, thread ANSI

1 Thread ANSI 1/2 MNPT 1/4 FNPT;
Material version RA: AISI 316L, version RB: Alloy C276/2.4819, version RC: Monel; Weight: 0.63 kg
2 Thread ANSI 1/2 MNPT hole 11.4;
Material version RD: AISI 316L, version RE: Alloy C276/2.4819, version RF: Monel; Weight: 0.63 kg
3 Thread ANSI 1/2 MNPT hole 3 mm;
Material version RG: PVDF(max.: 15 bar/225 psi, max.: 10...+60C/+14...+140F),
mount with mounting bracket only ( 25); Weight: 0.63 kg
4 Thread ANSI 1/2 FNPT;
Material version RH: AISI 316L, version RJ: Alloy C276/2.4819, version RK: Monel; Weight: 0.63 kg
Endress+Hauser 33
Cerabar S
G 1/2 R 1/2
H
13.2
8
20
23
3
3 11.4
5 R 1/2
G 1/2
P01-PMC71xxx-06-09-xx-xx-003
Process connections PMC71, thread JIS

1 Version GL: thread JIS B0202 G 1/2 (male), material: AISI 316L; Weight: 0.63 kg
2 Version RL: thread JIS B0203 R 1/2 (male), material: AISI 316L; Weight: 0.63 kg
M20x1.5
H
8
17
20
3
6 3
M20x1.5
P01-PMC71xxx-06-09-xx-xx-004
Process connections PMC71 thread DIN 13 M 20x1.5 hole 3 mm

Material version GP: AISI 316L, version GQ: Alloy C276/2.4819
Installation height 34; Weight: 0.63 kg.
Installation height H for devices with thread connection and internal process isolating diaphragm
Description Housing T14 Housing T17
PMC71 155 mm 171 mm

PMC71 with Ex d[ia], CSA XP or FM XP 225 mm 241 mm (Ex d = 311 mm)
PMC71 High temperature version 1 235 mm 251 mm
PMC 71 High temperature version 1 with 305 mm 321 mm (Ex d = 391 mm)
Ex d[ia], CSA XP or FM XP
1) High temperature version, 79, feature 100 "Additional options 1" and
feature 110 "Additional options 2", versions "T"
34 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S
Thread, flush-mounted process isolating diaphragm
G 1 1/2 G2
SW 60 SW 60
60 AF 60 AF
H
H
33.5
28
30
25
G 1 1/2 G2
55 68
1 1/2 NPT 2 NPT M44x1.25

SW 60 SW 60 SW 60
60 AF 60 AF 60 AF
H
33.5
27
22
30
11
1 1/2 NPT 2 NPT 40.5
68 M44x1.25
P01-PMC71xxx-06-09-xx-xx-005
Process connections PMC71,

Installation height see table below.
1 Thread ISO 228 G 1 1/2 A;
Material version 1G: AISI 316L, version 1H: Alloy C276/2.4819, version 1J: Monel; Weight: 0.63 kg
2 Thread ISO 228 G 2 A;
Material version 1K: AISI 316L, version 1L: Alloy C276/2.4819, version 1M: Monel; Weight: 0.63 kg
3 Thread ANSI 1 1/2 MNPT;
Material version 2D: AISI 316L, version 2E: Alloy C276/2.4819, version 2F: Monel; Weight: 0.63 kg
4 Thread ANSI 2 MNPT;
Material version 2G: AISI 316L, version 2H: Alloy C276/2.4819, version 2J: Monel; Weight: 0.63 kg
5 Thread DIN 13 M 44x1.25;
Material version 1R: AISI 316L, version 1S: Alloy C276/2.4819; Weight: 0.63 kg
Installation height H for devices with thread connection and flush-mounted process isolating
diaphragm

PMC71/PMC71 high temperature version 215 mm 231 mm
PMC71/PMC71 high temperature version: 280 mm 296 mm

with Ex d[ia], CSA XP or FM XP
Endress+Hauser 35
Cerabar S
EN/DIN flanges, connection dimensions as per EN 1092-1/DIN 2527
g2
H
2
b
g
k
D
P01-PMC71xxx-06-09-xx-xx-006
Process connection PMC71, EN/DIN flange with raised face (flush-mounted process isolating diaphragm)
Flange1 Boltholes
2
Version Material Nominal Nominal Shape Diameter Thick- Raised Quantity Diameter Hole Flange
diameter pressure ness face circle weight 3
D b g g2 k
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg]

CP AISI 316L DN 32 PN 10-40 B1 (D) 140 18 77 4 18 100 1.9
CQ AISI 316L DN 40 PN 10-40 B1 (D) 150 18 87 4 18 110 2.2

4
BR PVDF DN 50 PN 10-16 B1 (D) 165 21.4 102 4 18 125 0.6
B3 AISI 316L DN 50 PN 10-40 B1 (D) 165 20 102 4 18 125 3.0
C3 AISI 316L DN 50 PN 63 B2 (D) 180 26 108 4 22 135 4.6

BS PVDF DN 80 PN 10/16 B1 (D) 200 21.4 138 8 18 160 1.0
B4 AISI 316L DN 80 PN 10-40 B1 (D) 200 24 138 8 18 160 5.4
1) The roughness of the surface in contact with the medium, including the raised face of the flanges (all standards), made of Hastelloy C, Monel or Tantalum is
Ra 0.8 m. Lower surface roughness on request.
2) Designation in brackets as per DIN 2527
3) Housing weight 61
4) Max.: 15 bar (225 psi), max.: 10...+60C (+14...+140F)
36 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S
ANSI flange, connection dimensions as per ANSI B 16.5, raised face RF
g2
0.06
1.6
H
b
g
k
D
P01-PMC71xxx-06-09-xx-xx-007
Process connection PMC71, ANSI flange with raised face (flush-mounted process isolating diaphragm)
Flange 1 Boltholes
Version Material Nominal Class Diameter Thickness Raised face Quantity Diameter Hole circle Flange
diameter weight 2
D b g g2 k
[in] [lb./sq.in] [in] [in] [in] [in] [in] [kg]

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
AE AISI 316/316L 3 1 1/2 150 5 / 127 0.69 / 17.5 2.88 / 73.2 4 0.62 / 15.7 3.88 / 98.6 1.0

AQ AISI 316/316L 1 1/2 300 6.12 / 155.4 0.81 / 20.6 2.88 / 73.2 4 0.88 / 22.4 4.5 / 114.3 2.6
AF AISI 316/316L 2 150 6 / 152.4 0.75 / 19.1 3.62 / 91.9 4 0.75 / 19.1 4.75 / 120.7 2.4
4
JR ECTFE 2 150 6 / 152.4 0.75 / 19.1 3.62 / 91.9 4 0.75 / 19.1 4.75 / 120.7 2.4
5
A3 PVDF 2 150 6 / 152.4 0.75 / 19.1 3.62 / 91.9 4 0.75 / 19.1 4.75 / 120.7 0.5
AR AISI 316/316L 2 300 6.5 / 165.1 0.88 / 22.4 3.62 / 91.9 8 0.75 / 19.1 5 / 127 3.2

AG AISI 316/316L 3 150 7.5 / 190.5 0.94 / 23.9 5 / 127 4 0.75 / 19.1 6 / 152.4 4.9

JS ECTFE 3 150 7.5 / 190.5 0.94 / 23.9 5 / 127 4 0.75 / 19.1 6 / 152.4 4.9
A4 PVDF 3 150 7.5 / 190.5 0.94 / 23.9 5 / 127 4 0.75 / 19.1 6 / 152.4 0.9

AS AISI 316/316L 3 300 8.25 / 209.5 1.12 / 28.4 5 / 127 8 0.88 / 22.4 6.62 / 168.1 6.8

AH AISI 316/316L 4 150 9 / 228.6 0.94 / 23.9 6.19 / 157.2 8 0.75 / 19.1 7.5 / 190.5 7.1
JT ECTFE 4 150 9 / 228.6 0.94 / 23.9 6.19 / 157.2 8 0.75 / 19.1 7.5 / 190.5 7.1

AT AISI 316/316L 4 300 10 / 254 1.25 / 31.8 6.19 / 157.2 8 0.88 / 22.4 7.88 / 200.2 11.6
3) Combination of AISI 316 for required pressure resistance and AISI 316L for required chemical resistance (dual rated)
4) ECTFE coating on AISI 316L/1.4435
When operating in hazardous area, avoid electrostatic charge of the plastic surface.
5) max.: 15 bar (225 psi), max.: 10...+60C (+14...+140F)
Endress+Hauser 37
Cerabar S
JIS flange, connection dimensions as per JIS B 2220 BL, raised face RF
g2
H
2
b
g
k
D
P01-PMC71xxx-06-09-xx-xx-008
Process connection PMC71, JIS flange with raised face RF (flush-mounted process isolating diaphragm), AISI 316L/
1.4435
Installation height see table below.
Flange 1 Boltholes
Versions Nominal Nominal Diameter Thickness Raised face Quantity Diameter Hole circle Flange
dimension pressure weight 2
D b g g2 k
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg]
KF 50 A 10 K 155 16 96 4 19 120 2.0
KL 80 A 10 K 185 18 127 8 19 150 3.3

KH 100 A 10 K 210 18 151 8 19 175 4.4
Ra 0.8. Lower surface roughness on request.
2) Housing weight see 61
Installation height H for devices with flange
Description T14 housing T17 housing
PMC71 215 mm 231 mm
PMC71 with Ex d[ia], CSA XP or FM XP 280 mm 296 mm
38 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S
Hygienic connections, flush-mounted process isolating diaphragm

Note!
Many process connections with an EPDM or HNBR seal are in accordance with the 3A-sanitary standard
approved for PMC71. This means that a 3A-approved process connection in combination with an EPDM or
HNBR seal must be selected when ordering for the 3A approval for the PMC71 version to be valid.
For ordering information on EPDM or HNBR seals, 79 "Ordering information PMC71", feature 80
"Sensor seal", version B or F.
DIN 11851 DN 40
DIN 11851 DN 50
H
11
10
21
22
48 61
Rd 65 x 1/6 Rd 78 x 1/6
Clamp ISO 2852 DN 51 (2")/ Clamp ISO 2852 DN 76.1 (3")

DIN 32676 DN 50
H
H
56.5 83.5
64 91
DRD DN 50 (65 mm) Varivent N DN 40 DN 162
4 x 11.5
H
H
16
65 68
84 84
105
P01-PMC71xxx-06-09-xx-xx-011
Process connections PMC71, Hygienic connections, material AISI 316L

surface roughness of the surfaces in contact with the medium 0.8 m as standard. Lower surface roughness on request.
1 Version MP: DIN 11851 DN 40 PN 25, 3A with HNBR or EPDM seal
2 Version MR: DIN 11851 DN 50 PN 25, 3A with HNBR or EPDM seal
3 Version TD: Tri-Clamp ISO 2852 (2"), DIN 32675 DN 50, 3A with HNBR or EPDM seal
4 Version TF: Tri-Clamp ISO 2852 (3"), 3A with HNBR or EPDM seal
5 Version TK: DRD DN50 (65 mm) PN 25, 3A with HNBR or EPDM seal
6 Version TR: Varivent Type N for pipes 40 162, PN 40, 3A with HNBR or EPDM seal
Installation height H for devices with hygienic connection and flush-mounted process isolating
diaphragm
Description T14 housing T17 housing
PMC71/PMC71 high temperature version 215 mm 231 mm
PMC71/PMC71 high temperature version: 280 mm 296 mm

with Ex d[ia], CSA XP or FM XP
Endress+Hauser 39
Cerabar S
Process connections PMP71 Note!

(with metallic process Some device versions have CRN approval. For a CRN-approved device, a CRN-approved process connection
"Approval"). These devices are fitted with a separate plate bearing the registration number 0F10525.5C.
G 1/2A G 1/2A G 1/4 G 1/2A 11.4
H
11.4 11.4
20
3
17
17
20
20
13
3.2 G 1/4 17.5
3
6 G 1/2 A
17.5
17.5
G 1/2 A
G 1/2 A
P01-PMP71xxx-06-09-xx-xx-000
Process connections PMP71, thread ISO 228

Installation height H 41.
1 Thread ISO 228 G 1/2 A EN 837;
Material version GA: AISI 316L, version GB: Alloy C276/2.4819; Weight: 0.6 kg
2 Thread ISO 228 G 1/2 A G 1/4 (female);
Material version GE: AISI 316L, version GF: Alloy C276/2.4819; Weight: 0.6 kg
3 Thread ISO 228 G 1/2 A hole 11.4 mm;
Material version GH: AISI 316L, version GJ: Alloy C276/2.4819; Weight: 0.6 kg
1/2 MNPT 1/4 FNPT 1/2 MNPT 1/2 FNPT

H
H
11.4
7
21.4 21.4 10
25
25
20
15
1/4 NPT 11.4/3.2 1/2 NPT

1/2 NPT 1/2 NPT 38
P01-PMP71xxx-06-09-xx-xx-001
Process connections PMP71, thread ANSI

1 Thread ANSI 1/2 MNPT 1/4 FNPT;
Material version RA: AISI 316L, version RB: Alloy C276/2.4819; Weight: 0.6 kg
2 Thread ANSI 1/2 MNPT; hole: 400 bar = 11.4 mm , 700 bar = 3.2 mm
Material version RD: AISI 316L, version RE: Alloy C276/2.4819; Weight: 0.6 kg
3 Thread ANSI 1/2 FNPT;
Material version RH: AISI 316L, version RJ: Alloy C276/2.4819; Weight: 0.7 kg
40 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S
G 1/2 R 1/2
H
8
21.4
23
23
3
3
11.4
5
R 1/2
G 1/2
P01-PMP71xxx-06-09-xx-xx-002
Process connections PMP71, thread JIS

Installation height H see table below.
1 Version GL: thread JIS B0202 G 1/2 (male), material: AISI 316L; Weight: 0.6 kg
2 Version RL: thread JIS B0203 R 1/2 (male), material: AISI 316L; Weight: 0.6 kg
M 20x1.5
H
11.4
17
20
17.5
M20x1.5
P01-PMP71xxx-06-09-xx-xx-003
Process connections PMP71 thread DIN 13 M 20x1.5 hole 11.4 mm

Material version GP: AISI 316L, version GQ: Alloy C276/2.4819; Weight: 0.6 kg
Installation height H see table below.
Installation height H for devices with thread connection and internal flush-mounted process
isolating diaphragm
T14 housing T17 housing

Height H 165 mm 181 mm
Note!
The versions with 700 bar sensor are approx. 20 mm (0.79 inch) higher.
Endress+Hauser 41
Cerabar S
G 1/2A G 1A G 1 1/2A G 2A
H
H
H
3.5
30
3
3.5
26 8
18.4
31
18
14
2
2
dM = 17.5 dM = 28 dM = 28 dM = 28
G 1/2A 30 36 56.3
23.6 G 1A G 1 1/2A G2A
26.5 36 55 68
39
P01-PMP71xxx-06-09-xx-xx-004
Process connections PMP71, thread ISO 228

1 Thread ISO 228 G 1/2 A DIN 3852;
Material version 1A: AISI 316L, version 1B: Alloy C276/2.4819; Weight: 0.4 kg
2 Thread ISO 228 G 1 A;
Material version 1D: AISI 316L, version 1E: Alloy C276/2.4819; Weight: 0.7 kg
3 Thread ISO 228 G 1 1/2 A
Material version 1G: AISI 316L, version 1H: Alloy C276/2.4819; Weight: 1.1 kg
4 Thread ISO 228 G 2 A
Material version 1K: AISI 316L, version 1L: Alloy C276/2.4819; Weight: 1.5 kg
1 MNPT 1 1/2 MNPT 2 MNPT
H
H
H
33.5
27
23
dM = 28 dM = 28 dM = 28
1 NPT 1 1/2 NPT 2 NPT
P=1-PMP71xxx-06-09-xx-xx-005
Process connections PMP71, thread ANSI

1 Thread ANSI 1 MNPT;
Material version 2A: AISI 316L, version 2B: Alloy C276/2.4819; Weight: 0.7 kg
2 Thread ANSI 1 1/2 MNPT;
Material version 2D: AISI 316L, version 2E: Alloy C276/2.4819; Weight: 1.0 kg
3 Thread ANSI 2 MNPT
Material version 2G: AISI 316L, version 2H: Alloy C276/2.4819; Weight: 1.3 kg
42 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S
M 20x1.5 M 44x1.25
H
H
3.5
17.7
8
3
23
14
2
dM = 17.5 dM = 17.5
2
M20x1.5 40.5
23.6 M44x1.25
26.5 55
P01-PMP71xxx-06-09-xx-xx-006
Process connections PMP71, thread DIN

Installation height see table, below.
1 Thread DIN 16288 M20;
Material version 1N: AISI 316L, version 1P: Alloy C276/2.4819; Weight: 0.4 kg
2 Thread DIN 13 M 44 x 1.25;
Material version 1R: AISI 316L, version 1S: Alloy C276/2.4819; Weight: 1.1 kg
Installation height H for devices with thread connection and flush-mounted process isolating
diaphragm
G 1/2 163 mm 179 mm
G1 167 mm 183 mm
G 1 1/2 A 163 mm 179 mm
G2A 162 mm 178 mm
1 MNPT 162 mm 178 mm
1 1/2 MNPT 165 mm 181 mm
2 MNPT 159 mm 175 mm
M 20x1.5 163 mm 179 mm

M 44x1.25 170 mm 186 mm
Endress+Hauser 43
Cerabar S
EN/DIN flanges, connection dimensions as per EN 1092-1/DIN 2527
h
H
g2
b
dM = 28
60 (m)
g
k
D
P01-PMP71xxx-06-09-xx-xx-008
Process connection PMP71, EN/DIN flange with raised face, material AISI 316L
H: device height = height of device without flange h + flange thickness b
Height h 46.
Flange 1 Boltholes
2
Version Nominal Nominal Shape Diameter Thicknes Raised Width of Quantity Diameter Hole circle Flange
diameter pressure s face the raised weight 3
face
D b g (m) g2 k
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg]

CN DN 25 PN 10-40 B1 (D) 115 18 66 4 4 4 14 85 1.2

CP DN 32 PN 10-40 B1 (D) 140 18 77 8.5 4 18 100 1.9

CQ DN 40 PN 10-40 B1 (D) 150 18 87 - 4 18 110 2.2
B3 DN 50 PN 10-40 B1 (D) 165 20 102 - 4 18 125 3.0
B4 DN 80 PN 10-40 B1 (D) 200 24 138 - 8 18 160 5.3
1) The roughness of the surface in contact with the medium, including the raised face of the flanges (all standards), made of Hastelloy C, Monel or Tantalum is Ra
0.8 m. Lower surface roughness on request.
2) Designation as per DIN 2527 in brackets
4) With these process connections the raised face is smaller than described in the standard. Due to a smaller raised face a special seal must be used. Refer to a
manufacturer of seals or your local Endress+Hauser Sales Center.
44 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S
ANSI flanges, connection dimensions as per ANSI B 16.5, raised face RF

JIS flanges, connection dimensions as per B 2220 BL, Raised face RF
h
H
g2
b
dM = 28
60 (m)
g
k
D
P01-PMP71xxx-06-09-xx-xx-009
Process connection PMP71, ANSI flange or JIS flange with raised face RF; material
H: device height = height of device without flange h + flange thickness b. For the height h 46.
Flange 1 Boltholes
Ver- Material Nominal Class/ Diameter Thickness Diameter Width of Quantity Diameter Hole Flange
sion diameter Nominal raised face the raised circle weight 2
pressure face
D b g (m) g2 k
[in] / [mm] [in] / [mm] [in] / [mm] [in] / [mm] [in] / [mm] [in] / [mm] [kg]
ANSI flange
AN AISI 316/316L 3 1 in 300 lb./sq.in 4.88 / 124 0.69 / 17.5 2.76 4 / 70 0.2 /5 4 0.75 / 19.1 3.5 / 88.9 1.3

AE AISI 316/316L 1 1/2 in 150 lb./sq.in 5 / 127 0.69 / 17.5 2.88 / 73.2 0.52 /6.6 4 0.62 / 15.7 3.88 / 98.6 1.5

AQ AISI 316/316L 1 1/2 in 300 lb./sq.in 6.12 / 155.4 0.81 / 20.6 2.88 / 73.2 0.52 /6.6 4 0.88 /22.4 4.5 /114.3 2.6
AF AISI 316/316L 2 in 150 lb./sq.in 6 / 152.4 0.75 / 19.1 3.62 / 91.9 - 4 0.75 / 19.1 4.75 /120.7 2.4

AR AISI 316/316L 2 in 300 lb./sq.in 7.5 / 190.5 0.88 / 22.3 3.62 / 91.9 - 8 0.75 / 19.1 5 / 127 3.2

AG AISI 316/316L 3 in 150 lb./sq.in 7.5 / 190.5 0.94 / 23.9 5 / 127 - 4 0.75 /19.1 6 / 152.4 4.9
AS AISI 316/316L 3 in 300 lb./sq.in 8.25 / 209.5 1.12 / 28.4 5 / 127 - 8 0.88 / 22.4 6.62 / 168.1 6.7

AH AISI 316/316L 4 in 150 lb./sq.in 9 / 228.6 0.94 / 23.9 6.19 / 157.2 - 8 0.75 / 19.1 7.5 / 190.5 7.1

AT AISI 316/316L 4 in 300 lb./sq.in 10 / 254 1.25 / 31.8 6.19 / 157.2 - 8 0.88 / 22.4 7.88 / 200.2 11.6
JIS flange
KA AISI 316L 25 A 20 K 125 16 67 0.14 / 3.5 4 19 90 1.5
KF AISI 316L 50 A 10 K 155 16 96 - 4 19 120 2.0

KL AISI 316L 80 A 10 K 185 18 127 - 8 19 150 3.3
KH AISI 316L 100 A 10 K 210 18 151 - 8 19 175 4.4
4) With these process connections the raised face is smaller than described in the standard. Due to a smaller raised face a special seal must be used. Refer to a
manufacturer of seals or your local Endress+Hauser Sales Center.
Endress+Hauser 45
Cerabar S
Height h for devices with flange
Height h 165 mm 181 mm
Oval flange
H
78.5
63.5
41.3
1/4-18 NPT
7/16-20 UNF
40 75
P01-PMP71xxx-06-09-xx-xx-007
Version UR: oval flange adapter 1/4-18 NPT according to IEC 61518, mounting: 7/16-20 UNF; Weight: 1.9 kg
Prepared for diaphragm seal mount
2.5
5
7.95
P01-PMP75xxx-06-09-xx-xx-xx-005
Version U1: prepared for diaphragm seal mount

1 Hole for filling fluid
2 Bearing
3 Threaded pin with an internal hexagon 4 mm
Height h 190 mm 204 mm
46 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S
PMP75 Basic unit
P01-PMP75xxx-06-09-xx-xx-012
PMP75 Basic unit with diaphragm seal

1 PMP75 Basic unit
2 Diaphragm seal, here e.g. flange diaphragm seal
Height 190 mm 204 mm
Process connections PMP75 Note!

(with metallic process Some device versions have CRN approval. For a CRN-approved device, a CRN-approved process connection
"Approval"). Devices with capillary are not CRN-approved. These devices are fitted with a separate plate
bearing the registration number 0F10525.5C.
Specifications for the "TK Process" are listed in the following tables. These are typical values. The temperature
coefficients apply to silicone oil and the process isolating diaphragm material AISI 316L/1.4435. For other
filling oils, this temperature coefficient must be multiplied by the TK correction factor of the corresponding
filling oil. For the TK correction factors, 69, section "Diaphragm seal filling oils".
With regard to the temperature coefficient "TK Ambient", devices with a temperature isolator behave like
devices with the same process connection with 0.1 m capillary.
In addition, the temperature coefficient "TK Ambient" is listed in relation to the capillary length for the
diaphragm seal versions which can be supplied with capillaries as standard. This information is found on
69 ff, section "Influence of the temperature on the zero point".
The weights of the diaphragm seals are given in the tables. 61 for the weight of the housing.
The following drawings are drawings that illustrate how the system works in principle. In other words, the
dimensions of a diaphragm seal supplied can deviate from the dimensions given in this document.
Endress+Hauser 47
Cerabar S
SW SW
AF AF
h
x1
x1
dM dM
d1 NPT
G d2
d2
P01-PMP75xxx-06-09-xx-xx-003
Process connections PMP75, left: thread ISO 228, right: thread ANSI
Threaded connection Diaphragm seal

1
Ver- Material Thread Nomi- Dia- Dia- Screw-in Across max. Dia- TK TK TK Height Dia-
sion nal meter meter length flats phragm Ambient Ambient Process phragm
pres- diameter 40 bar > 40 bar seal
sure weight
PN d1 d2 x1 SW/AF dM h
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mbar/10 K] [mm] [kg]
1D AISI 316L G1A 400 30 39 21 2 41 30 +16.03 +24.33 +4.70 19 0.4

1E Alloy C276 0.5
1G AISI 316L G 1 1/2 A 400 44 55 30 50 42 +5.4 +8.18 +3.50 20 0.9
1H Alloy C276 1.0

1K AISI 316L G2 400 56 68 30 65 50 +1.76 +2.68 +1.60 20 1.9
1L Alloy C276 2.1
2A AISI 316L 1 MNPT 400 48 28 41 24 +15.66 +24.42 +8.50 37 0.6

2B Alloy C276 0.7
2D AISI 316L 1 1/2 MNPT 400 52 30 46 36 +8.14 +12.39 +3.90 20 0.9
2E Alloy C276 1.0
2G AISI 316L 2 MNPT 400 78 30 65 38 +5.4 +8.18 +2.59 35 1.8
2H Alloy C276 2.0
1) AISI 316L; Alloy C276/2.4819

2) 28 mm in conjucntion with high temperature oil
Note!
With the use of high temperature oils the design can deviate strongly.
For further information please contact your local Endress+Hauser Sales Center.
48 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S
Tri-Clamp ISO 2852
h
dM
C7
P01-FMD78xxx-06-09-xx-xx-005
Process connection PMP75, material: AISI 316L, surface roughness of the surfaces in contact with the medium
Ra 0.8 m as standard. Lower surface roughness on request.
Version Nominal Nominal Nominal Diameter max. Height TK TK TK Diaphragm

diameter diameter diameter Diaphragm Ambient Ambient Process seal weight
ISO 2852 DIN 32676 diameter 40 bar > 40 bar
C7 dM h
[in] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mbar/10 K] [kg]
TB DN 25 DN 25 1 50.5 24 37 +15.33 +24.0 +4.25 0.32

1
TC DN 38 DN 40 1 1/2 50.5 34 30 +8.14 +12.39 +1.91 1.0
TD 1 DN 51 DN 50 2 64 48 30 +3.45 +4.81 +1.25 1.1
TF DN 76.1 3 91 73 30 +0.3 +0.35 +0.18 1.2
1) Diaphragm seal versions optionally in conformity with ASME-BPE for use in biochemical processes, wetted surfaces Ra 0.38 m (15.75 in; 180 grit),
electropolished; to be ordered using feature 60 "Additional option", version "P" in the order code
Endress+Hauser 49
Cerabar S
Tri-Clamp pipe diaphragm seal ISO 2852
D
d2
L
P01-FMD78xxx-06-09-xx-xx-001
Process connection PMP75, material AISI 316L, surface roughness of the surfaces in contact with the medium
Version Nominal Nominal Diameter Diameter Height Face-to- TK TK TK Dia-

diameter diameter face- Ambient Ambient Process phragm seal
ISO 2852 length 40 bar > 40 bar weight
D d2 h L
[in] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mbar/10 K] [kg]
SB DN 25 1 22.5 50.5 67 126 +7.75 +8.69 +4.49 1.7
SC 1 DN 38 1 1/2 35.5 50.5 67 126 +5.17 +5.69 +3.46 1.0

SD 1 DN 51 2 48.6 64 79 100 +3.56 +3.91 +2.69 1.7
1) Including 3.1 and pressure test as per Pressure Equipment Directive, category II
Varivent N for pipes DN 40 DN 162

40
dM max. = 50
68
P01-FMD78xxx-06-09-xx-xx-006
Process connection PMP75, surface roughness of the surfaces in contact with the medium Ra 0.8 m as standard. Lower
surface roughness on request.
Version Material Nominal TK TK TK Process Diaphragm

pressure Ambient Ambient seal weight
40 bar > 40 bar
[mbar/10 K] [kg]
1
TR AISI 316L PN 40 +2.26 +3.11 +1.65 1.3
1) Diaphragm seal versions optionally in conformity with ASME-BPE for use in biochemical processes, wetted surfaces
Ra 0.38 m (15.75 in; 180 grit), electropolished; to be ordered using feature 60 "Additional option", version "P"
in the order code
50 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S
DRD DN50 (65 mm)
41
23.6
dM max. =50 4 x 11.5
651.2
84
105
P01-FM78xxx-06-09-xx-xx-002
Process connection PMP75, surface roughness of the surfaces in contact with the medium Ra 0.8 m as standard. Lower
surface roughness on request.
Version Material Nominal TK TK TK Process Diaphragm

pressure Ambient Ambient seal weight
40 bar > 40 bar
[mbar/10 K] [kg]
TK AISI 316L PN 25 +2.26 +3.11 +1.65 0.75
SMS nozzles with coupling nut

h
m
dM f
G
D
P01-PMP75xxx-06-09-xx-xx-009
Version Nominal Nominal Dia- Adapter Thread Height Height max. dia- TK TK TK Weight
diameter pressure meter height phragm Ambient Ambient Process dia-
diameter 40 bar > 40 bar phragm
seal
D f G m h dM
[inch] [bar] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mbar/10 K] [kg]
TG 1 PN 25 54 3.5 Rd 40 1/6 20 42.5 24 +15.66 +24.22 +7.25 0.25
TH 1 1/2 PN 25 74 4 Rd 60 1/6 25 57 36 +8.18 +12.39 +2.59 0.65
TI 2 PN 25 84 4 Rd 70 1/6 26 62 48 +5.4 +8.18 +1.10 1.05
Endress+Hauser 51
Cerabar S
APV-RJT nozzles with coupling nut
h
m
f
dM
G
D
P01-PMP75xxx-06-09-xx-xx-010
Version Nomi- Nomi- Dia- Adapter Thread Height Height max. TK TK TK Weight
nal dia- nal meter height diaphragm Ambient Ambient Process dia-
meter pres- diameter 40 bar > 40 bar phragm
sure seal
PN D f G m h dM

TL 1 PN 40 77 6.5 1 13/16 1/8" 22 42.6 21 +15.66 +24.42 +4.21 0.45
TM 1 1/2 PN 40 72 6.4 2 5/16 1/8" 22 42.6 28 +8.18 +12.39 +2.59 0.75
TN 2 PN 40 86 6.4 2 7/8 1/8" 22 42.6 38 +5.4 +8.18 +1.76 1.2
APV-ISS nozzles with coupling nut

h
f
m
SW/AF dM
G
D
P01-PMP75xxx-06-09-xx-xx-011
Version Nomi- Nomi- Dia- Adap- Thread Height Across Height max. TK TK TK Weight
nal dia- nal meter ter flat diaphragm Ambient Ambient Process Dia-
meter pres- height seal 40 bar > 40 bar phragm
sure seal
D f G m AF h dM
TP 1 PN 40 54.1 4 1 1/2" 1/8" 30 46.8 50 24 +15.66 +24.42 +4.21 0.4
TQ 1 1/2 PN 40 72 4 2" 1/8" 30 62 50 34 +8.14 +12.39 +2.59 0.6
TS 2 PN 40 89 4 2 1/2" 1/8" 30 77 50 45 +5.4 +8.18 +1.76 1.1
52 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S
Taper adapter with coupling nut, DIN 11851
40
f
m
k
dM
D
G
P01-FMD78xxx-06-09-xx-xx-007
Taper adapter Slotted nut Diaphragm seal
Version Nominal No- Dia- Adapter Thread Height Height max. Dia- TK TK TK Dia-
diameter minal meter height phragm Ambient Ambient Process phragm
pres- diameter 40 bar > 40 bar seal
sure weight
D f G k m dM
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mbar/10 K] [kg]
MR DN 50 PN 25 68.5 11 Rd 78 x 1/6" 22 19 52 +2.21 +3.02 +1.40 1.1

MS DN 65 PN 25 86 12 Rd 95 x 1/6" 35 21 66 +1.6 +2.1 +0.60 2.0
MT DN 80 PN 25 100 12 Rd 110 x 1/4" 30 26 81 +0.66 +0.81 +0.40 2.55
Threaded adapter, DIN 11851

h
dM
d1
G
P01-FMD78xxx-06-09-xx-xx-008
Threaded adapter Diaphragm seal
Version Nominal Nominal Diameter Thread Height max. TK TK TK Process Diaphragm

diameter pressure Diaphragm Ambient Ambient seal weight
diameter 40 bar > 40 bar
d1 G h dM
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mbar/10 K] [kg]
M3 DN 50 PN 25 54 Rd 78 x 1/6" 35 52 +2.21 +3.02 +0.88 0.9
M4 DN 65 PN 25 71 Rd 95 x 1/6" 40 66 +1.6 +2.1 +0.60 1.7
M5 DN 80 PN 25 85 Rd 110 x 1/4" 40 81 +0.66 +0.81 +0.40 2.0
Endress+Hauser 53
Cerabar S
EN/DIN flanges, connection dimensions as per EN 1092-1/DIN 2527 and DIN 2501-1
g2
40
b
dM
L
f 60 (m)
g dM
k g
D
P01-PMP75xxx-06-09-xx-xx-002
Process connection PMP75, EN/DIN flange with flush-mounted process isolating diaphragm, material AISI 316L
Flange 1 Boltholes Diaphragm seal
Ver- No- Nominal Shape Dia- Thick- Raised face Quan- Dia- Hole max. Dia- TK Ambient TK Dia-
2
sion minal pressure meter ness tity meter circle phragm Pro- phragm
dia- dia- 40 bar > 40 bar cess seal
meter meter weight
D b g f (m) g2 k dM
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mbar/10 K] [kg]
CN DN 25 PN 10-40 B1 (D) 115 18 66 3 33 4 14 85 32 +16.03 +24.33 +3.20 2.1
DN DN 25 PN 63-160 E 140 24 68 2 - 4 18 100 28 +16.03 +24.33 +3.20 2.5

EN DN 25 PN 250 E 150 28 68 2 - 4 22 105 28 +16.03 +24.33 +5.17 3.7
E1 DN 25 PN 400 E 180 38 68 2 - 4 26 130 28 +16.03 +24.33 +5.17 7.0
CP DN 32 PN 10-40 B1 (D) 140 18 77 2.6 8.5 4 18 100 34 +8.14 +12.39 +2.59 1.9
CQ DN 40 PN 10-40 B1 (D) 150 18 87 2.6 - 4 18 110 48 +5.40 +8.18 +2.15 2.2
B3 DN 50 PN 10-40 B1 (D) 165 26 102 3 - 4 18 125 59 +2.21 +3.02 +1.50 3.0
C3 DN 50 PN 63 B2 (E) 180 26 102 3 - 4 22 135 59 +2.21 +3.02 +1.00 4.6

EF DN 50 PN 100/160 E 195 30 102 3 - 4 26 145 59 +2.21 +3.02 +1.00 6.2
ER DN 50 PN 250 E 200 38 102 3 - 8 26 150 59 +2.21 +3.02 +1.15 7.7
E3 DN 50 PN 400 E 235 52 102 3 - 8 30 180 59 +2.21 +3.02 +1.15 14.7
B4 DN 80 PN 10-40 B1 (D) 200 24 138 3.5 - 8 18 160 89 +0.19 +0.25 +0.20 5.3
C4 DN 80 PN 100 B2 (E) 230 32 138 4 - 8 24 180 89 +0.19 +0.25 +0.35 8.9
C5 DN 100 PN 100 B2 (E) 265 36 175 5 - 8 30 210 89 +0.19 +0.25 +0.11 13.7
D3 4 DN 50 PN 10-40 B1 (D) 165 20 102 3 - 4 18 125 47 +3.45 +4.81 +1.67
D4 DN 80 PN 10-40 B1 (D) 200 24 138 3.5 - 8 18 160 72 +0.19 +0.25 +0.70
2) Designation as per DIN 2527 in brackets
3) With these process connections the width of the raised face is smaller than described in the standard. Due to a smaller width of the raised face a special seal
must be used. Refer to a manufacturer of seals or your local Endress+Hauser Sales Center.
4) 50 mm, 100 mm or 200 mm extension selectable, for extension diameter and weight see the following table.
54 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S
Version Nominal Nominal Extension Extension Diaphragm seal

diameter pressure length diameter d3 weight
[mm] [mm] [kg]
D3 DN 50 PN 10-40 50 / 100 / 200 48.3 3.2 / 3.8 / 4.4
D4 DN 80 PN 10-40 50 /100 / 200 76 6.2 / 6.7 / 7.8
ANSI flanges, connection dimensions as per ANSI B 16.5, raised face RF
g2
40
b
400 2500 lb/sq.in
dM
L
150, 300 lb/sq.in
0.06 in (1.6 mm)
0.25 in (6.4 mm)
60 (m)
g dM
k g
D
P01-PMP75xxx-06-09-xx-xx-001
Process connection PMP75, ANSI flange with and without extended diaphragm seal

2
Ver- Material No- Class Dia- Thick- Raised face Quan Dia- Hole max. TK Ambient TK Dia-
sion minal meter ness -tity meter circle Dia- Pro- phragm
diaphragm 40 bar > 40 bar cess seal
meter dia- weight
meter
D b g (m) g2 k dM
[in] [lb./ [in] [in] [in] [in] [in] [in] [in] [mbar/10 K] [kg]
sq.in] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
AC AISI 316/ 1 150 4.25 0.56 2 - 4 0.62 3.12 1.26 +16.03 +24.33 +3.65 1.2
316L 108 14.2 50.8 15.7 79.2 32
AN AISI 316/ 1 300 4.88 0.69 2.76 2 4 0.75 3.5 1.26 +16.03 +24.33 +3.65 1.3
316L 124 17.5 70 53 19.1 88.9 32
HC AISI 316/ 1 400/ 4.88 0.69 2 - 4 0.75 3.5 1.26 +16.03 +24.33 +5.17 1.4
316L 600 124 17.5 50.8 19.1 88.9 32
HN AISI 316/ 1 900/ 5.88 1.12 2 - 4 1 4 1.26 +16.03 +24.33 +5.17 3.2
316L 1500 149.4 28.4 50.8 25.4 101.6 32
HO AISI 316/ 1 2500 6.25 1.38 2 - 4 1 4.25 1.26 +16.03 +24.33 +5.17 4.6
316L 158.8 35.1 50.8 25.4 108 32
AE AISI 316/ 1 1/2 150 5 0.69 2.88 0.52 4 0.62 3.88 1.89 +8.14 +12.39 +1.90 1.5
316L 127 17.5 73.2 6.6 15.7 96.6 48
AQ AISI 316/ 1 1/2 300 6.12 0.81 2.88 0.52 4 0.88 4.5 1.89 +8.14 +12.39 +2.59 2.6
316L 155.4 20.6 73.2 6.6 22.4 114.3 48
AF AISI 316/ 2 150 6 0.75 3.62 - 4 0.75 4.75 2.32 +2.21 +3.02 +1.60 2.2
316L 152.4 19.1 91.9 19.1 120.7 59
J3 4 AISI 316/ 2 150 6 0.75 3.62 - 4 0.75 4.75 1.85 +3.45 +4.81 +1.67
316L 152.4 19.1 91.9 19.1 120.7 47
AR AISI 316/ 2 300 6.5 0.88 3.62 - 8 0.75 5 2.32 +2.21 +3.02 +0.85 3.4
316L 165.1 22.4 91.9 19.1 127 59
HF AISI 316/ 2 400/ 6.5 1 3.62 - 8 0.75 5 2.32 +2.21 +3.02 +0.85 4.3
316L 600 165.1 25.4 91.9 19.1 127 59
Endress+Hauser 55
Cerabar S
Ver- Material 2 No- Class Dia- Thick- Raised face Quan Dia- Hole max. TK Ambient TK Dia-
sion minal meter ness -tity meter circle Dia- Pro- phragm
diaphragm 40 bar > 40 bar cess seal
meter dia- weight
meter
D b g (m) g2 k dM
[in] [lb./ [in] [in] [in] [in] [in] [in] [in] [mbar/10 K] [kg]
sq.in] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
HR AISI 316/ 2 900/ 8.5 1.5 3.62 - 8 1 6.5 2.32 +2.21 +3.02 +0.75 10.3
316L 1500 215.9 38.1 91.9 25.4 165.1 59
H3 AISI 316/ 2 2500 9.25 2 3.62 - 8 1.12 6.75 2.32 +2.21 +3.02 +0.75 15.8
316L 235 50.8 91.9 28.4 171.5 59
AG AISI 316/ 3 150 7.5 0.94 5 - 4 0.75 6 3.50 +0.19 +0.25 +0.18 5.1
316L 190.5 23.9 127 19.1 152.4 89
AS AISI 316/ 3 300 8.25 1.12 5 - 8 0.75 6 3.5 +0.19 +0.25 +0.11 7.0
316L 209.5 28.4 127 19.1 152.4 89
J4 AISI 316/ 3 150 7.5 0.94 5 - 4 0.75 6 2.83 +0.19 +0.25 +0.70
316L 190.5 23.9 127 19.1 152.4 72
J7 AISI 316/ 3 300 8.25 1.12 5 - 8 0.88 6.62 2.83 +0.19 +0.25 +0.70
316L 209.5 28.4 127 22.4 168.1 72
AH AISI 316/ 4 150 9 0.94 6.19 - 8 0.75 7.5 3.50 +0.19 +0.25 +0.33 7.2
316L 228.6 23.9 157.2 19.1 190.5 89
AT AISI 316/ 4 300 10 1.25 6.19 - 8 0.88 7.88 3.50 +0.19 +0.25 +0.11 11.7
316L 254 31.8 157.2 22.4 200.2 89
J5 AISI 316/ 4 150 9 0.94 6.19 - 8 0.75 7.5 3.50 +0.19 +0.25 +0.11
316L 228.6 23.9 157.2 19.1 190.5 89
J8 AISI 316/ 4 300 10 1.25 6.19 - 8 0.88 7.88 3.50 +0.19 +0.25 +0.11
316L 254 31.8 157.2 22.4 200.2 89
3) With these process connections the width of the raised face is smaller than described in the standard. Due to a smaller width of the raised face a special seal
must be used. Refer to a manufacturer of seals or your local Endress+Hauser Sales Center.
4) 2", 4", 6" or 8" extension selectable, for extension diameter and weight see the following table
Version Nominal Class Extension Extension Diaphragm seal

diameter length (L) diameter weight
[in] [lb./sq.in] [in] [(mm)] [in] [(mm)] [kg]
J3 2 150 2 (50.8) 1.9 (48.3) 3.0

4 (101.6) 3.4
6 (152.4) 3.9
8 (203.2) 4.4
J4 3 150 2 (50.8) 2.99 (75.9) 6.0

4 (101.6) 6.6
6 (152.4) 7.1
8 (203.2) 7.8
J7 3 300 2 (50.8) 2.99 (75.9) 7.9

4 (101.6) 8.5
6 (152.4) 9.0
8 (203.2) 9.6
J5 4 150 2 (50.8) 3.7 (94) 8.6

4 (101.6) 9.9
6 (152.4) 11.2
8 (203.2) 12.4
56 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S
Version Nominal Class Extension Extension Diaphragm seal

diameter length (L) diameter weight
J8 4 300 2 (50.8) 3.7 (94) 13.1

4 (101.6) 14.4
6 (152.4) 15.7
8 (203.2) 16.9
JIS flanges, connection dimensions as per JIS B 2220 BL, raised face RF
g2
40
b
dM
f
g
k
D
P01-PMP75xxx-06-09-xx-xx-000
Process connection PMP75, JIS flange with raised face RF, material AISI 316L
Ver- No- No- Dia- Thick- Dia- Height Quan- Dia- Hole max. TK Ambient TK Dia-
sion minal minal meter ness meter raised tity meter circle Dia- Process phragm
dia- pres- raised face phragm seal
40 bar > 40 bar
meter sure face dia- weight 2
meter
D b g f g2 k dM
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mbar/10 K] [kg]
KC 25 A 10 K 125 14 67 1 4 19 90 32 +16.03 +24.33 +5.17 1.5

KF 50 A 10 K 155 16 96 2 4 19 120 59 +2.21 +3.02 +1.00 2.3
KL 80 A 10 K 185 18 127 2 8 19 150 89 +0.19 +0.25 +0.11 3.3
KH 100 A 10 K 210 18 151 2 8 19 175 89 +0.19 +0.25 +0.11 4.4
Endress+Hauser 57
Cerabar S
Thread 1/2 NPT und 1 NPT, seperator
118 118
76
94.5
26
19
44.5
12
27
1/2 NPT
15
SW 27
27 AF
30 1 NPT
SW 36
36 AF
52
P01-PMP75xxx-06-09-xx-xx-008
Process connection PMP75, versions "UG" and "UH", screwed, material AISI 316L , seal Viton
Version Description Nominal TK Ambient TK Process Diaphragm seal

pressure weight
[mbar/10 K] [kg]
UG 1/2 NPT PN 250 +3.45 +1.28 4.75
UH 1 NPT PN 250 +3.45 +1.28 5.0
Thread ISO 228 G 1/2 A and ANSI 1/2 MNPT, seperator
72.6 72.6
70
70
SW 30 SW 30
AF 30 AF 30
14
14
18.4
17
21.5
20
3
4 11.4
6 1/2 - 14 NPT
G 1/2A
P01-PMP75xxx-06-09-xx-xx-004
Process connection PMP75, versions "UA" and "UB", welded, material AISI 316L
Version Description Nominal TK Ambient TK Process Diaphragm

pressure seal weight
[mbar/10 K] [kg]
UA ISO 228 G 1/2 A PN 160 +0.9 +0.30 1.43

UB ANSI 1/2 MNPT PN 160 +0.9 +0.30 1.43
58 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S
100 100
90
89

SW22 SW22
22 AF 22 AF
6 1/2 NPT
G
P01-PMP75xxx-06-09-xx-xx-013
Process connection PMP75, left: version "UC" with threaded connection ISO 228 G 1/2 B, right: version "UD" with
threaded connection ANSI 1/2 MNPT
1 PTFE seal as standard max. 260 C/500 F (higher temperatures on request)
Version Measuring range Description Nominal pressure TK Process Diaphragm seal weight
[mbar/10 K] [kg]
UC 40 bar ISO 228 G 1/2 B PN 40 +0.75 1.43
UD 40 bar ANSI 1/2 MNPT PN 40 +0.55 1.43
115 115
84
92.5
SW 36 SW 36
19
SW 22
17
20
2.5
1/2 NPT
3
4
6
G 1/2A
P01-PMP75xxx-06-09-xx-xx-007
Process connection PMP75, versions "UC" and "UD", screwed, with integrated sealing lip, material AISI 316L
Version Measuring Description Nominal TK Ambient TK Process Diaphragm

range pressure seal weight
[mbar/10 K] [kg]
UC > 40 bar ISO 228 G 1/2 A PN 400 +3.45 +1.28 1.43
UD > 40 bar ANSI 1/2 MNPT PN 400 +3.45 +1.28 4.75
Note!
With the use of high temperature oils the design can deviate strongly.
Endress+Hauser 59
Cerabar S
"Separate housing" version

101 84 118
131
45.5
51.7
Dimensions T14 housing, optional display on the side. Housing weight see 61.
101 76 118
147
45.5
51.7
Dimensions T17 housing, optional display on the side. Housing weight see 61.
r 120 mm T17 r 120 mm r 120 mm
T14
45
45
54.1

81
Reduction of the mounting height of the process connection, for application of the separate housing.
1 Process connection adapter.
If the separate housing is used, the mounting height of the process connection is reduced by approx. 45 mm
as compared to the dimensions of the standard version.
The minimum bending radius (r) for the cable is 120 mm (4.7").
60 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S
Weight Housing
T14 T17 Separate housing
Aluminium AISI 316L AISI 316L
With electronic insert and on-site 1.2 kg 2.1 kg 1.2 kg Weight of housing T14 or T17 + 0.5 kg.
display Weight of sensor + 0.5 kg.
With electronic insert without on-site 1.1 kg 2.0 kg 1.1 kg
display
Process connections
Process connections PMC71 (with ceramic process isolating diaphragm): 33 ff
Process connections PMP71 (with metallic process isolating diaphragm): 40 ff
Process connections PMP75 (with metallic process isolating diaphragm): 47 ff
Material T14 housing:

T14 housing, selectable:
Die-cast aluminium with protective powder-coating on polyester basis: RAL 5012 (blue),
cover: RAL 7035 (grey)
Precision cast stainless steel AISI 316L (1.4435)
External operation (keys and key covering): Polycarbonate PC-FR,
RAL 7035 (grey)
Sight glass: Mineral glass
Cable gland: Polyamid (PA)
Pressure compensation filter: PA6 GF10
Blind plug: PBT-GF30 FR, for Dust Ex, Ex d, FM XP and CSA XP: AISI 316L (1.4435)
Seals:
Cable and blind plug seal: Silicone (VMQ)
Pressure compensation filter o-ring: Silicone (VMQ)
Cover: EPDM
Sight glass: Silicone (VMQ)
Nameplates: AISI 304 (1.4301)
T17 housing:
Housing: Stainless steel AISI 316L (1.4404)
Sight glass:
Version for non-hazardous area, ATEX Ex ia, NEPSI Zone 0/1 Ex ia, IECEx Zone 0/1 Ex ia, FM NI, FM
IS, CSA IS: Polycarbonate (PC)
ATEX 1/2 D, ATEX 1/3 D, ATEX 1 GD, ATEX 1/2 GD, ATEX 3 G, FM DIP, CSA Dust Ex: Mineral glass
Cable gland: Polyamid PA, for Dust-Ex: CuZn nickel-plated
Blind plug: PBT-GF30 FR, for Dust-Ex: AISI 316L (1.4435)
Pressure compensation filter: PA6 GF10
Seals:
Cable and blind plug seal: Silicone (VMQ)
Pressure compensation filter o-ring: Silicone (VMQ)
Cover: EPDM
Sight glass: EPDM
Nameplates: lasered
Process connection
"Clamp connections" and "Hygienic connections" (see also Chapter "Ordering information"): AISI 316L/
1.4435
"Threaded connection" and "DIN/EN flanges" (see also Chapter "Ordering information"): stainless steel AISI
316L with the material number 1.4435 or 1.4404
With regard to their stability-temperature property, the materials 1.4435 and 1.4404 are grouped together
under 13E0 in EN 1092-1 Tab.18. The chemical composition of the two materials can be identical.
Endress+Hauser 61
Cerabar S
Cable for separate housing:

PE cable:
Slip-resistant cable with strain-relief members made of Dynemo; shielded using aluminium-coated film;
insulated with polyethylene (PE-LD), black; copper wires, twisted, UV resistant
FEP cable:
Slip-resistant cable; shielded using galvanized steel wire netting; insulated with fluorinated ethylene
propylene (FEP), black; copper wires, twisted, UV resistant
TSE Certificate of Suitability

The following applies to all process wetted device components:
They do not contain any materials derived from animals.
No auxiliaries or operating materials derived from animals are used in production or processing.
! Note!
Process wetted device components are listed in the "Mechanical construction" ( 32) and "Ordering
information" ( 77) sections.
Miscellaneous:
Process isolating diaphragm PMC71: Al2O3 Aluminium-oxide-ceramic (FDA 21CFR186.1256, USP Class
VI), ultrapure 99.9% ( www.endress.com/ceraphire)
Mounting accessories: Mounting kit with screws AISI 304 (1.4301)
Capillary: AISI 316 Ti (1.4571)
Protective hose for capillary: AISI 304 (1.4301)
External earth terminal: AISI 304 (1.4301)
For process connections, process diaphragms, seals and filling oils see ordering information, 77 ff.
62 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S
Human interface
Operating elements On-site display (optional)
A 4-line liquid crystal display (LCD) is used for display and operation. The on-site display shows measured
values, dialog text as well as fault and notice messages in plain text, thereby supporting the user in every stage
of operation. The liquid crystal display of the device can be turned in 90 steps.
Depending on the installation position of the device, this makes it easy to operate the device and read the
measured value.
Functions:
8-digit measured value display including sign and decimal point, bar graph for 4 to 20 mA HART as current
display or for PROFIBUS PA as graphical display of the scaled value of the AI Block
Simple and complete menu guidance thanks to seperation of the parameters into three levels
Ech parameter is given as 3-digit ID number for easy navigation
Option for configuring the display according to individual requirements and desires, such as language,
alternating display, display of other measured values such as sensor temperature, contrast setting
Comprehensive diagnostic functions (fault and warning message, peak-hold indicators, etc.)
Rapid and safe commissioning with the Quick Setup menus
Measured value display Parameter

Identification
Function name Value number
Header line
Main line
Unit
Information
line
+ E Symbol
Bargraph
Editing modes
Operating keys
Selection
options
Value that
can be edited
Current measured value

P01-xxxxxxxx-07-xx-xx-en-011
Endress+Hauser 63
Cerabar S
Operating elements Operating keys on the exterior of the device

The operating keys of the housing T14 (aluminium or stainless steel) are located either outside of the housing,
under the protection cap or upon the electronic insert. The operating keys of the housing T17 (ironing stainless
steel) are located inside the housing upon the electronic insert
4...20 mA HART
PROFIBUS PA/
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
0%
Zero
The operating keys located externally on the device work on the Hall sensor principle. As a result, no additional
openings are required in the device. This guarantees:
Complete protection against environmental influences such as moisture and contamination
Simple operation without any tools
No wear.
Operating keys and elements located internally on the electronic insert

t t
Sim.
on
on
on

off off 0% off 1 2

0%
Sensor
Zero
Display Sensor
Zero
Display
Simulation
on on ON CK S D A 0 8
on
HW
1 2 1 2 off off 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
PC
1 2 off
PC
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 PC
Address
Histo ROM
Histo ROM
SW
HW
HART
R
250002271-
TM
250002272-
250002273-
FIELD COMMUNICATION PROTOCOL
HW-Version: 1 FOUNDATION
SW-Version: 2 HW-Version: 1 HW-Version: 1
SW-Version: 2 SW-Version: 2
P01-xxxxxxxx-19-xx-xx-xx-104 P01-xxxxxxxx-19-xx-xx-xx-105 P01-xxxxxxxx-19-xx-xx-xx-106
Electronic insert HART Electronic insert PROFIBUS PA Electronic insert FOUNDATION Fieldbus
1 Operating keys 1 Green LED to indicate value being accepted 1 Green LED to indicate value being accepted
2 Slot for optional display 2 Key for position calibration and device reset 2 Key for position calibration and device reset
3 Slot for optional HistoROM/M-DAT 3 DIP-switch for bus address 3 Slot for optional display
4 DIP-switch for locking/unlocking 4 Slot for optional display 4 Slot for optional HistoROM/M-DAT
measured-value-relevant parameters 5 Slot for optional HistoROM/M-DAT 5 DIP-switch for locking/unlocking
5 DIP-switch for damping on/off 6 DIP-switch for locking/unlocking measured-value-relevant parameters
6 Green LED to indicate value being accepted measured-value-relevant parameters 6 DIP-switch for simulation mode on/off
7 DIP-switch for damping on/off
64 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S
Local operation Function External operation Internal operation Display (optional)

(operation keys, optio- (electronic insert)
nal, not T17 housing)
Position calibration
X X X
(zero point correction)
Setting lower-range value
and upper-range value - X X
X
reference pressure present (HART only) (HART only)
at the device
Device Reset X X X
Locking and unlocking
measured-value-relevant X X
parameters
Value acceptance indica-
X X X
ted by green LED
Switching damping on and X
X
off (HART and PA only)
Setting bus address (PA) X X
Switching simulation
mode on and off (FOUN- X X
DATION Fieldbus)
Remote operation Depending on the position of the write protection switch at the device, all software parameters are accessible.
HART
Remote operation via:
Handheld terminal Field Communicator 375 (see Chapter "Hard- und Software for on-site and remote
operation" 66)
FieldCare (see Chapter "Hard- und Software for on-site and remote operation" 66 ff) with
Commubox FXA191 (see Chapter "Hard- und Software for on-site and remote operation" 66 ff)
Commubox FXA195 (see Chapter "Hard- und Software for on-site and remote operation" 66 ff)
Field Xpert:
Field Xpert is an industrial PDA with integrated 3.5" touchscreen from Endress+Hauser based on Windows
Mobile. It communicates via wireless with the optional VIATOR Bluetooth modem connected to a HART
device point-to-point or wireless via WiFi and Endress+Hausers Fieldgate FXA520. Field Xpert also works
as a stand-alone device for asset management applications. For details refer to BA060S/00/en.
PROFIBUS PA
FieldCare (see Chapter "Hard- und Software for on-site and remote operation" 66 ff)
Profiboard: For the Connection of a Personal Computer to PROFIBUS
Proficard: For the Connection of a Laptop to PROFIBUS
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Handheld terminal Field Communicator 375 (see Chapter "Hard- und Software for on-site and remote
operation" 66 ff)
Use an FF-configuration program for e.g. NI-FBUS configurator, to
connect devices with "FOUNDATION Fieldbus signal" into an FF-network
set FF-specific parameter
Operation with NI-FBUS Configurator:
The NI-FBUS Configurator is an easy-to-use graphical environment for creating linkages, loops and a
schedule based on the fieldbus concept.
You can use the NI-FBUS Configurator to configure a fieldbus network as follows:
Set block and device tags
Set device addresses
Create and edit function block control strategies (function block applications)
Configure vendor -defined function and transducer blocks
Create and edit schedules
Read and write to function block control strategies (function block applications)
Invoke Device Description (DD) methods
Endress+Hauser 65
Cerabar S
Display DD menus
Download a configuration
Verify a configuration and compare it to a saved configuration
Monitor a downloaded configuration
Replace a virual device by a real device
Save and print a configuration
! Note!
Hard- und Software for on-site Commubox FXA191

and remote operation
For intrinsically safe communication with FieldCare via the RS232C interface. For details refer to
TI237F700/en.
Commubox FXA195
For intrinsically safe communication with FieldCare via the USB interface. For details TI404F/00/en.
Commubox FXA291
The Commubox FXA291 connects Endress+Hauser field instruent with CDI interface (=Endress+Hauser
Common Data Interface) to the USB interface of a personal computer or a notebook.
For details TI405C/07/en.
Note!
For the following Endress+Hauser instruments you need the "ToF Adapter FXA291" as an additional accessory:
Cerabar S PMC71, PMP7x
Deltabar S PMD7x, FMD7x
Deltapilot S FMB70
ToF Adapter FXA291

The ToF Adapter FXA291 connects the Commubox FXA291 with instruments of the ToF platform, pressure
instruments and Gammapilot via the USB interface of a personal computer or a notebook. For details refer to
KA271F.
Field Communicator 375

With a handheld terminal, all the parameters can be configured anywhere along the 4 to 20 mA line via menu
operation.
HistoROM/M-DAT (optional)
HistoROM/M-DAT is a memory module, which is attached to the electronic insert. The HistoROM/M-DAT
can be retrofitted at any stage (Order number: 52027785).
Your benefits
Quick and safe commissioning of the same measuring points by copying the configuration data of one
transmitter to another transmitter
Reliable process monitoring thanks to cyclical recording of pressure and sensor temperature measured values
Simple dagnosis by recording diverse events such as alarms, configuration changes, counters for measuring
range undershoot and overshoot for pressure and temperature as well as user limit overshoot and undershoot
for pressure and temperature etc.
Analysis and graphic evaluation of the events and process parameters via software (contained in scope of
supply).
HistoROM/M-DAT can be ordered via feature 100 "Additional options 1" or feature 110 "Additional options
2" or as spare parts. 77 ff. A CD with Endress+Hauser operating program is also included in the scope of
delivery.
You can copy data from one transmitter to another transmitter when operating a FOUNDATION Fieldbus
device via an FF configuration program. You need the Endress+Hauser FieldCare operating program and the
Commubox FXA291 service interface and the ToF Adapter FXA291 to be able to access the data and events
saved in the HistoROM/M-DAT.
66 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S
FieldCare
FieldCare is an Endress+Hauser asset management tool based on FDT technology. With FieldCare, you can
configure all Endress+Hauser devices as wella s devices from other manufacturers that support the FDT
standard.
FieldCare supports the following functions:
Configuration of transmitter in offline and online operation
Loading and saving device data (upload/download)
HistoROM/M-DAT analysis
Documentation of the measuring point
Connection options:
HART via Commubox FXA191 and the RS232C serial interface of a computer
HART via Commubox FXA195 and the USB port on a computer
PROFIBUS PA via segment coupler and PROFIBUS interface card
FOUNDATION Fieldbus via Commubox FXA193 and the RS232C serial interface of a computer
Service interface with adapter Commubox FXA291 and ToF Adapter FXA291 (USB).
For further information www.endress.com
Endress+Hauser 67
Cerabar S
Planning instructions, diaphragm seal systems

With the Endress Hauser selection tool "Applicator" you will find the optimum diaphragm seal for your
application. Online on "www.endress.com/applicator" or offline on CD.
Applications Diaphragm seal systems should be used if the process media and the device should be separated. Diaphragm
seal systems offer clear advantages in the following instances:
In the case of high process temperatures ( 30, section "Process temperature limits".)
For aggressive media
If good and rapid measuring point cleaning is necessary
If the measuring point is exposed to vibrations
For mounting locations that are difficult to access
For very humid mounting locations
Planning instructions Diaphragm seals are separating equipment between the measuring system and the process medium.
A diaphragm seal system consists of:
A diaphragm seal in a one-sided system
Capillary tube
Fill fluid and
A pressure transmitter.
The process pressure acts via the process isolating diaphragm of a diaphragm seal on the liquid-filled system,
which transfers the process pressure via the capillary tube onto the sensor of the pressure transmitter.
Endress+Hauser delivers all diaphragm seal systems as welded versions. The system is hermetically sealed,
which ensures the highest reliability.
Note!
The correlations between the individual diaphragm seal components are presented in the following section.
For further information and comprehensive diaphragm seal system designs, please contact your local
Endress+Hauser Sales Center.
Diaphragm seal
The diaphragm seal determines the application range of the system by
the process isolating diaphragm diameter
the diaphragms: stiffness and material
the design (oil volume).
Process isolating diaphragm diameter

The larger the process isolating diaphragm diameter (less stiffness), the smaller the temperature effect on the
measurement result.
Note: To keep the temperature effect in practice-oriented limits, you should select diaphragm seals with a
nominal diameter of DN 80, in as far as the process connection allows for it.
Process isolating diaphragm stiffness

The stiffness is dependent on the process isolating diaphragm diameter, the material, any available coating and
on the process isolating diaphragm thickness and shape. The process isolating diaphragm thickness and the
shape are defined constructively. The stiffness of a process isolating diaphragm of a diaphragm seal influences
the temperature operating range and the measuring error caused by temperature effects.
Capillary
Capillaries with an internal diameter of 1 mm are used as standard.
The capillary tube influences the TK zero point, the ambient temperature operating range and the response
time of a diaphragm seal system as a result of its length and internal diameter.
69 ff, sections "Influence of the temperature on the zero point" and "Ambient temperature range".
Observe the installation instructions regarding capillary tubes. 74 ff, section "Installation instructions".
68 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S
Filling oil
When selecting the filling oil, fluid and ambient temperature as well as the operating pressure are of crucial
importance. Observe the temperatures and pressures during commissioning and cleaning. A further selection
criterion is the compatibility of the filling oil with the requirements of the process medium. For this reason,
only filling oils that are harmless to health are used in the food industry, such as vegetable oil or silicone oil
See also the following section "Diaphragm seal filling oils" section.
The filling oil used influences the TK zero point and the temperature operating range of a diaphragm seal system
and the response time. 69 ff, section "Influence of the temperature on the zero point".
Pressure transmitter
The pressure transmitter influences the temperature operating range, the TK zero point and the response time
as a result of its volume change. The volume change is the volume that has to be shifted to pass through the
complete measuring range.
Pressure transmitters from Endress+Hauser are optimised with regard to minimum volume change.
Diaphragm seal filling oils
Version 1 Filling oil Permissible Permissible Density Viscosity Coefficient TK Note

temperature range 2 at temperature 2 range of thermal correction
0.05 bar pabs 1 bar at pabs 1 bar expansion factor
[g/cm3] [cSt at [1/K]

25C
(77F)]
A, H, 1 or 2 Silicone oil 40...+180C 40...+250C 0.96 100 0.00096 1 suitable for foods
(40...+356F) (40...+482F) FDA 21 CFR 175.105
G, 3 or 4 High 10...+200C 10...+400C 1.07 37 0.0007 0.72 high temperatures

temperature oil (+14...+392F) (+14...+752F)
F or N Inert oil 40...+80C 40...+175C 1.87 27 0.000876 0.91 for ultra pure gas and
(40...+176F) (40...+347F) oxygen
applications
D, 5 or 6 Vegetable oil 10...+120C 10...+200C 0.94 9.5 0.00101 1.05 suitable for foods
(+14...+248F) (+14...+392F) FDA 21 CFR 172.856
7 or 8 Low 70...+80C 70...+180C 0.92 4.4 0.00108 1.12 low temperatures

temperature oil 94...+176F 94...+356F
1) Version for feature 90 in the order code

2) Observe temperature limits of the device ( 28 and 30).
Influence of the temperature A temperature change results in a volume change of the filling oil. The volume change is dependent on the
on the zero point coefficient of thermal expansion of the filling oil and on the volume of the filling oil at calibration temperature
(constant in the range: +21 to +33C (+69.8 to 91.4F)). 69, "Filling oil" section.
For example, the filling oil expands in the event of a temperature increase. The additional volume presses
against the process isolating diaphragm of a diaphragm seal. The stiffer a process isolating diaphragm is, the
greater its return force, which counteracts a volume change and acts on the measuring cell together with the
operating pressure, thus shifting the zero point. For the "TK Process" and "TK Ambient (for devices without
capillary)", see 47 ff, section "Process connections PMP75".
The following diagrams display the temperature coefficient "TK Ambient" dependent on the capillary length.
The following application is displayed: capillary temperature and transmitter temperature (ambient
temperature) change, the process temperature corresponds to the calibration temperature.
The temperature coefficients obtained from the diagrams apply to silicone oil and the process isolating
diaphragm material AISI 316L/1.4435. For other filling oils, these temperature coefficients must be multiplied
by the TK correction factor of the corresponding filling oil. For the TK correction factors, see 69,
section "Diaphragm seal filling oils".
With regard to the temperature coefficient "TK Ambient", devices with temperature isolator behave like devices
with the same process connection and 0.1 m capillary.
Endress+Hauser 69
Cerabar S
PN < 40 bar
TK Ambient 16
[mbar/10 K]
14
6
12
10
mbar
8.4 8
10 K
0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Capillary length
[m]
P01-PMP75xxx-05-xx-xx-en-007
Diagram TK Ambient dependent on the capillary length for PMP75, PN <40 bar
Example for:
Diaphragm seal versions "B3, EN/DIN flange DN 50 PN 10-40 B1, AISI 316L"
Capillary length: 5 m
Ambient temperature, capillary/transmitter: 45C
Filling oil: silicone oil
1. Select characteristic curve type for the diaphragm seal versions "B3" in accordance with the following
table.
Result: characteristic curve type 6
2. Obtain value for TK Ambient from the diagram.
Result: 8.4 mbar/10 K
3. TAmbient TCalibration = 45C 25C = 20C 8.4 mbar/10 K x 20 K = 16.8 mbar
Result: In this application, the zero point is shifted by 16.8 mbar.
Note!
The influence of temperature on the zero point can be corrected with position calibration.
The temperature influence can be minimised by using a filling oil with a smaller coefficient of thermal
expansion, shorter capillary, diaphragm seal with larger process isolating diaphragm diameter or by using a
smaller capillary internal diameter.
70 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S
PN 40 bar
TK Ambient 16 7
[mbar/10 K] 6
14
12
5
10
4
8
6
7
4
3
2 2
1
0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Capillary length
[m]
Diagram TK Ambient dependent on the capillary length for PMP75, PN 40 bar
Characteristic Version Diaphragm seal

curve type
1 B4 EN/DIN flange DN 80 PN 10-40 B1, AISI 316L
C4 EN/DIN flange DN 80 PN 100 B2, AISI 316L
KL JIS flange 10K 80A RF, AISI 316L
KH JIS flange 10K 100A RF, AISI 316L
D4 EN/DIN flange DN 80, PN 10-40 B1, Extensions: 50 mm/100 mm/200 mm, AISI 316L
AG ANSI flange 3" 150 lbs RF, AISI 316/316L
AS ANSI flange 3" 300 lbs RF, AISI 316/316L
AH ANSI flange 4" 150 lbs RF, AISI 316/316L
AT ANSI flange 4" 300 lbs RF, AISI 316/316L
J4 ANSI flange 3" 150 lbs RF, Extensions: 2"/4"/6"/8", AISI 316/316L
2 TF Tri-Clamp, ISO 2852 DN 76.1 (3"), AISI 316L/1.4435
3 MT DIN 11851 DN 80 PN 25, AISI 316L/1.4435
M5 DIN 11851 DN 80 PN 25 socket, AISI 316L/1.4435
4 SD Pipe diaphragm seal Tri-Clamp, ISO 2852 DN 51 (2"), AISI 316L
5 SC Pipe diaphragm seal Tri-Clamp, ISO 2852 DN 38 (1 1/2"), AISI 316L
6 B3 EN/DIN flange DN 50 PN 1040 B1, AISI 316L
EF EN/DIN flange DN 50 PN 100-160 E, AISI 316L
ER EN/DIN flange DN 50 PN 250 E, AISI 316L
E3 EN/DIN flange DN 50 PN 400 E, AISI 316L
AF ANSI flange 2" 150 lbs RF, AISI 316/316L
AR ANSI flange 2" 300 lbs RF, AISI 316/316L
HF ANSI flange 2" 400/600 lbs RF, AISI 316/316L
HR ANSI flange 2" 900/1500 lbs RF, AISI 316/316L
H3 ANSI flange 2" 2500 lbs RF, AISI 316/316L
KF JIS 10K 50A RF, AISI 316L
MR DIN 11851 DN 50 PN 25, AISI 316L/1.4435
MS DIN 11851 DN 65 PN 25, AISI 316L/1.4435
7 TR Varivent Type N for tubes DN 40 DN 162, PN 40, AISI 316L/1.4435
TK DRD DN50 (65 mm), PN 25, AISI 316L/1.4435
Endress+Hauser 71
Cerabar S
PN < 40 bar
TK Ambient 160
[mbar/10 K]
140
13
120
12
100
80
11
60
10
40
9
20
8
0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Capillary length
[m]
Diagram TK Ambient dependent on the capillary length for PMP75, PN <40 bar
PN 40 bar
TK Ambient 160
[mbar/10 K]
140
13
120
12
100
80
11
60
10
40
9
20 8
0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Capillary length
[m]
Diagram TK Ambient dependent on the capillary length for PMP75, PN 40 bar
72 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S
Characteristic Version Diaphragm seal

curve type
8 SB Pipe diaphragm seal Tri-Clamp, ISO 2852 DN 25 (1"), AISI 316L
9 D3 EN/DIN flange PN10-40 B1, Extensions: 50 mm/100 mm/200 mm, AISI 316L
J3 ANSI flange 2" 150 lbs, Extensions: 2"/4"/6"/8", AISI 316/316L
TD Tri-Clamp, ISO 2852 DN 51 (2"), AISI 316L/1.4435
10 CQ EN/DIN flange DN 40 PN 10-40 B1, AISI 316L
TI SMS 2" PN 25, AISI 316L/1.4435
TN APV-RJT 2" PN 40, AISI 316L/1.4435
TS APV-ISS 2" PN 40, AISI 316L/1.4435
11 CP EN/DIN flange DN32 PN 10-40 B1, AISI 316L
AE ANSI flange 1 1/2" 150 lbs RF, AISI 316/316L
AQ ANSI flange 1 1/2" 300 lbs RF, AISI 316/316L
TC Tri-Clamp, ISO 2852 DN 38 (1 1/2"), DIN 32676 DN 40, AISI 316L/1.4435
TH SMS 1 1/2" PN 25, AISI 316L/1.4435
TM APV-RJT 1 1/2" PN 40, AISI 316L/1.4435
TS APV-ISS 1 1/2" PN 40, AISI 316L/1.4435
12 CN EN/DIN flange PN 10-40 B1, AISI 316L
DN EN/DIN flange PN 64-160 E, AISI 316L
EN EN/DIN flange PN 250 E, AISI 316L
E1 EN/DIN flange PN 400 E, AISI 316L
AC ANSI flange 1" 150 lbs RF, AISI 316/316L
AN ANSI flange 1" 300 lbs RF, AISI 316/316L
HC ANSI flange 1" 400/600 lbs RF, AISI 316/316L
HN ANSI flange 1" 900/1500 lbs RF, AISI 316/316L
HO ANSI flange 1" 2500 lbs RF, AISI 316/316L
KC JIS flange 10K 25 A RF, AISI 316L
13 TB Tri-Clamp, ISO 2852 DN 25 (1"), DIN 32676 DN 25, AISI 316L/1.4435
Ambient temperature range The operating temperature range of a diaphragm seal system depends on Fill fluid, "Capillary length and
internal diameter, Process temperature and Diaphragm seal oil volume.
The range of application can be extended by using a fill fluid with a smaller expansion coefficient and a shorter
capillary. The permitted operating temperature ranges in relation to the capillary length can be calculated
online at "Applicator Sizing Diaphragm Seal":
http://www.endress.com/applicator -> Applicator Sizing Diaphragm Seal -> Horncurve
Note!
Endress+Hauser recommends you use a low temperature oil for applications that require short response
times or are close to the lower temperature limit (see "diaphragm seal fill fluid").
Please contact your Endress+Hauser sales office for further information, comprehensive diaphragm seal
system designs and measuring technology solutions that are close to the application limits.
Endress+Hauser 73
Cerabar S
Installation instructions Instructions for diaphragm seal systems

Endress+Hauser offer flushing rings as accessory to clean process isolating diaphragms without taking the
transmitters out of process.
The diaphragm seal together with the transmitter form a closed, calibrated system, which is filled through
ports in the diaphragm seal and in the measurement system of the transmitter. These ports are sealed and
must not be opened.
In the case of devices with diaphragm seals and capillaries, the zero point shift caused by the hydrostatic
pressure of the filling liquid column in the capillaries must be taken into account when selecting the
measuring cell. If a measuring cell with a small measuring range is selected, a position adjustment can cause
an overdrive. See the following diagram and the following example.
For devices with temperature isolator or capillary a suitable fastening device (mounting bracket) is
recommended.
When using a mounting bracket, sufficient strain relief must be allowed for in order to prevent the capillary
bending down (bending radius 100 mm).
Installation instructions for capillaries

In order to obtain more precise measurement results and to avoid a defect in the device, mount the capillaries
as follows:
vibration-free (in order to avoid additional pressure fluctuations)
not in the vicinity of heating or cooling lines
insulate if the ambient temperature is below ore above the reference temperature
with a bending radius of 100 mm.
Vacuum applications
For applications under vacuum, Endress+Hauser recommends mounting the pressure transmitter below the
diaphragm seal. A vacuum load of the diaphragm seal caused by the presence of fill fluid in the capillary
prevents is hereby prevented.
When the pressure transmitter is mounted above the diaphragm seal, the maximum height difference H1 in
accordance with the following illustration on the left must not be exceeded. The maximum height difference
is dependent on the density of the filling oil and the smallest ever pressure that is permitted to occur at the
diaphragm seal (empty tank), see the following illustration, on the right.
12.0
FIELD TERMINALS
Low temperature oil

10.0
Height difference H1 [m]
Vegetable oil
8.0
Silicone oil
6.0
High temperature
H1 oil
4.0
Inert oil
2.0
0.0
50 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000
Pressure at diaphragm seal [mbarabs]
P01-PMx7xxxx-11-xx-xx-xx-008 P01-PMP75xxx-05-xx-xx-en-011
Installation above the diaphragm seal Diagram of maximum installation height above the diaphragm seal for
vacuum applications
74 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S
Certificates and approvals

CE mark The device meets the legal requirements of the relevant EC directives.
Endress+Hauser confirms that the device has been successfully tested by applying the CE mark.
Ex approvals ATEX
FM
CSA
NEPSI
IECEx
GOST
also combinations of different approvals
All explosion protection data are given in separate documentation which is available upon request. The Ex
documentation is supplied as standard with all devices approved for use in explosion hazardous areas.
90 ff, sections "Safety Instructions" and "Installation/Control Drawings".
Suitability for hygenic The Cerabar S is suitable for the employment in hygenic processes.
processes Overview of permitted process connections from page 32.
Many versions meet the requirements of 3A-Sanitary Standard No. 74 and
are certified by the EHEDG.
Note!
The gap-free connections can be cleaned without residue using the usual
cleaning methods.
TYPE EL 74 -
October 2007
Marine certificate GL
ABS
Functional Safety SIL / IEC The Cerabar S with 4 to 20 mA output signal have been developed to IEC 61508 standard. These devices can
61508 Declaration of confor- be used for process pressure and level measurement monitoring up to SIL 3.
mity (optional) For a detailed description of the safety functions with Cerabar S, settings and characteristic quantities for
functional safety, please refer to the "Manual for Functional Safety- Cerabar S" SD190.
For devices with SIL / IEC 61508 declaration of conformity see 77 ff, Feature 100 "Additional option 1"
and Feature 110 "Additional option 2" version E "SIL / IEC 61508, declaration of Conformity".
Overspill protection WHG
CRN approvals Some device versions have CRN approval. For a CRN-approved device, a CRN-approved process connection
( 78, feature 70 "Process connection") has to be ordered with a CSA approval ( 77, feature 10
"Approval"). PMP75 devices with capillary are not CRN-approved. These devices are fitted with a separate plate
bearing the registration number 0F10525.5C.
Pressure Equipment Directive The devices PMC71, PMP71 and PMP75 correspond to Article 3 (3) of the EC directive 97/23/EC (Pressure
(PED) Equipment Directive) and has been designed and manufactured according to good engineering practice.
Additionally applies:
PMP71 with threaded connection and internal process isolating diaphragm PN > 200 as well as
oval flange adapter PN > 200:
Suitable for stable gases in group 1, category I
PMP75 with pipe diaphragm seal 1.5"/PN 40:
Suitable for stable gases in group 1, category II
PMP75 with separator PN > 200:
Suitable for stable gases in group 1, category 1
PMP75 with threaded connection PN > 200
Endress+Hauser 75
Cerabar S
Standards and guidelines DIN EN 60770 (IEC 60770):

Transmitters for use in industrial-process control systems
Part 1: Methods for inspection and routine testing
DIN 16086:
Electrical pressure measuring instruments, pressure sensors, pressure transmitters, pressure measuring
instruments, concepts, specifications in data sheets
EN 61326-X:
EMC product family standard for electrical equipment for measurement, control and laboratory use.
76 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S
Ordering information
PMC71 This overview does not mark options which are mutually exclusive.
10 Approval:
A For non-hazardous areas
E Combi-certification
ATEX II Ex ia + FM IS + CSA IS
ATEX II 1/2G Ex ia IIC T6 +
FM/CSA IS Class I, II, III Division 1 Group A - G
1 ATEX II 1/2 G Ex ia IIC T6
6 ATEX II 1/2 G Ex ia IIC T6, overspill protection WHG
2 ATEX II 1/2 D Ex ia IIC T6
8 ATEX II 1 GD Ex ia IIC T6
3 ATEX II 1/2 GD Ex ia IIC T6
5 ATEX II 2 G Ex d[ia] IIC T6
7 ATEX II 3 G Ex nA II T6
S FM IS, Class I, II, III Division 1, Groups A G; NI Class I Division 2, Groups A D; AEx ia
T FM XP, Class I Division 1, Groups A D; AEx d
m R FM NI, Class I, Division 2, Groups A D
U CSA IS, Class I, II, III Division 1, Groups A G; Class I Division 2, Groups A D, Ex ia
V CSA XP, Class I Division 1, Groups B D; Ex d
G NEPSI Ex d[ia] IIC T4/T6
+ E H NEPSI Ex ia IIC T6
L TIIS Ex d (ia) IIC T6
M TIIS Ex d (ia) IIC T4
I IECEx Zone 0/1 Ex ia IIC T6
20 Output; Operation:
n A 4...20 mA HART, operation outside, LCD (see Fig. , n)
B 4...20 mA HART, operation inside, LCD (see Fig. , o)
C 4...20 mA HART, operation inside (see Fig.o)
M PROFIBUS PA, operation outside, LCD (see Fig. , n)
1 2
N PROFIBUS PA, operation inside, LCD (see Fig. , o)
PC
O PROFIBUS PA, operation inside (see Fig. o)

P FOUNDATION Fieldbus, operation outside, LCD (see Fig. , o)
Q FOUNDATION Fieldbus, operation inside, LCD (see Fig. , o)
R FOUNDATION Fieldbus, operation inside (see Fig. o)
30 Housing; Cable entry; Protection:

T14 A Aluminium T14 housing, optional display on the side, IP 66/67/NEMA 4X/ 6P, Gland M 20x1.5
B Aluminium T14 housing, optional display on the side, IP 66/67/NEMA 4X/ 6P, Thread G 1/2
C Aluminium T14 housing, optional display on the side, IP 66/67/NEMA 4X/ 6P, Thread 1/2 NPT
D Aluminium T14 housing, optional display on the side, IP 66/67/NEMA 4X/ 6P, M 12x1 PA plug
E Aluminium T14 housing, optional display on the side, IP 66/67/NEMA 4X/ 6P, 7/8" FF plug
T17 F Aluminium T14 housing, optional display on the side, IP 65/NEMA 4X, Hand 7D plug 90
1 AISI 316L T14 housing, optional display on the side, IP 66/67/NEMA 4X/ 6P, Gland M 20x1.5
2 AISI 316L T14 housing, optional display on the side, IP 66/67/NEMA 4X/ 6P, Thread G 1/2
3 AISI 316L T14 housing, optional display on the side, IP 66/67/NEMA 4X/ 6P, Thread 1/2 NPT
4 AISI 316L T14 housing, optional display on the side, IP 66/67/NEMA 4X/ 6P, M 12x1 PA plug
5 AISI 316L T14 housing, optional display on the side, IP 66/67/NEMA 4X/ 6P, 7/8" FF plug
6 AISI 316L T14 housing, optional display on the side, IP 65/NEMA 4X, Hand 7D plug 90
R T17 316L Hygiene IP66/68 NEMA6P; M20 gland, T17 = side cover
S T17 316L Hygiene IP66/68 NEMA6P; G1/2 thread, T17 = side cover
T T17 316L Hygiene IP66/68 NEMA6P; NPT1/2 thread, T17 = side cover
U T17 316L Hygiene IP66/68 NEMA6P; M12 plug, T17 = side cover
V T17 316L Hygiene IP66/68 NEMA6P; 7/8" plug, T17 = side cover
40 Sensor range; Sensor overload limit (= OPL):

Sensors for gauge pressure
Measurement limits: 100 % (1 bar)...+100 % of sensor nominal range
Sensor nominal value (URL) OPL (Over pressure limit)
1C 100 mbar/10 kPa/1.5 psi g 4 bar/400 kPa/60 psi g
1E 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.75 psi g 5 bar/500 kPa/75 psi g
1F 400 mbar/40 kPa/6 psi g 8 bar/800 kPa/120 psi g
1H 1 bar/100 kPa/15 psi g 10 bar/1 MPa/150 psi g
1K 2 bar/200 kPa/30 psi g 18 bar/1.8 MPa/270 psi g
1M 4 bar/400 kPa/60 psi g 25 bar/2.5 MPa/375 psi g
1P 10 bar/1 MPa/150 psi g 40 bar/4 MPa/600 psi g
1S 40 bar/4 MPa/600 psi g 60 bar/6 MPa/900 psi g
Endress+Hauser 77
Cerabar S

Sensors for absolute pressure
2C 100 mbar/10 kPa/1.5 psi abs 4 bar/400 kPa/60 psi abs
2E 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.75 psi abs 5 bar/500 kPa/75 psi abs
2F 400 mbar/40 kPa/6 psi abs 8 bar/800 kPa/120 psi abs
2H 1 bar/100 kPa/15 psi abs 10 bar/1 MPa/150 psi abs
2K 2 bar/200 kPa/30 psi abs 18 bar/1.8 MPa/270 psi abs
2M 4 bar/400 kPa/60 psi abs 25 bar/2.5 MPa/375 psi abs
2P 10 bar/1 MPa/150 psi abs 40 bar/4 MPa/600 psi abs
2S 40 bar/4 MPa/600 psi abs 60 bar/6 MPa/900 psi abs
50 Calibration; Unit:
1 Sensor range; mbar/bar
2 Sensor range; kPa/MPa
3 Sensor range; mmH2O/mH2O
4 Sensor range; inH2O/ftH2O
6 Sensor range; psi
B Customised; see additional specification
C Factory certificate 5-point; see additional specification
D DKD certificate; see additional specification
K Platinum; see additional specification
L Platinum and factory certificate 5-point; see additional specification
M Platinum and DKD certificate; see additional specification
70 Process connection; Material:

GA Thread ISO 228 G 1/2 A EN 837, AISI 316L (CRN)
GB Thread ISO 228 G 1/2 A EN 837, Alloy C (CRN)
GC Thread ISO 228 G 1/2 A EN 837, Monel
GD Thread ISO 228 G 1/2 A EN 837, PVDF
(max. 15 bar/225 psi, 10...+60C/+14...+140F)
GE Thread ISO 228 G 1/2 A G 1/4 (female), AISI 316L (CRN)
GF Thread ISO 228 G 1/2 A G 1/4 (female), Alloy C (CRN)
GG Thread ISO 228 G 1/2 A G 1/4 (female), Monel
GH Thread ISO 228 G 1/2 A hole 11.4 mm, AISI 316L (CRN)
GJ Thread ISO 228 G 1/2 A hole 11.4 mm, Alloy C (CRN)
GK Thread ISO 228 G 1/2 A hole 11.4 mm, Monel
RA Thread ANSI 1/2 MNPT 1/4 FNPT, AISI 316L (CRN)
RB Thread ANSI 1/2 MNPT 1/4 FNPT, Alloy C (CRN)
RC Thread ANSI 1/2 MNPT 1/4 FNPT, Monel
RD Thread ANSI 1/2 MNPT, hole 11.4 mm, AISI 316L (CRN)
RE Thread ANSI 1/2 MNPT, hole 11.4 mm, Alloy C (CRN)
RF Thread ANSI 1/2 MNPT, hole 11.4 mm, Monel
RG Thread ANSI 1/2 MNPT hole 3 mm, PVDF
(max. 15 bar/225 psi, 10...+60C/+14...+140F)
RH Thread ANSI 1/2 FNPT, AISI 316L (CRN)
RJ Thread ANSI 1/2 FNPT, Alloy C (CRN)
RK Thread ANSI 1/2 FNPT, Monel
GL Thread JIS B0202 G 1/2 (male), AISI 316L
RL Thread JIS B0203 R 1/2 (male), AISI 316L
GP Thread DIN 13 M 20x1.5 EN 837 hole 3 mm, AISI 316L
GQ Thread DIN 13 M 20x1.5 EN 837 hole 3 mm, Alloy C
For continuation "Process connection, Material" see next page.
1G Thread ISO 228 G 1 1/2 A, AISI 316L
1H Thread ISO 228 G 1 1/2 A, Alloy C
1J Thread ISO 228 G 1 1/2 A, Monel
1K Thread ISO 228 G 2 A, AISI 316L
1L Thread ISO 228 G 2 A, Alloy C
1M Thread ISO 228 G 2 A, Monel
2D Thread ANSI 1 1/2 MNPT, AISI 316L (CRN)
2E Thread ANSI 1 1/2 MNPT, Alloy C (CRN)
2F Thread ANSI 1 1/2 MNPT, Monel (CRN)
2G Thread ANSI 2 MNPT, AISI 316L (CRN)
2H Thread ANSI 2 MNPT, Alloy C
2J Thread ANSI 2 MNPT, Monel
1R Thread DIN 13 M 44x1.25, AISI 316L
1S Thread DIN 13 M 44x1.25, Alloy C
EN/DIN flanges, flush-mounted process isolating diaphragm
78 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S

CP DN 32 PN 10-40 B1, AISI 316L
CQ DN 40 PN 10-40 B1, AISI 316L
BR DN 50 PN 10-16 A, PVDF (max. 15 bar/150 psi, 10...+60C/+14...+140F)
B3 DN 50 PN 10-40 B1, AISI 316L
C3 DN 50 PN 63 B2, AISI 316L
BS DN 80 PN 10-16 A, PVDF (max. 15 bar/150 psi, 10...+60C/+14...+140F)
B4 DN 80 PN 10-40 B1, AISI 316L
ANSI flanges, flush-mounted process isolating diaphragm
AE 1 1/2" 150 lbs RF, AISI 316/316L (CRN)
AQ 1 1/2" 300 lbs RF, AISI 316/316L (CRN)
AF 2" 150 lbs RF, AISI 316/316L (CRN)
JR 2" 150 lbs RF, AISI 316L with ECTFE-coating
A3 2" 150 lbs RF, PVDF (max. 15 bar/225 psi, 10...+60C/+14...+140F)
AR 2" 300 lbs RF, AISI 316/316L (CRN)
AG 3" 150 lbs RF, AISI 316/316L (CRN)
JS 3" 150 lbs RF, AISI 316L with ECTFE-coating
A4 3" 150 lbs RF, PVDF (max. 15 bar/225 psi, 10...+60C/+14...+140F)
AS 3" 300 lbs RF, AISI 316/316L (CRN)
AH 4" 150 lbs RF, AISI 316/316L (CRN)
JT 4" 150 lbs RF, AISI 316L with ECTFE-coating
AT 4" 300 lbs RF, AISI 316/316L (CRN)
JIS flanges, flush-mounted process isolating diaphragm
KF 10K 50A RF, AISI 316L
KL 10K 80A RF, AISI 316L
KH 10K 100A RF, AISI 316L
Hygienic connections, flush-mounted process isolating diaphragm
MP DIN 11851 DN 40 PN 25, AISI 316L, EHEDG, 3A with HNBR/EPDM seal (CRN)
MR DIN 11851 DN 50 PN 25, AISI 316L, EHEDG, 3A with HNBR/EPDM seal (CRN)
TD Tri-Clamp ISO 2852 DN 51 (2"), AISI 316L, EHEDG, 3A with HNBR/EPDM seal (CRN)
TF Tri-Clamp ISO 2852 DN 76.1 (3"), AISI 316L, EHEDG, 3A with HNBR/EPDM seal (CRN)
TK DRD DN50 (65 mm), PN 25, AISI 316L, EHEDG, 3A with HNBR/EPDM seal
TR Varivent type N for tubes DN 40 DN 162, PN 40, AISI 316L, EHEDG,
3A with HNBR/EPDM seal (CRN)
80 Seal:
A FKM Viton
B EPDM
D Kalrez
E Chemraz
F NBR/3A: HNBR (FDA)
L FKM Viton, cleaned for silicone-free service
M Kalrez, cleaned for silicone-free service
1 FKM Viton, cleaned from oil and greace
2 FKM Viton, oxygen service
Note application limits pressure/temp.
100 Additional option 1:

A not selected
E SIL/IEC 61508 Declaration of conformity
T High temperature version
B Material test certificate for wetted parts, inspection certificate as per EN 10204 3.1
acc. to specification 52005759
M Overvoltage protection
J Software adjustment, see additional spec.
N HistoROM/M-DAT
S GL (German Lloyd)/ABS marine certificate
V Mounting on shut-off valve from above
2 Test report acc. to EN 10204 2.2
3 Routine test with certificate, inspection certificate as per EN 10204 3.1
4 Overpressure test with certificate,
inspection certificate as per EN 10204 3.1

A not selected
G Separate housing, cable length see additional spec. + mounting bracket,
wall/pipe, 316L
T High temperature version
Endress+Hauser 79
Cerabar S

N HistoROM/M-DAT
U Mounting bracket for wall/pipe, AISI 304
4 Overpressure test with certificate, inspection certificate as per EN 10204 3.1
5 Helium leak test EN 1518 with test certificate,
995 Marking:
1 Tagging (TAG), see additional spec.
2 Bus adress, see additional spec.
PMC71 order code
80 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S
PMP71 This overview does not mark options which are mutually exclusive.
10 Approval:
2 ATEX II 1/2 D
m 4 ATEX II 1/3 D
5 ATEX II 2 G Ex d IIC T6
+ E
Q FM DIP, Class II, III Division 1, Groups E G
R FM NI, Class I, Division 2, Groups A D
W CSA Class II, III Division 1, Groups E G (Dust Ex)
G NEPSI Ex d IIC T6
H NEPSI Ex ia IIC T6
L TIIS Ex d IIC T6
B Combined certificates: ATEX II 1/2 G Ex ia IIC T6 + II 2 G Ex d IIC T6
C Combined certificates: FM IS and XP Class I Division 1, Groups A D
D Combined certificates: CSA IS and XP Class I Division 1, Groups A D
E Combined certificates: FM/CSA IS and XP Class I Division 1, Groups A D
F Combined certificates:
ATEX II Ex ia / Ex d + FM/CSA IS + XP
ATEX II 1/2G Ex ia IIC T6+
ATEX II 2G Ex d IIC T6+
FM/CSA IS + XP Cl.I Div.1 Gr.A-D
4...20 mA HART, operation inside, LCD (see Fig. , o)
B
C 4...20 mA HART, operation inside (see Fig. o)
1 2
PC


D Aluminium T14 housing, optional display on the side, IP 66/67/NEMA 4X/ 6P, M 12x1 PA plug
E Aluminium T14 housing, optional display on the side, IP 66/67/NEMA 4X/ 6P, 7/8" FF plug
F Aluminium T14 housing, optional display on the side, IP 65/NEMA 4X, Hand 7D plug 90
T17 2 AISI 316L T14 housing, optional display on the side, IP 66/67/NEMA 4X/ 6P, Thread G 1/2

1F 400 mbar/40 kPa/6 psi g 6 bar/600 kPa/90 psi g
1H 1 bar/100 kPa/15 psi g 10 bar/1 MPa/150 psi g
1K 2 bar/200 kPa/30 psi g 20 bar/2 MPa/300 psi g
Endress+Hauser 81
Cerabar S

1M 4 bar/400 kPa/60 psi g 28 bar/2.8 MPa/420 psi g
1P 10 bar/1 MPa/150 psi g 40 bar/4 MPa/600 psi g
1S 40 bar/4 MPa/600 psi g 160 bar/16 MPa/2400 psi g
1U 100 bar/10 MPa/1500 psi g 400 bar/40 MPa/6000 psi g
1W 400 bar/40 MPa/6000 psi g 600 bar/60 MPa/9000 psi g
1X 700 bar/70 MPa/10500 psi g 1050 bar/105 MPa/15700 psi g
2K 2 bar/200 kPa/30 psi abs 20 bar/2 MPa/300 psi abs
2U 100 bar/10 MPa/1500 psi g 400 bar/40 MPa/6000 psi g
2W 400 bar/40 MPa/6000 psi g 600 bar/60 MPa/9000 psi g
2X 700 bar/70 MPa/10500 psi g 1050 bar/105 MPa/15700 psi g
6 Sensor range; psi
D DKD certificate; see additional specification
K Platinum; see additional specification
L Platinum and factory certificate 5-point; see additional specification
M Platinum and DKD certificate; see additional specification
60 Membrane material:
1 AISI 316L
2 Alloy C276
6 AISI 316L with Gold-Rhodium coating

GA Thread ISO 228 G 1/2 A EN 837, AISI 316L
GB Thread ISO 228 G 1/2 A EN 837, Alloy C
GE Thread ISO 228 G 1/2 A G 1/4 (female), AISI 316L
GF Thread ISO 228 G 1/2 A G 1/4 (female), Alloy C
GH Thread ISO 228 G 1/2 A hole 11.4 mm, AISI 316L
GJ Thread ISO 228 G 1/2 A hole 11.4 mm, Alloy C
RA Thread ANSI 1/2 MNPT 1/4 FNPT, AISI 316L (CRN)
RB Thread ANSI 1/2 MNPT 1/4 FNPT, Alloy C (CRN)
RD Thread ANSI 1/2 MNPT hole, AISI 316L (CRN)
RE Thread ANSI 1/2 MNPT hole, Alloy C (CRN)
RH Thread ANSI 1/2 FNPT, AISI 316L
RJ Thread ANSI 1/2 FNPT, Alloy C
GL Thread JIS B0202 G 1/2 (male), AISI 316L
RL Thread JIS B0203 R 1/2 (male), AISI 316L
For continuation "Process connection; Material", see next page.
Thread, internal process isolating diaphragm (continued)
GP Thread DIN 13 M 20x1.5 EN 837 hole 11.4 mm, AISI 316L
GQ Thread DIN 13 M 20x1.5 EN 837 hole 11.4 mm, Alloy C
1A Thread ISO 228 G 1/2 A, DIN 3852, AISI 316L
1B Thread ISO 228 G 1/2 A, DIN 3852, Alloy C
1D Thread ISO 228 G 1 A, AISI 316L
1E Thread ISO 228 G 1 A, Alloy C
2A Thread ANSI 1 MNPT, AISI 316L (CRN)
2B Thread ANSI 1 MNPT, Alloy C (CRN)
2D Thread ANSI 1 1/2 MNPT, AISI 316L (CRN)
82 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S

2G Thread ANSI 2 MNPT, AISI 316L (CRN)
2H Thread ANSI 2 MNPT, Alloy C
1N Thread DIN 16288 M 20x1.5, AISI 316L
1P Thread DIN 16288 M 20x1.5, Alloy C
1R Thread DIN 13 M 44x1.25, AISI 316L
1S Thread DIN 13 M 44x1.25, Alloy C
CN DN 25 PN 10-40 B1, AISI 316L
CP DN 32 PN 10-40 B1, AISI 316L
CQ DN 40 PN 10-40 B1, AISI 316L
B3 DN 50 PN 10-40 B1, AISI 316L
B4 DN 80 PN 10-40 B1, AISI 316L
AN 1" 300 lbs RF, AISI 316/316L (CRN)
KA 20K 25A RF, AISI 316L
Other
UR Ovalflange adapter 1/4-18 NPT, mounting: 7/16-20 UNF, AISI 316L (CRN)
U1 Prepared for diaphragm seal mount, AISI 316L (CRN)
90 Fill fluid:
A Silicone oil fill
F Inert oil fill
K Inert oil fill, cleaned from oil and greace
N Inert oil fill, cleaned for oxygen services
(Note application limits pressure/temperature)

A not selected
B Material test certificate for wetted parts, inspection certificate as per
EN 10204 3.1 acc. to specification 52005759
C NACE MR0175 (wetted parts)
D Material test certificate for wetted parts as per EN 10204 3.1 and NACE
MR0175 material, inspection certificate as per EN 10204 acc. to specification
52010806
N HistoROM/M-DAT
2 Test report acc. to EN10204 2.2

A not selected
wall/pipe, 316L
N HistoROM/M-DAT
2 Test report acc. to EN10204 2.2
4 Overpressure test with certificate, inspection certificate as per EN 10204
3.1
5 Helium leak test EN 1528 with test certificate, inspection certificate as
per EN 10204 3.1
Endress+Hauser 83
Cerabar S
995 Marking:
PMP71 order code
84 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S
PMP75 This overview does not mark options which are mutually exclusive.
10 Approval:
2 ATEX II 1/2 D
m 4 ATEX II 1/3 D
5 ATEX II 2 G Ex d IIC T6

+ E
Q FM DIP, Class II, III Division 1, Groups E G
R FM NI, Class I, Division 2, Groups A D
W CSA Class II, III Division 1, Groups E G (Dust Ex)
G NEPSI Ex d IIC T6
H NEPSI Ex ia IIC T6
L TIIS Ex d IIC T6
B Combined certificates: ATEX II 1/2 G Ex ia IIC T6 + II 2 G Ex d IIC T6
C Combined certificates: FM IS and XP Class I Division 1, Groups A D
D Combined certificates: CSA IS and XP Class I Division 1, Groups A D
E Combined certificates: FM/CSA IS and XP Class I Division 1, Groups A D
F Combined certificates:
ATEX II Ex ia / Ex d + FM/CSA IS + XP
ATEX II 1/2G Ex ia IIC T6+
ATEX II 2G Ex d IIC T6+
FM/CSA IS + XP Cl.I Div.1 Gr.A-D
4...20 mA HART, operation inside, LCD (see Fig. , o)
B
C 4...20 mA HART, operation inside (see Fig. o)
1 2
PC


D Aluminium T14 housing, optional display on the side, IP 66/67/NEMA 4X/ 6P, M 12x1 PA plug,
T17 E Aluminium T14 housing, optional display on the side, IP 66/67/NEMA 4X/ 6P, 7/8" FF plug
F Aluminium T14 housing, optional display on the side, IP 65/NEMA 4X, Hand 7D plug 90
2 AISI 316L T14 housing, optional display on the side, IP 66/67/NEMA 4X/ 6P, Thread G 1/2
40 Sensor range; Sensor overload (= OPL):

1F 400 mbar/40 kPa/6 psi 6 bar/600 kPa/90 psi
1H 1 bar/100 kPa/15 psi 10 bar/1 MPa/150 psi
1K 2 bar/200 kPa/30 psi 20 bar/2 MPa/300 psi
Endress+Hauser 85
Cerabar S
40 Sensor range; Sensor overload (= OPL):

1M 4 bar/400 kPa/60 psi 28 bar/2.8 MPa/420 psi
1P 10 bar/1 MPa/150 psi 40 bar/4 MPa/600 psi
1S 40 bar/4 MPa/600 psi 160 bar/16 MPa/2400 psi
1U 100 bar/10 MPa/1500 psi 400 bar/40 MPa/6000 psi
1W 400 bar/40 MPa/6000 psi 600 bar/60 MPa/9000 psi
2K 2 bar/200 kPa/30 psi abs 20 bar/2 MPa/300 psi abs
2U 100 bar/10 MPa/1500 psi abs 400 bar/40 MPa/6000 psi abs
2W 400 bar/40 MPa/6000 psi abs 600 bar/60 MPa/9000 psi abs
6 Sensor range; psi
D DKD calibration: see additional specification
60 Membrane material:
1 AISI 316L
2 Alloy C276
3 Monel
5 Tantal
6 AISI 316L with Gold-Rhodium coating
7 AISI 316L with 0.09 mm PTFE foil (not for vacuum applications)
8 AISI 316L with 0.25 mm PTFE foil (not for vacuum applications, only for non-hazardous areas)
70 Process connection, Material:

1D Thread ISO 228 G 1 A, AISI 316L
1E Thread ISO 228 G 1 A, Alloy C
2A Thread ANSI 1 MNPT, AISI 316L
2B Thread ANSI 1 MNPT, Alloy C (CRN)
2D Thread ANSI 1 1/2 MNPT, AISI 316L
2G Thread ANSI 2 MNPT, AISI 316L
2H Thread ANSI 2 MNPT, Alloy C (CRN)
Clamp connections
TB Tri-Clamp, ISO 2852 DN 25 (1"), DIN 32676 DN 25, AISI 316L (CRN), EHEDG
TC Tri-Clamp, ISO 2852 DN 38 (1 1/2"), DIN 32676 DN 40, AISI 316L (CRN), EHEDG
TD Tri-Clamp, ISO 2852 DN 40 DN 51 (2")/DN 50, AISI 316L (CRN), EHEDG
TF Tri-Clamp, ISO 2852 DN 70 DN 76.1 (3"), AISI 316L (CRN), EHEDG
Pipe diaphragm seal, Clamp
SB Tri-Clamp, ISO 2852 DN 25 (1"), AISI 316L (CRN)
SC Tri-Clamp, ISO 2852 DN 38 (1 1/2"), AISI 316L, 3.1 +
Pressure test acc. to PED Cat.II (CRN)
SD Tri-Clamp, ISO 2852 DN 51 (2"), AISI 316L, 3.1 + Pressure test acc. to PED Cat.II
(CRN)
Hygienic connections
MR DIN 11851 DN 50 PN 25, AISI 316L, EHEDG
MS DIN 11851 DN 65 PN 25, AISI 316L, EHEDG
MT DIN 11851 DN 80 PN 25, AISI 316L, EHEDG
M3 DIN 11851 DN 50 PN 25 thread, AISI 316L, EHEDG
TG SMS 1" PN 25, AISI 316L, EHEDG
TH SMS 1 1/2" PN 25, AISI 316L, EHEDG
TI SMS 2" PN 25, AISI 316L, EHEDG
86 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S
70 Process connection, Material:

TL APV-RJT 1" PN 40, AISI 316L
TM APV-RJT 1 1/2" PN 40, AISI 316L
TN APV-RJT 2" PN 40, AISI 316L
TP APV-ISS 1" PN 40, AISI 316L
TQ APV-ISS 1 1/2" PN 40, AISI 316L
TS APV-ISS 2" PN 40, AISI 316L
TK DRD DN50 (65 mm) PN 25, AISI 316L
TR Varivent Type N for pipes DN 40 DN 162 PN 40, AISI 316L, EHEDG
CN DN 25 PN 10-40 B1, AISI 316L
DN DN 25 PN 63-160 E, AISI 316L
EN DN 25 PN 250 E, AISI 316L
E1 DN 25 PN 400 E, AISI 316L
CP DN 32 PN 10-40 B1, AISI 316L
CQ DN 40 PN 10-40 B1, AISI 316L
B3 DN 50 PN 10-40 B1, AISI 316L
C3 DN 50 PN 63 B2, AISI 316L 2
EF DN 50 PN 100-160 E, AISI 316L
ER DN 50 PN 250 E, AISI 316L
E3 DN 50 PN 400 E, AISI 316L
B4 DN 80 PN 10-40 B1, AISI 316L
C4 DN 80 PN 100 B2, AISI 316L
C5 DN 100 PN 100 B2, AISI 316L
EN/DIN flanges with extended diaphragm seal, flush-mounted process
isolating diaphragm
D3 DN 50 PN 10-40 B1, Tubus 50 mm/100 mm/200 mm, AISI 316L
D4 DN 80 PN 10-40 B1, Tubus 50 mm/100 mm/200 mm, AISI 316L
AC 1" 150 lbs RF, AISI 316/316L (CRN)
AN 1" 300 lbs RF, AISI 316/316L (CRN)
HC 1" 400/600 lbs RF, AISI 316/316L (CRN)
HN 1" 900/1500 lbs RF, AISI 316/316L (CRN)
H0 1" 2500 lbs RF, AISI 316/316L (CRN)
HF 2" 400/600 lbs RF, AISI 316/316L (CRN)
HR 2" 900/1500 lbs RF, AISI 316/316L (CRN)
H3 2" 2500 lbs RF, AISI 316/316L
ANSI flanges with extended diaphragm seal
J3 2" 150 lbs RF, Tubus 2"/4"/6"/8", AISI 316/316L (CRN)
KC 10K 25A RF, AISI 316L
Other
UA Thread ISO 228 G 1/2 A PN 160, seperator, EN 837, welded, AISI 316L
UB Thread ANSI 1/2 MNPT PN 160, seperator, welded, AISI 316L (CRN)
UC Thread ISO 228 G 1/2 B, seperator, EN 837, threaded, AISI 316L
UD Thread ANSI 1/2 MNPT, seperator, threaded, AISI 316L
UG Thread 1/2 NPT PN 250, seperator, threaded, AISI 316L
UH Thread 1 NPT PN 250, seperator, threaded, AISI 316L
90 Fill fluid:
A Silicone oil
B ...m capillary, inert oil
C ...ft capillary, inert oil
D Vegetable oil
F Inert oil
Endress+Hauser 87
Cerabar S
90 Fill fluid:
G High temperature oil, Temp. isolator 100 mm
H Silicone oil, Temp. isolator 100 mm
K Inert oil, cleaned from oil and greace
N Inert oil, cleaned for oxygen services
1 ... m capillary, silicone oil
2 ... ft capillary, silicone oil
3 ... m capillary, high temperature oil
4 ... ft capillary, high temperature oil
5 ... m capillary, vegetable oil
6 ... ft capillary, vegetable oil
7 ... m capillary, Low temperature oil
8 ... ft capillary, Low temperature oil

A not selected
B Material test certificate for wetted parts, inspection certificate as per EN
10204 3.1 acc. to specification 52005759
C NACE MR0175 (wetted parts)
D Material test certificate for wetted parts, inspection certificate as per EN
10204 3.1 and NACE MR0175 material, inspection certificate as per
EN 10204 acc. to specification 52010806
N HistoROM/M-DAT

A not selected
wall/pipe, 316L
N HistoROM/M-DAT
P Ra < 0.38 m/15.75 in, electropolished +
EN10204-3.1 material (wetted) inspection certificate;
in conjunction with process connection versions "TC", "TD" and "TR"
please order roughness test separetely
4 Overpressure test with certificate,
995 Marking:
PMP75 order code
88 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S
Additional documentation
Field of Activities Pressure measurement, Powerful instruments for process pressure, differential pressure, level and flow:
FA004P/00/en
Technical Information Deltabar S: TI382P/00/en

Deltapilot S: TI416P/00/en
EMC test basic principles TI241F/00/en
Operating Instructions 4...20 mA HART:

Cerabar S: BA271P/00/de
Description of device functions Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S: BA274P/00/en
PROFIBUS PA:
Description of device functions Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S: BA296P/00/en
FOUNDATION Fieldbus:
Description of device functions Cerabar S/Deltabar S: BA303P/00/en
Brief operating instructions 4...20 mA HART, Cerabar S: KA1019P/00/en

PROFIBUS PA, Cerabar S: KA1022P/00/en
FOUNDATION Fieldbus, Cerabar S: KA1025P/00/en
Manual for Functional Safety Cerabar S (4...20 mA): SD190P/00/en

(SIL)
Endress+Hauser 89
Cerabar S
Safety Instructions Certificate/Type of Protection Device Electronic insert Documentation Version in the
order code
ATEX II 1/2 G Ex ia IIC T6 PMC71, 4...20 mA HART, XA244P 1

PMP71, PROFIBUS PA,
PMP75 FOUNDATION Fieldbus
ATEX II 1/2 D PMP71, 4...20 mA HART XA246P 2
PMP75 PROFIBUS PA, XA289P
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
ATEX II 1/2 D Ex ia IIC PMC71 4...20 mA HART XA247P 2

PROFIBUS PA, XA290P
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
ATEX II 1/3 D PMP71, 4...20 mA HART XA248P 4

PMP75 PROFIBUS PA, XA291P
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
ATEX II 2 G Ex d IIC T6 PMP71, 4...20 mA HART, XA249P 5

PMP75 PROFIBUS PA,
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
ATEX II 2 G Ex d[ia] IIC T6 PMC71 4...20 mA HART, XA250P 5

PROFIBUS PA.,
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
ATEX II 3 G Ex nA II T6 PMC71, 4...20 mA HART, XA251P 7

PMP71, PROFIBUS PA,
ATEX II 1/2 GD PMC71, 4...20 mA HART, XA253P 3

Ex ia IIC T6 PMP71, PROFIBUS PA,
ATEX II 1 GD Ex ia IIC T6 PMC71, 4...20 mA HART, XA276P 8

PMP71, PROFIBUS PA,
ATEX II 1/2 G Ex ia IIC T6 + PMP71, 4...20 mA HART, XA252P B

ATEX II 2 G Ex d IIC T6 PMP75 PROFIBUS PA,
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Certificate/Type of Protection Device Electronic insert Documentation Version in the

order code
IECEx Zone 0/1 Ex ia IIC T6 PMC71, 4...20 mA HART XB005P I

PMP71,
PMP75
Certificate/Type of Protection Device Electronic insert Documentation Version in the

order code
NEPSI Ex ia IIC T6 PMC71, 4...20 mA HART, XC003P H

PMP71, PROFIBUS PA,
NEPSI Ex d IIC T6 PMP71, 4...20 mA HART, XC005P G

PMP75 PROFIBUS PA,
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
NEPSI Ex d[ia] IIC T6 PMC71 4...20 mA HART, XC005P G
PROFIBUS PA,
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
90 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S
Installation/Control Drawings Certificate/Type of Device Electronic Insert Documentation Version in the

Protection order code
FM IS Class I, II, III, PMC71, 4...20 mA HART ZD147P S

Division 1, Groups A G; PMP71, PROFIBUS PA, ZD188P
NI, Class I Division 2, PMP75 FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Groups A D; AEx ia
CSA IS Class I, II, III, PMC71, 4...20 mA HART ZD148P U

Division 1, Groups A G; PMP71, PROFIBUS PA, ZD189P
Class I Division 2, PMP75 FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Groups A G
FM IS + XP Class , PMP71, 4...20 mA HART ZD187P C

Division 1, Groups A D PMP75 PROFIBUS PA, ZD190P
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
CSA IS + XP Class I PMP71, 4...20 mA HART ZD154P D

Division 1, Groups A D PMP75 PROFIBUS PA, ZD191P
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
FM/CSA IS + XP Class I PMP71, 4...20 mA HART ZD154P + ZD187P E

Division 1, Groups A D PMP75 PROFIBUS PA, ZD190P + ZD191P
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
CSA +XP Class I Division 1, PMP71, 4...20 mA HART in Vorbereitung -

Groups B - D, Class II PMP75 PROFIBUS PA,
Division 1, Groups E - G, FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Class III
Overspill protection WHG: ZE260P/00/de
Endress+Hauser 91
Cerabar S
Instruments International
Endress+Hauser
Instruments International AG
Kaegenstrasse 2
4153 Reinach
Switzerland
Tel. +41 61 715 81 00

Fax +41 61 715 25 00
www.endress.com
info@ii.endress.com
TI383P/00/EN/06.09
No. 71095447
CCS/FM+SGML 6.0 71095447
Operating Instructions
Cerabar S PMC71, PMP71, PMP72, PMP75
Process pressure measurement
BA302P/00/EN/05.10
71111799
Valid as of software version
03.00.zz
Overview of documentation Cerabar S PMC71, PMP71, PMP72, PMP75 with FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Overview of documentation
Device Documentation Content Remarks
Cerabar S Technical Information TI383P Technical data

FOUNDATION Fieldbus (PMC71, PMP71, PMP75)
Technical Information TI438P
(PMP72)
Operating Instructions BA302P Identification

Installation
Wiring
The documentation can be found on the
Operation
documentation CD supplied.
Commissioning, description of
The documentation is also available on the
Quick Setup menus
Internet.
Maintenance
See: www.endress.com Download
Troubleshooting and spare parts
Appendix: illustration of menus
Operating Instructions BA303P Examples of configuration for

pressure and level measurement
Description of parameters
Troubleshooting
Appendix: illustration of menus
Brief Operating Instructions KA1025P Installation The documentation is supplied with the
Wiring device.
Local operation The documentation can also be found on the
Commissioning documentation CD supplied.
Description of Quick Setup menus The documentation is also available on the
Internet.
See: www.endress.com Download
Fold-out brochure KA252P Wiring The documentation is supplied with the
Operation without display device. See cover of the terminal
Description of Quick Setup menus compartment.
Operation HistoROM/M-DAT The documentation can also be found on the
documentation CD supplied.
2 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S PMC71, PMP71, PMP72, PMP75 with FOUNDATION Fieldbus Table of contents
Table of contents
1 Safety instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 8.3 Confirming messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
8.4 Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
1.1 Designated use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 8.5 Repair of Ex-certified devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
1.2 Installation, commissioning and operation . . . . . . . . 4 8.6 Spare parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
1.3 Operational safety and process safety . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 8.7 Returning the device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
1.4 Notes on safety conventions and icons . . . . . . . . . . . 5 8.8 Disposal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
8.9 Software history . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
2 Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
2.1 Device designation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 9 Technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
2.2 Scope of delivery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
2.3 CE mark, Declaration of Conformity . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
10 Appendix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
2.4 Registered trademarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
10.1 Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
3 Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 10.2 Patents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
3.1 Incoming acceptance and storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
3.2 Installation conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
3.3 Installation instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
3.4 Post-installation check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
4 Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
4.1 Connecting the device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
4.2 Connecting the measuring unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
4.3 Overvoltage protection (optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
4.4 Post-connection check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
5 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
5.1 Onsite display (optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
5.2 Operating elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
5.3 FOUNDATION Fieldbus interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
5.4 Local operation
onsite display connected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
5.5 FieldCare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
5.6 HistoROM/M-DAT (optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
5.7 Locking/unlocking operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
5.8 Simulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
5.9 Factory setting (reset) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
6 Commissioning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
6.1 Function check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
6.2 Commissioning via an FF configuration program . . 51
6.3 Selecting the language and measuring mode . . . . . 53
6.4 Position adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
6.5 Pressure measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
6.6 Level measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
6.7 Scaling the OUT parameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
7 Maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
7.1 Exterior cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
8 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
8.1 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
8.2 Response of outputs to errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Endress+Hauser 3
Safety instructions Cerabar S PMC71, PMP71, PMP72, PMP75 with FOUNDATION Fieldbus
1 Safety instructions
1.1 Designated use

The Cerabar S is a pressure transmitter for measuring pressure and level.
The manufacturer accepts no liability for damages resulting from incorrect use or use other than that
designated.
1.2 Installation, commissioning and operation

The device is designed to meet state-of-the-art safety requirements and complies with applicable
standards and EC regulations. If installed incorrectly or used for applications for which it is not
intended, however, it is possible that application-related dangers may arise, e.g. product overflow
due to incorrect installation or configuration. For this reason, installation, connection to the
electricity supply, commissioning, operation and maintenance of the measuring system must only
be carried out by trained, qualified specialists authorized to perform such work by the facility's
owner-operator. The specialist staff must have read and understood these Operating Instructions
and must follow the instructions they contain. Modifications and repairs to the device are
permissible only if they are expressly approved in the Operating Instructions. Pay particular
attention to the technical data on the nameplate.
1.3 Operational safety and process safety

Alternative monitoring measures must be taken to ensure operational safety and process safety
during configuration, testing and maintenance work on the device.
1.3.1 Hazardous areas (optional)

Devices for use in hazardous areas are fitted with an additional nameplate ( 6). If using the
measuring system in hazardous areas, the appropriate national standards and regulations must be
observed. The device is accompanied by separate "Ex documentation", which is an integral part of
these Operating Instructions. The installation regulations, connection values and safety instructions
listed in this Ex document must be observed. The documentation number of the related safety
instructions is also indicated on the additional nameplate.
Ensure that all personnel are suitably qualified.
4 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S PMC71, PMP71, PMP72, PMP75 with FOUNDATION Fieldbus Safety instructions
1.4 Notes on safety conventions and icons

In order to highlight safety-relevant or alternative operating procedures in the manual, the following
conventions have been used, each indicated by a corresponding icon in the margin.
Symbol Meaning
#
Warning!
A warning highlights actions or procedures which, if not performed correctly, will lead to personal
injury, a safety hazard or the destruction of the device.
"
Caution!
Caution highlights actions or procedures which, if not performed correctly, may lead to personal
injury or the incorrect operation of the device.
!
Note!
A note highlights actions or procedures which, if not performed correctly, can have
an indirect effect on operation or trigger an unexpected response on the part of the device.
0
Explosion-protected, type-examined equipment
If the device has this symbol embossed on its nameplate, it can be used in a hazardous area or a
non-hazardous area, depending on the approval.
Hazardous area
- This symbol is used in the drawings of these Operating Instructions to indicate hazardous areas.
Devices used in hazardous areas must possess an appropriate type of protection.
Safe area (non-hazardous area)

This symbol is used in the drawings of these Operating Instructions to indicate non-hazardous
. areas.
Devices used in hazardous areas must possess an appropriate type of protection. Cables used in
hazardous areas must meet the necessary safety-related characteristic quantities.
% Direct current
A terminal to which DC voltage is applied or through which direct current flows.
&
Alternating current
A terminal to which alternating voltage (sine-wave) is applied or through which alternating
current flows.
)
Ground connection
A grounded terminal, which as far as the operator is concerned, is already grounded by means of a
grounding system.
* Protective grounding (earth) terminal

A terminal which must be connected to ground prior to establishing any other connections.
+
Equipotential connection
A connection that has to be connected to the plant grounding system: This may be a potential
equalization line or a star grounding system depending on national or company codes of practice.
Safety instruction
For safety instructions refer to the manual for the appropriate instrument version.
Endress+Hauser 5
Identification Cerabar S PMC71, PMP71, PMP72, PMP75 with FOUNDATION Fieldbus
2 Identification
2.1 Device designation
2.1.1 Nameplates
! Note!
The MWP (maximum working pressure) is specified on the nameplate. This value refers to a
reference temperature of 20C (68F) or 100F (38 C) for ANSI flanges.
The pressure values permitted at higher temperatures can be found in the following standards:
EN 1092-1: 2001 Tab. 18 1)
ASME B 16.5a 1998 Tab. 2-2.2 F316
ASME B 16.5a 1998 Tab. 2.3.8 N10276
JIS B 2220
The test pressure corresponds to the overpressure limit (OPL) of the device = MWP x 1.5 2).
The Pressure Equipment Directive (EC Directive 97/23/EC) uses the abbreviation "PS". The
abbreviation "PS" corresponds to the MWP (maximum working pressure) of the measuring
device.
1) With regard to their stability-temperature property, the materials 1.4435 and 1.4404 are grouped together under 13EO
in EN 1092-1 Tab. 18. The chemical composition of the two materials can be identical.
2) The equation does not apply for PMP71 and PMP75 with a 40 bar (600 psi) or a 100 bar (1500 psi) measuring cell.
Aluminum and stainless steel housing (T14)
R1 55
Cerabar S
Order Code: 1
3
D-79689 Maulburg
Ser.-No.: 2
Made in Germany,
5 23,5
MWP 4 Span 6
P 7
2,5
8 U= 9 12
Mat. 10
11
13 14 14
15
2,1 -0,1
26
Fig. 1: Nameplate for Cerabar S

1 Order code
See the specifications on the order confirmation for the meanings of
the individual letters and digits.
2 Serial number
3 Degree of protection
4 MWP (maximum working pressure)
5 Symbol: Note: pay particular attention to the data in the "Technical Information"!
6 Minimum/maximum span
8 Electronic version (output signal)
9 Supply voltage
10 Wetted materials
11 ID number of notified body with regard to Pressure Equipment Directive (optional)
12 ID number of notified body with regard to ATEX (optional)
13 GL-symbol for GL marine certificate (optional)
14 not used
15 Layout identification of the nameplate
6 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S PMC71, PMP71, PMP72, PMP75 with FOUNDATION Fieldbus Identification
Devices for use in hazardous areas are fitted with an additional nameplate.
1
2
4 5 Dat.: 6
P01-xMD7xxxx-18-xx-xx-xx-002
Fig. 2: Additional nameplate for devices for hazardous areas

1 EC type-examination certificate number
2 Type of protection e.g. II 1/2 G EEx ia IIC T4/T6
3 Electrical data
4 Safety Instructions number e.g. XA235P
5 Safety Instructions index e.g. A
6 Date of device manufacture
Devices suitable for oxygen applications are fitted with an additional nameplate.
Bei Sauerstoffeinsatz/
for oxygen service
Pmax 1 3
Tmax 2
Fig. 3: Additional nameplate for devices suitable for oxygen applications

1 Maximum pressure for oxygen applications
2 Maximum temperature for oxygen applications
3 Layout identification of the nameplate
Endress+Hauser 7
Identification Cerabar S PMC71, PMP71, PMP72, PMP75 with FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Hygenic stainless steel housing (T17)
18
Cerabar S 19
20
Made in Germany, D-79689 Maulburg
21
Order Code: 1
Ser.-No.: 2
22
MWP 3 4
Span 5
p 6 23
7 U= 8 24 - 25
Mat.
9
10 Dat.: 26
Bei Sauerstoffeinsatz/for oxygen service:
12 13 14 15 16 Tmax 27 Pmax 28
11
17
Fig. 4: Nameplate for Cerabar S

1 Order code
See the specifications on the order confirmation for the meanings of the individual letters and digits.
2 Serial number
3 MWP (maximum working pressure)
4 Symbol: Note: pay particular attention to the data in the "Technical Information"!
5 Minimum/maximum span
7 Electronic version (output signal)
8 Supply voltage
9 Wetted materials
10 Degree of protection
Optional:
11 ID number of notified body with regard to Pressure Equipment Directive
12 ID number of notified body with regard to ATEX
13 3A-symbol
14 CSA-symbol
15 FM-symbol
17 GL-symbol for GL marine certificate
18 Ex-symbol
19 EC type-examination certificate
20 Type of protection e.g. II 1/2 G EEx ia IIC T4/T6
21 Approval number for WHG overfill protection
22 Temperature operating range for devices for use in hazardous areas
23 Electrical data for devices for use in hazardous areas
24 Safety Instructions number e.g. XA283P
25 Safety Instructions index e.g. A
26 Date of device manufacture
27 Maximum temperature for devices suitable for oxygen applications
28 Maximum pressure for devices suitable for oxygen applications
2.1.2 Identifying the sensor type

See parameter "Sensor Meas.Type" in Operating Instruction BA303P. The Operating Instruction
BA303P can be found on the supplied documentation CD.
8 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S PMC71, PMP71, PMP72, PMP75 with FOUNDATION Fieldbus Identification
2.2 Scope of delivery

The scope of delivery comprises:
Cerabar S pressure transmitter
For devices with the "HistoROM/M-DAT" option: CD-ROM with Endress+Hauser operating
program and documentation
Optional accessories
Documentation supplied:
Operating Instructions BA302P and BA303P, Technical Information Cerabar S TI383P (PMC71,
PMP71, PMP75); TI438P (PMP72) and the Safety Instructions and brochures can be found on
the documentation CD supplied. 2, "Overview of documentation" section.
Brief Operating Instructions KA1025P
Fold-out brochure KA252P
Final inspection report
Additional Safety Instructions with ATEX, IECEx and NEPSI devices
Optional: factory calibration form, test certificates
2.3 CE mark, Declaration of Conformity

The devices are designed to meet state-of-the-art safety requirements, have been tested and left the
factory in a condition in which they are safe to operate. The devices comply with the applicable
standards and regulations as listed in the EC Declaration of Conformity and thus comply with the
statutory requirements of the EC Directives. Endress+Hauser confirms the conformity of the device
by affixing to it the CE mark.
2.4 Registered trademarks
KALREZ, VITON, TEFLON

Registered trademarks of E.I. Du Pont de Nemours & Co., Wilmington, USA
TRI-CLAMP
Registered trademark of Ladish & Co., Inc., Kenosha, USA
FOUNDATIONTM Fieldbus
Registered trademark of the Fieldbus Foundation Austin, Texas, USA
GORE-TEX
Registered trademark of W.L. Gore & Associates, Inc., USA
Endress+Hauser 9
Installation Cerabar S PMC71, PMP71, PMP72, PMP75 with FOUNDATION Fieldbus
3 Installation
3.1 Incoming acceptance and storage
3.1.1 Incoming acceptance

Check the packaging and the contents for damage.
Check the shipment, make sure nothing is missing and that the scope of supply matches your
order.
3.1.2 Storage
The device must be stored in a dry, clean area and protected against impact (EN 837-2).
Storage temperature range:
PMC71, PMP71, PMP75
40 to + 90 C
Onsite display: 40 to +85C (40 to +185F)
PMP72
see TI438P
3.2 Installation conditions
3.2.1 Dimensions
For dimensions, please refer to the Technical Information for Cerabar S TI383P (PMC71,
PMP71, PMP75); TI438P (PMP72), "Mechanical construction" section. 2, "Overview of
documentation".
3.3 Installation instructions

! Note!
Due to the orientation of the Cerabar S, there may be a shift in the zero point, i.e. when the
container is empty or partially full, the measured value does not display zero. You can correct this
zero point shift using the "Zero" key on the electronic insert or externally on the device or via the
onsite display. 25, Section 5.2.1 "Position of the operating elements", 26,
Section 5.2.2 "Function of the operating elements onsite display not connected" and 54,
Section 6.4 "Position adjustment".
For PMP75, please refer to Section 3.3.2 "Installation instructions for devices with diaphragm
seals PMP75", 13.
To ensure optimal readability of the onsite display, it is possible to rotate the housing up to 380.
19, Section 3.3.8 "Rotating the housing".
Endress+Hauser offers a mounting bracket for installing on pipes or walls.
16, Section 3.3.5 "Wall and pipe-mounting (optional)".
10 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S PMC71, PMP71, PMP72, PMP75 with FOUNDATION Fieldbus Installation
3.3.1 Installation instructions for devices without diaphragm seals

PMP71, PMP72, PMC71
! Note!
Do not clean or touch the process isolating diaphragm with hard or pointed objects.
If a heated Cerabar S is cooled during the cleaning (e.g. by cold water), a vacuum develops for a
short time, whereby water can penetrate the sensor through the pressure compensation (1). If this
is the case, mount the sensor with the pressure compensation (1) pointing downwards.
1
FIELD TERMINALS
SLANIMRET DLEIF
1
Keep the pressure compensation and GORE-TEX
filter (1) free from contamination and water.
Cerabar S devices without a diaphragm seal are mounted as per the norms for a manometer
(DIN EN 837-2). We recommend the use of shutoff devices and siphons. The orientation depends
on the measuring application.
Pressure measurement in gases
Fig. 5: Measuring arrangement for pressure measurement in gases

1 Cerabar S
2 Shutoff device
Mount Cerabar S with shutoff device above the tapping point so that the condensate can flow into
the process.
Endress+Hauser 11
Pressure measurement in steams
Fig. 6: Measuring arrangement for pressure measurement in steams

1 Cerabar S
2 Shutoff device
3 U-shaped siphon
4 Circular siphon
Mount Cerabar S with siphon below the tapping point.

The siphon reduces the temperature to almost ambient temperature.
Fill the siphon with fluid before commissioning.
Pressure measurement in liquids
Fig. 7: Measuring arrangement for pressure measurement in liquids

1 Cerabar S
2 Shutoff device
Mount Cerabar S with shutoff device below or at the same level as the tapping point.
12 Endress+Hauser
Level measurement
P01-PMP75xxx-11-xx-xx-xx-000
Fig. 8: Measuring arrangement for level
Always mount Cerabar S below the lowest measuring point.

Do not mount the device at the following positions:
In the fill flow or at a point in the tank which could be affected by pressure pulses from an agitator.
Do not mount the device in the suction area of a pump.
The calibration and functional test can be carried out more easily if you mount the device after a
shutoff device.
PVDF interchangeable threaded boss
! Note!
For devices with a PVDF interchangeable threaded boss, a maximum torque of 7 Nm (5.16 lbs ft)
is permitted. The thread connection may become loose at high temperatures and pressures. This
means that the integrity of the thread must be checked regularly and may need to be tightened using
the torque given above. Teflon tape is recommended for sealing with the 1/2 NPT thread.
3.3.2 Installation instructions for devices with diaphragm seals

PMP75
! Note!
The Cerabar S with a diaphragm seal is screwed in, flanged or clamped, depending on the type of
diaphragm seal.
The diaphragm seal and the pressure transmitter together form a closed, calibrated system which
is filled with oil. This hole is sealed and may not be opened.
Do not clean or touch process isolating diaphragm of the diaprhagm seal with hard or pointed
objects.
Do not remove the protection of the process isolating diaphragm until shortly before installation.
When using a mounting bracket, sufficient strain relief must be ensured for the capillaries in order
to prevent the capillary bending down (bending radius 100 mm (3.94 in)).
Please note that the hydrostatic pressure of the liquid columns in the capillaries can cause zero
point shift. The zero point shift can be corrected. 54, Section 6.4 "Position adjustment".
Please note the application limits of the diaphragm seal filling oil as detailed in the Technical
Information for Cerabar S TI383P, "Planning instructions for diaphragm seal systems" section.
In order to obtain more precise measurement results and to avoid a defect in the device, mount the
capillaries as follows:
Vibration-free (in order to avoid additional pressure fluctuations)
Not in the vicinity of heating or cooling lines
Insulate if the ambient temperature is below or above the reference temperature
With a bending radius 100 mm (3.94 in).
Endress+Hauser 13
Vacuum application
For applications under vacuum, Endress+Hauser recommends mounting the pressure transmitter
underneath the diaphragm seal. A vacuum load of the diaphragm seal caused by the presence of
filling oil in the capillaries is hereby prevented.
When the pressure transmitter is mounted above the diaphragm seal, the maximum height
difference H1 in accordance with the illustration below left must not be exceeded. The maximum
height difference depends on the density of the filling oil and the smallest ever pressure that is
permitted to occur at the diaphragm seal (empty container), see illustration below right.
12.0
FIELD TERMINALS
Low temperature oil

10.0
Height difference H1 [m]

Vegetable oil
8.0
Silicone oil
6.0
High temperature
H1 oil
4.0
Inert oil
2.0
0.0
50 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000
Pressure at diaphragm seal [mbarabs]
P01-PMx7xxxx-11-xx-xx-xx-008 P01-PMP75xxx-05-xx-xx-en-011
Fig. 9: Installation above the diaphragm Fig. 10: Diagram of maximum installation height above the
seal diaphragm seal for vacuum applications depending on the
pressure at the diaphragm seal
Mounting with temperature isolator
max. 115
Endress+Hauser recommends the use of temperature isolators in the event of constant extreme fluid
temperatures which lead to the maximum permissible electronics temperature of +85C (+185F)
being exceeded.
The additional installation height also brings about a zero point shift of approx. 21 mbar (0.315 psi)
due to the hydrostatic columns in the temperature isolator. You can correct this zero point shift.
54, Section 6.4 "Position adjustment".
14 Endress+Hauser
3.3.3 Seal for flange mounting
P01-FMD7xxxx-11-xx-xx-xx-002
Fig. 11: Mounting the versions with flange or diaphragm seal

1 Process isolating diaphragm
2 Seal
# Warning!
The seal is not allowed to press on the process isolating diaphragm as this could affect the
measurement result.
3.3.4 Installation with heat insulation PMC71 high temperature

version and PMP72/PMP75
The devices must only be insulated up to a certain height. The maximum permitted insulation
height is indicated on the devices and applies to an insulation material with a heat conductivity
0.04 W/(m x K) and to the maximum permitted ambient and process temperature ( see table
below). The data were determined under the most critical application "quiescent air".
TA Insulation
material
TP
Fig. 12: Maximum insulation height, here e.g. PMC71 with flange
PMC71 PMP75 PMP72
Ambient temperature (TA) 70 C (158F) 70 C (158F) 50 C (122F)
Process temperatur (TP) 150 C (302F) 400 C (752F) 1

280 C (536F)
Heat conductivity at 100C (212F): 0,04 W/(m x K)

insulation material 0,04 W/(m x K) at 300C (572F): linearly increasing to
0,072 W/(m x xK)
1) Depending on the diaphragm seal filling oil used ( see Technical Information TI383P Cerabar S)
Endress+Hauser 15
3.3.5 Wall and pipe-mounting (optional)

Endress+Hauser offers a mounting bracket for installing the device on pipes or walls.
133
119
52
70
Please note the following when mounting:

Devices with capillary lines: mount capillaries with a bending radius of 100 mm (3.94 in).
When mounting on a pipe, tighten the nuts on the bracket uniformly with a torque of at least
5 Nm (3.69 lbs ft).
16 Endress+Hauser
3.3.6 Assembling and mounting the "separate housing" version
5
7
4
3
2
1 r 120 mm
Fig. 13: "Separate housing" version

1 In the "separate housing" version, the sensor is supplied with the process connection and cable ready-fitted.
2 Cable with connection jack
3 Pressure compensation
4 Plug
5 Locking screw
6 Housing fitted with housing adapter, included
7 Mounting bracket suitable for wall and pipe mounting, included
Assembly and mounting

1. Plug the connector (item 4) into the corresponding connection jack of the cable (item 2).
2. Plug the cable into the housing adapter (item 6).
3. Tighten the locking screw (item 5).
4. Mount the housing on a wall or pipe using the mounting bracket (item 7).
When mounting on a pipe, tighten the nuts on the bracket uniformly with a torque of at least
5 Nm (3.69 lbs ft).
Mount the cable with a bending radius (r) 120 mm (4.72 in).
Endress+Hauser 17
3.3.7 PMP71, version prepared for diaphragm seal mount

welding recommendation
A1
5
2.5
7.95
Fig. 14: Version U1: prepared for diaphragm seal mount

1 Hole for filling fluid
2 Bearing
3 Setscrew
A1 See the following "Welding recommendation" table
Welding recommendation
For the "U1 Prepared for diaphragm seal mount" version in feature 70 "Process connection;
Material" in the order code up to and including 40 bar (600 psi) sensors, Endress+Hauser
recommends welding on the diaphragm seal as follows: the total welding depth of the fillet weld is
1 mm (0.04 in) with an external diameter of 16 mm (0.63 in). Welding is performed according to
the WIG method.
Consecutive Sketch/welding groove Base material Welding Welding Inert gas,

seam no. shape, dimension as per matching process position additives
DIN 8551 DIN EN
ISO 24063
A1 Adapter made of 141 PB Inert gas

s1 a0.8
for sensors 1.4435 (AISI 316L) Ar/H 95/5
40 bar to be welded to
(600 psi) diaphragm seal made of Additive:
1.4435 or 1.4404 1.4430
(AISI 316L) (ER 316L Si)
18 Endress+Hauser
3.3.8 Rotating the housing

The housing can be rotated up to 380 by loosening the setscrew.
FIELD TERMINALS
max. 380
Fig. 15: Aligning the housing

T14 and T15 housing: loosen setscrew with a 2 mm (0.08 in) Allen key.
Hygenic T17 housing: loosen setscrew with a 3 mm (0.12 in) Allen key.
Rotate housing (max. up to 380).
Retighten setscrew.
3.3.9 Closing the covers on the hygenic stainless steel housing (T17)
P01-PMD75xxx-17-xx-xx-xx-000
Fig. 16: Closing the covers
The covers for the terminal and electronics compartment are hooked into the housing and closed
with a screw. These screws should be tightened handtight (2 Nm (1,48 lbf ft)) to the stop to ensure
that the covers sit tightly.
3.4 Post-installation check

After installing the device, carry out the following checks:
Are all screws firmly tightened?
Are the housing covers screwed down tight?
Endress+Hauser 19
Wiring Cerabar S PMC71, PMP71, PMP72, PMP75 with FOUNDATION Fieldbus
4 Wiring
4.1 Connecting the device

! Note!
When using the measuring device in hazardous areas, installation must comply with the
corresponding national standards and regulations and the Safety Instructions or Installation or
Control Drawings.
Devices with integrated overvoltage protection must be grounded.
Protective circuits against reverse polarity, HF influences and overvoltage peaks are installed.
The supply voltage must match the supply voltage on the nameplate. ( 6, Section 2.1.1
"Nameplates".)
Switch off the supply voltage before connecting the device.
Remove the housing cover of the terminal compartment.
Guide the cable through the gland. For cable specifications, 21, Section 4.2.3.
Connect the device in accordance with the following diagram.
Screw down the housing cover.
Switch on the supply voltage.
FF FF

FF FF

Fig. 17: Electrical connection of FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Please refer also to Section 4.2.1 "Supply voltage", 21.
1 Housing
2 Internal ground terminal
3 External ground terminal
4 Supply voltage, for version in non-hazardous area = 9 to 32 V DC
5 Devices with integrated overvoltage protection are labeled OVP (overvoltage protection) here.
20 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S PMC71, PMP71, PMP72, PMP75 with FOUNDATION Fieldbus Wiring
4.1.1 Connecting devices with 7/8" connectors
7/8 +
+ P01-xxx7xxxx-04-xx-xx-xx-003
Fig. 18: Left: electrical connection for devices with 7/8" connector
Right: view of the connector at the device
4.2 Connecting the measuring unit

! Note!
For further information on the network structure and grounding and for further bus system
components such as bus cables, see the relevant documentation, e.g. Operating Instructions
BA013S "FOUNDATION Fieldbus Overview" and the FOUNDATION Fieldbus Guideline.
4.2.1 Supply voltage

Version for non-hazardous area: 9 to 32 V DC
! Note!
When using the measuring device in hazardous areas, installation must comply with the
corresponding national standards and regulations and the Safety Instructions or Installation or
Control Drawings.
All explosion-protection data are given in a separate documentation which is available upon
request. The Ex documentation is available as standard with all devices approved for use in
explosion hazardous areas.
4.2.2 Current consumption

15 mA 1 mA, switch-on current corresponds to IEC 61158-2, Clause 21.
4.2.3 Cable specification

Use a twisted, shielded two-wire cable, preferably cable type A.
Terminals for wire cross-sections: 0.5 to 2.5 mm2 (20 to 14 AWG)
Outer cable diameter: 5 to 9 mm (0.2 to 0.35 in)
! Note!
For further information on the cable specifications, see Operating Instructions BA013S
"FOUNDATION Fieldbus Overview", FOUNDATION Fieldbus Guideline and IEC 61158-2 (MBP).
Endress+Hauser 21
Wiring Cerabar S PMC71, PMP71, PMP72, PMP75 with FOUNDATION Fieldbus
4.2.4 Grounding and shielding

Cerabar S must be grounded, for example by means of the external ground terminal.
Different grounding and shielding installation methods are available for FOUNDATION Fieldbus
networks such as:
Isolated installation (see also IEC 61158-2)
Installation with multiple grounding
Capacitive installation
4.3 Overvoltage protection (optional)

Devices showing version "M" in feature 100 "Additional options 1" or feature 110 "Additional
options 2" in the order code are equipped with overvoltage protection (see also Technical
Information TI383P "Ordering information").
Overvoltage protection:
Nominal functioning DC voltage: 600 V
Nominal discharge current: 10 kA
Surge current check = 20 kA as per DIN EN 60079-14: 8/20 s satisfied
Arrester AC current check I = 10 A satisfied
# Warning!
Devices with integrated overvoltage protection must be grounded.
4.4 Post-connection check

Perform the following checks after completing electrical installation of the device:
Does the supply voltage match the specifications on the nameplate?
Is the device connected as per Section 4.1?
Are all screws firmly tightened?
Are the housing covers screwed down tight?
As soon as voltage is applied to the device, the green LED on the electronic insert lights up for a few
seconds or the connected onsite display lights up.
22 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S PMC71, PMP71, PMP72, PMP75 with FOUNDATION Fieldbus Operation
5 Operation
Feature 20 "Output; operation" in the order code provides you with information on the operating
options available to you.
Versions in the order code Operation
P FOUNDATION Fieldbus; external operation, LCD Via onsite display or 1 key on the exterior of the
device
Q FOUNDATION Fieldbus; internal operation, LCD Via onsite display or 1 key on the inside of the device
R FOUNDATION Fieldbus; internal operation Without onsite display, 1 key on the inside of the
device
5.1 Onsite display (optional)

A 4-line liquid crystal display (LCD) is used for display and operation. The onsite display shows
measured values, fault messages and notice messages.
The display of the device can be turned in 90 steps.
Depending on the orientation of the device, this makes it easy to operate the device and read the
measured value.
Functions:
8-digit measured value display including sign and decimal point, unit display
Bar graph as graphic display of the current pressure measured value in relation to the set pressure
range in the Pressure Transducer Block. The pressure range is set by means of the SCALE_IN
parameter.
Easy and complete menu guidance by dividing the parameters into several levels and groups.
Each parameter has a 3-digit ID to aid navigation.
Option of configuring the display according to individual requirements and preferences, such as
language, alternating display, contrast setting, display of other measured values such as sensor
temperature
Comprehensive diagnostic functions (fault and warning message, maximum indicator, etc.)
Rapid and safe commissioning using Quick Setup menus.
Measured value display Parameter

Identification
Function name Value number
Header line
Main line
Unit
Information
line
+ E Symbol
Bargraph
Editing modes
Operating keys
Selection
options
Value that
can be edited
Current measured value

Endress+Hauser 23
Operation Cerabar S PMC71, PMP71, PMP72, PMP75 with FOUNDATION Fieldbus
The following table illustrates the symbols that can appear on the onsite display. Four symbols can
occur at one time.
Symbol Meaning
Alarm symbol
Symbol flashing: warning, device continues measuring.
Symbol permanently lit: error, device does not continue measuring.
Note: The alarm symbol may overlie the tendency symbol.
Lock symbol
The operation of the device is locked. For information on unlocking the device, 46,
Section 5.7 "Locking/unlocking operation".
Communication symbol
Data transfer via communication
Simulation symbol
Simulation mode is activated. DIP switch 2 for simulation is set to "On".
See also Section 5.2.1 "Position of the operating elements" 25, Page 48 "Simulation".
Tendency symbol (increasing)

The primary value of the Pressure Transducer Block is increasing.
Tendency symbol (decreasing)

The primary value of the Pressure Transducer Block is decreasing.
Tendency symbol (constant)

The primary value of the Pressure Transducer Block has remained constant over the past
few minutes.
24 Endress+Hauser
5.2 Operating elements
5.2.1 Position of the operating elements

The operating keys of the housing T14 (aluminium or stainless steel) are located either outside of
the housing, under the protection cap or upon the electronic insert. The operating keys of the
hygenic stainless steel housing T17 are located inside the housing upon the electronic insert.
In addition, there are three operating keys on the optional onsite display.
Sim.
on

1 2

off

0%
Zero
Sensor Display
Simulation
0%
Zero
HW
on
1 2 off
PC
Histo ROM
P01-xMD7xxxx-19-xx-xx-xx-075 P01-xxxxxxxx-19-xx-xx-xx-106
Fig. 19: Operating key external, under the protective flap Fig. 20: Operating key and operating elements, internal
1 Operating key for position adjustment (zero point 1 Green LED to indicate value is accepted
correction) and total reset 2 Operating key for position adjustment (zero point
correction) and total reset
3 Slot for optional display
4 Slot for optional HistoROM/M-DAT
5 DIP switch for locking/unlocking parameters
relevant to the measured value
6 DIP switch for simulation mode
Endress+Hauser 25
5.2.2 Function of the operating elements

onsite display not connected
Key(s) Meaning
Position adjustment (zero point correction): press key for at least 3 seconds. The LED on
0% the electronic insert lights up briefly if the pressure applied has been accepted for
position adjustment.
Zero See also the following section "Performing POSITION ADJUSTMENT on site."
Total reset: press key for at least 12 seconds. The LED on the electronic insert lights up
briefly if a reset is being carried out.
DIP switch 1: for locking/unlocking parameters relevant to the measured value.

Sim.
on
Factory setting: off (unlocked)
46, Section 5.7 "Locking/unlocking operation".
DIP switch 2: for simulation mode
1 2 off Factory setting: off (simulation mode off)
48, Section 5.8 "Simulation".
Performing position adjustment on site
! Note!
Operation must be unlocked. 46, Section 5.7 "Locking/unlocking operation".
The device is configured for the Pressure measuring mode as standard.
Operation via FF configuration program: In the Pressure Transducer Block, change the
measuring mode by means of the PRIMARY_VALUE_TYPE and LINEARIZATION parameters.
Operation via digital communication: change the measuring mode by means of the
MEASURING MODE parameter.
You can change the measuring mode by means of the MEASURING MODE parameter.
53, Section 6.3 "Selecting the language and measuring mode".
The pressure applied must be within the nominal pressure limits of the sensor. See information
on the nameplate.
Perform position adjustment:

1. Pressure is present at device.
2. Press key for at least 3 seconds.
3. If the LED on the electronic insert lights up briefly, the pressure applied has been accepted for
position adjustment.
If the LED does not light up, the pressure applied was not accepted. Observe the input limits.
For error messages, 62, Section 8.1 "Messages".
26 Endress+Hauser
5.2.3 Function of the operating elements

onsite display connected
Key(s) Meaning
O Navigate upwards in the picklist

Edit numerical values or characters within a function
S Navigate downwards in the picklist

Edit numerical values or characters within a function
F Confirm entry
Go to next item
Contrast setting of onsite display: increase

O and F
Contrast setting of onsite display: reduce
S and F
ESC functions:
Exit the editing mode without saving the altered value
You are in the menu within a function group: the first time you press the keys
O and S
simultaneously, you go back one parameter in the function group. Every subsequent time
you press the keys simultaneously, you go up one level in the menu.
You are in the menu on a selection level: every time you press the keys simultaneously,
you go up one level in the menu.
Note: For the terms function group, level, selection level, 40, Section 5.4.1
DIP switch 1: for locking/unlocking parameters relevant to the measured value.

Sim.
on
Factory setting: off (unlocked)
DIP switch 2: for the simulation mode
Factory setting: off (simulation mode off)
1 2 off
Endress+Hauser 27
5.3 FOUNDATION Fieldbus interface
5.3.1 System architecture

The following diagram shows two typical examples of a FOUNDATION Fieldbus network with the
associated components.
Industrial Network
FF-HSE
BT
FF-H1 SB
LD
PS BT
BT
PS
FF-H1
BT
Fig. 21: FOUNDATION Fieldbus system architecture with associated components

FF-HSE: High Speed Ethernet, FF-H1: FOUNDATION Fieldbus-H1, LD: Linking Device FF-HSE/FF-H1,
PS: Bus Power Supply, SB: Safety Barrier, BT: Bus Terminator
The system can be connected in the following ways:
A linking device makes the connection to higher-order fieldbus levels (e.g. High Speed Ethernet (HSE)) possible.
An FF-H1 connecting card is needed for direct connection to a process control system.
! Note!
Further information on FOUNDATION Fieldbus can be found in Operating Instructions BA013S
"FOUNDATION Fieldbus Overview, Installation and Commissioning Guidelines", the
FOUNDATION Fieldbus Specification or on the Internet at "http://www. fieldbus.org".
28 Endress+Hauser
5.3.2 Number of devices

Endress+Hauser Cerabar S devices meet the requirements of the FISCO model.
Due to the low current consumption, the following can be operated at one bus segment when
installation is performed according to FISCO:
Up to HW version 1.10:
Up to 7 Cerabar S devices for EEx ia, CSA and FM IS applications
Up to 25 Cerabar S devices in all other applications, e.g. in non hazardous areas, EEx nA etc.
As of HW version 02.00:
Up to 6 Cerabar S devices for EEx ia, CSA and FM IS applications
Up to 24 Cerabar S devices in all other applications, e.g. in non hazardous areas, EEx nA etc.
The maximum number of measuring devices at one bus segment is defined by their current
consumption, the performance of the bus coupler, and the required bus length.
As of hardware version 1.10, you will find a label in the device on the electronic insert.
5.3.3 Operation
You can obtain special configuration and operating programs from various manufacturers for the
configuration, such as the FieldCare operating program from Endress+Hauser 43, Section 5.5
"FieldCare". These configuration programs make it possible to configure FF functions and all the
device-specific parameters. The predefined function blocks allow uniform access to all the network
and device data.
5.3.4 Network configuration

You require the following to configure a device and integrate it into an FF network:
An FF configuration program
The Cff file (Common File Format: *.cff, *.fhx)
The device description (DD: *.sym, *.ffo)
Predefined standard DDs, which can be obtained from FOUNDATION Fieldbus, are available for
the basic functions of measuring devices. You require the device-specific DD to be able to access all
the functions.
The files for Cerabar S can be acquired as follows:
Internet Endress+Hauser: http://www.de.endress.com Search for FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Internet FOUNDATION Fieldbus: http://www.fieldbus.org
On CD-ROM from Endress+Hauser, order number: 56003896
The device is integrated into the FF network as follows:
Start the FF configuration program.
Download the Cff and device description files (ffo, *.sym, *.cff or *.fhx files) to the system.
Configure the interface, see Note.
Configure the device for the measuring task and for the FF system.
! Note!
For more in-depth information on integrating the device into the FF system, see the description
for the configuration software used.
When integrating the field devices into the FF system, make sure you are using the right files. You
can read out the required version by means of the DEV_REV and DD_REV parameters in the
Resource Block.
Endress+Hauser 29
5.3.5 Device identification and addressing

FOUNDATION Fieldbus identifies the device using its ID code and automatically assigns it a suitable
field address. The identity code cannot be changed.
The device appears in the network display once you have started the FF configuration program and
integrated the device into the network. The blocks available are displayed under the device name.
If the device description has not yet been loaded, the blocks report "Unknown" or "(UNK)".
Cerabar S reports as follows:

EH_CerabarS-XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
RS_XXXXXXXXXXX (RB2)
TRD1_XXXXXXXXXXX (PCD)
SERVICE_XXXXXXXXXXX (SERVICE)
DIAGNOSTIC_XXXXXXXXXXX (DIAGNOSTIC)
DISPLAY_XXXXXXXXXXX (DISP)
AI1_XXXXXXXXXXX (AI)
AI2_XXXXXXXXXXX (AI)
DI_XXXXXXXXXXX (DI)
DO_XXXXXXXXXXX (DO)
PID_XXXXXXXXXXX (PID)
ARTH_XXXXXXXXXXX (ARB)
CHAR_XXXXXXXXXXX (SCB)
ISEL_XXXXXXXXXXX (ISB)
INTG_XXXXXXXXXXX (ITB)
AALM_XXXXXXXXXXX (AALB)
Fig. 22: Typical Cerabar S display in a configuration program after the connection has been established
1 Device name
2 Serial number
5.3.6 Cerabar S block model

With FOUNDATION Fieldbus, all the device parameters are categorized according to their
functional properties and task and are generally assigned to three different blocks.
A FOUNDATION Fieldbus device has the following block types:
A Resource Block (device block):
This block contains all the device-specific features of the device.
One or more Transducer Blocks
A Transducer Block contains all the measuring and device-specific parameters of the device. The
measuring principles, such as pressure or totalizers, are mapped in the Transducer Blocks.
One or more function blocks:
Function blocks contain the automation functions of the device. A distinction is made between
different function blocks such as the Analog Input Block or PID Block. Each of these function
blocks is used to execute different application functions.
The function blocks can be connected by means of an FF configuration program, depending on the
automation task. The device thus takes on simple control functions, thereby relieving the workload
on the higher-order process control system.
Cerabar S has the following blocks:
Resource Block (device block)
30 Endress+Hauser
4 Transducer Blocks
Pressure Transducer Block
This Block supplies the output variables PRIMARY_VALUE and SECONDARY_VALUE. It
contains all the parameters to configure the measuring device for the measuring task such as
measuring mode selection, linearization function and unit selection.
Service Transducer Block
This Block supplies the output variables COUNTER P_PMAX, PRESSURE_1_ MAX_
RESETTABLE and PRESSURE_1_AFTER_DAMPING. It also includes all the counters for
measuring range overshoot/undershoot for pressure and temperature, minimum and
maximum measured values for pressure and temperature and the HistoROM function.
Display Transducer Block
This Block does not return any output variables. It contains all the parameters for configuring
the onsite display such as DISPLAY_LANGUAGE and DISPLAY_CONTRAST.
Diagnostic Transducer Block
This Block does not return any output variables. It contains the simulation function for the
Pressure Transducer Block, parameters to configure the alarm response and the user limits for
pressure and temperature.
8 function blocks
2 Analog Input Blocks (AI)
Discrete Output Block (DO)
Discrete Input Block (DI)
PID Block (PID)
Arithmetic Block (ARB)
Signal Characterizer Block (SCB)
Input Selector Block (ISB)
Analog Alarm Block (AALB)
Integrator Block (IT)
In addition to the pre-instantiated blocks already mentioned, the following blocks can also be
instantiated:
3 Analog Input Blocks (AI)
1 Discrete Output Block (DO)
1 Discrete Input Block (DI)
1 PID Block (PID)
1 Arithmetic Block (ARB)
1 Signal Characterizer Block (SCB)
1 Input Selector Block (ISB)
1 Analog Alarm Block (AALB)
1 Integrator Block (IT)
A total of 20 blocks can be instanced in Cerabar S altogether, including the blocks already instanced.
For instancing blocks, see the appropriate Operating Instructions of the configuration program used.
! Note!
Endress+Hauser Guideline BA062S.
The guideline provides an overview of the standard function blocks that are described in
FOUNDATION Fieldbus Specifications FF 890 - 894.
It is designed to help operators use the blocks implemented in the Endress+Hauser field devices.
Endress+Hauser 31
Block configuration when device is delivered

The block model shown below illustrates the block configuration when the device is delivered.
Measured variable
Sensor Display Resource Block

Signal evaluation with scaling
Pressure Primary value Analog Input Block 1

Transducer Block CHANNEL = 1
Secondary value
L_TYPE = Direct
Service Analog Input Block 2

Transducer Block CHANNEL = 2
L_TYPE = Direct
Display
Transducer Block
Arithmetic Block PID Block Input Selector Discrete Input
Block Block
Diagnostic
Transducer Block
Discrete Output Signal Analog Alarm Integrator
Block Characterizer Block Block
Block
Fig. 23: Block configuration when delivered
The Pressure Transducer Block returns the Primary Value (pressure measured value) and the
Secondary Value (sensor temperature). The Primary Value and Secondary Value are each transferred
to an Analog Input Block by means of the CHANNEL parameter (see also the following section).
The Discrete Output, Discrete Input, PID, Arithmetic, Signal Characterizer, Input Selector,
Integrator and Analog Alarm Block are not connected in the as-delivered configuration. (IT, DI)
! Note!
Please note that the links between the blocks are deleted and the FF parameters are reset to the
default values following a reset by means of the RESTART parameter in the Resource Block,
"Default" option.
32 Endress+Hauser
5.3.7 Assignment of Transducer Blocks (CHANNEL)
Settings for the Analog Input Block
Process variable Transducer Block Parameter name CHANNEL parameter

in the Analog Input
Block
Primary Value, a pressure or level Pressure Transducer Block PRIMARY_VALUE 1

value depending on the
measuring mode1
Secondary Value SECONDARY_VALUE 2

(sensor temperature)2 (TEMP. SENSOR)
Pressure after damping Service Transducer Block PRESSURE_1_AFTER_ 3

DAMPING/PRESSURE
Maximum measured pressure PRESSURE_1_MAX_ 4

RESTABLE/
MAX. MEAS. PRESS.
Overshoot counter for maximum COUNTER: P > Pmax 5

set user limit for pressure
1) Factory setting for Analog Input Block 1

2) Factory setting for Analog Input Block 2
Settings for the Discrete Output Block
Process variable Transducer Block Parameter name CHANNEL parameter

in the Discrete Output
Block
Overshoot counter for maximum Service Transducer Block COUNTER: P > Pmax 1
set user limit for pressure1
1) Factory setting
Endress+Hauser 33
Discrete Input Block settings
Alarm conditions Transducer Block Parameter name Parameter CHANNEL,

Discrete Input Block
General device error 1
Configuration error 2
Sensor overpressure 3
Sensor underpressure 4
Sensor overtemperature 5
Sensor undertemperature 6
Process isolating diaphragm broken 7
Electronic overtemperature Diagnostic TRD DIAGNOSTIC_CODE 8
Electronic undertemperature 9
Temperature transmitter override 10
Pressure transmitter underride 11
Pmin PROCESS underrun 12

Pmax PROCESS overrun 13
Tmin PROCESS underrun 14
Tmax PROCESS overrun 15
34 Endress+Hauser
5.3.8 Index tables of Endress+Hauser parameters

The following tables list the manufacturer-specific device parameters for the Resource Block, the
Transducer Blocks and the Analog Input Blocks. For the FF parameters, see either the
FF specification or Operating Instructions BA303P "Description of Device Functions, Cerabar S/
Deltabar S/Deltapilot S" ( 2).
General explanatory remarks

Data type
DS: data structure, contains data types such as Unsigned8, Octet String etc.
Float: IEEE 754 format
Visible String: ASCII coded
Unsigned:
Unsigned8: value range = 0 to 255
Storage Class
Cst: constant parameter
D: dynamic parameter
N: nonvolatile parameter
S: static parameter
If this is a write parameter, the MODE_BLK column indicates the block mode in which the
parameter can be written. Some parameters can only be written in the OOS block mode.
The "Reset codes" column indicates which reset codes reset the parameter.
Resource Block
Parameter name as per DD Parameter name, "Label Index Data type Size Storage Read Write MODE_BLK Reset
parameter" option and display in (Byte) Class codes
FieldCare
DEVICE_DIALOG DEVICE DIALOG 42 Unsigned8 1 D x
SW_LOCK INSERT PIN NO 43 Unsigned16 2 S x x AUTO, OOS 7864, 333
STATUS_LOCKING DD= STATUS LOCKING 44 Unsigned8 1 D x
FieldCare= LOCKSTATE
HARDWARE_REVISION HARDWARE REV. 45 Visible String 8 S x
ELECTRONIC_SERIAL_NUMBER ELECTR. SERIAL NO. 46 Visible String 16 D x
PROCESS_CONNECTION_TYPE PROC. CONN. TYPE 47 Unsigned16 2 S x x AUTO, OOS
MAT_PROC_CONN_POS MAT. PROC. CONN. + 48 Unsigned16 2 S x x AUTO, OOS
MAT_PROC_CONN_NEG MAT. PROC. CONN. - 49 Unsigned16 2 S x x AUTO, OOS
SEAL_TYPE SEAL TYPE 50 Unsigned16 2 S x x AUTO, OOS
UP_DOWN_FEATURE_SUPPORTED DD= UP DOWN FEATURE SUPPORTED 51 Unsigned8 1 S x
FieldCare= not supported.
UP_DOWN_CTRL DD= UP DOWN CTRL 52 Unsigned8 1 D x x
UP_DOWN_PARAMETER DD= UP DOWN PARAMETER 53 Visible String 32 D x x
SCI_OCTET_STRING DD= SCI_OCTET_STRING 54 Visible String 40 S x x
CAPABILITY_LEVEL DD= CAPABILITY LEVEL 55 Unsigned8 1 S x
ENP_VERSION DD= ENP VERSION 56 Visible String 32 S x
DEVICE_TAG DD= DEVICE TAG 57 Visible String 32 S x x
FieldCare= PD TAG
SERIAL_NUMBER DD= DEVICE SERIAL NUMBER 58 Visible String 16 S x x
FieldCare= DEVICE SERIAL No
ORDER_CODE DD= ORDER NUMBER 59 Visible String 32 S x x
FieldCare= DEVICE DESIGN.
FIRMWARE_VERSION DD= FIRMWARE VERSION 60 Visible String 32 S x
FieldCare= SOFTWARE VERSION
RESSOURCE_DIR DD= RESOURCE DIRECTORY 61 Unsigned8 10 S x
Endress+Hauser 35
parameter" option and (Byte) Class codes
display in FieldCare
SW_LOCK INSERT PIN NO 32 Unsigned16 2 S x x AUTO, OOS 7864, 333
LINEARIZATION LINEARIZATION 34 Unsigned8 2 S x x OOS 7864, 333
SCALE_IN SCALE IN 35 DS-68 11 S x x AUTO, OOS 7864, 333
SCALE_OUT SCALE OUT 36 DS-68 11 S x x OOS 7864, 333
DAMPING_VALUE DAMPING VALUE 37 Float 4 S x x AUTO, OOS 7864, 333
ZERO_POSITION_ADJUST POS. ZERO ADJUST 38 Unsigned8 1 D x x AUTO, OOS
POSITION_INPUT_VALUE POS. INPUT VALUE 39 Float 4 S x x AUTO, OOS 7864, 333,
2509
CALIBRATION_OFFSET CALIB. OFFSET 40 Float 4 S x x AUTO, OOS 7864, 333,
2509
CUSTOMER_UNIT_PRESSURE CUSTOMER UNIT P 41 Visible String 8 S x x AUTO, OOS 7864
CUSTOMER_FACTOR_UNIT_PRESS CUST. UNIT. FACT. P 42 Float 4 S x x AUTO, OOS 7864
LOW_TRIM_MEASURED LO TRIM MEASURED 43 Float 4 S x 2509
HIGH_TRIM_MEASURED HI TRIM MEASURED2 44 Float 4 S x 2509
LEVEL_MODE LEVEL MODE 45 Unsigned8 1 S x x OOS 7864, 333
LINEAR_MEASURAND LIN. MEASURAND 46 Unsigned8 1 S x x OOS 7864, 333
LINEARIZED_MEASURAND LINd. MEASURAND 47 Unsigned8 1 S x x OOS 7864, 333
COMBINED_MEASURAND COMB. MEASURAND 48 Unsigned8 1 S x x OOS 7864, 333
DENSITY_UNIT DENSITY UNIT 49 Unsigned16 2 S x x AUTO, OOS 7864, 333
HEIGHT_UNIT HEIGHT UNIT 50 Unsigned16 2 S x x AUTO, OOS 7864, 333
CUSTOMER_HEIGHT_UNIT CUSTOMER UNIT H 51 Visible String 8 S x x AUTO, OOS 7864
CUSTOMER_UNIT_FACTOR_HEIGHT CUST. UNIT. FACT. H 52 Float 4 S x x AUTO, OOS 7864
VOLUME_UNIT UNIT VOLUME 53 Unsigned16 2 S x x AUTO, OOS 7864, 333
CUSTOMER_UNIT_VOLUME CUSTOMER UNIT V 54 Visible String 8 S x x AUTO, OOS 7864
CUSTOMER_UNIT_FACTOR_VOLUME CUST. UNIT. FACT. V 55 Float 4 S x x AUTO, OOS 7864
MASS_UNIT MASS UNIT 56 Unsigned16 2 S x x AUTO, OOS 7864, 333
CUSTOMER_UNIT_MASS CUSTOMER UNIT M 57 Visible String 8 S x x AUTO, OOS 7864
CUSTOMER_UNIT_FACTOR_MASS CUST. UNIT. FACT. M 58 Float 8 S x x AUTO, OOS 7864
CALIBRATION_MODE CALIBRATION MODE 59 Unsigned8 1 S x x AUTO, OOS 7864, 333
ADJUST_DENSITY ADJUST DENSITY 60 Float 4 S x x AUTO, OOS 7864, 333
ZERO_POSITION ZERO POSITION 61 Float 4 S x x AUTO, OOS 7864, 333
EMPTY_CALIBRATION EMPTY CALIB. 62 Float 4 S x x AUTO, OOS 7864, 333
FULL_CALIBRATION FULL CALIB. 63 Float 4 S x x AUTO, OOS 7864, 333
TANK_VOLUME TANK VOLUME 64 Float 4 S x x AUTO, OOS 7864, 333
TANK_HEIGHT TANK HEIGHT 65 Float 4 S x x AUTO, OOS 7864, 333
HUNDRED_PERCENT_VALUE 100% POINT 66 Float 4 S x x AUTO, OOS 7864, 333
LEVEL_MIN LEVEL MIN. 67 Float 4 S x x AUTO, OOS 7864, 333
LEVEL_MAX LEVEL MAX. 68 Float 4 S x x AUTO, OOS 7864, 333
PROCESS_DENSITY PROCESS DENSITY 69 Float 4 S x x AUTO, OOS 7864, 333
LINEARIZATION_TABLE_SELECTION TABLE SELECTION 70 Unsigned8 1 S x x AUTO, OOS 7864, 333
LINEARIZATION_EDIT_MODE LIN. EDIT MODE 71 Unsigned8 1 S x x AUTO, OOS 7864
LINEARIZATION_TABLE_PRE_EDIT EDITOR TABLE 72 Unsigned8 1 D x x
LINEARIZATION_TABLE_INDEX LINE-NUMB: 73 Unsigned8 1 D x x
LINEARIZATION_TABLE_X_VALUE X-VAL: 74 Float 4 S x x 7864, 333
LINEARIZATION_TABLE_Y_VALUE Y-VAL: 75 Float 4 S x x 7864, 333
LINEARIZATION_TABLE_POST_EDIT EDITOR TABLE 76 Unsigned8 1 D x x OOS
LINEARIZATION_TABLE_POST_VIEW MEASURING TABLE 77 Unsigned8 1 D x x
LEVEL_TANK_DESCRIPTION TANK DESCRIPTION 78 Visible String 32 S x x AUTO, OOS 7864
SENSOR_PRESSURE SENSOR PRESSURE 79 Float 4 D x
PRESSURE PRESSURE 80 Float 4 D x
LEVEL_BEFORE_LINEARISATION LEVEL BEFORE LIN 81 Float 4 D x
SENSOR_MEAS_TYPE SENSOR MEAS. TYPE 82 Unsigned16 2 D x
LEVEL_SELECTION LEVEL SELECTION 83 Unsigned8 1 S x x OOS
HEIGHT_UNIT_EASY HEIGHT UNIT 84 Unsigned16 2 S x x OOS
OUTPUT_UNIT_EASY OUTPUT UNIT 85 Unsigned16 2 S x x
CALIBRATION_MODE_EASY CALIBRATION MODE 86 Unsigned8 1 S x x OOS
DENSITY_UNIT_EASY DENSITY UNIT 87 Unsigned16 2 S x x OOS
ADJUST_DENSITY_EASY ADJUST DENSITY 88 Float 4 S x x OOS 7864, 333
EMPTY_HEIGHT_EASY EMPTY HEIGHT 89 Float 4 S x x OOS 7864, 333
FULL_HEIGHT_EASY FULL HEIGHT 90 Float 4 S x x OOS 7864, 333
PROCESS_DENSITY_EASY PROCESS DENSITY 91 Float 4 S x x OOS 7864, 333
36 Endress+Hauser
MEASURED_LEVEL_EASY MEAS. LEVEL EASY 92 Float 4 D x
FULL_CALIBRATION_EASY FULL CALIB. 93 Float 4 S x x OOS 7864, 333
EMPTY_CALIBRATION_EASY EMPTY CALIB. 94 Float 4 S x x OOS 7864, 333
FULL_PRESSURE_EASY FULL PRESSURE 95 Float 4 S x x OOS 7864, 333
EMPTY_PRESSURE_EASY EMPTY PRESSURE 96 Float 4 S x x OOS 7864, 333
SW_LOCK INSERT PIN NO 12 Unsigned16 2 S x x 7864, 333
STATUS_LOCKING STATUS LOCKING 13 Unsigned8 1 D x
CONFIGURATION_COUNTER CONFIG RECORDER 14 Unsigned16 2 S x
ELECTRONICS_TEMPERATURE PCB TEMPERATURE 15 Float 4 D x
ELECTRONICS_TEMP_LOW_LIMIT Allowed Min. TEMP 16 Float 4 S x
ELECTRONICS_TEMP_HIGH_LIMIT Pmax ELECTRONICS 17 Float 4 S x
PMAX_PROC_CONN Pmax PROC. CONN. 18 Float 4 S x x AUTO, OOS
SENSOR_MEAS_TYPE SENSOR MEAS. TYPE 19 Unsigned16 2 S x
SENSOR_MIN_ABSOLUTE_LIMIT Pmin SENSOR. DAMAGE 20 Float 4 S x
SENSOR_MAX_ABSOLUTE_LIMIT Pmax SENS. DAMAGE 21 Float 4 S x
SENSOR_TEMP_LOW_LIMIT Tmin SENSOR 22 Float 4 S x
SENSOR_TEMP_HIGH_LIMIT Tmax SENSOR 23 Float 4 S x
SENSOR_HARDWARE_REV SENS H/WARE REV 24 Unsigned8 1 S x
COUNTER P_MAX COUNTER: P > Pmax 25 DS-65 5 S x
MAX_MEASURED_PRESSURE MAX. MEAS. PRESS. 26 DS-65 5 S x
COUNTER_PMIN COUNTER: P < Pmin 27 Unsigned16 2 S x
MIN_MEASURED_PRESSURE MIN. MEAS. PRESS. 28 Float 4 S x
COUNTER_TMAX COUNTER: T > Tmax 29 Unsigned16 2 S x
MAX_MEASURED_TEMP MAX. MEAS. TEMP. 30 Float 4 S x
COUNTER_TMIN COUNTER: T < Tmin 31 Unsigned16 2 S x
MIN_MEASURED_TEMP MIN. MEAS. TEMP. 32 Float 4 S x
ELECTRONIC_OVER_TEMP_COUNTER PCB COUNT: T > Tmax 33 Unsigned16 2 S x
ELECTRONIC_OVER_TEMPERATURE PCB MAX. TEMP 34 Float 4 S x
ELECTRONIC_UNDER_TEMP_COUNTER PCB COUNT: T < Tmin 35 Unsigned16 2 S x
ELECTRONIC_UNDER_TEMPERATURE PCB MIN. TEMP. 36 Float 4 S x
RESET_PEAK_HOLD RESET PEAKHOLD 37 Unsigned8 1 D x x AUTO, OOS
PRESSURE PRESSURE 38 DS-65 5 D x
CORRECTED_PRESSURE CORRECTED PRESS. 39 Float 4 D x
MEASURED_VALUE_TREND MEAS. VAL. TREND 40 Unsigned8 1 D x
MAX_TURNDOWN MAX TURNDOWN1 41 Float 4 S x x
SENSOR_CHANGES SENSOR CHANGES 42 Unsigned16 2 S x x
PRESSURE_PEAK_HOLD_STEP P. PEAKHOLD. STEP 43 Float 4 S x x
TEMP_PEAK_HOLD_STEP T. PEAKHOLD. STEP 44 Float 4 S x x
ACCELERATION_OF_GRAVITY ACC. OF GRAVITY 45 Float 4 S x x OOS
CREEP_FLOW_HYST CREEP FLOW HYST. 46 Float 4 S x x OOS
HISTOROM_SAVING_CYCLE_TIME HIST. SAVING CYCL 47 Unsigned8 1 S x x
HISTOROM_AVAIBLE HistoROM AVAIL. 48 Unsigned8 1 S x
DOWNLOAD_SELECTION DOWNLOAD SELECT. 49 Unsigned8 1 D x x
HISTOROM_CONTROL HistoROM CONTROL 50 Unsigned8 1 D x x
PRESSURE_UNIT PRESS. ENG. UNIT 51 Unsigned16 2 S x
TEMPERATURE_UNIT TEMP. ENG. UNIT 52 Unsigned16 2 S x
INPUT_PRESSURE_INVERSION INP.PRESS INVERS 53 Unsigned8 1 S x x
Parameter name as per DD Parameter name, "Label Index Data type Size Storage Read Write BLK_MODE Reset codes
parameter" option and (Byte) Class
DEVICE DIALOG DEVICE DIALOG 10 Unsigned8 1 D x
DISPLAY_MAINLINE_CONTENT MAIN LINE CONT. 11 Unsigned8 1 S x x AUTO, OOS 1864
DISPLAY_MAINLINE_FORMAT MAIN DATA FORMAT 12 Unsigned8 1 S x x AUTO, OOS 1864
DISPLAY_ALTERNATING_VALUES ALTERNATE DATA 13 Unsigned8 1 S x x AUTO, OOS 1864
Endress+Hauser 37
DISPLAY_CONTRAST DISPLAY CONTRAST 14 Unsigned8 1 S x x AUTO, OOS 1864
DISPLAY_LANGUAGE LANGUAGE 15 Unsigned8 1 S x x AUTO, OOS 1864
SIL_DIGITS_TEST_STRING DIGITS SET 16 Visible String 16 D x
SW_LOCK INSERT PIN NO 11 Unsigned16 2 S x x 7864, 333
SIMULATION_MODE SIMULATION MODE 13 Unsigned8 1 D x x
SCALE_OUT_UNITS_INDEX UNITS_INDEX 14 Unsigned16 2 S x 7864
SIMULATED_VALUE SIMULATED VALUE 15 Float 4 D x x
SIMULATION_ERROR_NUMBER SIM. ERROR NO. 16 Unsigned16 2 D x x
ALARM_STATUS ALARM STATUS 17 Unsigned16 2 D x
LAST_DIAGNOSTIC_CODE LAST DIAG. CODE 18 Unsigned16 2 D x
ACKNOWLEDGE_ALARM_MODE ACK. ALARM MODE 19 Unsigned8 1 S x x 7864
ACKNOWLEDGE_ALARM ACK. ALARM 20 Unsigned8 1 D x x
RESET_ALL_ALARMS RESET ALL ALARMS 21 Unsigned8 1 D x x
ERROR_NUMBER ERROR NO. 22 Unsigned16 2 D x x
SELECT_ALARM_TYPE SELECT ALARMTYPE 23 Unsigned8 1 D x x
ALARM_DELAY ALARM DELAY 24 Float 4 S x x 7864
ALARM_DISPLAY_TIME ALARM DISPL. TIME 25 Float 4 S x x 7864
PRESSURE_UNIT PRESS. ENG. UNIT 26 Unsigned16 2 S x 7864, 333
PMIN_ALARM_WINDOW Pmin ALARM WINDOW 27 Float 4 S x x 7864
PMAX_ALARM_WINDOW Pmax ALARM WINDOW 28 Float 4 S x x 7864
TEMPERATURE_UNIT TEMP. ENG. UNIT 29 Unsigned16 2 S x 7864, 333
TMIN_ALARM_WINDOW Tmin. ALARM WINDOW 30 Float 4 S x x 7864
TMAX_ALARM_WINDOW Tmax. ALARM WINDOW 31 Float 4 S x x 7864
ENTER_RESET_CODE ENTER RESET CODE 32 Unsigned16 2 D x x
OPERATING_HOURS OPERATING HOURS 33 Unsigned32 4 S x
STATUS_HISTORY STATUS HISTORY 34 Visible String 18 D x
Analog Input Blocks
Parameter name as per DD Parameter name, "Label Index Data type Size Storage Read Write BLK_MODE Reset
parameter" option and display (Byte) Class codes
in FieldCare
FSAFE_TYPE FAIL SAFE TYPE 37 Unsigned8 1 S x x OOS, MAN
FSAFE_VALUE DD= FAIL SAFE VALUE 38 Float 4 S x x AUTO, OOS,
FieldCare= not supported. MAN
HIHI_ALM_OUT_D DD= High High Alarm Output Discete 39 DS66 2 D x x AUTO, OOS,
HI_ALM_OUT_D DD= High Alarm Output Discrete 40 DS66 2 D x x AUTO, OOS,
LO_ALM_OUT_D DD= Low Alarm Output Discrete 41 DS66 2 D x x AUTO, OOS,
LOLO_ALM_OUT_D DD= Low Low Alarm Output Discrete 42 DS66 2 D x x AUTO, OOS,
ALARM_MODE DD= Select Alarm Mode 43 Unsigned8 1 S x x AUTO, OOS,
ALARM_OUT_D DD= Alarm Output Discrete 44 DS66 2 D x x AUTO, OOS,
BLOCK_ERR_DESC_1 DD= Block Error Description 45 Unsigned32 4 D x AUTO, OOS,
38 Endress+Hauser
5.3.9 Methods
The FOUNDATION Fieldbus Specification includes the use of methods to make device operation
easier. A method is a sequence of interactive steps to be carried out in the specified order so as to
configure certain device functions.
The following methods are available for Cerabar S:
Transmitter data, process connection (Resource Block)
Language, display (Display Block)
Operation, diagnostic, Alarm table (Diagnostic Block)
Transmitter data, process connection, sensor data, process values, peak hold indicator, operation,
system 1 (Service Block)
Quick setup, basic adjustment, calibration, sensor data, process values, sensor trimm (TRD Block)
! Note!
For further information on accessing methods, see the description of the FF configuration program
used.
Endress+Hauser 39
5.4 Local operation

onsite display connected
If the onsite display is connected, the three operating keys are used to navigate through the
operating menu, 27, Section 5.2.3 "Function of the operating elements onsite display
connected".
5.4.1 Menu structure

The menu is split into four levels. The three upper levels are used to navigate while you use the
lowest level to enter numerical values, and select and save options. The entire menu is illustrated
in Section 10.1 "Menu".
The structure of the MEASURING MENU depends on the measuring mode selected, e.g. if
"Pressure" is selected as the measuring mode, only the functions needed for this measuring mode
are displayed.
Measured value
GROUP SELECTION
LANGUAGE MEASURING MODE QUICK SETUP OPERATING MENU

SETTINGS DISPLAY
POSITION ADJUSTMENT BASIC SETUP EXTENDED SETUP
POS. ZERO ADJUST

POS. INPUT VALUE
CALIB. OFFSET
Fig. 24: Menu structure

1 1st selection level
2 2nd selection level
3 Function groups
4 Parameters
! Note!
The LANGUAGE and MEASURING MODE parameters are only displayed via the onsite display on
the 1st selection level. In FieldCare, the LANGUAGE parameter is displayed in the DISPLAY group
and the MEASURING MODE parameter in the QUICK SETUP menus or in the BASIC SETUP
function group. See also Section 10.1 "Menu".
40 Endress+Hauser
5.4.2 Selecting an option

Example: selecting "English" as the menu language.
Onsite display Operation
"German" has been selected as the menu language. The

option currently active is indicated by a in front of the
menu text.
Use "+" or "" to select "English" as the menu language.
1. Press "E" to confirm your choice. The option currently

active is indicated by a in front of the menu text.
(English is the language selected.)
2. Go to the next menu item with "E"
5.4.3 Editing a value

Example: changing the DAMPING VALUE function from 2.0 s to 30.0 s. 27, Section 5.2.3
"Function of the operating elements onsite display connected".
The onsite display indicates the parameter to be modified.

The value highlighted in black can be modified. The unit "s"
is prespecified and cannot be changed.
1. Press "+" or "" to enter the editing mode.

2. The first digit is highlighted in black.
1. Use the "+" key to change the digit "2" to "3".

2. Press the "E" key to confirm "3". The cursor goes to the
next position (highlighted in black).
The decimal point is highlighted in black. This means you

can now edit this digit.
1. Press "+" or "" until "0" is displayed.

2. Press the "E" key to confirm "0".
The cursor goes to the next position. is displayed
and highlighted in black. See next graphic.
Endress+Hauser 41
Press "E" to save the new value and exit the editing mode.
See next graphic.
The new value for the damping is 30.0 s.

Go to the next parameter with "E"
Press "+" or "" to go back to the editing mode.
5.4.4 Accepting pressure present at device as value

Example: performing position adjustment.
The bottom line on the onsite display displays the pressure

present, 3.9 mbar in this example.
Use "+" or "" to switch to the "Confirm" option. The active

option is highlighted in black.
Using the "E" key, assign the value (3.9 mbar) to the POS.
ZERO ADJUST parameter. The device confirms the
adjustment and goes back to the parameter, here POS.
ZERO ADJUST (see next graphic).
Go to the next parameter with "E"
42 Endress+Hauser
5.5 FieldCare
FieldCare is Endress+Hauser's plant asset management tool based on FDT technology. You can use
FieldCare to configure all Endress+Hauser devices as well as third-party devices which support the
FDT standard.
Configuration of transmitters in offline and online mode
HistoROM/M-DAT analysis
Connection options:
Service interface with Commubox FXA291 and ToF adapter FXA291 (USB).
For further information, see www.endress.com
5.6 HistoROM/M-DAT (optional)

HistoROM/M-DAT is a memory module, which is attached to the electronic insert and fulfills the
following functions:
Back-up copy of configuration data
Copying configuration data from one transmitter to another transmitter
Cyclic recording of pressure and sensor-temperature measured values
Recording diverse events, such as alarms, configuration changes, counters for measuring range
undershoot and overshoot for pressure and temperature, overshooting and undershooting user
limits for pressure and temperature, etc.
# Warning!
Detach HistoROM/M-DAT from the electronic insert or attach it to the insert in a deenergized
state only.
! Note!
The HistoROM/M-DAT can be retrofitted at any time (Order No.: 52027785).
To analyze and evaluate the data and events saved in the HistoROM/M-DAT, you require the
Endress+Hauser FieldCare operating program. A CD with the operating program and
documentation is provided for devices that were ordered with the "HistoROM/M-DAT" option.
43, Section 5.5 "FieldCare". It is also possible to copy configuration data from one
transmitter to another transmitter with an FF configuration program.
The HistoROM data and the data in the device are analyzed once a HistoROM /M-DAT is
attached to the electronic insert and power is reestablished to the device. During the analysis, the
messages "W702, HistoROM data not consistent" and "W706, Configuration in HistoROM and
device not identical" can occur. For remedial measures, 62, Section 8.1 "Messages."
Endress+Hauser 43
5.6.1 Copying configuration data
Sim.
on
off 1 2
0%

Zero
Sensor Display
Simulation
HW
on
1 2 off
PC
Histo ROM
TM
250002273-
FOUNDATION
HW-Version: 1
SW-Version: 2
Electronic insert with optional HistoROM/M-DAT memory module

1 Optional HistoROM/M-DAT
2 To copy configuration data from the HistoROM/M-DAT to a device or from a device to a HistoROM/M-DAT
module, operation must be unlocked (DIP switch 1, position "Off", parameter SWLOCK/INSERT PIN No = 100).
46, Section 5.7 "Locking/unlocking operation".
Local operation via onsite display (optional) or remote operation

Copying configuration data from a device to a HistoROM/M-DAT:
! Note!
Operation must be unlocked.
1. Disconnect the device from the supply voltage.
2. Remove the protection cap, attach the HistoROM/M-DAT to the electronic insert.
3. Reestablish supply voltage to the device.
4. The option selected for the DOWNLOAD SELECT. parameter (OPERATION menu) does not
affect uploading from the device to the HistoROM.
5. Operation via an FF configuration program: using the DAT_HANDLING/ HistoROM
CONTROL parameter in the Service Transducer Block, select the "Device HistoROM"
option for the data transfer direction.
Operation via FieldCare: using the HistoROM CONTROL parameter, select the "Device
HistoROM" option for the data transfer direction. (Menu path: OPERATING MENU
OPERATION)
Using the DOWNLOAD SELECT. parameter (OPERATION menu), select which parameters
should be overwritten.
The following parameters are overwritten depending on the option selected:
Configuration copy:
All the parameters apart from the TRANSMITTER SERIAL NO., DEVICE DESIGNATION
and the parameters of the POSITION ADJUSTMENT and PROCESS CONNECTION group.
Device replacement:
All the parameters apart from the TRANSMITTER SERIAL NO., DEVICE DESIGNATION
and the parameters of the POSITION ADJUSTMENT and PROCESS CONNECTION group.
Electronics replace:
All parameters apart from the parameters of the POSITION ADJUSTMENT group
Factory setting: Configuration copy
6. Using the HistoROM CONTROL parameter, select the "Device HistoROM" option for the
data transfer direction.
7. Wait approx. 40 seconds. Configuration data are uploaded from the device to the HistoROM/
M-DAT. The device is not restarted.
8. Disconnect the device from the supply voltage again.
9. Detach the memory module.
44 Endress+Hauser
Copying configuration data from a HistoROM/M-DAT to a device:
! Note!
Operation must be unlocked.
1. Disconnect the device from the supply voltage.
2. Attach the HistoROM/M-DAT to the electronic insert. Configuration data from another
device are stored in the HistoROM/M-DAT.
4. Operation via an FF configuration program: using the DAT_HANDLING/ HistoROM
CONTROL parameter in the Service Transducer Block, select the "HistoROM Device"
option for the data transfer direction.
Operation via FieldCare: using the HistoROM CONTROL parameter, select the "HistoROM
Device" option for the data transfer direction (menu path: OPERATING MENU
OPERATION).
Using the DOWNLOAD SELECT. parameter (OPERATION menu), select which parameters
should be overwritten.
The following parameters are overwritten depending on the option selected:
Configuration copy (factory setting)
All the parameters apart from the DEVICE SERIAL No., DEVICE DESIGN, PD-TAG,
DESCRIPTION, DEVICE ID, DEVICE ADDRESS and the parameters in the POSITION
ADJUSTMENT, PROCESS CONNECTION, SENSOR TRIM and SENSOR DATA group.
Device replacement
All the parameters apart from the DEVICE SERIAL No., DEVICE ID, DEVICE DESIGN and
the parameters in the POSITION ADJUSTMENT, PROCESS CONNECTION, SENSOR
TRIM and SENSOR DATA group.
Electronics replace
All parameters apart from the parameters of the SENSOR DATA group.
Factory setting: Configuration copy
5. Using the HistoROM CONTROL parameter (OPERATION menu), select the "HistoROM
Device" option for the data transfer direction.
6. Wait approx. 40 seconds. Configuration data are loaded from the HistoROM/M-DAT to the
device. The device is restarted.
7. Before removing the HistoROM/M-DAT again from the electronic insert, disconnect the
device from the supply voltage.
Endress+Hauser 45
5.7 Locking/unlocking operation

Once you have entered all the parameters, you can lock your entries against unauthorized and
undesired access.
The operation can be locked/unlocked in the following ways:
Via a DIP switch on the electronic insert, locally on the display.
Via communication e.g. FieldCare.
The -symbol on the onsite display indicates that operation is locked. Parameters which refer to
how the display appears, e.g. LANGUAGE and DISPLAY CONTRAST, can still be altered.
! Note!
If operation is locked by means of the DIP switch, you can only unlock operation again by means
of the DIP switch. If operation is locked by means of remote operation e.g. FieldCare, you can
only unlock operation again by means of remote operation.
The table provides an overview of the locking functions:
Locking via View/read Modify/write via1 Unlocking via

parameter
DIP switch Remote operation
DIP switch Yes No Yes No
Remote operation Yes No No Yes
1) Parameters which refer to how the display appears, e.g. LANGUAGE and DISPLAY CONTRAST, can still be altered.
46 Endress+Hauser
5.7.1 Locking/unlocking operation locally via DIP switch
Simulation
Simulation

0%
Zero
Sensor Display
Simulation
on on
HW
on
1 2 off
PC
1 2 1 2
off off
Histo ROM
TM
250002273-
FOUNDATION
HW-Version: 1
SW-Version: 2
+ E
Fig. 25: "Hardware locking" DIP switch position on the electronic insert
1 If necessary, remove onsite display (optional)
2 DIP switch is set to "On": operation is locked.
3 DIP switch is set to "Off": operation is unlocked (operation possible)
5.7.2 Locking/unlocking operation via remote operation
Description
Locking operation 1. Operation via FF configuration program: select SWLOCK parameter in the Resource
Block.
Operation via FieldCare: select INSERT PIN No. parameter,
menu path: OPERATING MENU OPERATION INSERT PIN No.
2. To lock operation, enter a number for this parameter between 0...9999 that is 100.
Unlocking operation 1. Operation via FF configuration program: select SWLOCK parameter in the Resource
Block.
Operation via FieldCare: select INSERT PIN No. parameter.
2. To unlock operation, enter "100" for the parameter.
Endress+Hauser 47
5.8 Simulation
The function of the Analog Input Block, such as input and output scaling, can be simulated as
follows:
1. Set the "Simulation" DIP switch on the electronic insert to "On".
2. In the Analog Input Block, select the "Active" option by means of the SIMULATION parameter,
ENABLE_DISABLE element.
3. Set the Analog Input Block to the AUTO block mode.
4. Enter the value and status for the SIMULATION_VALUE and SIMULATION_STATUS
elements. During the simulation, the output value and status of the Pressure Transducer Block
are replaced by the simulated value and status. The OUT parameter shows the result.
5. End simulation (SIMULATION parameter, ENABLE_DISABLE element,
"Disabled" option).
! Note!
You can check your adjustment for the transmitter by means of the SIMULATION_MODE and
SIMULATION_VALUE parameters in the Diagnostic Transducer Block. See Operating
Instructions BA303 "Description of Device Functions Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S",
SIMULATION_MODE and SIMULATION_VALUE parameter descriptions.
5.9 Factory setting (reset)

Total reset: Press zero-key for at least 12 seconds. If the LED on the electronic insert lights up
briefly, the reset is being carried out.
By entering a certain code, you can completely, or partially, reset the entries for the parameters
to the factory settings. (For the factory settings, see Operating Instructions BA303P "Cerabar
S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S, Description of Device Functions"). 2, "Overview of
documentation").
Enter the code by means of the ENTER RESET CODE parameter (OPERATION menu).
There are various reset codes for the device. The following table illustrates which parameters are
reset by the particular reset codes. Operation has to be unlocked to be able to perform a reset
( 46, Section 5.7 "Locking/unlocking operation").
! Note!
Any customer-specific configuration carried out by the factory is not affected by a reset (customer-
specific configuration remains). If, after a reset, you wish the parameters to be reset to the factory
settings, please contact Endress+Hauser Service.
The OUT parameter may have to be rescaled after resetting with code 7864. 61,
Section 6.7 "Scaling the OUT parameter".
5.9.1 Performing reset via an FF configuration program

If operating via an FF configuration program, enter the code by means of the
RESET_INPUT_VALUE/ENTER RESET CODE parameter in the Diagnostic Transducer Block.
The index tables 35 ff. indicate which parameters are reset by the particular reset code.
! Note!
The RESET FF parameter gives you the option of deleting links between function blocks and
resetting FF parameters to default values and manufacturer-specific parameters to the factory
setting. See also Operating Instructions BA303P, RESTART parameter description.
48 Endress+Hauser
5.9.2 Performing reset via the FieldCare operating program

If operating via FieldCare, enter the code via the ENTER RESET CODE parameter (menu path:
OPERATING MENU OPERATION).
The following table illustrates which parameters are reset by the particular reset codes.
Reset code Description and effect 1
7864 Total reset

This reset resets the following parameters:
POSITION ADJUSTMENT function group
BASIC SETUP function group
EXTENDED SETUP function group
LINEARIZATION function group (an existing linearization table is deleted)
OUTPUT group
INFO function group, TAG_DESC parameter
MESSAGES function group
All configurable messages ("Error" type) are set to "Warning".
62, Section 8.1 "Messages" and
71, Section 8.2 "Response of outputs to errors".
USER LIMITS function group
Any simulation which may be running is ended.
The device is restarted.
333 User reset
This reset resets the following parameters:
BASIC SETUP function group, apart from customer-specific units
EXTENDED SETUP function group
OUTPUT group
2710 Reset Level measuring mode

Depending on the settings for the LEVEL MODE, LIN MEASURAND, LINd
MEASURAND or COMB. MEASURAND parameters, the parameters needed for this
measuring task will be reset.
Example LEVEL MODE = linear and LIN. MEASURAND = level
HEIGHT UNIT = m
CALIBRATION MODE = wet
EMPTY CALIB. = 0
FULL CALIB. = sensor end value converted to mH2O,
e.g. for a 500 mbar (7.5 psi) sensor : 50.99 mH2O
2509 Sensor adaption reset

This reset resets the upper and lower sensor calibration limit and the value for position
adjustment.
PRESSURE_1_LOWER_CAL/LO_TRIM_MEASURED and
PRESSURE_1_HIGHER_TRIM_MEASURED/HI_TRIM_MEASURED parameters
These parameters are not available by means of the FieldCare operating program.
1846 Display reset

This reset resets all parameters which have to do with how the display appears (DISPLAY
group).
8888 HistoROM reset

The measured value and event buffers are deleted. During the reset, the HistoROM has to
be attached to the electronic insert.
Endress+Hauser 49
Reset code Description and effect 1
62 PowerUp reset (warm start)

This reset resets all the parameters in the RAM. Data are read back anew from the
EEPROM (processor is initialized again).
1) The table uses the group and parameter names as they appear in FieldCare. 35, Section 5.3.8 "Index tables of
Endress+Hauser parameters" for the assignment of the FieldCare parameter names and the FF configuration
program.
50 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S PMC71, PMP71, PMP72, PMP75 with FOUNDATION Fieldbus Commissioning
6 Commissioning
# Warning!
If a pressure that is lower than the minimum permitted pressure is present at the device, messages
"E120 sensor low pressure" and "E727 sensor pressure error - overrange" are output in succession.
If a pressure that is greater than the maximum permitted pressure is present at the device,
messages "E115 sensor overpressure" and "E727 sensor pressure error - overrange" are output in
succession.
The messages E727, E115 and E120 are "Error"-type messages and can be configured as a
"Warning" or an "Alarm". The factory setting for these messages is "Warning". This setting
prevents the BAD status from being transmitted in applications (e.g. cascade measurement) where
the user is aware of the risk of the sensor range being overshot.
We recommend setting messages E727, E115 and E120 to "Alarm" in the following instances:
It is not necessary to violate the sensor range for the measuring application.
A position adjustment must be carried out that has to correct a large measured error as a result
of the orientation of the device.
6.1 Function check

Carry out a post-installation and a post-connection check as per the checklist before commissioning
the device.
"Post-installation check" checklist see Section 3.4
"Post-connection check" checklist see Section 4.4
6.2 Commissioning via an FF configuration program

! Note!
The device is configured for the Pressure measuring mode as standard. The measuring range and
the unit in which the measured value is transmitted, as well as the digital output value of the
Analog Input Block OUT, correspond to the data on the nameplate. Following a reset with code
7864, the OUT parameter may have to be rescaled ( 61, Section 6.7 "Scaling the OUT
parameter").
The standard order configuration is illustrated 30, Section 5.3.6 "Cerabar S block model".
1. Switch on the device.

2. Note the DEVICE_ID. 30, Section 5.3.5 "Device identification and addressing" and
6, Section 2.1 "Device designation" for the device serial number.
3. Open the configuration program.
4. Load Cff and device description files into the host system or the configuration program. Make
sure you are using the right system files.
5. Identify the device using the DEVICE_ID (see Point 2). Assign the desired tag name to the
device by means of the PD_TAG parameter.
Endress+Hauser 51
Commissioning Cerabar S PMC71, PMP71, PMP72, PMP75 with FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Configuring the Resource Block

1. Open the Resource Block.
2. If necessary, disable the lock for device operation. 46, Section 5.7 "Locking/unlocking
operation". Operating is unlocked as standard.
3. If necessary, change the block name. Factory setting: RS_452B481007-xxxxxxxxxxx
4. If necessary, assign a description to the block by means of the TAG_DESC parameter.
5. If necessary, change other parameters as per the requirements.
Configuring the Transducer Blocks
Cerabar S has the following Transducer Blocks:
The explanation that follows is an example for the Pressure Transducer Block.
2. Set the block mode to OOS using the MODE_BLK parameter, TARGET element.
3. Configure the device in accordance with the measuring task. See also these Operating
Instructions Section 6.3 to Section 6.7 and 2 "Overview of documentation".
4. Set the block mode to Auto using the MODE_BLK parameter, TARGET element.
! Note!
The block mode must be set to "Auto" for the Pressure and Service Transducer Block for the
measuring device to function correctly.
Configuring the Analog Input Blocks

Cerabar S has 2 Analog Input Blocks that can be assigned as required to the various process
variables.
2. Set the block mode to OOS using the MODE_BLK parameter, TARGET element.
3. Use the CHANNEL parameter to select the process variable which should be used as the input
value for the Analog Input Block. The following settings are possible:
CHANNEL = 1: Primary value, a pressure or level value depending on the measuring mode
selected
CHANNEL = 2: Secondary value, here the sensor temperature
Factory setting:
Analog Input Block 1: CHANNEL = 1: Primary Value (pressure measured value)
Analog Input Block 2: CHANNEL = 2: Secondary Value (sensor temperature)
4. Use the XD_SCALE parameter to select the desired unit and the block input range for the
process variable. 61, Section 6.7 "Scaling the OUT parameter".
Make sure that the unit selected suits the process variable selected. If the process variable does
not suit the unit, the BLOCK_ERROR parameter reports "Block Configuration Error" and the
block mode cannot be set to "Auto".
5. Use the L_TYPE parameter to select the type of linearization for the input variable (factory
setting: Direct).
Make sure that the settings for the XD_SCALE and OUT_SCALE parameters are the same for
the "Direct" linearization type. If the process values and units do not match, the
BLOCK_ERROR parameter reports "Block Configuration Error" and the block mode cannot be
set to "Auto".
6. Enter the alarm and critical alarm messages by means of the HI_HI_LIM, HI_LIM,
LO_LO_LIM and LO_LO_LIM parameters. The limit values entered have to be within the
value range specified for the OUT_SCALE parameter.
52 Endress+Hauser
7. Specify the alarm priorities by means of the HI_HI_PRI, HI_PRI, LO_LO_PRI and LO_PRI
parameters. Reporting to the field host system only takes place with alarms with a priority
greater than 2.
8. Set the block mode to Auto using the MODE_BLK parameter, TARGET element. For this
purpose, the Resource Block must also be set to the "Auto" block mode.
Additional configuration
1. Depending on the control or automation task, configure additional function blocks and output
blocks. See also Operating Instructions BA303P "Description of Device Functions
Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S" or 2 "Overview of documentation".
2. Link the function blocks and output blocks.
3. After specifying the active LAS, download all the data and parameters to the field device.
6.3 Selecting the language and measuring mode
6.3.1 Local operation

The LANGUAGE and MEASURING MODE parameters are on the 1st selection level. See also
40, Section 5.4.1 "Menu structure".
The following languages are available:
Deutsch
English
Franais
Espaol
Chinese (CHS)
Japanese (JPN)
The following measuring modes are available:
Pressure
Level
6.3.2 Selecting the language and measuring mode via FieldCare

In FieldCare, the MEASURING MODE parameter is displayed in the QUICK SETUP menus and in
the BASIC SETUP function group (menu path: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS BASIC
SETUP).
The following measuring modes are available:
Pressure
Level
The LANGUAGE parameter is arranged in the DISPLAY group.
Use the LANGUAGE parameter to select the menu language for the onsite display.
Select the menu language for FieldCare using the "Language Button" in the configuration
window. Select the menu language for the FieldCare frame by means of the "Extra" menu
"Options" "Display" "Language".
The following languages are available:
Deutsch
English
Franais
Espaol
Chinese
Japanese
Endress+Hauser 53
6.4 Position adjustment

Due to the orientation of the device, there may be a shift in the measured value, i.e. when the
container is empty or partly filled, the measured value parameter does not display zero. There are
two options to choose from when performing position adjustment.
Onsite display menu path:
GROUP SELECTION OPERATING MENU SETTINGS POSITION ADJUSTMENT
FieldCare menu path:
OPERATING MENU SETTINGS POSITION ADJUSTMENT
6.4.1 Performing position adjustment via the onsite display or

FieldCare
The parameters listed in the following table can be found in the POSITION ADJUSTMENT group
(menu path: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS POSITION ADJUSTMENT).
Parameter name Description
POS. ZERO ADJUST Position adjustment the pressure difference between zero (set point) and the measured
Entry pressure need not be known.
Example:
MEASURED VALUE = 2.2 mbar (0.032 psi)
Correct the MEASURED VALUE via the POS. ZERO ADJUST parameter with the
"Confirm" option. This means that you are assigning the value 0.0 to the pressure
present.
MEASURED VALUE (after pos. zero adjust) = 0.0 mbar
The CALIB. OFFSET parameter displays the resulting pressure difference (offset) by which
the MEASURED VALUE was corrected.
Factory setting:
0.0
POS. INPUT VALUE Position adjustment the pressure difference between zero (set point) and the measured
Entry pressure need not be known. To correct the pressure difference, you need a reference
measurement value (e. g. from a reference device).
Example:
For the POS. INPUT VALUE parameter, specify the desired set point for the
MEASURED VALUE, e.g. 2.0 mbar (0.029 psi).
(MEASURED VALUEnew = POS. INPUT VALUE)
MEASURED VALUE (after entry for POS. INPUT VALUE) = 2.0 mbar (0.029 psi)
The CALIB. OFFSET parameter displays the resulting pressure difference (offset) by
which the MEASURED VALUE was corrected.
CALIB. OFFSET = MEASURED VALUEold POS. INPUT VALUE,
here: CALIB. OFFSET = 0.5 mbar (0.0073 psi) 2.0 mbar (0.029 psi) = 1.5 mbar
(0.022 psi))
Factory setting:
0.0
CALIB. OFFSET Position adjustment the pressure difference between zero (set point) and the measured
Entry pressure is known. (A reference pressure is not present at the device.)
Example:
Via the CALIB. OFFSET parameter, enter the value by which the MEASURED VALUE
should be corrected. To correct the MEASURED VALUE to 0.0 mbar, you must enter
the value 2.2 here.
(The following applies: MEASURED VALUE new = MEASURED VALUEold CALIB.
OFFSET)
MEASURED VALUE (after entry for calib. offset) = 0.0 mbar
Factory setting:
0.0
54 Endress+Hauser
6.5 Pressure measurement
6.5.1 Information on pressure measurement
! Note!
A Quick Setup menu is available for each of the measuring modes pressure and level which guides
you through the most important basic functions. With the setting in the MEASURING MODE
parameter, you specify which Quick Setup menu should be displayed. See also Page 53,
Section 6.3 "Selecting the language and measuring mode".
For a detailed description of the parameters, see Operating Instructions BA303P "Cerabar S/
Deltabar S/Deltapilot S, Description of Device Functions"
FF, Table, Pressure Transducer Block
FieldCare: Table, POSITION ADJUSTMENT
FieldCare: Table, BASIC SETUP
FieldCare: Table, EXTENDED SETUP
2, "Overview of documentation" section.
6.5.2 Quick Setup menu for the Pressure measuring mode
! Note!
This operating program is only available by means of the FieldCare operating program.
43, Section 5.5 "FieldCare".
MEASURED VALUE
1)
GROUP SELECTION
1) 1) 1)
2)
MEASURING MODE
Pressure Level
Gauge pressure Absolut pressure sensors

sensors
POS. ZERO ADJUST POS. INPUT VALUE
1) On-site display only

2) FieldCare only DAMPING VALUE
Fig. 26: Quick Setup menu for the "Pressure" measuring mode
Local operation FieldCare
Measured value display Measured value display

Switch from the measured value display to the GROUP Select QUICK SETUP menu.
SELECTION with F.
GROUP SELECTION MEASURING MODE

Select the MEASURING MODE parameter. Select "Pressure".
MEASURING MODE
Select "Pressure".
GROUP SELECTION
Select QUICK SETUP menu.
POS. ZERO ADJUST POS. ZERO ADJUST

Due to orientation of the device, there may be a shift in Due to orientation of the device, there may be a shift in
the measured value. You correct the MEASURED the measured value. You correct the MEASURED
VALUE via the POS. ZERO ADJUST parameter with the VALUE via the POS. ZERO ADJUST parameter with the
"Confirm" option, i.e. you assign the value 0.0 to the "Confirm" option, i.e. you assign the value 0.0 to the
pressure present. pressure present.
Endress+Hauser 55
POS. INPUT VALUE POS. INPUT VALUE

the measured value. For the POS. INPUT VALUE the measured value. For the POS. INPUT VALUE
parameter, specify the desired set point for the parameter, specify the desired set point for the
MEASURED VALUE. MEASURED VALUE.
DAMPING VALUE DAMPING VALUE

Enter damping time (time constant ). The damping Enter damping time (time constant ). The damping
affects the speed at which all subsequent elements, such affects the speed at which all subsequent elements, such
as the onsite display, measured value and OUT Value of as the onsite display, measured value and OUT Value of
the Analog Input Block react to a change in the pressure. the Analog Input Block react to a change in the pressure.
! Note!
For local operation, 27, Section 5.2.3 "Function of the operating elements onsite display
connected" and 40, Section 5.4 "Local operation onsite display connected".
56 Endress+Hauser
6.6 Level measurement
6.6.1 Information on level measurement
! Note!
A Quick Setup menu is available for each of the measuring modes Pressure and Level which
guides you through the most important basic functions. For the "Level" Quick Setup menu,
59.
Furthermore, three level modes are available for the level measurement, namely "Level easy
pressure", Level easy height" and "Level standard". For the "Level standard" level mode, you can
choose between the "Linear", "Pressure linearized" and "Height linearized" level types. The table
in the "Overview of level measurement" section that follows provides you with an overview of
the various measuring tasks.
With regard to the "Level easy pressure" and "Level easy height" level modes, the values entered
are not tested as extensively as in the "Level standard" level mode. In the "Level easy pressure"
and "Level easy height" level modes, the values entered for EMPTY CALIBRATION/FULL
CALIBRATION, EMPTY PRESSURE/FULL PRESSURE and EMPTY HEIGHT/FULL HEIGHT
have to be at least 1 % apart. The value will be rejected with a warning message if the values
are too close together. Further limit values are not checked; i.e. the values entered must be
appropriate for the sensor and the measuring task so that the measuring device can measure
correctly.
The "Level easy pressure" and "Level easy height" level modes comprise fewer parameters than
the "Level standard" mode and are used to quickly and easily configure a level application.
Customer-specific units of level, volume and mass, or a linearization table, can only be entered
in the "Level standard" level mode.
For a detailed description of the parameters and configuration examples, see Operating
Instructions BA303P "Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S, Description of Device Functions"
2, "Overview of documentation" section.
Endress+Hauser 57
6.6.2 Overview of level measurement
Measuring task LEVEL Measured Description Comment Measured value display

SELECTION/ variable options
LEVEL MODE
The measured variable is LEVEL SELECTION: Via OUTPUT UNIT Calibration with Incorrect entries are The measured value display
in direct proportion to the Level easy pressure parameter: %, level, reference pressure wet possible and the
measured pressure. volume or mass calibration, see Operating Customer-specific LEVEL BEFORE LIN.
Calibration takes place by units. Instructions BA303P. units are not possible parameter display the
entering two pressure- Calibration without measured value.
level pairs. reference pressure
dry calibration, see
BA303P.
The measured variable is LEVEL SELECTION: Via OUTPUT UNIT Calibration with Incorrect entries are The measured value display
in direct proportion to the Level easy height parameter: %, level, reference pressure possible and the
measured pressure. volume or mass wet calibration, see Customized units are LEVEL BEFORE LIN.
Calibration takes place by units. Operating Instructions not possible parameter display the
entering the density and BA303P. measured value.
two height-level pairs. Calibration without
reference pressure
dry calibration, see
BA303P.
The measured variable is LEVEL SELECTION: Via LIN. Calibration with Incorrect entries are The measured value display
in direct proportion to the Level standard/ MEASURAND reference pressure wet rejected by the device and the
measured pressure. LEVEL MODE: parameter: calibration, see Operating Customized level, LEVEL BEFORE LIN.
Linear % (level) Instructions BA303P. volume and mass units parameter display the
Level Calibration without are possible measured value.
Volume reference pressure dry
Mass calibration, see
BA303P.
The measured variable is LEVEL SELECTION: Via LINd Calibration with Incorrect entries are The measured value display
not in direct proportion to level standard/ MEASURAND reference pressure: rejected by the device and the TANK CONTENT
the measured pressure as LEVEL MODE: parameter: semiautomatic entry of Customized level, parameter show the
is the case with tanks with pressure linearized Pressure + % linearization table, see volume and mass units measured value.
a conical outlet, for Pressure + volume Operating Instructions are possible
example. A linearization Pressure + mass BA303P.
table has to be entered for Calibration without
the calibration. reference pressure:
manual entry of
linearization table, see
BA303P.
Two measured variables LEVEL SELECTION: Via COMB. Calibration with Incorrect entries are The measured value display
are required or Level standard/ MEASURAND reference pressure: wet rejected by the device and the TANK CONTENT
the tank shape is given LEVEL MODE: Height parameter: calibration and Customized level, parameter show the 2nd
with value pairs, e.g. linearized Height + volume semiautomatic entry of volume and mass units measured value (volume,
height and volume. Height + mass linearization table, see are possible mass or %).
Height + % Operating Instructions
The 1st measured variable
%-height or height must be %-height + BA303P. The LEVEL BEFORE LIN
volume Calibration without parameter displays the 1st
in direct proportion to the
%-height + mass reference pressure: dry measured value
measured pressure. The
2nd measured variable %-height + % calibration and manual (%-height or height).
entry of linearization
volume, mass or % must
table, see Operating
not be in direct proportion
to the measured pressure. Instructions BA303P.
A linearization table must
be entered for the 2nd
measured variable. The
2nd measured variable is
assigned to the 1st
measured variable by
means of this table.
58 Endress+Hauser
6.6.3 Quick Setup menu for the Level measuring mode
! Note!
Some parameters are only displayed if other parameters are appropriately configured. For
example, the EMPTY CALIBRATION parameter is only displayed in the following instances:
LEVEL SELECTION "Level easy pressure" and CALIBRATION MODE "Wet"
LEVEL SELECTION "Level standard", LEVEL MODE "Linear" and CALIBRATION MODE
"Wet"
The LEVEL MODE and CALIBRATION MODE parameters are in the BASIC SETUP function
group.
The following parameters are set to the following values at the factory:
LEVEL SELECTION: Level easy pressure
CALIBRATION MODE: Wet
OUTPUT UNIT or LIN. MEASURAND: %
EMPTY CALIBRATION: 0.0
FULL CALIBRATION: 100.0
The Quick Setup is suitable for easy and quick commissioning. If you want to make more complex
settings like changing the unit from "%" to "m", the calibration must be performed via the BASIC
SETUP group. See Operating Instructions BA303P or 2, "Overview of documentation"
section.
MEASURED VALUE
1)
GROUP SELECTION
1) 1) 1)
1) 2)
LEVEL SELECTION MEASURING MODE
2)
LEVEL SELECTION
Pressure Level
POS. ZERO ADJUST
3)
EMPTY CALIB.
1) On-site display only
2) FieldCare only
3)
3) LEVEL SELECTION "Level Easy Pressure"
FULL CALIB.
and CALIBRATION MODE "Wet"
LEVEL SELECTION = "Level Standard",
DAMPING VALUE
LEVEL MODE = "Linear" and
CALIBRATION MODE = "Wet"
P01-FMB70xxx-19-xx-xx-en-015
Fig. 27: Quick Setup menu for the "Level" measuring mode"
Measured value display Measured value display

Switch from the measured value display to the GROUP Select QUICK SETUP menu.
SELECTION with F .
GROUP SELECTION MEASURING MODE

Select the MEASURING MODE. Select "Level".
MEASURING MODE
Select "Level".
LEVEL SELECTION LEVEL SELECTION

Select the level mode. For an overview, 58. Select the level mode. For an overview, 58.
GROUP SELECTION
Select QUICK SETUP menu.
Endress+Hauser 59
POS. ZERO ADJUST POS. ZERO ADJUST

the measured value. You correct the MEASURED the measured value. You correct the MEASURED
VALUE via the POS. ZERO ADJUST parameter with the VALUE via the POS. ZERO ADJUST parameter with the
"Confirm" option, i.e. you assign the value 0.0 to the "Confirm" option, i.e. you assign the value 0.0 to the
pressure present. pressure present.
EMPTY CALIBRATION 1 EMPTY CALIBRATION 1

Enter level value for the lower calibration point. Enter level value for the lower calibration point.
For this parameter, enter a level value which is assigned For this parameter, enter a level value which is assigned
to the pressure present at the device. to the pressure present at the device.
FULL CALIBRATION 1 FULL CALIBRATION 1

Enter level value for the upper calibration point. Enter level value for the upper calibration point.
For this parameter, enter a level value which is assigned For this parameter, enter a level value which is assigned
to the pressure present at the device. to the pressure present at the device.
DAMPING VALUE DAMPING VALUE

Enter damping time (time constant ). The damping Enter damping time (time constant ). The damping
affects the speed at which all subsequent elements, such affects the speed at which all subsequent elements, such
as the onsite display, measured value and OUT Value of as the onsite display, measured value and OUT Value of
the Analog Input Block react to a change in the pressure. the Analog Input Block react to a change in the pressure.
1) LEVEL SELECTION "Level easy pressure" and CALIBRATION MODE "Wet"

LEVEL SELECTION "Level standard", LEVEL MODE "Linear" and CALIBRATION MODE "Wet"
! Note!
For local operation see also 27, Section 5.2.3 "Function of the operating elements onsite
display connected" and 40, Section 5.4 "Local operation onsite display connected".
60 Endress+Hauser
6.7 Scaling the OUT parameter

In the Analog Input Block, the input value or input range can be scaled in accordance with the
automation requirements.
Example:
The measuring range 0 to 500 (7.5 psi) mbar should be rescaled to 0 to 100 %.
Select XD_SCALE group.
For EU_0, enter "0".
For UNITS_INDEX, enter "mbar".
Select OUT_SCALE group.
For EU_100, enter "10000".
For UNITS_INDEX, select "%" for example.
The unit selected here does not have any effect on the scaling. This unit is not displayed on the
onsite display or in the operating program such as FieldCare.
Result:
At a pressure of 350 mbar (5.25 psi), the value 70 is output to a downstream block or to the PCS
as the OUT value.
Analog Input Block
UNITS_INDEX: L_TYPE: Indirect

mbar
EU_100 XD_SCALE OUT_SCALE
1
500
PRIMARY_VALUE
= 350 mbar
Output Pressure 0.7
Transducer Block
EU_0 0
0 UNITS_
0 0.7 1 EU_0 EU_100 INDEX:
%
0 70 100
OUT Value = 70
P01-xMx7xxxx-05-xx-xx-en-008
! Note!
If you have selected the "Direct" mode for the L_TYPE parameter, you cannot change the values
and units for XD_SCALE and OUT_SCALE.
The L_TYPE, XD_SCALE and OUT_SCALE parameters can only be changed in the OOS block
mode.
Make sure that the output scaling of the Pressure Transducer Block SCALE_OUT matches the
input scaling of the Analog Input Block XD_SCALE.
Endress+Hauser 61
Maintenance Cerabar S PMC71, PMP71, PMP72, PMP75 with FOUNDATION Fieldbus
7 Maintenance
Keep the pressure compensation and GORE-TEX filter (1) free from contamination and water.
P01-PMC71xxx-17-xx-xx-xx-001
7.1 Exterior cleaning

Please note the following points when cleaning the device:
The cleaning agents used should not attack the surface and the seals.
Mechanical damage to the process isolating diaphragm, e.g. due to pointed objects, must be
avoided.
8 Troubleshooting
8.1 Messages
The following table lists all the possible messages that can occur.
The device makes a distinction between the message types "Alarm", "Warning" and "Error". For
"Error"-type messages, you can enter whether the device should react as in the event of an alarm or
as in the event of a warning. See "Message type/NA 64" column and Section 8.2 "Response of
outputs to errors".
In addition, the "Message type/NA 64" column classifies the messages in accordance with NAMUR
Recommendation NA 64:
Break down: indicated with "B"
Maintenance need: indicated with "C" (check request)
Function check: indicated with "I" (in service)
Displaying the messages on the onsite display:
The measured value display shows the message with the highest priority. See the "Priority"
column
The ALARM_STATUS parameter shows all the messages present in descending order of priority.
You can scroll through all the messages pending using the S or O key.
The DIAGNOSTIC_CODE/DIAGNOSE_CODE parameter displays the message with the highest
priority. This parameter is displayed in the MESSAGES group in the Diagnostic Transducer Block or
in FieldCare. See also Section 8.2 "Response of outputs to errors".
Every message is also output as per the FOUNDATION Fieldbus Specification by means of the
XD_ERROR and BLOCK_ERROR parameters in the Pressure and Service Transducer Block.
Numbers are given for these parameters in the following table which are explained on 70.
! Note!
If the device detects a defect in the onsite display during initialization, special error messages are
generated. For the error messages, see 70, Section 8.1.1 "Onsite display error messages".
For support and further information, please contact Endress+Hauser Service.
See also Section 8.4, Section 8.5 and Section 8.6.
62 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S PMC71, PMP71, PMP72, PMP75 with FOUNDATION Fieldbus Troubleshooting
Code Error Message/description XD_ BLOCK_ Cause Measure Prio-

type/ ERROR ERROR rity
NA 64 Value Value Bit
101 (A101) Alarm B>Sensor electronic 20 5 Electromagnetic effects are Wait a few minutes. 18
B EEPROM error greater than specifications in the Restart the device. Perform reset
technical data. (Code 62).
(See Section 9.) This message Block off electromagnetic effects
normally only appears briefly. or eliminate source of
disturbance.
Sensor defect. Replace sensor.
102 (W102) Warning C>Checksum error in 23 11 Main electronics defect. Correct Replace main electronics. 52
C EEPROM: peakhold measurement can continue as
segment long as you do not need the
peak hold indicator function.
106 (W106) Warning C>Downloading - please 17 0 Downloading. Wait for download to complete. 51
C wait
110 (A110) Alarm B>Checksum error in 23 11 The supply voltage is Reestablish supply voltage. 6
B EEPROM: configuration disconnected when writing. Perform reset if necessary
segment (code 7864) and recalibrate the
device.
Electromagnetic effects are Block off electromagnetic effects

greater than specifications in the or eliminate sources of
technical data. disturbance.
(See Section 9.)
Main electronics defect. Replace main electronics.

113 (A113) Alarm B>ROM failure in 20 9 Main electronics defect. Replace main electronics. 1
B transmitter electronic
115 (E115) Error C>Sensor overpressure 17 0 Overpressure present. Reduce pressure until message 30
C disappears.
116 (W116) Warning C>Download error, 17 0 The file is defect. Use another file. 37
C repeat download
During the download, the data Check cable connection PC
are not correctly transmitted to transmitter.
the processor, e.g. because of Block off electromagnetic effects
open cable connections, spikes or eliminate sources of
(ripple) on the supply voltage or disturbance.
electromagnetic effects. Perform reset (code 7864) and
recalibrate the device.
Repeat download.
120 (E120) Error C>Sensor low pressure 17 0 Pressure too low. Increase pressure until message 31
C disappears.
121 (A121) Alarm B>Checksum error in 23 11 Main electronics defect. Replace main electronics. 5
B factory segment of
EEPROM
122 (A122) Alarm B>Sensor not connected 20 5 Cable connection sensor main Check cable connection and 14
B electronics disconnected. repair if necessary.
Electromagnetic effects are Block off electromagnetic effects
greater than specifications in the or eliminate source of
(See Section 9.)

130 (A130) Alarm B>EEPROM is defect. 23 11 Main electronics defect. Replace main electronics. 10
B
Endress+Hauser 63
Troubleshooting Cerabar S PMC71, PMP71, PMP72, PMP75 with FOUNDATION Fieldbus

B EEPROM: min/max
segment
B totalizer EEPROM
133 (A133) Alarm B>Checksum error in 23 11 An error occurred when Perform reset (code 7864) and 8
B History EEPROM writing. recalibrate the device.
134 (W134) Warning C>EEPROM lifetime 17 0 Writing too often to EEPROM. Reduce write accessing to 55
C WARNING EEPROM.
B EEPROM FF segment
602 (W602) Warning C>Linearization curve 19 7 The linearization table is not Add to or correct linearization 57
C not monoton monotonic increasing. table. Then accept linearization
table again.
613 (W613) Warning I>Simulation is active 17 3 Simulation is switched on, i.e. Switch off simulation. 60
I the device is not measuring at
present.
700 (W700) Warning C>Last configuration not 23 11 An error occurred when writing Perform reset (code 7864) and 53
C stored or reading configuration data or recalibrate the device.
the power supply was
disconnected.
702 (W702) Warning C>HistoROM data not 17 11 Data were not written correctly Repeat upload. 54
C consistent. to the HistoROM, e.g. if the Perform reset (code 7864) and
HistoROM was detached during recalibrate the device.
the writing process.
HistoROM does not have any Copy suitable data to the

data. HistoROM. ( 44,
Section 5.6.1 "Copying
configuration data".)
703 (A703) Alarm B>Measurement error 20 5 Fault in the main electronics. Briefly disconnect device from 23
B the power supply.
B the power supply.
B the power supply.
64 Endress+Hauser

706 (W706) Warning C>Configuration in 23 11 Configuration (parameters) in Copy data from the device to 59
C HistoROM and device the HistoROM and in the device the HistoROM. ( 44,
not identical not identical. Section 5.6.1 "Copying
configuration data".)
Copy data from the HistoROM
to the device. ( 44,
Section 5.6.1 "Copying
configuration data".) The
message remains if the
HistoROM and the device have
different software versions. The
message disappears if you copy
the data from the device to the
HistoROM.
Device reset codes such as 1 or
40864 do not have any effect on
the HistoROM. This means that
if you perform a reset, the
configurations in the HistoROM
and the device can differ.
707 (A707) Alarm B>X-VAL. (TAB_XY 18 7 At least one X-VALUE Carry out calibration again. 38
B _VALUE) of lin. table out (TAB_XY_VALUE) in the (See also Operating
of edit limits. linearization table is either Instructions BA303P or these
below the value for SCALE_IN, Operating Instructions, 2)
EU_0/HYDR. PRESS MIN. or
LINEAR_ LEVEL_MIN/MIN.
LEVEL or above the value for
SCALE_IN, EU_100/HYDR.
PRESS. MAX. or
LINEAR_LEVEL_MAX/LEVEL
MAX.
710 (W710) Warning B>Set span too small. 18 7 Values for calibration (e.g. lower Adjust calibration to suit sensor. 50
C Not allowed. range value and upper range (See also Operating
value) are too close together. Instructions BA303P, parameter
description for
CAL_MIN_SPAN/MINIMUM
SPAN or these Operating
Instructions, 2)
The sensor was replaced and the Adjust calibration to suit sensor.
customer-specific configuration Replace sensor with a suitable
does not suit the sensor. sensor.
Unsuitable download carried Check configuration and

out. perform download again.
713 (A713) Alarm B>100% POINT 18 7 The sensor was replaced. Carry out calibration again. 39
B (LEVEL_100_PERCENT
_VALUE) level out of
edit limits
715 (E715) Error C>Sensor over 17 0 The temperature measured in Reduce process temperature/ 33
C temperature the sensor is greater than the ambient temperature.
upper nominal temperature of
the sensor. (See also
Operating Instructions BA303P,
parameter description for
TEMPERATURE_1
_SENSOR_LIMIT_HIGH/Tmax
SENSOR or these Operating
Instructions, 2)

Endress+Hauser 65

716 (A716) Alarm B>Process isolating 20 5 Sensor defect. Replace sensor. 25

B diaphragm broken
Reduce pressure.
717 (E717) Error C>Transmitter over 17 0 The temperature measured in Reduce ambient temperature. 35
C temperature the electronics is greater than
the upper nominal temperature
of the electronics (+88 C
(+190 F)).

718 (E718) Error C>Transmitter under 17 0 The temperature measured in Increase ambient temperature. 36
C temperature the electronics is smaller than Insulate device if necessary.
the lower nominal temperature
of the electronics (43 C
(-45 F)).

719 (A719) Alarm B>Y-VAL 19 7 At least one Y-VALUE Carry out calibration again. 40
B (TAB_XY_VALUE) of lin. (TAB_XY_VALUE) in the (See also Operating
table out of edit limits linearization table is below the Instructions BA303P or these
SCALE_OUT, EU_0/TANK Operating Instructions, 2)
CONTENT MIN. or above the
SCALE_OUT, EU_100/TANK
CONTENT MAX.
720 (E720) Error C>Sensor under 17 0 The temperature measured in Increase process temperature/ 34
C temperature the sensor is smaller than the ambient temperature.
lower nominal temperature of
the sensor. ( See also
Operating Instructions BA303P,
parameter description for
TEMPERATURE_1_SENSOR_
LIMIT_LOW/Tmin SENSOR or
these Operating Instructions,
2)
Loose connection at sensor Wait a short period of time and

cable. tighten the connection, or avoid
loose connection.
721 (A721) Alarm B>ZERO POSITION 18 7 LEVEL MIN (LINEAR_LEVEL_ Perform reset (code 2710) and 41
B (LEVEL OFFSET) level MIN) or LEVEL MAX recalibrate the device.
out of edit limits (LINEAR_LEVEL_MAX) has
been changed.
722 (A722) Alarm B>EMPTY CALIB. 18 7 LINEAR_ LEVEL_MIN/LEVEL Perform reset (code 2710) and 42
B (SCALE_OUT, EU_0) or MIN or LINEAR_LEVEL_MAX/ recalibrate the device.
FULL CALIB. LEVEL MAX has been changed.
(SCALE_OUT, EU_100)
out of edit limits
723 (A723) Alarm B>MAX. FLOW 18 7 FLOW_TYPE/FLOW-MEAS. Carry out calibration again. 43
B (SCALE_OUT, EU_100) TYPE has been changed.
out of edit limits
725 (A725) Alarm B>Sensor connection 20 5 Electromagnetic effects are Block off electromagnetic effects 26
B error, cycle disturbance greater than specifications in the or eliminate source of
(See Section 9.)
Sensor or main electronics Replace sensor or main
defect. electronics.
66 Endress+Hauser

726 (E726) Error C>Sensor temperature 20 5 Electromagnetic effects are Block off electromagnetic effects 32
C error - overrange greater than specifications in the or eliminate source of
(See Section 9.)
Process temperature is outside Check temperature present,

permitted range. reduce or increase if necessary.
Sensor defect. If the process temperature is

within the permitted range,
replace sensor.
727 (E727) Error C>Sensor pressure error 20 5 Electromagnetic effects are Block off electromagnetic effects 29
C - overrange greater than specifications in the or eliminate source of
(See Section 9.)
Pressure is outside permitted Check pressure present, reduce

range. or increase if necessary.
Sensor defect. If the pressure is within the
permitted range, replace sensor.
728 (A728) Alarm B>RAM error 20 9 Fault in the main electronics. Briefly disconnect device from 2
B the power supply.
B the power supply.
730 (E730) Error C>PminALARM 19 7 Pressure measured value has Check system/pressure 47
C WINDOW undershot the value specified for measured value.
(PRESSURE_1_USER_ the PRESSURE_1_USER_ Change value for
LOW_LIMIT) undershot LOW_LIMIT/Pmin ALARM PRESSURE_1_USER_ LOW_
WINDOW parameter. LIMIT/Pmin ALARM
WINDOW if necessary.
(See also Operating
Instructions BA303P, parameter
description or these Operating
Instructions, 2)

loose connection.
731 (E731) Error C>PmaxALARM 19 7 Pressure measured value has Check system/pressure 46
C WINDOW overshot the value specified for measured value.
(PRESSURE_1_UER_ the PRESSURE_1_USER_ Change value for
HIGH_LIMIT) overshot HIGH_LIMIT/Pmax ALARM PRESSURE_1_USER_ HIGH_
WINDOW parameter. LIMIT/Pmax ALARM
WINDOW if necessary.
(See also Operating
Instructions, 2)
Endress+Hauser 67

732 (E732) Error C>TminALARM 19 7 Temperature measured value Check system/temperature 49

C WINDOW has undershot the value measured value.
(TEMPERATURE_1_ specified for the Change value for
USER_LOW_LIMIT) TEMPERATURE_1_USER_ TEMPERATURE_1_USER_
undershot LOW_LIMIT/Tmin ALARM LOW_ LIMIT/Tmin ALARM
WINDOW parameter. WINDOW if necessary.
(See also Operating
Instructions, 2)

loose connection.
733 (E733) Error C>TmaxALARM 19 7 Temperature measured value Check system/temperature 48

C WINDOW has overshot the value specified measured value.
(TEMPERATURE_1_ for the Change value for
USER_HIGH_LIMIT) TEMPERATURE_1_USER_ TEMPERATURE_1_USER_HIG
overshot HIGH_LIMIT/Tmax ALARM H_LIMIT/Tmax ALARM
WINDOW parameter. WINDOW if necessary.
(See also Operating
Instructions, 2)
B the power supply.
737 (A)737) Alarm B>Measurement error 20 5 Fault in the main electronics. Briefly disconnect device from 21
B the power supply.
B the power supply.
B the power supply.
740 (E740) Error C>Calculation overflow, 20 5 Level measuring mode: the Check configuration and 28
C bad configuration measured pressure has recalibrate the device if
undershot the value for necessary.
SCALE_IN, EU_0/HYDR. Select a device with a suitable
PRESS. MIN. or overshot the measuring range.
value for SCALE_IN, EU_100/
HYDR. PRESS MAX.
Level measuring mode: the Check configuration and

measured level has undershot recalibrate the device if
the value for necessary. (See also
LINEAR_LEVEL_MIN/LEVEL Operating Instructions BA303P,
MIN or overshot the value for parameter description
LINEAR_LEVEL_MAX/LEVEL LEVEL_MIN or these Operating
MAX. Instructions, 2)
741 (A741) Alarm B>TANK HEIGHT 18 7 LINEAR_LEVEL_MIN/LEVEL Perform reset (code 2710) and 44
B (LEVEL_TANK_ MIN or LINEAR_LEVEL_MAX/ recalibrate the device.
HEIGHT) out of edit LEVEL MAX has been changed.
limits
68 Endress+Hauser

742 (A742) Alarm B>Sensor connection 20 5 Electromagnetic effects are Wait a few minutes. 19
B error (upload) greater than specifications in the Perform reset (code 7864) and
technical data. recalibrate the device.
(See Section 9.) This message
normally only appears briefly.
Cable connection sensor main Check cable connection and

electronics disconnected. repair if necessary.
743 (E743) Alarm B>Electronic PCB error 20 5 Electromagnetic effects are Wait a few minutes. 15
B during initialization greater than specifications in the Restart the device. Perform reset
(See Section 9.) This message
normally only appears briefly.
744 (A744) Alarm B>Main electronic PCB 20 5 Electromagnetic effects are Restart the device. Perform reset 12
B error greater than specifications in the (Code 62).
technical data. Block off electromagnetic effects
(See Section 9.) or eliminate source of
disturbance.
745 (W745) Warning C>Sensor data unknown 17 0 Sensor does not suit the device Replace sensor with a suitable 55
C (electronic sensor nameplate). sensor.
Device continues measuring.
746 (W746) Warning C>Sensor connection 20 5 Electromagnetic effects are Wait a few minutes. 27
C error - initializing greater than specifications in the Restart the device. Perform reset
(See Section 9.) This message Block off electromagnetic effects
normally only appears briefly. or eliminate source of
disturbance.
Overpressure or low pressure Reduce or increase pressure.

present.
747 (A747) Alarm B>Sensor software not 17 0 Sensor does not suit the device Replace sensor with a suitable 17
B compatible to electronics (electronic sensor nameplate). sensor.
748 (A748) Alarm B>Memory failure in 20 5 Electromagnetic effects are Block off electromagnetic effects 16
B signal processor greater than specifications in the or eliminate source of
(See Section 9.)
750 (A750) Alarm B>Configuration not 19 7 By means of the operation Check configuration. 45
B permitted profile, options were selected for Perform reset (code 7864) and
the configuration of the device recalibrate the device.
but the options do not suit one
another. For example, if the
option "1" (linearization table)
was selected for LIN_TYPE and
the unit "1347 (m3/s)" was
selected for
PRIMARY_VALUE_UNIT.
Endress+Hauser 69
Explanation of XD_ERROR and BLOCK_ERROR
Error type Code XD_ERROR XD_ERROR Text BLOCK_ BLOCK_ERROR Text PV Status
Value ERROR
Value Bit
Alarm 747 17 General Error 0 Other Bad Sensor Failure
707, 711, 713, 721, 18 Calibration Error 7 Output Failure Uncertain Config Error
722, 723, 741
719, 750 19 Configuration Error 7 Output Failure Uncertain Config Error
101, 122, 703, 704, 20 Electronics Failure 5 Device Fault State Set Bad Device Failure
705, 716, 725, 737,
738, 739, 742, 743,
744, 746, 748
113, 728, 729, 736 20 Electronics Failure 9 Memory Failure Bad Device Failure
110, 121, 130, 131, 23 Data Integrity Error 11 Lost NV Data Bad Device Failure
132, 133, 135
Error 115, 120, 715, 717, 17 General Error 0 Other Alarm: Bad Non Specific
718, 720 Warning: Status Uncertain
730, 731, 732, 733 19 Configuration Error 7 Output Failure Alarm: Bad Non Specific
Warning: Status Uncertain
122, 727, 726, 740 20 Electronics Failure 5 Device Fault State Alarm: Bad Non Specific
Warning: Status Uncertain
Warning 106, 116, 134, 745 17 General Error 0 Other Uncertain Config Error
613 17 General Error 3 Simulate active Uncertain Sim

702 17 General Error 11 Lost NV Data Status Uncertain
710 18 Calibration Error 7 Output Failure Status Uncertain
602, 604 19 Configuration Error 7 Output Failure Uncertain Config Error

746 20 Electronics Failure 5 Device Fault State Set Status Uncertain
102, 700, 706 23 Data Integrity Error 11 Lost NV Data Status Uncertain
8.1.1 Onsite display error messages

If the device detects a defect in the onsite display during initialization, the following error messages
can be displayed:
Message Measure
Initialization, VU Electr. Defect A110 Exchange onsite display.
Initialization, VU Electr. Defect A114
Initialization, VU Electr. Defect A281
Initialization, VU Checksum Err. A110

70 Endress+Hauser
8.2 Response of outputs to errors

The device makes a distinction between the message types "Alarm", "Warning" and "Error".
See the following table and 62, Section 8.1 "Messages".
Output A (Alarm) W (Warning) E (Error: Alarm/Warning)
FOUNDATION Fieldbus The process variable in question is Device continues measuring. The process For this error, you can enter whether the
transmitted with the status BAD. variable in question is transmitted with the device should react as in the event of an
status UNCERTAIN. alarm or as in the event of a warning. See
corresponding "Alarm" or "Warning"
column.
(See also Operating Instructions
BA303P, REACTION_ON_ALARM_NR/
SELECT ALARM TYPE parameter
description or these Operating Instructions,
2)
Onsite display The measured value and message are The measured value and message are The measured value and message are
displayed alternately displayed alternately displayed alternately
Measured value display: -symbol is Measured value display: -symbol Measured value display: see
permanently displayed. flashes. corresponding "Alarm" or "Warning"
column
Message display Message display: Message display:
A + 3-digit number such as A122 and W + 3-digit number such as W613 and E + 3-digit number such as E731 and
Description Description Description
Remote operation In the case of an alarm, the ALARM In the event of a warning, the ALARM In the event of an error, the ALARM
(FF configuration STATUS1 parameter displays a 3-digit STATUS parameter displays a 3-digit STATUS parameter displays a 3-digit
program/FieldCare) number such as 122 for "Sensor connection number such as 613 for "Simulation active". number such as 731 for "Pmax PROCESS
error, incorrect data". undershot".
1) FF configuration program: Diagnostic Transducer Block. Menu path FieldCare: OPERATING MENU MESSAGES
8.2.1 Analog Input Block

If the Analog Input Block receives an input or simulation value with the status BAD, the Analog
Input Block uses the failsafe mode defined in the FSAFE_TYPE1 parameter.
The following options are available by means of the FSAFE_TYPE parameter:
Last Good Value
The last valid value is used for further processing with the status UNCERTAIN.
Fail SafeValue
The value specified by means of the FSAFE_VALUE1 parameter is used for further processing with
the status UNCERTAIN.
Wrong Value
The current value is used for further processing with the status BAD.
Factory setting:
FSAFE_TYPE: FsafeValue
FSAFE_VALUE: 0
! Note!
The failsafe mode is also activated if the "Out of Service O/S" option was selected by means of the
TARGET_MODE2 parameter.
1 These parameters are not available by means of the FieldCare operating program.
Endress+Hauser 71
8.3 Confirming messages

Depending on the settings for the ALARM_HOLD_ON_TIME/ALARM DISPL. TIME and
ACKNOWLEDGE_ALARM_MODE/ACK. ALARM MODE parameters, the following measures
should be taken to clear a message:
Settings 1 Measures
ALARM_HOLD_ON_TIME// Rectify the cause of the message (see also Section 8.1).
ALARM DISPL. TIME = 0 s
ACKNOWLEDGE_ALARM_MODE/
ACK. ALARM MODE = Off
ALARM_HOLD_ON_TIME/ Rectify the cause of the message (see also Section 8.1).
ALARM DISPL. TIME > 0 s Wait for the alarm display time to elapse.
ACKNOWLEDGE_ALARM_MODE/
ACK. ALARM MODE = Off
ALARM DISPL. TIME = 0 s Confirm message using ACKNOWLEDGE_ALARM/ACK. ALARM
ACKNOWLEDGE_ALARM_MODE/ parameter.
ACK. ALARM MODE = On
ALARM DISPL. TIME > 0 s Confirm message using ACKNOWLEDGE_ALARM/ACK. ALARM
ACKNOWLEDGE_ALARM_MODE/ parameter.
ACK. ALARM MODE = On Wait for the alarm display time to elapse. If a message appears and the alarm
display time elapses before the message has been acknowledged, the message
is cleared once it has been acknowledged.
1) FF configuration program: The parameters are in the Diagnostic Transducer Blocks.

FieldCare: Menu path for ALARM DISPL. TIME and ACK. ALARM MODE: OPERATING MENU DIAGNOSTICS
MESSAGES
8.4 Repair
The Endress+Hauser repairs concept provides for measuring devices to have a modular design and
also that the customer may carry out repairs (see Section 8.6 "Spare parts" on 73).
! Note!
For certified devices, please consult the "Repair of Ex-certified devices" section.
For more information on service and spare parts contact the Endress+Hauser Service. (
See www.endress.com/worldwide)
8.5 Repair of Ex-certified devices

# Warning!
When repairing Ex-certified devices, please note the following:
Only specialist personnel or Endress+Hauser may undertake repairs of certified devices.
Relevant standards, national hazardous area regulations and Safety Instructions and Certificates
must be observed.
Only genuine Endress+Hauser spare parts may be used.
When ordering spare parts, please check the device designation on the nameplate. Identical parts
may only be used as replacements.
Electronic inserts or sensors already in use in a standard instrument may not be used as spare parts
for a certified device.
Carry out repairs according to the instructions. After repairs, the device must fulfill the
requirements of the specified individual tests.
A certified device may only be converted into another certified variant by Endress+Hauser.
All repairs and modifications must be documented.
72 Endress+Hauser
8.6 Spare parts

Information on the spare parts that are available for your measuring device is provided on the
Internet site "www.endress.com". Proceed as follows here:
1. Select "www.endress.com" and then select the country.
2. Click "Products"
3. Enter the product name in the "Product name" field.
4. Select the measuring device.

5. Switch to the "Accessories/spare parts" tab
6. Select the spare parts (also use the overview drawings on the right-hand side of the screen).
When ordering a spare part, always indicate the serial number that is indicated on the nameplate.
Where necessary, replacement instructions are provided with the spare parts.
Endress+Hauser 73
8.7 Returning the device

Before you send in a device for repair or inspection:
Remove all signs of fluids, paying particular attention to seal grooves and gaps in which fluid can
become lodged. This is especially important if the fluid is hazardous to health. Please refer also to
the "Declaration of Hazardous Material and Decontamination".
Please enclose the following when returning the device:
The duly completed and signed "Declaration of Contamination".
Only then can Endress+Hauser inspect or repair the returned device.
The chemical and physical properties of the fluid.
A description of the application.
A description of the error which occurred.
Special instructions on handling, if necessary, e.g. safety data sheet as per EN 91/155/EEC.
8.8 Disposal
When disposing, separate and recycle the device components based on the materials.
8.9 Software history
Date Software Changes to the software Documentation

version
CD-ROM Operating Description of
Instructions Device Functions
03.2005 02.00.zz Original software. BA302P/00/EN/04.05 BA303P/00/EN/04.05

52027501 52027502
Compatible with:
ToF Tool Field Tool Package, version 2.04 or higher BA302P/00/EN/11.05 BA303P/00/EN/04.05
71009599 52027502
CD507P/00/A2/10.07 BA302P/00/EN/10.07 BA303P/00/EN/04.05
71033931 71043307 52027502
CD507P/00/A2/12.07 BA302P/00/EN/12.07 BA303P/00/EN/04.05

71033931 71043307 52027502
CD507P/00/A2/05.08 BA302P/00/EN/05.08 BA303P/00/EN/05.08

71071801 71071782 71062794
08.2008 03.00.zz Compatible with: CD507P/00/A2/08.08 BA302P/00/EN/08.08 BA303P/00/EN/08.08
FieldCare version 2.15.00 71077559 71077547 71076564
CD507P/00/A2/06.09 BA302P/00/EN/06.09 BA303P/00/EN/06.09

71095448 71095438 71095456
CD507P/00/A2/05.10 BA302P/00/EN/05.10 BA303P/00/EN/05.10

71111804 71111799 71111814
74 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S PMC71, PMP71, PMP72, PMP75 with FOUNDATION Fieldbus Technical data
9 Technical data
For technical data, please refer to Technical Information Cerabar S TI383P (PMC71, PMP71,
PMP75); TI438P (PMP72). 2, "Overview of documentation" section.
10 Appendix
10.1 Menu
! Note!
The entire menu of Endress+Hauser parameters is depicted on the following pages. Some
Endress+Hauser parameters correspond to FF standard parameters. All other FF parameters can
only be configured by means of an FF configuration program. (See Operating Instructions
BA303P "Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S, Description of Device Functions").
The menu has a different structure depending on the measuring mode selected. This means that
some function groups are only displayed for one measuring mode, e.g. the "LINEARIZATION"
function group for the "Level" measuring mode.
In addition, there are also parameters that are only displayed if other parameters are appropriately
configured. For example the CUSTOMER UNIT P parameter is only displayed if the "User unit"
option was selected for the PRESS. ENG. UNIT parameter. These parameters are indicated with
a "*".
For a description of the parameters, please refer to Operating Instructions BA303P "Cerabar S/
Deltabar S/Deltapilot S Description of Device Functions". The exact dependency of individual
parameters on one another is explained here. 2, "Overview of documentation" section.
Endress+Hauser 75
Appendix Cerabar S PMC71, PMP71, PMP72, PMP75 with FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Measured value
1)
GROUP SELECTION
1) 1) 2)
LANGUAGE MEASURING MODE QUICK SETUP MANUFACTURER VIEW
1)
Level measuring
LEVEL SELECTION mode only OPERATING MENU
SETTINGS
POSITION ADJUSTMENT
2)
MEASURING MODE
Deltabar S only
Pressure Level Flow
3) 2)
POS. ZERO ADJUST LEVEL SELECTION POS. ZERO ADJUST
4) 3)
POS. INPUT VALUE POS. ZERO ADJUST MAX. FLOW
POS. ZERO ADJUST
4)
DAMPING VALUE POS. INPUT VALUE MAX PRESS. FLOW
POS. INPUT VALUE
EMPTY CALIB.
* DAMPING VALUE
CALIB. OFFSET
FULL CALIB.
*
DAMPING VALUE
1) Display via on-site display only
2) Display via FieldCare
3) Cerabar S with gauge pressure sensor, Deltabar S or Deltapilot S
4) Cerabar S with absolute pressure sensor
* There are parameters that are only displayed if other parameters are
appropriately configured.
For example the CUSTOMER UNIT P parameter is only displayed
if the "User unit" option was selected for the PRESS. ENG. UNIT parameter.
These parameters are indicated with a "*".
76 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S PMC71, PMP71, PMP72, PMP75 with FOUNDATION Fieldbus Appendix
BASIC SETUP
2)
MEASURING MODE
Pressure Level Flow

2)
PRESS. ENG. UNIT LEVEL SELECTION PRESS. ENG. UNIT
CUSTOMER UNIT P
* CUSTOMER UNIT P
*
Level Easy Pressure Level Easy Height Level Standard
CUST. UNIT FACT. P
* CUST. UNIT FACT. P
*
PRESS. ENG. UNIT PRESS. ENG. UNIT
X
DAMPING VALUE
CUSTOMER UNIT P
* CUSTOMER UNIT P
* Continuation,
see the following page
FLOW-MEAS. TYPE
CUST. UNIT FACT. P

* CUST. UNIT FACT. P
* A
B
OUTPUT UNIT OUTPUT UNIT
CUSTOMER UNIT F
*
CALIBRATION MODE HEIGHT UNIT
Dry
CUST. UNIT FACT. F
*
Wet CALIBRATION MODE
EMPTY CALIB. EMPTY CALIB. MAX. FLOW

Wet Dry
FULL CALIB. EMPTY PRESSUE DENSITY UNIT DENSITY UNIT MAX PRESS. FLOW
FULL CALIB. ADJUST DENSITY ADJUST DENSITY DAMPING VALUE
FULL PRESSURE EMPTY CALIB. EMPTY CALIB.
FULL CALIB. EMPTY HEIGHT

DAMPING VALUE
FULL CALIB.
FULL HEIGHT
DAMPING VALUE
Volume Gas Gas Mass

p. cond. norm cond. std. cond.
UNIT FLOW NORM FLOW UNIT STD. FLOW UNIT MASS FLOW UNIT
B B B B
For example the CUSTOMER UNIT P parameter is only displayed
if the "User unit" option was selected for the PRESS. ENG. UNIT parameter.
Endress+Hauser 77
C
Continuation
BASIC SETUP "Level",
X see also the previous page Height Volume Mass %
LEVEL SELECTION = HEIGHT UNIT UNIT VOLUME MASS UNIT

Level Standard
PRESS. ENG. UNIT CUTOMER UNIT H * CUSTOMER UNIT V * CUSTOMER UNIT M *

CUSTOMER UNIT P CUST. UNIT FACT. H * CUST. UNIT FACT. V * CUST. UNIT FACT. M *
CUST. UNIT FACT. P D D D D
LEVEL MODE
Linear Pressure Height

Linearized Linearized
E
LIN. MEASURAND LINd MEASURAND COMB. MEASURAND

% Volume Mass
UNIT VOLUME MASS UNIT

C E G
D F H CUSTOMER UNIT V * CUSTOMER UNIT M *
CALIBRATION MODE HYDR. PRESS MIN.
E CUST. UNIT FACT. V * CUST. UNIT FACT. M *
HYDR. PRESS MAX. F
Wet Dry F F F
EMPTY CALIB. DENSITY UNIT DAMPING VALUE LEVEL MIN
EMPTY PRESSURE ADJUST DENSITY LEVEL MAX

G
FULL CALIB. VOLUME UNIT
* CALIBRATION MODE
Height+... %Height+...
FULL PRESSURE CUSTOMER UNIT V
*
Wet Dry HEIGHT UNIT
ADJUSTED DENSITY* *
CUST. UNIT FACT. V EMPTY CALIB. DENSITY UNIT
CUTOMER UNIT H *
TANK VOLUME
* EMPTY PRESSURE ADJUST DENSITY
*
CUST. UNIT FACT. H
HEIGHT UNIT
* FULL CALIB. HEIGHT UNIT *
H H
CUSTOMER UNIT H FULL PRESSURE CUSTOMER UNIT H *
CUST. UNIT FACT. H
* ADJUSTED DENSITY * CUST. UNIT FACT. H *
TANK HEIGHT
* 100% POINT *
100% POINT
* ZERO POSITION
ZERO POSITION
DAMPING VALUE
DAMPING VALUE
For example the CUST. UNIT FACT. H parameter is only displayed
if the "User unit" option was selected for the HEIGHT UNIT parameter.
78 Endress+Hauser
EXTENDED SETUP LINEARISATION LINEARISATION TOTALIZER SETUP

Level measuring Level measuring Flow measuring
mode only mode only mode only
(Deltabar S only)
Display via on-site Display via FieldCare
display only only
Pressure Level Flow
TEMP. ENG UNIT TEMP. ENG UNIT TEMP. ENG UNIT TANK CONTENT MIN TANK CONTENT MIN TOTALIZER 1 UNIT
DENSITIY UNIT LOW FLOW CUT-OFF TANK CONTENT MAX TANK CONTENT MAX TOT. 1 USER UNIT
*
ADJUST DENSITIY SET L. FL. CUT-OFF
* TABLE SELECTION TABLE SELECTION FACT. U. U. TOTAL.1
*
PROCESS DENSITY Measuring Measuring NEG. FLOW TOT. 1
Editor Table Editor Table
Table Table
LIN. EDIT MODE MEASURING TABLE LIN. EDIT MODE LINE-NUMB RESET TOTALIZER 1
EDITOR TABLE MEASURING TABLE EDITOR TABLE ACTIVE LIN. TAB. X TOTALIZER 2 UNIT
EDITOR TABLE LINE-NUMB ACTIVE LIN. TAB. Y TOT. 2 USER UNIT

*
EDITOR TABLE X-VAL. FACT. U. U. TOTAL. 2 *
Y-VAL. NEG. FLOW TOT. 2
TANK DESCRIPTION
EDITOR TABLE
TANK DESCRIPTION
For example the TOT. 1 USER UNIT parameter is only displayed
if the "User unit" option was selected for the TOTALIZER 1 UNIT parameter.
Endress+Hauser 79
DISPLAY TRANSMITTER INFO
PA DATA TRANSMITTER DATA PROCESS CONNECTION SENSOR DATA
MENU DESCRIPTOR IDENT NUMBER SEL DEVICE SERIAL No Pmax PROC. CONN. SENSOR SER. NO.
MAIN DATA FORMAT SET UNIT TO BUS ELECTR. SERIAL No PROC. CONN. TYPE PRESS. SENS LOLIM
1)
ALTERNATE DATA AI OUT VALUE TAG DESCRIPTION MAT. PROC. CONN. + PRESS. SENS HILIM
2) 2)
LANGUAGE AI OUT STATUS ADDITIONAL INFO. MAT. PROC. CONN. MINIMUM SPAN
DISPLAY CONTRAST 2ND CYCLIC VALUE DEVICE DESIGN. SEAL TYPE SENSOR MEAS. TYPE
SEL.DISPLAY VALUE HARDWARE REV. MAT. MEMBRANE
PA INPUT VALUE SOFTWARE VERSION FILLING FLUID
BUS ADDRESS CONFIG RECORDER Tmin SENSOR
PCB TEMPERATURE Tmax SENSOR
ALLOWED MIN. TEMP SENSOR H/WARE REV.
ALLOWED MAX. TEMP
DIP STATUS
1) Display via on-site display only
80 Endress+Hauser
PROCESS INFO OPERATION DIAGNOSTICS
PROCESS VALUE PEAK HOLD INDICATOR SIMULATION MESSAGES USER LIMITS
Deltabar S only
Pressure Level Flow
MEASURED VALUE MEASURED VALUE MEASURED VALUE COUNTER:P > Pmax ENTER RESET CODE SIMULATION MODE ALARM STATUS Pmin ALARM WINDOW
PRESSURE PRESSURE PRESSURE MAX. MEAS. PRESS. OPERATING HOURS I LAST DIAG. CODE Pmax ALARM WINDOW
CORRECTED PRESS. CORRECTED PRESS. CORRECTED PRESS. COUNTER:P < Pmin INSERT PIN NO ACK. ALARM MODE Tmin ALARM WINDOW
SENSOR PRESSURE SENSOR PRESSURE SENSOR PRESSURE MIN. MEAS. PRESS. HistoROM AVAIL. ACK. ALARM * Tmax ALARM WINDOW
SENSOR TEMP. SENSOR TEMP. SENSOR TEMP. COUNTER:T > Tmax DOWNLOAD SELECT. * RESET ALL ALARMS
MEAS. VAL. TREND MEAS. VAL. TREND MEAS. VAL. TREND MAX. MEAS. TEMP. HistoROM CONTROL * ERROR NO.
Display via FieldCare
only
LEVEL BEFORE LIN

* SUPPRESSED FLOW COUNTER:T< Tmin SELECT ALARMTYPE
TANK CONTENT
* TOTALIZER 1 MIN. MEAS. TEMP. ALARM DELAY
TOTAL. 1 OVERFLOW PCB COUNT:T > Tmax ALARM DISPL. TIME
TOTALIZER 2 PCB MAX. TEMP.
TOTAL. 2 OVERFLOW PCB COUNT: T< Tmin
PCB MIN. TEMP.
RESET PEAKHOLD
none Pressure Flow Level Tank content Alarm Warning

SIM. PRESSURE SIM. FLOW VALUE SIM. LEVEL SIM. TANK CONT. SIM. ERROR NO.
There are parameters that are only displayed if other parameters are
* appropriately configured.
Endress+Hauser 81
3)
PROFILE VIEW
PHYSICAL BLOCK TRANSDUCER BLOCK ANALOG INPUT BLOCK
PB STANDARD PARAM. PB PARAMETER PB E+H PARAMETER TB STANDARD PARAM. TB PARAMETER AI STANDARD PARAM. AI PARAMETER
4) 4) 4) 4)
BLOCK OBJECT SOFTWARE VERSION ALARM STATUS BLOCK OBJECT SENSOR PRESSURE BLOCK OBJECT BATCH
4) 4) 4) 4) 4)
MODE BLK HARDWARE REV. LAST DIAG. CODE MODE BLK PRIMARY VALUE MODE BLK OUT
4) 4)
ST_REV MANUFACTOR ID UP_DOWN_FEAT ST_REV SCALE IN ST_REV PV SCALE
4) 4)
TAG DESCRIPTION DEVICE NAME STR BUS ADDRESS TAG DESCRIPTION SCALE OUT TAG DESCRIPTION OUT SCALE
4)
STRATEGY DEVICE SERIAL No SET UNIT TO BUS STRATEGY TEMPERATURE STRATEGY CHANNEL
4) 4)
ALERT_KEY DIAGNOSIS PA INPUT VALUE ALERT_KEY ALERT_KEY PV_FTIME
4)
TARGET_MODE DIAGNOSIS EXT. SEL. DISPLAY VAL. TARGET_MODE TARGET_MODE FSAFE_TYPE
4) 4) 4) 4)
ALARM SUM DIAGNOSIS MASK PROFILE_REV ALARM SUM ALARM SUM FSAFE_VALUE
4)
DIAGNOSIS MASK EXT. RESET ALL ALARMS ALARM_HYS
DEV_CERTIFIC IDENT_NUMBER HI_HI_LIM
INSERT PIN No 2ND CYCLIC VALUE HI_LIM
ENTER RESET CODE DEVICE DESIGN LO_LIM
DESCRIPTION SEL_3RD_CYCL_VAL LO_LO_LIM
4) 4)
MESSAGE DIAG ADD EXTENSION HI HI ALARM
4) 4)
DEV_INSTALL_DATE MASK ADD EXTENSION HI ALARM
4)
IDENT_NUMBER_SEL LO ALARM
4)
DIP STATUS LO LO ALARM
4)
SIMULATE
UNIT_TEXT
3) The "Profile view" menu is available via remote operation e.g. FieldCare only.
4) Parameter group (Data type: Record)
82 Endress+Hauser
10.2 Patents
This product is protected by at least one of the following patents. Further patents are pending.
US 5,836,063 A1 i EP 0 797 084 B1
US 5,877,424 A1 i EP 0 780 674 B1
DE 203 05 869 U1
US 6,363,790 A1 i EP 0 995 979 B1
US 5,670,063 A1 i EP 0 516 579 B1
US 5,539,611 A1
US 5,050,034 A1 i EP 0 445 382 B1
US 5,005,421 A1 i EP 0 351 701 B1
EP 0 414 871 B1
EP 1 061 351 B1
US 5,334,344 A1 i EP 0 490 807 B1
US 6,703,943 A1
Endress+Hauser 83
84 Endress+Hauser
Endress+Hauser 85
Cerabar S PMC71, PMP71, PMP72, PMP75 with FOUNDATION Fieldbus Index
Index
A Methods. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Alarm messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Assignment of Transducer Blocks (CHANNEL) . . . . . . . . . 33 N
Nameplate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
B Network configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Block configuration, delivery status. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Number of devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Block model, Cerabar S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
O
C Onsite display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Cable specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Operating elements, function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2627
CHANNEL-Parameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Operating elements, position. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Current consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Overvoltage protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
D P
Device addressing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Pipe mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Device identification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Position adjustment, FF configuration program . . . . . . . . . 54
Diaphragm seals, installation instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Position adjustment, FieldCare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Diaphragm seals, vacuum application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Position adjustment, onsite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Pressure measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
E Q
Electrical connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Quick Setup menu pressure (FieldCare). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
R
F Repair. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Factory setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Repair of Ex-certified devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
FieldCare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
FOUNDATION Fieldbus system architecture . . . . . . . . . . 28 Rotating the housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
G S
Grounding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Scaling OUT parameter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Scope of delivery. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
H Selecting the language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Hazardous areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Selecting the measuring mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Heat insulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Separate housing, assembly and mounting. . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
HistoROM/M-DAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Shielding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Simulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
I Software history . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Incoming acceptance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Spare parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Index tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Installation instructions for devices with diaphragm seals. . 13 Supply voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Installation instructions for devices without diaphragm seals . .
11 T
Temperature isolator, installation instructions . . . . . . . . . . 14
K Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Keys, onsite, function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2627
Keys, position. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 U
Unlocking operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
L
Level measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 W
Level measurement, Quick Setup menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Wall mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Level Quick Setup menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Locking operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Welding recommendation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
M
Measuring arrangement for level measurement . . . . . . . . . 13
Measuring arrangement for pressure measurement . . . 1112
Menu structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
86 Endress+Hauser
Declaration of Hazardous Material and De-Contamination
Erklrung zur Kontamination und Reinigung
Please reference the Return Authorization Number (RA#), obtained from Endress+Hauser, on all paperwork and mark the RA#
clearly on the outside of the box. If this procedure is not followed, it may result in the refusal of the package at our facility.
RA No. Bitte geben Sie die von E+H mitgeteilte Rcklieferungsnummer (RA#) auf allen Lieferpapieren an und vermerken Sie diese
auch auen auf der Verpackung. Nichtbeachtung dieser Anweisung fhrt zur Ablehnung ihrer Lieferung.
Because of legal regulations and for the safety of our employees and operating equipment, we need the "Declaration of Hazardous Material
and De-Contamination", with your signature, before your order can be handled. Please make absolutely sure to attach it to the outside of the
packaging.
Aufgrund der gesetzlichen Vorschriften und zum Schutz unserer Mitarbeiter und Betriebseinrichtungen, bentigen wir die unterschriebene
"Erklrung zur Kontamination und Reinigung", bevor Ihr Auftrag bearbeitet werden kann. Bringen Sie diese unbedingt auen an der
Verpackung an.
Type of instrument / sensor Serial number

Gerte-/Sensortyp ____________________________________________ Seriennummer ________________________
Used as SIL device in a Safety Instrumented System / Einsatz als SIL Gert in Schutzeinrichtungen
Process data/Prozessdaten Temperature / Temperatur_____ [F] _____ [C] Pressure / Druck _____ [psi] _____ [ Pa ]
Conductivity / Leitfhigkeit ________ [S/cm] Viscosity /Viskositt _____ [cp] _____ [mm2/s]
Medium and warnings

Warnhinweise zum Medium
harmful/
Medium /concentration Identification flammable toxic corrosive irritant other * harmless
Medium /Konzentration CAS No. entzndlich giftig tzend gesundheits- sonstiges* unbedenklich
schdlich/
reizend
Process
medium
Medium im
Prozess
Medium for
process cleaning
Medium zur
Prozessreinigung
Returned part
cleaned with
Medium zur
Endreinigung
* explosive; oxidising; dangerous for the environment; biological risk; radioactive
* explosiv; brandfrdernd; umweltgefhrlich; biogefhrlich; radioaktiv
Please tick should one of the above be applicable, include safety data sheet and, if necessary, special handling instructions.
Zutreffendes ankreuzen; trifft einer der Warnhinweise zu, Sicherheitsdatenblatt und ggf. spezielle Handhabungsvorschriften beilegen.
Description of failure / Fehlerbeschreibung __________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Company data /Angaben zum Absender
Company /Firma ___________________________________ Phone number of contact person /Telefon-Nr. Ansprechpartner:

_________________________________________________ ____________________________________________
Address / Adresse Fax / E-Mail ____________________________________________
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________ Your order No. / Ihre Auftragsnr. ____________________________
We hereby certify that this declaration is filled out truthfully and completely to the best of our knowledge.We further certify that the returned
parts have been carefully cleaned. To the best of our knowledge they are free of any residues in dangerous quantities.
Wir besttigen, die vorliegende Erklrung nach unserem besten Wissen wahrheitsgetreu und vollstndig ausgefllt zu haben. Wir besttigen
weiter, dass die zurckgesandten Teile sorgfltig gereinigt wurden und nach unserem besten Wissen frei von Rckstnden in gefahrbringen-
der Menge sind.
P/SF/Konta XIV
(place, date / Ort, Datum) Name, dept./Abt. (please print /bitte Druckschrift) Signature / Unterschrift
www.endress.com/worldwide
BA302P/00/EN/05.10
71111799
CCS/FM+SGML6.0 71111763
TRANSMISOR DE NIVEL (Rastra)

3.5
Espesador 36m 325-TK-002 NA PROSONIC M FMU40 / Instrumento Tag 325-ZT-008
CAPTULO 3
Technical Information
Prosonic M FMU40/41/42/43/44
Ultrasonic Level Measurement
Compact transmitters for non-contact level measurement of fluids,
pastes and coarse bulk materials
Application Features and benefits

Continuous, non-contact level measurement in fluids, Quick and simple commissioning via menu-guided on-
pastes, sullages and coarse bulk materials site operation with four-line plain text display
Flow measurement in open channels and measuring Envelope curves on the on-site display for simple
weirs diagnosis
System integration via: Easy remote operation, diagnosis and measuring point
HART (standard), 4...20mA documentation with the supplied ToF Tool operating
PROFIBUS PA program.
Foundation Fieldbus Suitable for explosion hazardous areas
Maximum measuring range: (Gas-Ex, Dust-Ex)
FMU 40: Linearisation function (up to 32 points) for conversion
5 m in fluids / 2 m in bulk materials of the measured value into any unit of length, volume
FMU 41: or flow rate
8 m in fluids / 3,5 m in bulk materials Non-contact measurement method minimizes service
FMU 42: requirements
10 m in fluids / 5 m in bulk materials optional remote display and operation (up to 20 m
FMU 43: from transmitter)
15 m in fluids / 7 m in bulk materials Installation possible from thread G 1 or 1 NPT
FMU44: upwards
20 m in fluids / 10 m in bulk materials Integrated temperature sensor for automatic
correction of the temperature dependent sound
velocity
TI365F/00/en/01.09
71089083
Prosonic M
Inhaltsverzeichnis
Function and system design. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Process conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

Measuring principle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Process temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Equipment architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Process pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Mechanical construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

Measured variable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Design; dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Measuring range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Operating frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Housing design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Process connection,
sealing material,
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
sensor material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Output signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Signal on alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Load HART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Human interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Output damping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Display and operating elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Linearisation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 On-site operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Remote operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Auxiliary energy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Terminal compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Certificates and Approvals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Terminal assignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 CE mark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Fieldbus plug connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Ex approval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Supply voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 External standards and guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Cable entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Ordering information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Power consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Product structure FMU 40 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Current consumption
(2-wire-instruments) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
HART ripple . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Max. noise HART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Galvanic isolation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Scope of delivery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Performance characteristics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Reaction time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Weather protection cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Reference operating conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Installation bracket for FMU 40/41 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Measured value resolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Adapter flange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Pulse frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Cantilever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Measuring error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Mounting Frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Influence of the vapor pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Wall Bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Commubox FXA191 HART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Installation conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Commubox FXA195 HART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Installation variants FMU 40, FMU 41 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Service Interface FXA193 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Installation variants FMU42, FMU44 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Remote display FHX40 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Installation variants FMU 43 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Installation conditions for level measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Supplementary documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Installation in narrow shafts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
System Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Installation conditions for flow measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Operating manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Blocking distance,
Description of device functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
nozzle installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Short instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Safety Instructions ATEX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Ambient conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Safety Instructions NEPSI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Ambient temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Control drawings Installation drawings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Storage temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Resistance to alternating
temperature cycles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Climate class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Ingress protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Vibration resistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
2 Endress+Hauser
Prosonic M
Function and system design

Measuring principle
BD
20 mA
100%
E F
4 mA
0%
L00-FMU4x-15-00-00-de-001
E: Empty distance; F: Span (full distance); D: Distance from sensor membrane - product surface; L: Level; BD: Blocking
distance
Sensor BD Max. range fluids Max. range bulk materials

FMU40 0.25 m 5m 2m
FMU41 0.35 m 8m 3.5 m
FMU42 0.4 m 10 m 5m
FMU43 0.6 m 15 m 7m
FMU44 0.5 m 20 m 10 m
Time-of-flight method
The sensor of the Prosonic M transmits ultrasonic pulses in the direction of the product surface. There, they
are reflected back and received by the sensor. The Prosonic M measures the time t between pulse transmission
and reception. The instrument uses the time t (and the velocity of sound c) to calculate the distance D between
the sensor membrane and the product surface:
D = c t/2
As the device knows the empty distance E from a user entry, it can calculate the level as follows:
L=E-D
An integrated temperature sensor compensates for changes in the velocity of sound caused by temperature
changes.
Interference echo suppression

The interference echo suppression feature on the Prosonic M ensures that interference echos (e.g. from edges,
welded joints and installations) are not interpreted as a level echo.
Calibration
Enter the empty distance E and the span F to calibrate the device.
Blocking distance
Span F may not extend into the blocking distance BD. Level echos from the blocking distance cannot be
evaluated due to the transient characteristics of the sensor.
Endress+Hauser 3
Prosonic M
Equipment architecture 420 mA output with HART protocol

The complete measuring system consists of:
PLC FieldCare
FieldCare
service adapter
Commubox FXA291/ToF Adapter FXA291
FXA191/195 Power supply
FXA193
(for 4-wire)
transmitter power
supply unit
RMA422 operating and ENDRESS + HAUSER
or RN221N display module %
(communication resistor
+ E
VU331
included) DELTABAR: * * * * * * * *
ONLINE
1 QUICK SETUP
2 OPERATING MENU
3 PV 352 mbar
dsdmdm
df das.
asdas fa
asas la.
4 SV 0 C
HELP SAVE
6
ENDRESS + HAUSER
9 Page
Up
RMA 422 Bksp Delete
Page
On
#%& ABC DEF

1 2 3
Copy Paste Hot Key
GHI JKL MNO

4 5 6
Insert + Hot Key
PQRS TUV W XY Z
7 8 9
,()
.
_<>
0
+*/
-
HART handheld
FXA191/195 375
FIELD COMMUNICATOR
Field Commu-
nicator 375
L00-FMxxxxxx-14-00-06-en-007
If the HART communication resistor is not built into the supply unit, it is necessary to insert a communication
resistor of 250 into the 2-wire line.
On-site operation
with display and operating module VU 331
with a Personal Computer, FXA 193 and the operating software ToF Tool
Remote operation
with HART handheld terminal DXR 375
with a Personal Computer, Commubox FXA 191 and the operating software COMMUWIN II respectively
ToF Tool.
4 Endress+Hauser
Prosonic M
System integration using PROFIBUS PA

A maximum of 32 transmitters (8 if mounted in an explosion hazardous location EEx ia IIC according to
FISCO-model) can be connected to the bus.The segment coupler provides the operating voltage to the bus.
Both on-site as well as remote operation are possible.
personal computer with

FieldCare and
Profibard resp. Proficard PLC
segment coupler
PROFIBUS DP
ENDRESS + HAUSER
PROFIBUS PA
T
More
operating and Functions
display module (valves etc)
VU331 ENDRESS + HAUSER
service adapter
%
+ E
FXA291/ToF Adapter FXA291

FXA193
Prosonic M FieldCare
Micropilot M
Levelflex M
L00-FMxxXXXX-14-00-06-en-001
System integration using Foundation Fieldbus (FF)

A maximum of 32 transmitters (standard or EEx d) can be connected to the bus. For protection class EEx ia:
the maximum number of transmitters depends on the established rules and standards for intrinsically safe
circuits (EN 60070-14) and proof of instrinsic safety. Both on-site and remote operation are possible.
personal computer
e.g. with
NI-FBUS configurator
power supply
FF link
power conditioner T T
Additional
operating and functions
display module (valves etc.)
%
service adapter
FXA291/ToF Adapter FXA291
+ E
FXA193
Prosonic M FieldCare
Micropilot M
Levelflex M
L00-FMxxXXXX-14-00-06-en-003
Endress+Hauser 5
Prosonic M
System integration using Endress+Hauser Rackbus

You can interconnect a maximum of 64 2-wire devices with HART protocol to a Rackbus. Use an FXN 672
interface module for each device. You can integrate this bus into a higher-level bus by using a ZA gateway.
Gateways are available for MODBUS, FIP, PROFIBUS, INTERBUS etc. Both on-site and remote operation are
possible.
PLC
personal computer
with Commuwin II
RS 232C Bus
FXN672
FXN 671 FXN 671 FXN 671 ZA 672 ZA 672
Gateway to
MODBUS, FIP,
PROFIBUS,
INTERBUS etc.
+ + +
mA1 mA1 mA1
420 mA with HART
operating and
display module
+ E
Micropilot M Prosonic M
FXA193
Levelflex M
ToF Tool - FieldTool Package

L00-FMxxXXXX-14-00-06-en-006
! Hinweis!
The FXN672 can be used with all 2-wire devices of the Prosonic M family.
6 Endress+Hauser
Prosonic M
System integration via Fieldgate
Vendor Managed Inventory

By using Fieldgates to interrogate tank or silo levels remotely, suppliers of raw materials can provide their
regular customers with information about the current supplies at any time and, for example, account for them
in their own production planning. For their part, the Fieldgates monitor the configured level limits and, if
required, automatically activate the next supply. The spectrum of options here ranges from a simple purchasing
requisition via e-mail through to fully automatic order administration by coupling XML data into the planning
systems on both sides.
Remote maintenance of measuring equipment

Fieldgates not only transfer the current measured values, they also alert the responsible standby personnel, if
required, via e-mail or SMS. In the event of an alarm or also when performing routine checks, service
technicians can diagnose and configure connected HART devices remotely. All that is required for this is the
corresponding HART operating software (e.g. ToF Tool - FieldTool Package, FieldCare, ...) for the connected
device. Fieldgate passes on the information transparently, so that all options for the respective operating
software are available remotely. Some on-site service operations can be avoided by using remote diagnosis and
remote configuration and all others can at least be better planned and prepared.
Remote configuration/diagnostics Remote monitoring

HTTP script
via HART Client: Web browser
- FieldCare
...
Multidrop-Connector
e.g. 2 x RN221N-B FXN520
ENDRESS+HAUSER
RN 221N
ENDRESS+HAUSER
RN 221N
Analogue
Ethernet
GSM
Fieldgate
FXA520
FXN 520
Fieldgate 20...45 VDC
Channel 1 Channel 2 FXA520
-
.
L00-FXA520xx-14-00-06-en-009
! Note!
The number of instruments which can be connected in mutidrop mode can be calculated by the "FieldNetCalc"
program. A description of this program can be found in Technical Information TI 400F (Multidrop Conncector
FXN520). The program is available form your Endress+Hauser sales organisation or in the internet at:
"www.endress.com Download" (Text Search = "Fieldnetcalc").
Endress+Hauser 7
Prosonic M
Input
Measured variable The distance D between the sensor membrane and the product surface is measured.
Using the linearisation function, the device uses D to calculate:
level L in any units
volume V in any units
flow Q across measuring weirs or open channels in any units
Measuring range The measuring range is limited by the range of a sensor. The sensor range is, in turn, dependent on the
operating conditions. To estimate the actual range, proceed as follows (see also the calculation example in the
diagram):
1. Determine which of the influences shown in the following table are appropriate for your process.
2. Add the corresponding attenuation values.
3. From the total attenuation, use the diagram to calculate the range.
Fluid surface Attenuation
Calm 0 dB
Waves 5 ... 10 dB
Strong turbulence (e.g. stirrers) 10 ... 20 dB
Foaming Ask Endress+Hauser
Bulk material surface Attenuation
Hard, rough (e.g. rubble) 40 dB
Soft (e.g. peat, dust-covered clinker) 40 ... 60 dB
Dust Attenuation
No dust formation 0 dB
Little dust formation 5 dB
Heavy dust formation 5 ... 20 dB
Filling curtain in detection range Attenuation
None 0 dB
Small quantities 5 ... 10 dB
Large quantities 10 ... 40 dB
Temperature difference between Attenuation

sensor and product surface
to 20 C 0 dB
to 40 C 5 ... 10 dB
to 80 C 10 ... 20 dB
8 Endress+Hauser
Prosonic M
20
FMU 44
19
18
17
16
15
FMU 43
14
13
12
11
10
FMU 42
9
8
range/ m
FMU 41
7
4 FMU 40
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
attenuation / dB
L00-FMU4xxxx-05-00-00-en-002
Example (for FMU 43)

For typical solid applications, a certain amount of dust coverage is normally present. Therefore, the following
range results from the table and the diagram
Dust-covered rubble approx. 50 dB

no dust formation 0 dB
No filling curtain in
detection range 0 dB
Temperature diff. < 20C 0 dB
approx. 50 dB => range approx. 7 m
These measuring conditions have been taken into account during the calculation of the maximum measuring
range in solid applications.
Operating frequency Sensor Operating frequency
FMU40 approx. 70 kHz
Endress+Hauser 9
Prosonic M
Output
Output signal according to the instrument version ordered:
420 mA with HART protocol
PROFIBUS PA
Foundation Fieldbus (FF)
Signal on alarm Error information can be accessed via the following interfaces:
On-site display (error symbol, error code and plain text description)
Current output (error current configurable)
Digital interface
Load HART Minimum load for HART communication: 250
Output damping Freely selectable, 0 ... 255 s
Linearisation The linearisation function of the Prosonic M allows conversion of the measured value into any unit of length
or volume. In open channels or measuring weirs, also a flow linearistion is possible (calculation of the flow from
the measured level). The linearisation table for calculating the volume in an horizontal cylindrical tank is
preprogrammed. You can also enter any number of other tables containing up to 32 value pairs either manually
or semi-automatically (by filling the vessel under controlled conditions).
The supplied ToF Tool operating program can automatically calculate the table for any tank, weir or flume and
upload it into the device.
Flow curves for open channels can be calculated and entered into the instrument by the ToT Tool as well.
10 Endress+Hauser
Prosonic M
Auxiliary energy
Terminal compartment In the F12 housing, the terminals are located underneath the housing cover. In the T12 housing, they are under
the cover of the separate terminal compartment.
F12 housing T12 housing
sealed terminal
compartment
L00-FMR2xxxx-04-00-00-en-001
Terminal assignment 4 ... 20 mA with HART, 2-wire 4 ... 20 mA active with HART, 4-wire
DC AC / DC
power display unit, power

alternatively recorder, PCS
Commubox
FXA191/195 alternatively
communication
resistor Commubox
(> 250 W) communication FXA191/195
resistor Field Commu-
(> 250 W) nicator 375
4...20 mA
4...20mA
test sockets for testing

of the signal current
plant
1 2 3 4 ground
L- L+ I+ I- plant
5 6 1 2 ground
I+ I- L1/L+ N/L-
L00-FMxxxxxx-04-00-00-en-015 L00-FMxxxxxx-04-00-00-en-011
Connect the connecting line to the screw terminals (line cross-sections of 0.5 ... 2.5mm) in the terminal
compartment.
Use 2-wire twisted pair cable with screen for the connection.
Protective circuitry against reverse polarity, RFI and over-voltage peaks is built into the device (see also
Technical Information TI 241F/00/en "EMC Test Procedures")
Endress+Hauser 11
Prosonic M
PROFIBUS PA Foundation Fieldbus
PROFIBUS PA
T-Box
plant
plant 1 2 3 4 ground
1 2 3 4 ground +
+
L00-FMxxxxxx-04-00-00-en-012 L00-FMxxxxxx-04-00-00-en-013
auxiliary energy. Use 2-wire twisted pair cable with screen.
Refer to the following operating manuals for information on cable types, and how to set up and ground the
network:
BA 198F/00/de PROFIBIS -DP/-PA, Guidelines for planning and commissioning
BA 013S/04/en Foundation Fieldbus, Installation and Commissioning Guidelines
Fieldbus plug connectors For the versions with fieldbus plug connector (M12 or 7/8"), the signal line can be connected without opening
the housing.
Pin assignment of the M12 plug connector (PROFIBUS PA plug)
Pin Meaning
1 Ground
1 3
2 Signal +
2 + 4 nc 3 Signal -
4 not connected
L00-FMxxxxxx-04-00-00-yy-016
Pin assignment of the 7/8" plug connector (FOUNDATION Fieldbus plug)
Pin Meaning
1 Signal -
1 3 nc
2 Signal +
2 + 4 3 not connected
4 ground
L00-FMxxxxxx-04-00-00-yy-017
12 Endress+Hauser
Prosonic M
Supply voltage HART, 2-wire

The following values are the voltages across the terminals directly at the instrument:
Current Terminal voltage Terminal voltage

Version
consumption minimum maximum
2-wire HART 4 mA 14 V 36 V
Standard
20 mA 8V 36 V
4 mA 14 V 30 V
EEx ia
20 mA 8V 30 V
4 mA 14 V 30 V
EEx d
20 mA 11 V 30 V
Fixed current,
adjustable, e.g. for Standard 11 mA 10 V 36 V
solar power
operation
(measured value via EEx ia 11 mA 10 V 30 V
HART)
Fixed current for Standard 4 mA1) 14 V 36 V

HART multidrop
mode EEx ia 4 mA1 14 V 30 V
1) Start-up current 11 mA
HART, 4-wire, active
Version Voltage max. load
DC 10,5 ... 32 V 600
AC 50/60 Hz 90 ... 253 V 600
Terminals Cable cross-section: 0.5 to 2.5 mm (20 to 14 AWG)
Cable entry Cable gland: M20x1.5 (recommended cable diameter 6 ... 10 mm)
Cable entry G or NPT
PROFIBUS-PA M12 plug
Fieldbus Foundation 7/8" plug
Power consumption Version Power consumption
2-wire 51 mW ... 800 mW
4-wire AC max. 4VA

4-wire DC; FMU 40/41 330 mW ... 830 mW
4-wire DC; FMU 42/43 600 mW ... 1 W
Current consumption Communication Current consumption

(2-wire-instruments)
HART 3,6 ... 22 mA
PROFIBUS PA max. 13 mA
Foundation Fieldbus max. 15 mA
Endress+Hauser 13
Prosonic M
HART ripple 47...125 Hz: Vpp = 200 mV (measured at 500 )
Max. noise HART 500 Hz...10 kHz: Vrms = 2.2 mV (measured at 500 )
Galvanic isolation With 4-wire devices, the evaluation electronics and mains voltage are galvanically isolated from each other.
14 Endress+Hauser
Prosonic M
Performance characteristics
Reaction time The reaction time depends on the parameter settings. The minimum values are:
2-wire devices (FMU40/41/42): min. 2 s
2-wire diveces (FMU43 - PROFIBUS PA or FOUNDATION Fieldbus): min. 2 s
2-wire devices (FMU44): min. 3 s
4-wire devices (FMU40/41/42/43/44): 0.5 s
Reference operating Temperature = +20 C

conditions Pressure = 1013 mbar abs.
Humidity = 50 %
Ideal reflective surface (e.g. calm, smooth fluid surface)
No interference reflections within signal beam
Set application parameters:
Tank shape = flat ceiling
Medium property = liquid
process conditions = calm surface
Measured value resolution Sensor Measured value resolution
FMU40 1 mm
FMU41 1 mm
FMU42 2 mm
FMU43 2 mm
FMU44 2 mm
Pulse frequency 2-wire devices (FMU40/41/42): max. 0.5Hz

2-wire devices (FMU43 - PROFIBUS PA or FOUNDATION Fieldbus): max. 0.5 Hz
2-wire devices (FMU44): max. 0.3 Hz
4-wire devices (FMU40/41/42/43/44): max. 2Hz
The exact values are dependent on the type of device and the parameter settings.
Measuring error Typical specifications for reference operating conditions (include linearity, repeatability, and hysteresis):
Sensor Measuring error
FMU40 2mm or 0.2% of set measuring distance (empty calibration)1
FMU41 2 mm or 0,2% of set measuring distance (empty calibration)1

1
whichever is greater
Influence of the vapor The vapor pressure at 20 C (68 F) gives a hint on the accuracy of the ultrasonic level measurement. If the
pressure vapor pressure at 20 C (68 F) is below 50 mbar, ultrasonic level measurement is possible with a very high
accuracy. This is valid for water, aqueous solutions, water-solid-solutions, dilute acids (hydrochloric acid,
sulfuric acid, ...), dilute bases (caustic soda, ...), oils, greases, slurries, pastes, ...
High vapor pressures or outgassing media (ethanol, acetone, ammonia, ...) can influence the accuracy. If
conditions like these are present, please contact the Endress+Hauser support.
Endress+Hauser 15
Prosonic M
Installation conditions
Installation variants FMU 40,
Installation with counter nut Installation with sleeve
FMU 41
Sealing ring
(EPDM)
supplied
counter nut (PC)

supplied
for G 1 and
G 2 instruments
Installation with installation bracket Installation with adapter flange
ENDRESS+HAUSER
Prosonic M
Sealing ring
(EPDM)
adapter flange supplied
sensor nozzle
L00-FMU4xxxx-17-00-00-en-002
For installation bracket or adapter flange s. chapter "Accessories".
Installation variants FMU42,

FMU44 Installation with universal flange Installation with mounting bracket
ER
HAUS
ESS+
ENDR nic M
Proso
-
e.g. Zone 20
.
Zone 20
L00-FMU42xxxx-17-00-00-en-001
16 Endress+Hauser
Prosonic M
Installation variants FMU 43

Installation with Installation with
universal slip-on flange (option) mounting bracket
ER
HAUS
ESS+
ENDR ic M
Proson
slip-on flange
nozzle -
e.g.Zone 20
sensor .
Zone 20
L00-FMU43xxxx-17-00-00-en-001
Installation conditions for

2 3 4
level measurements
7
1
5
1/6D
D
6 L

L00-FMU4xxxx-17-00-00-de-005
Do not install the sensor in the middle of the tank (3). We recommend leaving a distance between the sensor
and the tank wall (1) measuring 1/6 of the tank diameter.
Use a protective cover, in order to protect the device from direct sun or rain (2).
Avoid measurements through the filling curtain (4).
Make sure that equipment (5) such as limit switches, temperature sensors, etc. are not located within the
emitting angle . In particular, symmetrical equipment (6) such as heating coils, baffles etc. can influence
measurement.
Align the sensor so that it is vertical to the product surface (7).
Never install two ultrasonic measuring devices in a tank, as the two signals may affect each other.
To estimate the detection range, use the 3 dB emitting angle .
Sensor Lmax rmax
FMU40 11 5m 0.48 m
FMU41 11 8m 0.77 m
FMU42 9 10 m 0.79 m
FMU43 6 15 m 0.79 m
FMU44 11 20 m 1.93 m
Endress+Hauser 17
Prosonic M
Installation in narrow shafts In narrow shafts with strong interference echoes, we ENDRESS+HAUSER
Prosonic M
ENDRESS+HAUSER
Prosonic M
recommend using an ultrasound guide pipe (e.g. PE

or PVC wastewater pipe) with a minimum diameter
of 100 mm. venting
Make sure that the pipe is not soiled by accumulated hole
dirt. If necessary, clean the pipe at regular intervals.
L00-FMU4xxxx-17-00-00-en-010
Installation conditions for flow Install the Prosonic M at the inflow side, as close above the maximum water level Hmax as possible (take into
measurements account the blocking distance BD).
Position the Prosonic M in the middle of the channel or weir.
Align the sensor membrane parallel to the water surface.
Keep to the installation distance of the channel or weir.
You can enter the "Flow to Level" linearisation curve ("Q/h curve") using ToF Tool or manually via the on-
site display.
Example: Khafagi-Venturi flume
inflow outflow
empty calibr.
BD
Khafagi - Venturi - flume

Hmax direction of flow
1 x b0
b0
L00-FMU4xxxx-17-00-00-en-003
18 Endress+Hauser
Prosonic M
Example: Triangular weir
min. 2 Hmax

Hmax (= full calibr.)
min. 2 Hmax
min. 3 H max
BD
empty calibr.
L00-FMU4xxxx-17-00-00-en-012
Endress+Hauser 19
Prosonic M
Blocking distance, Install the Prosonic M at a height so that the blocking distance BD is not undershot, even at maximum fill level.
nozzle installation Use a pipe nozzle if you cannot maintain the blocking distance in any other way. The interior of the nozzle
must be smooth and may not contain any edges or welded joints. In particular, there should be no burr on the
inside of the tank side nozzle end. Note the specified limits for nozzle diameter and length. To minimise
disturbing factors, we recommend an angled socket edge (ideally 45).
FMU 43
FMU 40/41 FMU 42/44
BD
SD
E F
L L
L
D D
D
L00-FMU4xxxx-17-00-00-en-004
BD: blocking distance; SD: safety distance; E: empty calibration; F: full calibration (span); D: nozzle diameter; L: nozzle
length
Maximum nozzle length[mm]
Nozzle diameter FMU40 FMU41 FMU42 FMU43 FMU44

DN50/2" 80
DN80/3" 240 240 250
DN100/4" 300 300 300 300

DN150/6" 400 400 400 300 400
DN200/8" 400 400 400 300 400
DN250/10" 400 400 400 300 400

DN300/12" 400 400 400 300 400
Emitting angle 11 11 9 6 11
Blocking distance [m] 0,25 0,35 0,4 0,6 0,5
Max. range [m] 5 8 10 15 20

in liquids
Max. range [m] 2 3,5 5 7 10

in solids
" Caution!
If the blocking distance is undershot, it may cause device malfunction.
! Note!
In order to notice if the level approaches the blocking distance, you can specify a safety distance (SD). If the
level is within this safety distance, the Prosonic M outputs a warning or alarm message.
20 Endress+Hauser
Prosonic M
Ambient conditions
Ambient temperature -40 C ... +80 C
The functionality of the LC display becomes restricted at Tu<-20 C and Tu>+60 C.
If the device is operated outdoors in strong sunlight, you should use a protective cover.
Storage temperature -40 C ... +80 C
Resistance to alternating to DIN EN 60068-2-14; Nb test : +80C/-40C, 1K/min, 100cycles

temperature cycles
Climate class DIN EN 60068-2-38 (Test Z/AD) DIN/IEC 68 T2-30Db
Ingress protection With closed housing, tested according to

IP 68, NEMA 6P (24h at 1.83m under water surface)
IP 66, NEMA 4x
With open housing: IP 20, NEMA 1 (also ingress protection of the display)
" Caution!
Degree of protection IP 68 NEMA 6P applies for M12 PROFIBUS-PA plugs only when the PROFIBUS cable is
plugged in.
Vibration resistance DIN EN 60068-2-64 / IEC 68-2-64: 202000 Hz, 1 (m/s2)2/Hz; 3 x 100 min
Electromagnetic compatibility Interference emission to EN 61326, Equipment Class B

(EMC) Interference immunity to EN 61326, Appendix A (Industrial) and NAMUR Recommendation NE 21 (EMC).
A standard installation cable is sufficient if only the analogue signal is used. Use a screened cable when
working with a superimposed communication signal (HART).
Process conditions
Process temperature -40C ... +80C
A temperature sensor is integrated in the sensor for correction of the temperature-dependent time-of-flight.
Process pressure FMU 40/41: 0.7 bar ... 3bar abs.

FMU 42/43/44: 0.7 bar ... 2.5bar abs.
Endress+Hauser 21
Prosonic M
Mechanical construction
Design; dimensions FMU40, FMU41
F12 T12 65 78
(2.6) (3.1)
~86 65 78 68 94
(~3.4) (2.6) (3.1) 32 (1.3)
(2.7) (3.7)
129 (5.1)
129 (5.1)
150 (5.9)
162 (6.4)
ENDRESS+HAUSER
Prosonic M ENDRESS+HAUSER
Prosonic M
85 85
(3.3) (3.3)
FMU 40 FMU 41
SW (AF) 60
(0.9)
SW (AF) 60
22
(0.9)
22
~148 (5.8)
~148 (5.8)
G1 G2
1 NPT
~83 (3.3)
(~3.4)
2 NPT
~87
39 (1.5)
50 (2.0)
L00-FMU4xxxx-06-00-00-yy-006
Dimensions in mm (inch)
FMU42, FMU44 with slip-on flange
F12 T12 65 78
(2.6) (3.1)
~86 65 78 68 94
(~3.4) (2.6) (3.1) 32 (1.3)
(2.7) (3.7)
129 (5.1)
129 (5.1)
150 (5.9)
162 (6.4)
ENDRESS+HAUSER
Prosonic M
85 85
(3.3) (3.3)
FMU 42 FMU 44
~ 110 (4.3)
~ 145 (5.7)
(3.3)
~ 85
~ 107
(4.2)
70 (2.8)
98 (3.9)
L00-FMU4xxxx-06-00-00-yy-007
22 Endress+Hauser
Prosonic M
FMU42, FMU44 with mounting bracket
FMU 42 FMU 44
ENDRESS+HAUSER ENDRESS+HAUSER
Prosonic M Prosonic M
F12/ F12/
T12 T12
M8 M8
105 (4.1)
125 (4.9)
30 (1.2)
30 (1.2)
75
(3.0) 119 (4.7)
119 (4.7)
98
(3.9)
L00-FMU4xxxx-06-00-00-yy-008
FMU43
A B
~86 65 78
(3.4) (2.6) (3.1)
F12
129 (5.1)
ER
HAUS
ESS+
ENDR ic M
150 (5.9)
Proson
ENDRESS+HAUSER
Prosonic M
~248 (9.8)
2 x M8
.0)
75 (3
85 (3.3)
.5)
89 (3
6.2)
158 (
ANSI 4 DN 100 * 230 (9.1)
L00-FMU4xxxx-06-00-00-yy-009
Dimensions in mm (inch);
A: with slip-on flange; B: with mounting bracket
Mounting bracket for FMU42, FMU43 and FMU44
25
119 (4.68) (0.98)
~123 (4.8)
120 (4.7)
2 (0.079)
40 (1.6) 40 (1.6)
25
(0.98)
11 (0.43)
L00-FMU4xxxx-06-00-00-yy-010
Endress+Hauser 23
Prosonic M
Flanges for FMU42 and FMU44
A
B
D
20 (0.79)
G2
ISO228
C
L00-FMU4xxxx-06-00-00-yy-011
suitable for A B C D E number of

boreholes
3" 150lbs / DN80 PN16 / 10K 80 150 mm 160 mm 200 mm 19 mm 45 8

(5,91") (6,30") (7,87") (0,75")
4" 150 lbs / DN100 PN16 / 10K 100 175 mm 190,5 mm 228,6 mm 19 mm 45 8
(6,90") (7,50") (9,00") (0,75")
6" 150 lbs / DN150 PN16 / 10 K 150 240 mm 241,3 mm 285 mm 23 mm 45 8

(9,45") (9,50") (11,22") (0,91")
8" 150 lbs 298,5 mm 298,5 mm 342,9 mm 22, 5 mm 45 8
(11,75") (11,75") (13,50") (0,89")
DN200 PN16 / 10 K 200 290 mm 295 mm 340 mm 23 mm 30 12

(11,42") (11,61") (13,39") (0,91")
Weight Sensor Weight
FMU40 approx. 2,5 kg
FMU42 approx. 3 kg
FMU44 approx. 4 kg
24 Endress+Hauser
Prosonic M
Housing design Types of housings

F12 housing with sealed terminal compartment for standard or EEx ia applications
T12 housing with separate terminal compartment and explosionproof encapsulation
Material
Aluminium, seawater resistant, powder-coated
Cover
Aluminium, for version without on-site display
Inspection glass for version with on-site display. This version cannot be supplied together with the ATEX II
1/2 D certificate.
Process connection, Sensor Process connection Material in contact with process

sealing material,
sensor material FMU40 Thread G 1 Sensor: PVDF
Thread NPT 1 - 11.5 Seal: EPDM
FMU41 Thread 2" Sensor: PVDF

Thread NPT 2" - 11,5 Seal: EPDM
FMU42 Universal flange

Sensor: PVDF
DN 80 PN16 / ANSI 3" 150 lbs / JIS 10K 80
Seal: VITON or EPDM
Universal flange
Flange: PP, PVDF or SS 316L (1.4435
DN 100 PN16 / ANSI 4" 150 lbs / JIS 10K 100
or 1.4404)1)
Mounting bracket
FMU43 Universal flange Sensor: UP and SS 316Ti

DN 100 / ANSI 4" / JIS16K100 Seal: EPDM
Mounting bracket Flange: PP or SS 316Ti
FMU44 Universal flange Sensor PVDF

DN 100 PN16 / ANSI 4" 150 lbs / JIS 10K 100 Seal: VITON or EPDM
Universal flange Flange: PP, PVDF or SS 316L (1.4435
DN 150 PN16 / ANSI 6" 150 lbs / JIS 10K 150 or 1.4404)1
Universal flange
DN200 PN16 / JIS 10K 200
Flange ANSI 8" 150 lbs
Mounting bracket
1) Endress+Hauser supplies DIN/EN flanges made of stainless steel AISI 316L with the material number 1.4435 or
1.4404. With regard to their temperature stability properties, the materials 1.4435 and 1.4404 are grouped under
13E0 in EN 1092-1 Tab. 18. The chemical composition of the two materials can be identical.
Endress+Hauser 25
Prosonic M
Human interface
Display and operating The LCD module VU 331 for display and operation is located beneath the housing cover. The measured value
elements is legible through the glass in the cover. Open the cover to operate the device.
LCD
Messbe
Measuri
ENDR
Order MICR ESS+
Code:
Ser.-No.
:
reich
ng
4...20
OPIL HAUS
range
U 16...36
OT
max.
20
II ER
(liquid crystal display)
Maulburg
mA V DC m
IP
65
T
Made in Germany
A >70C
: t
>85C
Symbols
ENDRESS + HAUSER
+ E
3 keys
snap-fit
L00-FMxxxxxx-07-00-00-en-001
Symbol in display
continuous flashing
Meaning Alarm Warning Communication Security Locking
Function of the keys
Key(s) Meaning
O or V Navigate upwards in the selection list

Edit numeric value within a function
S or W Navigate downwards in the selection list

X or Z Navigate to the left within a function group
F Navigate to the right within a function group, confirmation.
O and F
or Contrast settings of the LCD
S and F
Hardware lock / unlock
After a hardware lock, an operation of the instrument via display or
O and S and F communication is not possible!
The hardware can only be unlocked via the display. An unlock parameter must
be entered to do so.
26 Endress+Hauser
Prosonic M
On-site operation Operation with VU 331

The LC-Display VU 331 allows configuration via 3 keys directly at the instrument. All device functions can be
set through a menu system. The menu consists of function groups and functions. Within a function, application
parameters can be read or adjusted. The user is guided through a complete configuration procedure.
Headline Position indicator
ENDRESS + HAUSER
Symbol Main value Unit

+ E
Selection list
Function groups -> Functions
HOME X F
F FG00 X F000 F001 F002 F003 F004 ...
FG01
O FG02
FG03
F F
O X Help text
FG04 S
S
FG05
FG06
X
FG07 Envelope
... curve
L00-FMU4xxxx-07-00-00-en-004
Operation with the handheld terminal DXR 375

On devices with HART communication, you can also access the menu using the handheld terminal DXR 375.
dsdmdm
df das.
asdas fa
asas la.
dsdmdm
df das.
asdas fa
asas la.
FMU43: LIC0001
FMU42: LIC0001 ONLINE
ONLINE
1 GROUP SELECTION
1 GROUP SELECT
2 PV 8.7 m 2 PV 8.7 m Delete
HELP SAVE
H dsdmdm
df das.
asdas fa
asas la.
FMU43: LIC0001
6
9
HELP SAVE
Page GROUP SELECTION
Up
1 BASIC SETUP
Bksp Delete 2 SAFETY SETTINGS Delete
3 TEMPERATURE
Page 4 LINEARISATION
On Bksp 5 EXTENDED CALIBR.
#%& ABC DEF
1 2 3
Copy
GHI
Paste
JKL
Hot Key
MNO
H dsdmdm
df das.
asdas fa
asas la.
4 5 6 SAVE HOME FMRU43: LIC0001

Insert + Hot Key
BASIC SETUP
PQRS TUV W XY Z
1 MEASURED VALUE
Page
7 8 9
2 TANK SHAPE Up
,() _<> +*/ 3 MEDIUM PROPERTY
. 0 - 4 PROCESS COND.
Bksp 5 EMPTY CALIBR. Page
On
375
FIELD COMMUNICATOR
SAVE HOME
L00-FMU4xxxx-07-00-00-de-005
Endress+Hauser 27
Prosonic M
Remote operation Operation with ToF Tool

The ToF Tool is a graphical operation software for instruments from Endress+Hauser. It is used to support
commissioning, securing of data, signal analysis and documentation of the instruments. It is compatible with
the following operating systems: WinNT4.0, Win2000 and WinXP.
The ToF Tool supports the following functions:
Online configuration of transmitters
Signal analysis via envelope curve
Linearisation table (graphically supported creation, editing, importing and exporting)
Loading and saving of instrument data (Upload/Download)
Documentation of measuring point
! Note!
Further information you may find on the CD-ROM, which is enclosed to the instrument.
Connection options
HART with Commubox FXA 191 (available as accessory)
PROFIBUS PA
Service-interface with adapter FXA 193 (available as accessory)
Menu-guided commissioning:
L00-FMU4xxxx-19-00-00-en-003
28 Endress+Hauser
Prosonic M
Signal analysis via envelope curve:
L00-FMU4xxxx-19-00-00-en-004
Operation with FieldCare

FieldCare is Endress+Hauser's FDT based Plant Asset Management Tool. It can configure all intelligent field
devices in your plant and supports you in managing them. By using status information, it also provides a simple
but effective means of checking their health.
Supports Ethernet, HART, PROFIBUS, FOUNDATION Fieldbus etc.
Operates all Endress+Hauser devices
Operates all third-party actuators, I/O systems and sensors supporting the FDT standard
Ensures full functionality for all devices with DTMs
Offers generic profile operation for any third-party fieldbus device that does not have a vendor DTM
Operation with Commuwin II (for communication variants HART or PROFIBUS-PA)

Commuwin II is an operating software with graphical support (MS Windows) for intelligent transmitters with
the communication protocols Rackbus, Rackbus RS-485, HART and PROFIBUS-PA.
Commuwin II supports the following functions:
Online configuration of transmitters
Loading and saving of instrument data (Upload/Download)
Orderly visualisation of measured values and limit values
Display and recording of measured values with a line recorder
It is not possible to display envelope curves with Commuwin II. To display them, please use the ToF Tool
program supplied.
Connections:
HART with Commubox FXA 191 (available as accessory)
PROFIBUS PA
Endress+Hauser 29
Prosonic M
Operation with NI-FBUS Configurator (only Foundation Fieldbus)

The NI-FBUS Configurator is an easy-to-use graphical environment for creating linkages, loops, and a schedule
based on the fieldbus concepts.
You can use the NI-FBUS Configurator to configure a fieldbus network as follows:
Set block and device tags
Set device addresses
Create and edit function block control strategies (function block applications)
Configure vendor-defined function and transducer blocks
Create and edit schedules
Read and write to function block control strategies (function block applications)
Invoke Device Description (DD) methods
Display DD menus
Download a configuration
Verify a configuration and compare it to a saved configuration
Monitor a downloaded configuration
Replace devices
Save and print a configuration
Certificates and Approvals

CE mark The measuring system meets the legal requirements of the EC-guidelines. Endress+Hauser confirms the
instrument passing the required tests by attaching the CE-mark.
Ex approval The available certificates are listed in the ordering information. Note the associated safety instructions (XA) and
control or installation drawings (ZD).
External standards and EN 60529

guidelines
Protection class of housing (IP-code)
EN 61326
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC requirements)
NAMUR
Standards committee for measurement and control in the chemical industry
30 Endress+Hauser
Prosonic M
Ordering information
Product structure FMU 40 Certificates
A Variant for non-hazardous area
E NEPSI Ex nA II T6
G ATEX II 3G EEx nA II T6
I NEPSI Ex ia IIC T6
J NEPSI Ex d(ia) IIC T6
K TIIS Ex ia II C T6
N CSA General Purpose
Q NEPSI DIP
S FM IS Cl. I,II,III Div. 1 Gr. A-G / NI Cl. I Div. 2
T FM XP Cl. I,II,III Div. 1 Gr. A-G
U CSA IS Cl. I,II,III Div. 1 Gr. A-G / NI Cl. I Div. 2
V CSA XP Cl. I,II,III Div. 1 Gr. A-G
1 ATEX II 1/2 G or II 2 G; EEX ia IIC T6
2 ATEX II 1/2D, Alu blind cover
4 ATEX II 1/2 G or II 2 G; EEX d [ia] IIC T6
5 ATEX II 1/3D
Y Special certificate
Process connection
R G 1 threadISO 228
N NPT 1 - 11,5 thread
Y Special version
Power supply/communication
B 2 wire, 4...20mA-loop/HART
H 4 wire, 10,5...32VDC / 4-20mA HART
G 4 wire, 90...253VAC / 4-20mA HART
D 2 wire, PROFIBUS PA
F 2 wire, Foundation Fieldbus
Y Special version
Display / on-site operation

1 Without LC display
2 With LC display VU 331 incl. on-site operation
3 Prepared for remote display FHX 40
9 Special version
Housing
A Aluminium F12 housing coated to IP 68
C Aluminium T12 housing coated to IP 68; with separate terminal compartment
D Aluminium T12 housing coated to IP 68; with separate terminal compartment;
with overvoltage protection
9 Special version
Screw union/entry
2 M20x1.5 screw union
3 G 1/2 entry
4 NPT 1/2 entry
5 M12 PROFIBUS-PA plug-in connector
6 7/8" FF plug
9 Special version
FMU 40 - Product designation
Endress+Hauser 31
Prosonic M

E NEPSI Ex nA II T6
J NEPSI Ex d(Ia) IIC T6
Q NEPSI DIP
5 ATEX II 1/3D
Process connection
R G 2 threadISO 228
Y Special version
H 4 wire, 10,5...32VDC / 4-20mA HART
Y Special version

9 Special version
Housing
C Aluminium T12 housing coated to IP 68 with separate terminal compartment
9 Special version
Screw union/entry
3 G 1/2 entry
4 NPT 1/2 entry
6 7/8" FF plug
9 Special version
32 Endress+Hauser
Prosonic M

E NEPSI Ex nA II T6
J NEPSI Ex d (Ia) IIC T6
K TIIS Ex ia II C T6 (in preparation)
Q NEPSI DIP
1 ATEX II 1/2 G EEX ia IIC T6
2 ATEX II 1/2 D, Alu bond cover
4 ATEX II 1/2 G EEX d [ia] IIC T6
5 ATEX II 1/3D
Process connection
M Mounting bracket FAU20
P UNI flange 3"/DN80/80, PP, max. 2.5bar abs./ 36psia
suitable for 3" 150lbs / DN80 PN16 / 10K 80
Q UNI flange 3"/DN80/80, PVDF, max. 2.5bar abs./ 36psia
S UNI flange 3"/DN80/80, 316L, max. 2.5bar abs./ 36psia
T UNI flange 4"/DN100/100, PP, max. 2.5bar abs./ 36psia
suitable for 4" 150lbs / DN100 PN16 / 10K100
U UNI flange 4"/DN100/100, PVDF, max. 2.5bar abs./ 36psia
V UNI flange 4"/DN100/100, 316L, max. 2.5bar abs./ 36psia
Y Special version
H 4 wire, 10,5...32VDC / 4-20mA HART
Y Special version

9 Special version
Housing
C Aluminium T12 housing coated to IP 68, with separate terminal compartment
D Aluminium T 12 housing coated to IP 68, with separate terminal compartment; with
overvoltage protection
Y Special version
Gland/Entry
2 M20x1.5 gland
3 G 1/2 entry
4 NPT 1/2 entry
5 M12 PROFIBUS-PA plug
6 7/8" FF plug
9 Special version
Sealing Sensor/Flange
2 VITON flat sealing
Endress+Hauser 33
Prosonic M
3 EPDM flat sealing
9 special version
Additional options
A Additional options not selected
34 Endress+Hauser
Prosonic M

M FM DIP Class II, III, Div. 1, Gr. E,F,G NI
P CSA DIP, Class II, III, Div. 1, Gr. E,F,G NI
Q NEPSI DIP
2 ATEX II 1/2 D or II 2 D, Aluminium Deckel
5 ATEX II 1/3 D or II 3 D, Sichtdeckel
Y Special version
Process connection/material
P Flange DN 100/ANSI 4"/JIS 16K100, PP (universal slip-on flange included)
S Flange DN 100/ANSI 4"/JIS 16K100, SS 316TI (universal slip-on flange included)
K Without slip-on flange/without mounting bracket (customer mounting equipment)
M With mounting bracket
Y Special version
H 4 wire, 10,5...32VDC / 4-20mA HART
Y Special version

9 Special version
Housing
9 Special version
Screw union/entry
3 G 1/2 entry
4 NPT 1/2 entry
6 7/8" FF plug
9 Special version
Endress+Hauser 35
Prosonic M
Product structure FMU 44 Approval

A Non-hazardous area
1 ATEX II 1/2G EEx ia IIC T6 (in preparation)
4 ATEX II 1/2G EEx d (ia) IIC T6 (in preparation)
G ATEX II 3 G EEx nA II T6 (in preparation)
2 ATEX II 1/2 D, Alu blind cover (in preparation)
5 ATEX II 1/3 D
S FM IS Cl.I,II,III Div.1 Gr.A-G, NI Cl.I Div.2 (in preparation)
T FM XP Cl.I,II,III Div.1 Gr.A-G (in preparation)
U CSA IS Cl.I,II,III Div.1 Gr.A-G, NI Cl.I Div.2
V CSA XP Cl.I,II,III Div.1 Gr.A-G
K TIIS EEx ia IIC T6 (in preparation)
I NEPSI Ex ia IIC T6 (in preparation)
J NEPSI Ex d(ia) IIC T6 (in preparation)
E NEPSI Ex nA II T6 (in preparation)
Q NEPSI DIP (in preparation)
Y Special version, to be specified
Process connection
A 8" 150lbs FF, 316L, max 2.5bar abs./36psia
E UNI flange 6"/DN150/150, PP, max 2.5bar abs./ 36psia,
F UNI flange 6"/DN150/150, PVDF, max 2.5bar abs./36psia,
suitable for 6" 150lbs /DN150 PN16 / 10K 150
G UNI flange 6"/DN150/150, 316L, max 2.5bar abs. 36psia,
H UNI flange DN200/200, PP, max 2.5bar abs./ 36 psia,
suitable for DN200 PN16 / 10K 200
J UNI flange DN200/200, PVDF, max 2.5bar abs./ 36psia,
K UNI flange DN200/200, 316L, max 2.5bar abs./ 36psia,
L 8" 150lbs FF, PP, max 2.5bar abs./ 36psia
N 8" 150lbs FF, PVDF, max 2.5bar abs./ 36psia
T UNI flange 4"/DN100/100, PP, max 2.5bar abs./ 36psia,
U UNI flange 4"/DN100/100, PVDF, max. 2.5bar abs./ 36 psia,
V UNI flange 4"/DN100/100, 316L, max 2.5bar abs./ 36psia,
Power supply; Output

B 2-wire; 4-20mA HART
D 2-wire; PROFIBUS PA
F 2-wire; FOUNDATION Fieldbus
G 4-wire 90-250VAC; 4-20mA HART
H 4-wire 10.5-32VDC; 4-20mA HART
Operation
1 w/o display, via communication
2 4-line display VU331, Envelope curve display on site
3 Prepared for FHX40, Remote display (accessory)
9 Special version, to be specified
FMU 44 - product designation, part 1
36 Endress+Hauser
Prosonic M
Housing
A F12 Alu, coated IP68 NEMA6P
C T12 Alu, coated IP68 NEMA6P, Separate conn. compartment
D T12 Alu, coated IP68 NEMA6P + OVP, Sep. conn. compartment, OVP = overvoltage
protection
CAble entry
2 Gland M20 (EEx d > thread M20)
3 Thread G1/2
4 Thread NPT 1/2
5 Plug M12
6 Plug 7/8
Process Sealing Sensor/ Flange

2 Viton
3 EPDM
Additional option
A Basic version
FMU 44 - complete product designation
Scope of delivery Instrument according to the version ordered

"ToF Tool FieldTool Package (2 CD-ROMs: Program CD-ROM, Utility CD-ROM)
Operating manual according to the communication version
for certified instrument versions: Safety Instructions, Control- or Installation drawings
for FMU 40 *R**** and FMU 41 *R****: counter nut (PC)
for FMU 40/41: sealing ring (EPDM)
for gland M20x1.5:
1 cable gland for 2-wire instruments
2 cable glands for 4-wire instruments
The cable glands are mounted on delivery.
Endress+Hauser 37
Prosonic M
Accessories
Weather protection cover A Weather protection cover made of stainless steel is recommended for outdoor mounting (order code:
543199-0001). The shipment includes the protective cover and tension clamp.
m
240 m 135
mm
70 mm
95

45
mm
F12 / T12 housing
EN
D
Orde M REICR SS
r
Se Code OP +HA
r.-N
o.: : ILO US
T II ER
Me
Messberei
asuri ch
ng
ran
U 16 ge
ma
4...20...36 x. 20
Maulburg
m
mAV DC
IP
65
T
Made in Germany
A >7
0C
: t
>8 5C
L00-FMR2xxxx-00-00-06-en-001
Installation bracket for

400
FMU 40/41 120
G
A 16
250
120
3
30
L00-FMU4x-00-00-00-de-001
for FMU 40, G1: Order No. 942669-0000

for FMU 41, G2: Order No. 942669-0001
suited for NPT 1" and 2" as well
38 Endress+Hauser
Prosonic M
Adapter flange
sealing ring
EPDM adapter flange
(supplied)
sensor nozzle
L00-FMUX3XXX-00-00-00-en-001
Version with metrical thread (FAU 70 E)

Process Connection
12 DN 50 PN 16 A, flange EN1092-1 (DIN2527 B)
15 DN 100 PN 16, A, flange EN1092-1 (DIN2527 B)
Sensor Connection
3 Thread ISO228 G1-1/2
4 Thread ISO228 G2
Flange Material
2 316L
7 Polypropylene
FAU 70 E Product designation
Version with conical thread(FAU 70 A)

Process Connection
22 2" 150lbs FF, flange ANSI B16.5
Sensor Connection
5 Thread NPT1-1/2
6 Thread NPT2
Flange Material
2 316L
7 Polypropylene
FAU 70 A Product designation
Endress+Hauser 39
Prosonic M
Cantilever
A
20
C
20
100
50
35
25
D M8
75 75 100 B 35
50/
62
22
C
105
6.5
15
L00-FMU4xxxx-06-00-00-yy-005
A B C D for Sensor Material Order Code
585 mm 250 mm 2 mm 200 mm FMU 40 316Ti/1.4571 52014132
galv. steel 52014131
FMU 41 316Ti/1.4571 52014136
1085 mm 750 mm 3 mm 300 mm FMU 40 316Ti/1.4571 52014134
FMU 41 316Ti/1.4571 52014138
The 50 mm or 62 mm orifices serve for the mounting of the FMU 40 or FMU 41 sensor, respecitvely.
The 22 mm orifice may be used for an additional sensor.
40 Endress+Hauser
Prosonic M
Mounting Frame
13
100
25
55
3.2
33.7
60
20 4
700/1400
6.5
45
76
200
100
100
130 150
L00-FMU4x-00-00-00-yy-005
Height Material Order Code
700 mm galv. steel 919791-0000
700 mm 1.4301 (AISI 304) 919791-0001
1400 mm galv. steel 919791-0002
1400 mm 1.4301 (AISI 304) 919791-0003
Wall Bracket
3.2
5 33.7
6.5
180
213
150
110
25
13
88 110
150
L00-FMU4x-00-00-00-yy-006
Material Order Code
galv. steel 919792-0000
316Ti/1.4571 919792-0001
Commubox FXA191 HART For intrinsically safe communication with ToF Tool/FieldCare via the RS232C interface. For details refer to
TI237F/00/en.
Commubox FXA195 HART For intrinsically safe communication with ToF Tool/FieldCare via the USB interface. For details refer to
TI404F/00/en.
Endress+Hauser 41
Prosonic M
Service Interface FXA193 The Service-Interface connects the Service plug of Proline and ToF instruments with the 9 pin RS 232C
interface of a PC. (USB connectors must be equipped with a usual commercial USB/Serial adapter.)
Product structure
Approvals
A For use in non-hazardous areas
B ATEX II (1) GD
C CSA/FM Class I Div. 1
D ATEX, CSA, FM
9 other
Connection cable
B Connection cable for ToF devices
E Connection cable for Proline and ToF devices
H Connection cable for Proline and ToF devices and Connection cable for Ex two-wire devices
X without connection cable
9 others
FXA193- Complete product designation
Associated documentation
Technical Information: TI063D
Safety Instructions for ATEX II (1) GD: XA077D
Supplementary information for the cable adapters: SD092D
Commubox FXA291
The Commubox FXA291 connects Endress+Hauser field instruments with CDI interface (= Endress+Hauser
Common Data Interface) to the USB interface of a personal computer or a notebook. For details refer to
TI405C/07/en.
! Note!
For the following Endress+Hauser instruments you need the "ToF Adapter FXA291" as an additional accessory:
Deltapilot S FMB70
Gammapilot M FMG60
Levelflex M FMP4x
Micropilot FMR130/FMR131
Micropilot M FMR2xx
Micropilot S FMR53x, FMR540
Prosonic FMU860/861/862
Prosonic M FMU4x
Tank Side Monitor NRF590 (with additional adapter cable)
Prosonic S FMU9x
ToF Adapter FXA291

The ToF Adapter FXA291 connects the Commubox FXA291 via the USB interface of a personal computer or
a notebook to the following Endress+Hauser instruments:
Deltapilot S FMB70
Gammapilot M FMG60
Levelflex M FMP4x
Micropilot M FMR2xx
Prosonic M FMU4x
Prosonic S FMU9x
For details refer to KA271F/00/a2.
42 Endress+Hauser
Prosonic M
Remote display FHX40

Wall-mounting Pipe-mounting
(without mounting bracket) (mounting bracket and plate
supplied optionally,
s. product structure)
5
8,
0 Separate housing
15 FHX40 (IP 65)
Micropilot M 122
180
160
Levelflex M
Prosonic M
80
EN
DR
Orde ES
r S+H
Se Code
r.-N
o.: :
AU
SE
Me
Messberei
asuri ch
ng
U 16
ran
ge
ma
R
Cable 88
4...20...36 x. 20
Maulburg
m
mAV DC
T
IP
65
120 118
Made in Germany
A >7
0C
: t >8
5C
82
96
3
6,
max. 80
min. 30
106
122
pipe
L00-FMxxxxxx-00-00-06-en-003
Technical data (cable and housing) and product structure:
Max. cable length 20 m (65 ft)
Temperature range -30 C...+70 C (-22 F...158 F)
Degree of protection IP65/67 (housing); IP68 (cable) acc. to IEC 60529
Materials Housing: AlSi12; cable glands: nickle plated brass

Dimensions [mm] / [inch] 122x150x80 (HxWxD) / 4.8x5.9x3.2
Approval:
A Nn-hazardous area
1 ATEX II 2 G EEx ia IIC T6, ATEX II 3D
S FM IS Cl.I Div.1 Gr.A-D
U CSA IS Cl.I Div.1 Gr.A-D
K TIIS ia IIC T6 (in preparation)
Cable:
1 20m/65ft; for HART
5 20m/65ft; for PROFIBUS PA/FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Additional option:
A Basic version
B Mounting bracket, pipe 1"/ 2"
FHX40 - Complete product designation
For connection of the remote display FHX40 use the cable which fits the communication version of the
respective instrument.
Endress+Hauser 43
Prosonic M
Supplementary documentation
System Information SI 005F
Ultrasonic level measurement
Operating manual Depending on the communication variant ordered, the following operating manuals are supplied with the
device:
Communication Operating manual
4 ... 20mA, HART BA 237F
Profibus PA BA 238F
Foundation Fieldbus BA 239F
These instructions describe the installation and first commissioning of the Prosonic M. From the operating
menu, all functions are included, which are required for standard measurement tasks. Additional functions are
not contained in the manual.
Description of device BA 240F

functions
This contains a detailed description of all the functions of the Prosonic M and is valid for all communication
variants.
A pdf file of this document can be found
in the supplied "ToF Tool - FieldTool Package" at "Help/ToF Tool Help/ Online Manual/ Operating
Manual/Ultrasonic/Prosonic M FMU4x Functions"1).
in the internet at "www.endress.com". Klick "Download" and enter the product code "FMU4*" into the
search form.
Short instructions KA 183F

can be found under the device housing cover.
The most important menu functions are summarised on this sheet. It is intended primarily as a memory jogger
for users who are familiar with the operating concept of Endress+Hauser time-of-flight instruments.
Safety Instructions ATEX The following safety instructions are supplied with ATEX-certified device versions. If the devices are used in
explosive areas, comply with all the specifications in these safety instructions.
Instrument version Certificate Communication Housing Safety Instructions

FMU40 - 1*B*A*
ATEX II 1/2 G or II 2 G
FMU41 - 1*B*A* HART (2-wire) F12 XA 174F
EEx ia II C T6
FMU42 - 1*B*A***
FMU40 - 1*B*D*
FMU41 - 1*B*D* HART (2-wire) T12 with overvoltage protection XA 224F
EEx ia II C T6
FMU42 - 1*B*D***
FMU40 - 1*D*A*
- 1*F*A*
FMU41 - 1*D*A* ATEX II 1/2 G or II 2 G Profibus-PA
F12 XA 175F
- 1*F*A* EEx ia II C T6 Foundation Fieldbus
FMU42 - 1*D*A***
- 1*F*A***
FMU40 - 1*D*D*
- 1*F*D*
FMU41 - 1*D*D* ATEX II 1/2 G or II 2 G Profibus-PA
T12 with overvoltage protection XA 225F
- 1*F*D* EEx ia II C T6 Foundation Fieldbus
FMU42 - 1*D*D***
- 1*F*D***
1) If the Operating Instructions have not been installed together with the "ToF Tool - FieldTool Package", they can be added to the installation subsequently.
44 Endress+Hauser
Prosonic M
FMU40 - 4*B*C*
- 4*D*C*
- 4*F*C*
FMU41 - 4*B*C* HART (2-wire)
- 4*D*C* Profibus-PA T12 XA 176F
EEx d [ia] II C T6
- 4*F*C* Foundation Fieldbus
FMU42 - 4*B*C***
- 4*D*C***
- 4*F*C***
HART (2-wire)
FMU40 - G***** HART (4-wire, DC) F12
FMU41 - G***** ATEX II 3G EEx nA II T6 HART (4-wire, AC) T12 XA 179F
FMU42 - G******* Profibus-PA T12 with overvoltage protection
Foundation Fieldbus
FMU40 - 2*B*A*
- 2*D*A*
- 2*F*A*
- 5*B*A*
- 5*D*A*
- 5*F*A*
FMU41 - 2*B*A*
- 2*D*A*
HART (2-wire)
- 2*F*A* ATEX II 1/2D
Profibus-PA F12 XA 180F
- 5*B*A* ATEX II 1/3D
Foundation Fieldbus
- 5*D*A*
- 5*F*A*
FMU42 - 2*B*A***
- 2*D*A***
- 2*F*A***
- 5*B*A***
- 5*D*A***
- 5*F*A***
FMU40 - 2*G*A*
- 2*H*A*
- 5*G*A*
- 5*H*A*
FMU41 - 2*G*A*
- 2*H*A* ATEX II 1/2D HART (4-wire, DC)
F12 XA 259
- 5*G*A* ATEX II 1/3 D HART (4-wire, AC)
- 5*H*A*
FMU42 - 2*G*A***
- 2*H*A***
- 5*G*A***
- 5*H*A***
FMU43 - 2*G*A*
- 2*H*A* ATEX II 1/2 D or II 2 D HART (4-wire, DC)
F12 XA 177F
- 5*G*A* ATEX II 1/3 D or II 3 D HART (4-wire, AC)
- 5*H*A*
FMU43 - 2*D*A*
- 2*F*A* ATEX II 1/2 D or II 2 D Profibus-PA
F12 XA 178F
- 5*D*A* ATEX II 1/3 D or II 3 D Foundation Fieldbus
- 5*F*A*
Endress+Hauser 45
Prosonic M
Safety Instructions NEPSI The following safety instructions are supplied with NEPSI-certified device versions. If the devices are used in
explosive areas, comply with all the specifications in these safety instructions.
FMU40 - I*B*A*
Ex ia II C T1 ... T6
FMU41 - I*B*A* HART (2-wire) F12 XA 436F
NEPSI GYJ071468
FMU42 - I*B*A***
FMU40 - I*B*D*
Ex ia II C T1 ... T6
FMU41 - I*B*D* HART (2-wire) T12 with overvoltage protection XA 442F
NEPSI GYJ071468
FMU42 - I*B*D***
FMU40 - I*D*A*
- I*F*A*
FMU41 - I*D*A* Ex ia II C T1 ... T6 Profibus-PA
F12 XA 437F
- I*F*A* NEPSI GYK071468 Foundation Fieldbus
FMU42 - I*D*A***
- I*F*A***
FMU40 - I*D*D*
- I*F*D*
FMU41 - I*D*D* Ex ia II C T1 ... T6 Profibus-PA
T12 with overvoltage protection XA 443F
- I*F*D* NEPSI GYJ071468 Foundation Fieldbus
FMU42 - I*D*D***
- I*F*D***
FMU40 - J*B*C*
- J*D*C*
- J*F*C*
FMU41 - J*B*C* HART (2-wire)
Ex d [ia] II C T1 ... T6
- J*D*C* Profibus-PA T12 XA 438F
NEPSI GYJ071468
- J*F*C* Foundation Fieldbus
FMU42 - J*B*C***
- J*D*C***
- J*F*C***
FMU40 - Q*B*A*
- Q*D*A*
- Q*F*A*
FMU41 - Q*B*A* HART (2-wire)
DIP A21/A22 TA, T*
- Q*D*A* Profibus-PA F12 XA 441F
NEPSI GYJ071468
- Q*F*A* Foundation Fieldbus
FMU42 - Q*B*A***
- Q*D*A***
- Q*F*A***
FMU40 - Q*G*A*
- Q*H*A*
FMU41 - Q*G*A* DIP A21/A22 TA, T* HART (4-wire, DC)
F12 XA 444F
- Q*H*A* NEPSI GYJ071468 HART (4-wire, AC)
FMU42 - Q*G*A***
- Q*H*A***
FMU43 - Q*G*A* HART (4-wire, DC)

DIP A21/A22 TA, T* F12 XA 439F
- Q*H*A* HART (4-wire, AC)
FMU43 - Q*D*A* Profibus-PA
DIP A21/A22 TA, T* F12 XA 440F
- Q*F*A* Foundation Fieldbus
FMU40 - E***** HART

F12
FMU41 - E***** NEPSI Ex nA IIC T6 Profibus PA XA 403F
T12
FMU42 - E******* Foundation Fieldbus
46 Endress+Hauser
Prosonic M
Control drawings Installation The following control or installation drawings are supplied with the FM, CSA and TIIS-certified device
drawings versions:
Instrument version Certificate Communication Housing Control or Installation

Drawing
FMU40 - S*B*A*
FMU41 - S*B*A* FM IS HART (2-wire) F12 ZD 096F
FMU42 - S*B*A***
FMU40 - S*D*A*
- S*F*A*
FMU41 - S*D*A* Profibus-PA
FM IS F12 ZD 097F
- S*F*A* Foundation Fieldbus
FMU42 - S*D*A***
- S*F*A***
FMU40 - S*B*D*
FMU41 - S*B*D* FM IS HART (2-wire) T12 with overvoltage protection ZD 139F
FMU42 - S*B*D***
FMU40 - S*D* D*
- S*F*D*
FMU41 - S*D* D* Profibus-PA
FM IS T12 with overvoltage protection ZD 140F
- S*F*D* Foundation Fieldbus
FMU42 - S*D* D***
- S*F*D***
FMU40 - T*B*C*
- T*D*C*
- T*F*C*
FMU41 - T*B*C* HART (2-wire)
- T*D*C* FM XP Profibus PA T12 ZD 098F
- T*F*C* Foundation Fieldbus
FMU42 - T*B*C***
- T*D*C***
- T*F*C***
FMU40 - U*B*A*
FMU41 - U*B*A*
CSA IS HART (2-wire) F12 ZD 088F
FMU42 - U*B*A***
FMU44 - U*B*A***
FMU40 - U*D*A*
- U*F*A*
FMU41 - U*D*A*
- U*F*A* Profibus-PA
CSA IS F12 ZD 099F
FMU42 - U*D*A*** Foundation Fieldbus
- U*F*A***
FMU44 - U*D*A***
- U*F*A***
FMU40 - U*B* D*
FMU41 - U*B* D*
CSA IS HART (2-wire) T12 with overvoltage protection ZD 101F
FMU42 - U*B* D***
FMU44 - U*B* D***
FMU40 - U*D*D*
- U*F*D*
FMU41 - U*D*D*
- U*F*D* Profibus-PA
CSA IS T12 with overvoltage protection ZD 102F
FMU42 - U*D*D*** Foundation Fieldbus
- U*F*D***
FMU44 - U*D*D***
- U*F*D***
Endress+Hauser 47
Prosonic M
Instrument version Certificate Communication Housing Control or Installation

Drawing
FMU40 - V*B*C*
- V*D*C*
- V*F*C*
FMU41 - V*B*C*
- V*D*C*
HART (2-wire)
- V*F*C*
CSA XP Profibus PA T12 ZD 100F
FMU42 - V*B*C***
Foundation Fieldbus
- V*D*C***
- V*F*C***
FMU44 - V*B*C***
- V*D*C***
- V*F*C***
FMU 40 - K***** TIIS

HART F12 ZD 138F
FMU 41 - K***** Ex ia IIC T6
48 Endress+Hauser
Prosonic M
Endress+Hauser 49
Prosonic M
50 Endress+Hauser
Prosonic M
Endress+Hauser 51
Instruments International
Endress+Hauser
Instruments International AG
Kaegenstrasse 2
4153 Reinach
Switzerland
Tel. +41 61 715 81 00

Fax +41 61 715 25 00
www.endress.com
info@ii.endress.com
TI365F/00/en/01.09
71089083
FM+SGML 6.0 ProMoDo
71089083
Prosonic M FMU40/41/42/43/44
Ultrasonic Level Measurement
BA239F/00/en/01.09
71089089
Valid as of software version:
V 01.04
Short instructions Prosonic M - FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Short instructions
KA 183F/00/a2/02.02
52010993 Prosonic M - Quick Setup
000
measured value Contrast: + or +
008
- + E E dist./
Group E
meas value
- + E
selection
00 002 003 004 005 059 006 008 051 052 053
basic setup tank shape medium process empty blocking full dist./ check range of start
property cond. calibr. distance calibr. meas value distance mapping mapping
+
01 - dome - unknown - standard input E BD is input F D and L are - ok confirm
safety settings ceiling - liquid - calm (s. sketch) displayed (s. sketch) displayed - too small suggestion
- horizontal - > 4 mm surface (s. sketch) (s. sketch) - too big or specify
0E
temperature cyl. - < 4 mm - add. - unknown range
- bypass agitator - manual
04
linearisation
05
extended calibr.
06
output (HART, FF)
profibus param.(PA) BD
100%
0E 0E1 0E2
Envelope curve plot settings recording D
curve
09 092 E
display language
F
-
0A 0A0 0A1 0A3 0A4
diagnostics present previous reset unlock L
error error parameter
0C 0C0 333 (HART) 100 (HART)
system tag no. 33333 (PA,FF) 2457 (PA,FF) 0%
parameter
BD: blocking distance
52010993
L00-FMU4xxx-05-00-00-en-001
Contents of the operating instructions

This operating instructions describes the installation and commissioning of the Prosonic M
ultrasonic level transmitter. It contains all the functions required for a normal measuring operation.
Also, the Prosonic M provides additional functions for optimising the measuring point and for
converting the measured value. These functions are not included in this operating instructions.
You can find an overview of all the device functions in the Appendix.
You can find a detailed description of all the device functions in the operating instructions BA
240F/00/en "Prosonic M - Description of Instrument Functions". This is located on the supplied
documentation CD-ROM.
2 Endress+Hauser
Prosonic M - FOUNDATION Fieldbus Table of contents
Table of contents
1 Safety instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 6.5 Basic Setup with the Endress+Hauser operating program
58
1.1 Designated use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 6.6 Commissioning with a FOUNDATION Fieldbus
1.2 Installation, commissioning, operation . . . . . . . . . . . 4 configuration tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
1.3 Hazardous area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 6.7 Commissioning with the handheld terminal DXR375/
1.4 Notes on safety conventions and symbols . . . . . . . . . 5 FC375 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
2 Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 7 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
2.1 Nameplate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
7.1 System error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
2.2 Product structure FMU 40 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
7.2 Application errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
2.5 Product structure FMU 43 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 8 Maintenance and repairs . . . . . . . . . . . 74
2.6 Product structure FMU 44 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 8.1 Exterior cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
2.7 Scope of delivery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 8.2 Repairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
2.8 Certificates and approvals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 8.3 Repairs to Ex-approved devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
2.9 Registered trademarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 8.4 Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
8.5 Spare parts (housing type F12) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
3 Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 8.6 Spare parts (housing type T12) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
8.7 Return . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
3.1 Design; dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 8.8 Disposal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
3.2 Installation variants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 8.9 Software history . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
3.3 Installation conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 8.10 Contact addresses of Endress+Hauser . . . . . . . . . . . 82
3.4 Measuring range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
3.5 Installation hint for FMU 40/41 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
3.6 Turn housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 9 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
3.7 Post installation check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 9.1 Weather protection cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
9.2 Installation bracket for FMU 40/41 . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
4 Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 9.3 Adapter flange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
9.4 Cantilever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
4.1 Electrical connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 9.5 Mounting Frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
4.2 Wiring with Foundation Fieldbus plug . . . . . . . . . . 28 9.6 Wall Bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
4.3 Cable specifications Foundation Fieldbus . . . . . . . . 28 9.7 Mounting bracket for FMU 42/43/44 . . . . . . . . . . 87
4.4 Supply voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 9.8 Commubox FXA291 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
4.5 Recommended connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 9.9 ToF Adapter FXA291 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
4.6 Post connection check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 9.10 Remote display FHX40 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
5 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 10 Technical Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89

5.1 Operating options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
10.1 Technical data at a glance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
5.2 Operation with the display and operating module
VU331 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
5.3 Operation with an Endress+Hauser operating program 11 Appendix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
36 11.1 Operating menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
5.4 Operation with a FOUNDATION Fieldbus configuration 11.2 Block model of the Prosonic M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 11.3 Resource block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
5.5 Operation with the handheld terminal DXR375/FC375 11.4 Sensor Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
42 11.5 Diagnostic Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
11.6 Display Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
6 Commissioning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 11.7 Analog input block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
11.8 List of start indices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
6.1 Function check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 11.9 Measuring principle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
6.2 Unlocking the device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
6.3 Resetting the device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
6.4 Commissioning by the display and operatig module Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
VU331 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Endress+Hauser 3
Safety instructions Prosonic M - FOUNDATION Fieldbus
1 Safety instructions
1.1 Designated use

The Prosonic M is a compact measuring device for continuous, non-contact level measurement.
Depending on the sensor, the measuring range is up to 15m in fluids and up to 7m in bulk solids.
By using the linearisation function, the Prosonic M can also be used for flow measurements in open
channels and measuring weirs.
1.2 Installation, commissioning, operation

The Prosonic M is fail-safe and is constructed to the state-of-the-art. It meets the appropriate
standards and EC directives. However, if you use it improperly or other than for its designated use,
it may pose application-specific hazards, e.g. product overflow due to incorrect installation or
configuration. Installation, electrical connection, start-up, operation and maintenance of the
measuring device must therefore be carried out exclusively by trained specialists authorised by the
system operator. Technical personnel must have read and understood these operating instructions
and must adhere to them. You may only undertake modifications or repair work to the device when
it is expressly permitted by the operating instructions.
1.3 Hazardous area

Measuring systems for use in hazardous environments are accompanied by separate "Ex
documentation", which is an integral part of this Operating Manual. Strict compliance with the
installation instructions and ratings as stated in this supplementary documentation is mandatory.
Ensure that all personnel are suitably qualified.
Observe the specifications in the certificate as well as national and local standards and regulations.
4 Endress+Hauser
Prosonic M - FOUNDATION Fieldbus Safety instructions
1.4 Notes on safety conventions and symbols

In order to highlight safety-relevant or alternative operating procedures in the manual, the following
conventions have been used, each indicated by a corresponding symbol in the margin.
Safety conventions
#
Warning!
A warning highlights actions or procedures which, if not performed correctly, will lead to personal
injury, a safety hazard or destruction of the instrument
"
Caution!
Caution highlights actions or procedures which, if not performed correctly, may lead to personal
injury or incorrect functioning of the instrument
!
Note!
A note highlights actions or procedures which, if not performed correctly, may indirectly affect
operation or may lead to an instrument response which is not planned
Explosion protection
0
Device certified for use in explosion hazardous area
If the device has this symbol embossed on its name plate it can be installed in an explosion hazardous
area
Explosion hazardous area
- Symbol used in drawings to indicate explosion hazardous areas. Devices located in and wiring
entering areas with the designation explosion hazardous areas must conform with the stated type
of protection.
.
Safe area (non-explosion hazardous area)
Symbol used in drawings to indicate, if necessary, non-explosion hazardous areas. Devices located in
safe areas still require a certificate if their outputs run into explosion hazardous areas
Electrical symbols
% Direct voltage
A terminal to which or from which a direct current or voltage may be applied or supplied
&
Alternating voltage
A terminal to which or from which an alternating (sine-wave) current or voltage may be applied or
supplied
)
Grounded terminal
A grounded terminal, which as far as the operator is concerned, is already grounded by means of an
earth grounding system
*
Protective grounding (earth) terminal
A terminal which must be connected to earth ground prior to making any other connection to the
equipment
+
Equipotential connection (earth bonding)
A connection made to the plant grounding system which may be of type e.g. neutral star or
equipotential line according to national or company practice
Temperature resistance of the connection cables

t >85C
States, that the connection cables must be resistant to a temperature of at least 85 C.
Endress+Hauser 5
Identification Prosonic M - FOUNDATION Fieldbus
2 Identification
2.1 Nameplate
ENDRESS+HAUSER Made in Germany

PROSONIC-M D-79689 Maulburg
Order Code: 1
Ser.-No.: 2 IP68 / NEMA 6P
Profibus PA
Foundation Fieldbus
90 253 V AC 4VA 3
5
10,5 32 V DC 1W
14 36 V DC 0,8W
4 20 mA HART 2-wire
4-wire 4
TA > 70C : t >85C
if modification Patents
X = see sep. label
Dat./Insp.: D01345-B
L00-FMU4xxxx-18-00-00-yy-001
1: Order Code; 2: Serial number; 3: Designation according to Directive 94/9/EC and designation of the type of protection
(only for certified device variants); 4: Reference to additional safety-relevant documentation (only for certified device
variants); 5: Communication variant and supply voltage (the appropriate option is highlighted)
6 Endress+Hauser
Prosonic M - FOUNDATION Fieldbus Identification
2.2 Product structure FMU 40

Certificates
E NEPSI Ex nA II T6
J NEPSI Ex d(ia) IIC T6
Q NEPSI DIP
5 ATEX II 1/3D
Process connection
R G 1 threadISO 228
Y Special version
H 4 wire, 10,5...32VDC / 4-20mA HART
Y Special version

9 Special version
Housing
C Aluminium T12 housing coated to IP 68; with separate terminal compartment
9 Special version
Screw union/entry
3 G 1/2 entry
4 NPT 1/2 entry
6 7/8" FF plug
9 Special version
Endress+Hauser 7

Certificates
E NEPSI Ex nA II T6
J NEPSI Ex d(Ia) IIC T6
Q NEPSI DIP
5 ATEX II 1/3D
Process connection
R G 2 threadISO 228
Y Special version
H 4 wire, 10,5...32VDC / 4-20mA HART
Y Special version

9 Special version
Housing
C Aluminium T12 housing coated to IP 68 with separate terminal compartment
9 Special version
Screw union/entry
3 G 1/2 entry
4 NPT 1/2 entry
6 7/8" FF plug
9 Special version
8 Endress+Hauser

Certificates
E NEPSI Ex nA II T6
J NEPSI Ex d (Ia) IIC T6
K TIIS Ex ia II C T6 (in preparation)
Q NEPSI DIP
1 ATEX II 1/2 G EEX ia IIC T6
2 ATEX II 1/2 D, Alu bond cover
4 ATEX II 1/2 G EEX d [ia] IIC T6
5 ATEX II 1/3D
Process connection
P UNI flange 3"/DN80/80, PP, max. 2.5bar abs./ 36psia
Q UNI flange 3"/DN80/80, PVDF, max. 2.5bar abs./ 36psia
S UNI flange 3"/DN80/80, 316L, max. 2.5bar abs./ 36psia
T UNI flange 4"/DN100/100, PP, max. 2.5bar abs./ 36psia
U UNI flange 4"/DN100/100, PVDF, max. 2.5bar abs./ 36psia
V UNI flange 4"/DN100/100, 316L, max. 2.5bar abs./ 36psia
Y Special version
H 4 wire, 10,5...32VDC / 4-20mA HART
Y Special version

9 Special version
Housing
C Aluminium T12 housing coated to IP 68, with separate terminal compartment
D Aluminium T 12 housing coated to IP 68, with separate terminal compartment; with
overvoltage protection
Y Special version
Gland/Entry
2 M20x1.5 gland
3 G 1/2 entry
4 NPT 1/2 entry
5 M12 PROFIBUS-PA plug
6 7/8" FF plug
9 Special version
Endress+Hauser 9
2 VITON flat sealing
3 EPDM flat sealing
9 special version
Additional options
A Additional options not selected
10 Endress+Hauser

Certificates
M FM DIP Class II, III, Div. 1, Gr. E,F,G NI
P CSA DIP, Class II, III, Div. 1, Gr. E,F,G NI
Q NEPSI DIP
2 ATEX II 1/2 D or II 2 D, Aluminium Deckel
5 ATEX II 1/3 D or II 3 D, Sichtdeckel
Y Special version
Process connection/material
P Flange DN 100/ANSI 4"/JIS 16K100, PP (universal slip-on flange included)
S Flange DN 100/ANSI 4"/JIS 16K100, SS 316TI (universal slip-on flange included)
K Without slip-on flange/without mounting bracket (customer mounting equipment)
M With mounting bracket
Y Special version
H 4 wire, 10,5...32VDC / 4-20mA HART
Y Special version

9 Special version
Housing
9 Special version
Screw union/entry
3 G 1/2 entry
4 NPT 1/2 entry
6 7/8" FF plug
9 Special version
Endress+Hauser 11

Approval
A Non-hazardous area
1 ATEX II 1/2G EEx ia IIC T6 (in preparation)
4 ATEX II 1/2G EEx d (ia) IIC T6 (in preparation)
G ATEX II 3 G EEx nA II T6 (in preparation)
2 ATEX II 1/2 D, Alu blind cover (in preparation)
5 ATEX II 1/3 D
S FM IS Cl.I,II,III Div.1 Gr.A-G, NI Cl.I Div.2 (in preparation)
T FM XP Cl.I,II,III Div.1 Gr.A-G (in preparation)
U CSA IS Cl.I,II,III Div.1 Gr.A-G, NI Cl.I Div.2
V CSA XP Cl.I,II,III Div.1 Gr.A-G
K TIIS EEx ia IIC T6 (in preparation)
I NEPSI Ex ia IIC T6 (in preparation)
J NEPSI Ex d(ia) IIC T6 (in preparation)
E NEPSI Ex nA II T6 (in preparation)
Q NEPSI DIP (in preparation)
Process connection
A 8" 150lbs FF, 316L, max 2.5bar abs./36psia
E UNI flange 6"/DN150/150, PP, max 2.5bar abs./ 36psia,
F UNI flange 6"/DN150/150, PVDF, max 2.5bar abs./36psia,
suitable for 6" 150lbs /DN150 PN16 / 10K 150
G UNI flange 6"/DN150/150, 316L, max 2.5bar abs. 36psia,
H UNI flange DN200/200, PP, max 2.5bar abs./ 36 psia,
J UNI flange DN200/200, PVDF, max 2.5bar abs./ 36psia,
K UNI flange DN200/200, 316L, max 2.5bar abs./ 36psia,
L 8" 150lbs FF, PP, max 2.5bar abs./ 36psia
N 8" 150lbs FF, PVDF, max 2.5bar abs./ 36psia
T UNI flange 4"/DN100/100, PP, max 2.5bar abs./ 36psia,
U UNI flange 4"/DN100/100, PVDF, max. 2.5bar abs./ 36 psia,
V UNI flange 4"/DN100/100, 316L, max 2.5bar abs./ 36psia,
Power supply; Output

B 2-wire; 4-20mA HART
D 2-wire; PROFIBUS PA
F 2-wire; FOUNDATION Fieldbus
G 4-wire 90-250VAC; 4-20mA HART
H 4-wire 10.5-32VDC; 4-20mA HART
Operation
1 w/o display, via communication
2 4-line display VU331, Envelope curve display on site
3 Prepared for FHX40, Remote display (accessory)
FMU 44 - product designation, part 1
12 Endress+Hauser
Housing
A F12 Alu, coated IP68 NEMA6P
C T12 Alu, coated IP68 NEMA6P, Separate conn. compartment
D T12 Alu, coated IP68 NEMA6P + OVP, Sep. conn. compartment, OVP = overvoltage
protection
CAble entry
2 Gland M20 (EEx d > thread M20)
3 Thread G1/2
4 Thread NPT 1/2
5 Plug M12
6 Plug 7/8
Process Sealing Sensor/ Flange

2 Viton
3 EPDM
Additional option
A Basic version
FMU 44 - complete product designation
Endress+Hauser 13
2.7 Scope of delivery
2.7.1 Instrument and accessories

Instrument according to the version ordered
"ToF Tool - FieldTool Package" (2 CD-ROMs)
for FMU 40/41 in the versions FMU 40 *R**** and FMU 41 *R****: counter nut (PC)
for FMU 40/41: sealing ring (EPDM)
for gland M20x1.5:
1 cable gland for 2-wire instruments
2 cable glands for 4-wire instruments
The cable glands are mounted on delivery.
2.7.2 Supplied documentation
Short instructions (KA 183F, in the instrument)

intended as a memory jogger for users who are familiar with the operating concept of
Endress+Hauser Time-of-Flight instruments.
Operating instructions (BA 239F, this booklet)

This describes the installation and commissioning of the Prosonic M. The operating menu includes
all the functions which are required for standard measurement tasks. Any additional functions are
not included.
Description of Instrument Functions (BA 240F)

contains a detailed description of all the functions of the Prosonic M. You can find this document
as a pdf file on the supplied ToF Tool - FieldTool CD-ROM 1.
Safety instructions
Additional safety instructions (XA, ZE, ZD) are supplied with certified device versions. Refer to the
nameplate for the names of the safety instructions that apply to your device version.
2.8 Certificates and approvals

CE mark, declaration of conformity
The device is designed to meet state-of-the-art safety requirements, has been tested and left the
factory in a condition in which it is safe to operate. The device complies with the applicable
standards and regulations as listed in the EC declaration of conformity and thus complies with the
statutory requirements of the EC directives. Endress+Hauser confirms the successful testing of the
device by affixing to it the CE mark.
2.9 Registered trademarks

ToF
Registered trademark of the company Endress+Hauser GmbH+Co. KG, Maulburg, Germany
PulseMaster
Registered trademark of the company Endress+Hauser GmbH+Co. KG, Maulburg, Germany
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Registered trademark of Fieldbus Foundation Austin, Texas, USA
14 Endress+Hauser
Prosonic M - FOUNDATION Fieldbus Installation
3 Installation
3.1 Design; dimensions
3.1.1 FMU40, FMU41
F12 T12 65 78
(2.6) (3.1)
~86 65 78 68 94
(~3.4) (2.6) (3.1) 32 (1.3)
(2.7) (3.7)
129 (5.1)
129 (5.1)
150 (5.9)
162 (6.4)
ENDRESS+HAUSER
Prosonic M
85 85
(3.3) (3.3)
FMU 40 FMU 41
SW (AF) 60
(0.9)
SW (AF) 60
22
(0.9)
22
~148 (5.8)
~148 (5.8)
G1 G2
1 NPT
~83 (3.3)
(~3.4)
2 NPT
~87
39 (1.5)
50 (2.0)
L00-FMU4xxxx-06-00-00-yy-006
Abb. 1: Dimensions in mm (inch)
3.1.2 FMU42, FMU44 with slip-on flange
F12 T12 65 78
(2.6) (3.1)
~86 65 78 68 94
(~3.4) (2.6) (3.1) 32 (1.3)
(2.7) (3.7)
129 (5.1)
129 (5.1)
150 (5.9)
162 (6.4)
ENDRESS+HAUSER
Prosonic M
85 85
(3.3) (3.3)
FMU 42 FMU 44
~ 110 (4.3)
~ 145 (5.7)
(3.3)
~ 85
~ 107
(4.2)
70 (2.8)
98 (3.9)
L00-FMU4xxxx-06-00-00-yy-007
Endress+Hauser 15
Installation Prosonic M - FOUNDATION Fieldbus
3.1.3 FMU42, FMU44 with mounting bracket
FMU 42 FMU 44
ENDRESS+HAUSER ENDRESS+HAUSER
Prosonic M Prosonic M
F12/ F12/
T12 T12
M8 M8
105 (4.1)
125 (4.9)
30 (1.2)
30 (1.2)
75
(3.0) 119 (4.7)
119 (4.7)
98
(3.9)
L00-FMU4xxxx-06-00-00-yy-008
3.1.4 FMU43
A B
~86 65 78
(3.4) (2.6) (3.1)
F12
129 (5.1)
ER
HAUS
ESS+
ENDR ic M
150 (5.9)
Proson
ENDRESS+HAUSER
Prosonic M
~248 (9.8)
2 x M8
.0)
75 (3
85 (3.3)
.5)
89 (3
6.2)
158 (
ANSI 4 DN 100 * 230 (9.1)
L00-FMU4xxxx-06-00-00-yy-009
Abb. 2: Dimensions in mm (inch);

A: with slip-on flange; B: with mounting bracket
3.1.5 Mounting bracket for FMU42, FMU43 and FMU44
25
119 (4.68) (0.98)
~123 (4.8)
120 (4.7)
2 (0.079)
40 (1.6) 40 (1.6)
25
(0.98)
11 (0.43)
L00-FMU4xxxx-06-00-00-yy-010
Abb. 3: Dimensions in mm (inch)
16 Endress+Hauser
3.1.6 Flanges for FMU42 and FMU44
A
B
D
20 (0.79)
G2
ISO228
C
L00-FMU4xxxx-06-00-00-yy-011
suitable for A B C D E number of

boreholes
3" 150lbs / DN80 PN16 / 10K 80 150 mm 160 mm 200 mm 19 mm 45 8

(5,91") (6,30") (7,87") (0,75")
4" 150 lbs / DN100 PN16 / 10K 100 175 mm 190,5 mm 228,6 mm 19 mm 45 8
(6,90") (7,50") (9,00") (0,75")
6" 150 lbs / DN150 PN16 / 10 K 150 240 mm 241,3 mm 285 mm 23 mm 45 8

(9,45") (9,50") (11,22") (0,91")
8" 150 lbs 298,5 mm 298,5 mm 342,9 mm 22, 5 mm 45 8

(11,75") (11,75") (13,50") (0,89")
DN200 PN16 / 10 K 200 290 mm 295 mm 340 mm 23 mm 30 12

(11,42") (11,61") (13,39") (0,91")
Endress+Hauser 17
3.2 Installation variants
3.2.1 Installation variants FMU 40, FMU 41
Installation with counter nut Installation with sleeve
Sealing ring
(EPDM)
supplied
counter nut (PC)

supplied
for G 1 and
G 2 instruments
Installation with installation bracket Installation with adapter flange
ENDRESS+HAUSER
Prosonic M
Sealing ring
(EPDM)
adapter flange supplied
sensor nozzle
L00-FMU4xxxx-17-00-00-en-002
For installation bracket or adapter flange s. chapter "Accessories".
18 Endress+Hauser
3.2.2 Installation variants FMU42, FMU44
Installation with universal flange Installation with mounting bracket
ER
HAUS
ESS+
ENDR nic M
Proso
-
e.g. Zone 20
.
Zone 20
L00-FMU42xxxx-17-00-00-en-001
3.2.3 Installation variants FMU 43
Installation with Installation with

universal slip-on flange (option) mounting bracket
ER
HAUS
ESS+
ENDR ic M
Proson
slip-on flange
nozzle -
e.g.Zone 20
sensor .
Zone 20
L00-FMU43xxxx-17-00-00-en-001
Endress+Hauser 19
3.3 Installation conditions
3.3.1 Installation conditions for level measurements
2 3 4
7
1
5
1/6D
D
6 L

L00-FMU4xxxx-17-00-00-de-005
Do not install the sensor in the middle of the tank (3). We recommend leaving a distance between
the sensor and the tank wall (1) measuring 1/6 of the tank diameter.
Use a protective cover, in order to protect the device from direct sun or rain (2).
Avoid measurements through the filling curtain (4).
Make sure that equipment (5) such as limit switches, temperature sensors, etc. are not located
within the emitting angle . In particular, symmetrical equipment (6) such as heating coils, baffles
etc. can influence measurement.
Align the sensor so that it is vertical to the product surface (7).
Never install two ultrasonic measuring devices in a tank, as the two signals may affect each other.
To estimate the detection range, use the 3 dB emitting angle .
Sensor Lmax rmax

FMU40 11 5m 0.48 m
FMU41 11 8m 0.77 m
FMU42 9 10 m 0.79 m
FMU43 6 15 m 0.79 m
FMU44 11 20 m 1.93 m
3.3.2 Installation in narrow shafts

In narrow shafts with strong interference ENDRESS+HAUSER
Prosonic M
ENDRESS+HAUSER
Prosonic M
echoes, we recommend using an ultrasound

guide pipe (e.g. PE or PVC wastewater pipe)
with a minimum diameter of 100 mm. venting
hole
Make sure that the pipe is not soiled by accumu-
lated dirt. If necessary, clean the pipe at regular
intervals.
L00-FMU4xxxx-17-00-00-en-010
20 Endress+Hauser
3.3.3 Installation conditions for flow measurements

Install the Prosonic M at the inflow side, as close above the maximum water level Hmax as possible
(take into account the blocking distance BD).
Position the Prosonic M in the middle of the channel or weir.
Align the sensor membrane parallel to the water surface.
Keep to the installation distance of the channel or weir.
You can enter the "Flow to Level" linearisation curve ("Q/h curve") using ToF Tool or manually
via the on-site display.
Example: Khafagi-Venturi flume
inflow outflow
empty calibr. BD
Khafagi - Venturi - flume

Hmax direction of flow
1 x b0
b0
L00-FMU4xxxx-17-00-00-en-003
Endress+Hauser 21
Example: Triangular weir
min. 2 Hmax

Hmax (= full calibr.)
min. 2 Hmax
min. 3 H max
BD
empty calibr.
L00-FMU4xxxx-17-00-00-en-012
22 Endress+Hauser
3.4 Measuring range
3.4.1 Blocking distance, Nozzle mounting

Install the Prosonic M at a height so that the blocking distance BD is not undershot, even at
maximum fill level. Use a pipe nozzle if you cannot maintain the blocking distance in any other way.
The interior of the nozzle must be smooth and may not contain any edges or welded joints. In
particular, there should be no burr on the inside of the tank side nozzle end. Note the specified limits
for nozzle diameter and length. To minimise disturbing factors, we recommend an angled socket
edge (ideally 45).
FMU 43
FMU 40/41 FMU 42/44
BD
SD
E F
L L
L
D D
D
L00-FMU4xxxx-17-00-00-en-004
BD: blocking distance; SD: safety distance; E: empty calibration; F: full calibration (span); D: nozzle diameter; L: nozzle
length
Maximum nozzle length[mm]
Nozzle diameter FMU40 FMU41 FMU42 FMU43 FMU44

DN50/2" 80
DN80/3" 240 240 250
DN100/4" 300 300 300 300

DN150/6" 400 400 400 300 400
DN200/8" 400 400 400 300 400
DN250/10" 400 400 400 300 400

DN300/12" 400 400 400 300 400
Emitting angle 11 11 9 6 11
Blocking distance [m] 0,25 0,35 0,4 0,6 0,5
Max. range [m] 5 8 10 15 20

in liquids
Max. range [m] 2 3,5 5 7 10

in solids
" Caution!
If the blocking distance is undershot, it may cause device malfunction.
Endress+Hauser 23
3.4.2 Safety distance

If the level rises to the safety distance SD, the device switches to warning or alarm status.
The size of SD can be set freely in the "Safety distance" (015) function.The "in safety distance"
(016) function defines how the device reacts if the level enters the safety distance.
There are three options:
Warning: The device outputs an error message but continues measurement.
Alarm: The device outputs an error message. The output signal assumes the value defined in the
"Output on alarm" (011) function (MAX, MIN, user-specific value or holds the last value). As
soon as the level drops below the safety distance, the device recommences measurement.
Self holding: The device reacts in the same way as for an alarm. However, the alarm condition
continues after the level drops below the safety distance. The device only recommences
measurement when you cancel the alarm using the "Ackn. alarm" (017) function.
3.4.3 Range
The sensor range is dependent on the measuring conditions. Refer to Technical Information TI
365F/00/en for an estimation. The maximum range is shown in the above diagram (valid for good
conditions).
Sensor maximum range
FMU40 5m
FMU41 8m
FMU42 10 m
FMU43 15 m
FMU44 20 m
24 Endress+Hauser
3.5 Installation hint for FMU 40/41

Screw the Prosonic M at the screw-in piece F12 or T12 housing
using an 60 AF spanner.
Maximum torque: 20 Nm.
Caution!
Use only the screw-in
piece to screw in
the Prosonic M
AF 60
60
max torque
20 Nm
L00-FMU4xxxx-17-00-00-en-009
3.6 Turn housing

After mounting, the housing can be turned 350 in order to simplify access to the display and the
terminal compartment. Proceed as follows to turn the housing to the required position:
Undo the fixing screws (1)
Turn the housing (2) in the required direction
Tighten up the fixing screws (1). Maximum torque 0.5 Nm.
Loctite can be used for securing the screw.
F12 housing T12 housing
2 2
1 1
allen key
4 mm/0.1
max. torque 0.5 Nm
L00-FMU4xxxx-17-00-00-en-013
3.7 Post installation check

After installing the device, carry out the following checks:
Is the device damaged (visual inspection)?
Does the device correspond to the measuring point specifications for process temperature, process
pressure, ambient temperature, measuring range etc.
If available: Are the measuring point number and labelling correct (visual inspection)?
Is the measuring device sufficiently protected against precipitation and direct sunlight?
Are the cable glands tightened correctly?
After aligning the housing, check the process seal at the nozzle or flange.
Endress+Hauser 25
Wiring Prosonic M - FOUNDATION Fieldbus
4 Wiring
4.1 Electrical connection

" Caution!
Before connection please note the following:
The power supply must be identical to the data on the nameplate.
Switch off power supply before connecting up the instrument.
Connect equipotential bonding to transmitter ground terminal before connecting up the
instrument (s. section "Potential matching")
# Warning!
When you use the measuring system in hazardous areas, make sure to comply with national
standards and the specifications in the safety instructions (XAs). Make sure you use the specified
cable gland.
4.1.1 Wiring in the housing F12

1. Unscrew housing cover (1). 1
2. Remove display (2) if fitted.
3. Remove cover plate (3) from terminal
compartment.
4. Pull out terminal module (4) slightly using
pulling loop.
5. Insert cable (5) through gland (6).
"
2
Caution!
If possible, insert the cable from above and
let a draining loop in order to avoid EN
DR
ES
S+
HA
US
ER
intrusion of humidity.
6. Connect cable screen to the grounding
terminal (7) within the terminal
compartment. 6
3
7. Make connection according to terminal
assignment (see below).
8. Re-insert terminal module (4).
9. Tighten cable gland (6). 5
10. Tighten screws on cover plate (3).

11. Insert display (2) if fitted. 4
7
12. Screw on housing cover (1).

13. Switch on power supply.
1 2 3 4
L00-FMU4xxxx-04-00-00-yy-008
26 Endress+Hauser
Prosonic M - FOUNDATION Fieldbus Wiring
4.1.2 Wiring in the housing T12

1. Unscrew the cover (1) of the separate 1
connection room.
2. Insert cable (2) through gland (3).
" Caution!
If possible, insert the cable from above and
let a draining loop in order to avoid
intrusion of humidity.
3. Connect cable screen to the grounding
terminal (4) within the connection room.
4. Make connection according to the terminal
assignment (see below). 3
5. Tighten cable gland (3).

6. Screw on housing cover (1).
7. Switch on power supply.
2
1 2 3 4
L00-FMU4xxxx-04-00-00-yy-009
4.1.3 Terminal assignment
plant
1 2 3 4 ground
+
L00-FMxxxxxx-04-00-00-en-013
Endress+Hauser 27
Wiring Prosonic M - FOUNDATION Fieldbus
4.2 Wiring with Foundation Fieldbus plug

1. Insert plug (1) into bushing (2).
2 1
2. Screw firmly.
3. Ground instrument according to the
desired safety concept.
L00-FMU4xxxx-04-00-00-yy-011
4.2.1 Pin assignment of the 7/8" plug connector (FOUNDATION

Fieldbus plug)
Pin Meaning
1 FF -
1 3 nc
2 FF +
2 + 4 3 not connected
4 ground
L00-FMxxxxxx-04-00-00-yy-017
4.3 Cable specifications Foundation Fieldbus

Twisted, shielded pairs must be used. The cable specifications can be taken from the FF specification
or IEC 61158-2. The following have been found suitable:
Non-Ex-area:
Siemens 6XV1 830-5BH10,
Belden 3076F,
Kerpen CEL-PE/OSCR/PVC/FRLA FB-02YS(ST)YFL.
Ex-area:
Siemens 6XV1 830-5AH10,
Belden 3076F,
Kerpen CEL-PE/OSCR/PVC/FRLA FB-02YS(ST)YFL.
4.4 Supply voltage

The following values are the voltages across the terminals directly at the instrument:
Type minimum terminal maximum terminal

voltage voltage
standard 9V 32 V
EEx ia (FISCO model 9V 17,5 V
EEx ia (Entity concept) 9V 24 V
The current consumption is approx. 15 mA for the range of voltages given above.
28 Endress+Hauser
Prosonic M - FOUNDATION Fieldbus Wiring
4.5 Recommended connection
1 1
L00-FMU4xxxx-17-00-00-yy-014
1: external ground terminal of the transmitter
For maximum EMC protection please observe the following points:

As the metal housing of the Prosonic M is isolated from the tank by the plastic sensor, a low-
impedance connection between the housing and tank/bracket/flange should be installed in order
to ensure electromagnetic compatibility (EMC).
For optimum EMC the connection should be as short as possible. Ideally, a ground strap should
be used.
The continuity of the cable screening between tapping points must be ensured.
If potential equalisation is present between the individual grounding points, ground the screening
at each cable end or connect it to the device housing (as short as possible).
If there are large differences in potential between grounding points, the grounding should run via
a capacitor that is suitable for high frequency use (e.g. ceramic 10 nF/250 V&).
" Caution!
Applications, which are subject to the explosion prevention, permit only under special conditions
the repeated grounding of the protective screen , see to EN 60 079-14..
4.6 Post connection check

After wiring the device, carry out the following checks:
Are the terminals correctly assigned?
Is the cable gland tight?
If available: Is the Foundation Fieldbus connector screwed tight?
Is the housing cover fully screwed on?
If power supply available: Does a display appear on the display module?
Endress+Hauser 29
Operation Prosonic M - FOUNDATION Fieldbus
5 Operation
This chapter gives an overview of the different operating options for the device. The different
methods of parameter access are described and the preconditions for each method are stated.
The meaning of the parameters is not described in this chapter. Instead, refer to:
Chapter 6: "Commissioning"
Operating Instructions BA240F: "Prosonic M - Description of Instrument Functions"
This chapter contains the following sections:
5.1 Operating options
5.2 Operation with the display and operating module VU331
5.3 Operation with an Endress+Hauser operating software
5.4 Operation with a FOUNDATION Fieldbus configuration software
5.5 Operation with the handheld terminal DXR375/FC375
5.1 Operating options
ControlCare
DeltaV
...
FieldCommunicator 375/
FC375
Ethernet DELTABAR: * * * * * * * *
ONLINE
1 QUICK SETUP
dsdmdm
df das.
asdas fa
asas la.
2 OPERATING MENU
3 PV 352 mbar
4 SV 0 C
HELP SAVE
6
9 Page
SPS
Up
Bksp Delete
Page
On
#%& ABC DEF

1 2 3
PLC
Copy Paste Hot Key
GHI JKL MNO

4 5 6
Insert + Hot Key
PQRS TUV W XY Z
7 8 9
,() _<> +*/
. 0 -
API 375
FIELD COMMUNICATOR
power supply FF link

FOUNDATION Fieldbus
power conditioner T T
Anzeige- und Weitere

Bedienmodul Funktionen
(Ventile etc.)
%
+ E
Levelflex M
FieldCare
Prosonic M
Micropilot M FXA193/291
L00-FMxxxxxx-14-00-06-de-011
30 Endress+Hauser
Prosonic M - FOUNDATION Fieldbus Operation
5.1.1 On-site operation
Options for on-site operation

Display and operating module VU331
Endress+Hauser operating software ("ToF Tool - FieldTool Package" or "FieldCare")
Parameter access by on-site operation

The following parameters can be accessed by on-site operation:
Parameters of the device specific blocks (Sensor Block, Diagnostic Block, Display Block)
Endress+Hauser service parameters
in the Resource Block: "Device Tag", "Device ID", "Device Revision", "DD Revision" (read only)
Resource Block Arithmetik-Block

Sensorblock
AI-Block 1 Input-Selector-Block
Diagnoseblock
AI-Block 2 Signal-Charact.-Block
Display-Block
PID Block Integrator-Block
Endress+Hauser
Service-Parameter
L00-FMU4XXXX-02-00-00-YY-005
The highlighted parameters can be edited by on-site operation.
5.1.2 Remote operation
Options for remote operation

FOUNDATION Fieldbus configuration tool (e.g. DeltaV or ControlCare)
Handheld terminal DXR375/FC375
Parameter access by remote operation

The following parameters can be accessed by remote operation:
Parameters of the FOUNDATION Fieldbus function blocks

Sensorblock
Diagnoseblock
Display-Block
Endress+Hauser
Service-Parameter
L00-FMU4XXXX-02-00-00-YY-006
The highlighted parameters can be edited by remote operation.
Endress+Hauser 31
5.2 Operation with the display and operating module

VU331
The LCD module VU 331 for display and operation is located beneath the housing cover. The
measured value is legible through the glass in the cover. Open the cover to operate the device.
LCD
Order
Messbe
Measuri
ENDR
MICR ESS+
Code:
Ser.-No.
:
OPIL HAUS
reich
ng
4...20
OT
range
U 16...36
II ER
max.
20
(liquid crystal display)
Maulburg
mA V DC m
IP
65
T
Made in Germany
A >70C
: t
>85C
Symbols
ENDRESS + HAUSER
+ E
3 keys
snap-fit
L00-FMxxxxxx-07-00-00-en-001
5.2.1 Display appearance
position in menu
label
measured value
* display
symbol value bargraph unit
group selection
selection list
position in menu
label
function with
free parameter
help texts
envelope envelope curve

curve display
L00-FMxxxxxx-07-00-00-en-002
In the measured value display, the bargraph corresponds to the output.

The bargraph is segmented in 10 bars. Each completely filled bar represents a change of 10% of the
adjusted span.
32 Endress+Hauser
5.2.2 Display symbols

The following table describes the symbols that appear on the liquid crystal display:
Sybmol Meaning
ALARM_SYMBOL
This alarm symbol appears when the instrument is in an alarm state. If the symbol flashes, this indicates a
warning.
LOCK_SYMBOL
This lock symbol appears when the instrument is locked,i.e. if no input is possible.
COM_SYMBOL
This communication symbol appears when a data transmission via e.g. HART, PROFIBUS PA or
FOUNDATION Fieldbus is in progress.
SIMULATION_SWITCH_ENABLE
This communication symbol appears when simulation in FOUNDATION Fieldbus is enabled via the DIP
switch.
5.2.3 Function of the keys
Key(s) Meaning
O or V Navigate upwards in the selection list

S or W Navigate downwards in the selection list

X or Z Navigate to the left within a function group
F Navigate to the right within a function group, confirmation.
O and F
or Contrast settings of the LCD
S and F
Hardware lock / unlock
After a hardware lock, an operation of the instrument via display or
O and S and F communication is not possible!
The hardware can only be unlocked via the display. An unlock parameter must
be entered to do so.
Endress+Hauser 33
5.2.4 The operating menu
Function codes
For easy orientation within the function menus, for each function a position is shown on the display.
005
Function
Function group
L00-FMU4xxxx-07-00-00-en-001
The first two digits identify the function group:
basic setup 00
safety settings 01
linearisation 04
...
The third digit numbers the individual functions within the function group:
basic setup 00 tank shape 002

medium property 003
process cond. 004
...
Hereafter the position is always given in brackets (e.g. "tank shape" (002)) after the described
function.
34 Endress+Hauser
Navigation within the menu
ENDRESS + HAUSER
+ E
X
F 2x X
X X >3 s
basic setup F tank shape F medium property

... Return to
O Group Selection
safety settings
O dome ceiling
horizontal cyl
O unknown
liquid
temperature bypass solid<4mm
stilling well solid>4mm
linearisation
...
S flat ceiling
sphere
S
no ceiling
S ...
L00-FMU4xxxx-19-00-00-en-018
1. Change from Measured Value Display to Group Selection by pressing F.

2. Press S or O to select the required Function Group and confirm by pressing F.
The active selection is marked by a in front of the menu text.
3. Activate Edit mode with O or S .
Selection menus
a. Select the required Parameter in selected function with S oder O .
b. F confirms selection; appears in front of the selected parameter.
c. F confirms the edited value; system quits edit mode.
d. O and S (= Q) interrupts selection; system quits edit mode.
Typing in numerals and text

a. Press O or S to edit the first character of the numeral / text.
b. F positions the cursor at the next character; continue with a. until you have completed
your input.
c. If a symbol appears at the cursor, press F to accept the value entered; system quits edit
mode.
d. If a symbol appears at the cursor, press F to return to the previous character (e.g. for
correction of entries).
e. O and S (= Q) interrupts selection; system quits edit mode.
4. Press F to select the next function.
5. Press O and S (= Q) once; return to previous function.
Press O and S (= Q) twice; return to Group Selection.
6. Press O and S (= Q) to return to Measured value display.
Endress+Hauser 35
5.3 Operation with an Endress+Hauser operating program
5.3.1 ToF Tool Fieldtool Package

The ToF Tool is a graphic and menu-guided operating program for measuring devices from
Endress+Hauser. It is used for the commissioning, data storage, signal analysis and documentation
of the devices. The following operating systems are supported: WinNT4.0, Win2000 and
Windows XP. You can set the parameters of the device specific blocks via the ToF Tool.
The ToF Tool supports the following functions:
Configuration of transmitters in online operation
Singal analysis via envelope curve
Tank linearisation
Connection options:
via the FXA193/FXA291 service interface
! Note!
You can use the ToF Tool to configure the metrological parameters for devices with "FOUNDATION
Fieldbus signal". You need an FF configuration program to be able to configure all the FF-specific
parameters and to integrate the device into a FF network (see sections 5.1.1 and 5.1.2).
36 Endress+Hauser
5.3.2 FieldCare
FieldCare is an Endress+Hauser asset management tool based on FDT technology. With FieldCare,
you can configure all Endress+Hauser devices as well as devices from other manufacturers that
support the FDT standard. The following operating systems are supported: WinNT4.0, Win2000
and Windows XP.
Functions
Configuration of transmitters in online operation
Singal analysis via envelope curve
Tank linearisation
Connection with FXA193 (RS232C)
ToF Tool-Fieldtool Package

FieldCare
FXA193
RS232C
L00-FMxxxxxx-04-00-00-yy-023
For details refer to Technical Information TI063D (FXA193).
Connection with FXA291 (USB)
ToF Tool-Fieldtool Package

FieldCare
ToF Commubox USB

Adapter
FXA291
FXA291
L00-FMxxxxxx-04-00-00-yy-024
For details refer to:

Technical Information TI405C (Commubox FXA291)
Operating Instructions KA271 (ToF Adapter FXA291)
Endress+Hauser 37
Menu-guided commissioning
MicropilotM-en-305
Signal analysis via envelope curve
MicropilotM-en-306
38 Endress+Hauser
Tank linearisation
MicropilotM-en-307
Endress+Hauser 39
5.4 Operation with a FOUNDATION Fieldbus

configuration program
5.4.1 FOUNDATION Fieldbus configuration programs

The user can obtain special configuration and operating programs offered by different manufacturers
for use in configuration. These can be used for configuring both the FOUNDATION Fieldbus
functions and all the device-specific parameters. The predefined function blocks allow uniform
access to all the network and fieldbus device data.
5.4.2 Device Description files
File names
You will need the following files for commissioning and network configuration:
Device Description files: *.sym, *.ffo
These files describe the structure of the blocks and their parameters. They offer guided setups with
the help of menus and methods.
Capability file: *.cff
This file enables offline configuration and describes the device capability in terms of
communication stack and function blocks.
The file names consist of the following parts:
Device Revision (0C3)1)
DD Revision (0C4)1 (use the most current version)
CFF Revision (use the most current version)
Example:
Device Revision (0C3) = 03
DD Revision (0C4) = 01
CFF Revision = 02
-> files to be used: "0301.sym", "0301.ffo", "030102.cff"
Directory structure
The files are normally stored in the following directory structure:
/452B48/1011/*.sym
*.ffo
*.cff
The directory names have the following meaning:
452B48: manufacturer ID of Endress+Hauser
1011: device ID of Prosonic M
Source of supply
Host System Source of supply for the Device Description and Network Configuration files
ABB (Field Controller 800) www.endress.de (-> Download -> Media type = "Software", "Device Drivers")
Allen Bradley (Control Logix) CD-ROM (Endress+Hauser order code: 56003896)
Endress+Hauser (ControlCare) www.fieldbus.org
Honeywell (Experion PKS)
Invensys
SMAR (System 302)
Emerson (Delta V) www.easydeltav.com
1) "Device Revision" (0C3) and "DD Revision" (0C4) can be obtained through the display and operating module VU331. For details refer to section 5.2: "Operation
with the display and operating module VU331"
40 Endress+Hauser
Host System Source of supply for the Device Description and Network Configuration files
Yokogawa (CENTUM CS 3000) www.yokogawa.com
5.4.3 Representation of parameters

A FOUNDATION Fieldbus configuration tool offers two types of parameter representation:
Representation by parameter name
Examples: "PAROPERATIONCODE", "PARRESET"
Representation by parameter label
(identical to the labels on the display module VU331 and in an Endress+Hauser operation tool)
Examples: "unlock parameter", "reset"
Endress+Hauser 41
5.5 Operation with the handheld terminal DXR375/FC375
5.5.1 Connection
The handheld terminal is directly connected to the FOUNDATION Fieldbus communication line.
An additonal communication resistor is not required.
5.5.2 Device Descriptions

Make sure you have loaded the valid Device Description files (DDs). DDs can be downloaded from
the internet at "www.fieldcommunicator.com". The DDs can also be updated by the update
functionality of the DXR375/FC375.
5.5.3 User interface

The device parameters are arranged in blocks. The handheld terminal DXR375/FC375 uses this
block structure to access the parameters. You can navigate within the structure by the arrow keys
and the "Enter" key. Alternatively, you can use the touch-screen functionality of the handheld
terminal for navigation. (Double-click on a name opens the respective block or parameter).
42 Endress+Hauser
5.5.4 Example
9 basic setup
dsdmdm
LAS df das.
asdas fa
asas la.
Fieldbus Live Device List tank shape: dome ceiling

Number of Devices found = 1
dome ceiling
Tag Address horizontal cyl
E+H_PROSONIC_M_XXXXXXX 247 bypass
375 Field Communicator 252 stilling well
flat ceiling
sphere
no ceiling
NEXT CANCEL HELP
Delete Page
Dn
9
dsdmdm
LAS df das.
asdas fa
asas la.
basic setup
Prosonic M E+H_PROSONIC_M_XXXXXX tank shape: dome ceiling
Endress+Hauser Device Revision 4
dome ceiling
Block Tag Block Type Actual Mode horizontal cyl
RESOURCE... RES_BL... Auto bypass
SENSOR_B... Custom OOS stilling well
DIAGNOSTI... Custom OOS flat ceiling
DISPLAY_B... Custom OOS sphere
ANALOG_IN... AI OOS no ceiling
ANALOG_IN... AI OOS
NEXT CANCEL HELP
Page
Dn
9
dsdmdm
LAS df das.
asdas fa
asas la.
basic setup
Prosonic M E+H_PROSONIC_M_XXXXXX medium property: liquid
Endress+Hauser Device Revision 4
unknown
Block Tag Block Type Actual Mode liquid
RESOURCE... RES_BL... Auto solid<4mm
SENSOR_B... Custom OOS solid>4mm
DIAGNOSTI... Custom OOS
DISPLAY_B... Custom OOS
ANALOG_IN... AI OOS
ANALOG_IN... AI OOS
NEXT CANCEL HELP
Delete
9
dsdmdm
LAS df das.
asdas fa
asas la.
Prosonic M E+H_PROSONIC_M_XXXXXX
SENSOR_BLOCK_XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
Label Value Units
Process
Status
Other
All
Calibration Met...
Page
Dn
9 basic setup
dsdmdm
LAS df das.
asdas fa
asas la.
SENSOR_BLOCK_XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX method completed successfully
Label Value Units
Process
Status
Other
All
Calibration Met...
FINISH CANCEL HELP
Delete
9
dsdmdm
LAS df das.
asdas fa
asas la.
SENSOR_BLOCK_XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
Label Value Units
basic setup
safety settings
ackn. alarm
temperature
linearisation
extended calibr.
Delete
L00-FMU4xxxx-07-00-00-yy-010
Endress+Hauser 43
Commissioning Prosonic M - FOUNDATION Fieldbus
6 Commissioning
This chapter consists of the following sections:
6.1 Function check
6.2 Unlocking the device
6.3 Parameter reset
6.4 Commissioning with display and operating module VU331
6.5 Commissioning with Endress+Hauser operating software
6.6 Commissioning with FOUNDATION Fieldbus configuration tool
6.7 Commissioning with handheld terminal DXR375/FC375
6.1 Function check

Make sure that all final checks have been completed before you start up your measuring point:
Checklist Post installation check (see page 25).
Checklist Post connection check (see page 29).
6.2 Unlocking the device

Before commissioning, make sure that the device is not locked against parameter changes. On
delivery, the device is unlocked. In other cases, however, it may have been locked in one of the
following ways:
6.2.1 DIP switch (under the housing cover)
Locking and unlocking
END
Order MICR
RES
Code: S+HA
OPIL
Ser.-No
.: OT USE
II R
Messbe
Measur reich
ing
range
U 16...36 max.
4...20 20
Maulburg
mAV DC
m
IP
65
T
Made in Germany
A >70C
: t
>85C
default settings:
write protection OFF
simulation OFF
on
off
SIM WP
write protection
on
off
SIM WP
simulation
L00-FMxxxxxx-19-00-00-en-002
WP = on: parametrization locked

WP = off: parametrization unlocked
SIM = on: simulation possible in Analog Input Block by configuration tool
SIM = off: simulation not possible in Analog Input Block by configuration tool
Parameters affected
Locking by the DIP switch affects all parameters.
44 Endress+Hauser
Prosonic M - FOUNDATION Fieldbus Commissioning
6.2.2 Key combination (display and operating module VU331)
Locking
Press S, O and F simultaneously.
Unlocking
If you try to change a parameter, the following appears:
L00-fmrxf0a4-20-00-00-de-001
Press S, O and F simultaneously. The "unlock parameter" (0A4) function appears.

Enter "2457". Now parameters can be changed.
Parameters affected
Locking by the key combination affects the following parameters:
6.2.3 Locking parameter
Locking
Enter a number other than "2457" into the "unlock parameter" (0A4) function.
(FOUNDATION Fieldbus: Diagnsotic Block, parameter PAROPERATIONMODE)
Unlocking
Enter "2457" into the "unlock parameter" (0A4) function.
(FOUNDATION Fieldbus: Diagnostic Block, parameter PAROPERATIONMODE)
Parameters affected
Locking by the locking parameter affects the following parameters:
Endress+Hauser 45
6.3 Resetting the device

It is advisable to reset the device parameters before the commissioning if you want to use a device
with an unknown history.
6.3.1 Resetting the parameters of the FOUNDATION Fieldbus func-

tion blocks
Parameters affected
all parameters of the FOUNDATION Fieldbus function blocks

Sensorblock
Diagnoseblock
Display-Block
Endress+Hauser
Service-Parameter
L00-FMU4XXXX-02-00-00-YY-007
Performing the reset

Resource Block, parameter RESTART; select the option "defaults".
6.3.2 Resetting the parameters of the transducer blocks
" Caution!
A reset may lead to impairment of the measurement. As a rule, a basic calibration is required after
a reset.
! Note!
The default values of each parameter are shown in bold in the menu overview in the appendix.
In order to carry out the reset, enter the number "33333" in the "reset" (0A3) function in the
"diagnostics" (0A) function group.
(FOUNDATION Fieldbus: Diagnostic Block, Parameter PARRESET (reset))
Parameters affected
all parameters of the device specific blocks (Sensor Block, Diagnostic Block, Display Block)

Sensorblock
Diagnoseblock
Display-Block
Endress+Hauser
Service-Parameter
L00-FMU4XXXX-02-00-00-YY-008
Effects of the reset

All customer parameters are reset to their default values.
Customer interference echo suppression is not deleted.
46 Endress+Hauser
Linearisation is switched to "linear", but the table values are kept. The table can be switched
back on in the "linearisation" (04) function group in the "linearisation" (041) function.
(FOUNDATION Fieldbus: Sensor Block, Parameter PARLINEARISATION (linearisation))
Performing the reset

"diagnostics" (0A) function group, "reset" (0A3) function; enter "33333"
(FOUNDATION Fieldbus: Diagnostic Block, parameter PARRESET)
6.3.3 Resetting an interference echo suppression (tank map)

It is always adivable to reset the interference echo suppression (tank mapping) when:
a device with an unknown history is used
an incorrect suppression was input
Resetting the tank map with the VU331

1. In the "extended calibr." (05) function group select the "selection" (050) function.
2. Select "extended map."
3. Go to the "cust. tank map" (055) function and select the required option:
"reset": deletes the existing tank map.
"inactive": deactivates the tank map but does not delete it. It can be re-activated when
required.
"active": activates the tank map.
Resetting the tank map with an Endress+Hauser operating program

1. In the function group "extended calibr." select the "cust. tank map" (055) function.
2. Select the required option ("reset", "inactive" or "active")
Resetting the tank map with a FOUNDATION Fieldbus configuration tool

1. In the Sensor Block select the parameter PARCUSTTANKMAP (cust tank map).
2. Select the required option ("reset", "inactive" or "active").
Endress+Hauser 47
6.4 Commissioning by the display and operatig module

VU331
6.4.1 Power up instrument

After switching on the supply voltage, the
instrument is first initialised.
L00-fmp-fxxx-20-00-00-en-003
Then the following appear for approximately

five seconds:
Device type
Software version
Type of digital communication signal L00-fmuxfxxx-20-00-00-de-002
Press F to exit this display.
On first power-up, you are requested to select

the language for the display texts.
L00-fmrxf092-20-00-00-en-001
Then you are requested to select the unit of

length for your measurements.
L00-fmrxf0c5-20-00-00-en-001
A measured value is displayed. This is NOT

equivalent to the level in your tank. Firstly carry
out a basic calibration.
L00-fmrxf000-20-00-00-en-001
Press F to switch to the group selection.

Press F again to start the basic calibration.
L00-fmrxfg00-20-00-00-en-001
The "Basic setup" (00) function group lists all the functions which are required for a standard
measurement task to commission the Prosonic M. When you have completed your input for a
function, the next function appears automatically. In this way, you are guided through the complete
calibration.
48 Endress+Hauser
6.4.2 Application parameters
Function "tank shape" (002)

In this function, select one of the following options:
dome ceiling horizontal cyl
ENDRESS+HAUSER
Prosonic M
bypass stilling well
(ultrasonic guide pipe)
no ceiling sphere flat ceiling

e.g. dumps, open levels
chanels, weirs
L00-FMU4xxxx-14-00-06-en-001
Function "medium property" (003)

Set the medium type in this function.
You have the following options:
unknown (e.g. pasty media such as greases, creams, gels etc.)
liquid
solid, grain size < 4mm (fine)
solid, grain size > 4mm (coarse)
Endress+Hauser 49
Function "process conditions" (004)

For this function, you have the following options:
standard liquids calm surface turb. surface
For all fluid applications which do not Storage tanks with immersion tube or Storage / accumulation tanks with
fit in any of the following groups. bottom filling uneven surface due to free filling,
mixing nozzles or small bottom stirrers
L00-FMU4xxxx-14-00-00-xx-001 L00-FMU4xxxx-14-00-00-xx-002
The filters and output damping are set The averaging filters and output Special filters for stabilising the input
to average values. damping are set to large values. signal are activated.
-> Stable measured value -> Stable measured value
-> Accurate measurement -> Medium reaction time
-> Slow reaction time
add. agitator fast change standard solid
Moving surfaces (poss. with vortex Rapid level change, particularly in For all bulk solids applications which
formation) due to agitators small tanks do not fit in any of the following
groups.
L00-FMU4xxxx-14-00-00-xx-003 L00-FMU4xxxx-14-00-00-xx-004 L00-FMU4xxxx-14-00-00-xx-006
Special filters for stabilising the input The averaging filters are set to small The filter and output damping are set
signal are set to large values. values. to average values.
-> Stable measured value -> Rapid reaction time
-> Medium reaction time -> Possibly unstable measured value
50 Endress+Hauser
solid dusty conveyor belt Test: no filter
Dusty bulk solids Bulk solids with rapid level change All the filters can be switched off for
purposes of service and diagnosis.
ENDRESS+HAUSER
Prosonic M
L00-FMU4xxxx-14-00-00-xx-007 L00-FMU4xxxx-14-00-00-xx-005
The filters are set to detect even The averaging filters are set to small All filters off
relatively weak signals. values.
-> Rapid reaction time
Possibly unstable measured value
Endress+Hauser 51
6.4.3 Empty and full calibration
BD
20 mA
SD 100%
E F
4 mA
0%
L00-FMU4xxxx-19-00-00-yy-019
Function "empty calibration" (005)

In this function, enter the distance E from the sensor membrane to the minimum level (zero point).
" Caution!
With dished boiler heads or conical outflows, the zero point should not be deeper than the point at
which the ultrasonic wave impinges on the tank bottom.
Function "blocking distance" (059)

In this function the blocking distance (BD) of the sensor is displayed.
" Caution!
When entering the full calibration (span), please take into account, that the maximum level may not
project into the blocking distance (BD)
! Note!
After basic calibration, enter a safety distance (SD) in the "safety distance" (015) function. If the
level is within this safety distance, the Prosonic M signals a warning or an alarm, depending on your
selection in the "in safety distance" (016) function.
Function "full calibration" (006)

In this function, enter the span F, i.e. the distance from the minimum level to the maximum level.
52 Endress+Hauser
6.4.4 Interference echo suppression (tank mapping)
Function "dist./measured value" (008)

In the "dist./meas.value" (008) function, the measured distance D from the sensor membrane
to the product surface is displayed together with level L. Check these values.
Function "check distance" (051)

The mapping is initialized by this function.
L00-FMR2xxxx-14-00-06-en-010
Select
"distance=ok" if the correct distance is displayed. Any echoes closer to the sensor will be
suppressed by the following interference echo suppression.
"dist. too small" if the displayed distance is too small. In this case, the signal comes from an
interference echo which will be suppressed.
"dist. too big" if the displayed distance is too large. This error cannot be cancelled by suppressing
the interference echo. This means that the following two functions are skipped. Check the
application parameters "tank shape" (002), "medium proerty" (003) and "process
cond." (004) and the "empty calibr."(005) in the "basic setup" (00) function group.
"dist. unknown" if you do not know the actual distance. This means that the following two
functions are skipped.
"manual" if you want to specify the suppression area yourself in the following function.
Function "range of mapping" (052)

The suggested suppression area is displayed in this function. The reference point is always the sensor
membrane. You can still edit the value. With manual suppression, the default value is 0 m.
" Caution!
The suppression range must end 0.5 m in front of the echo of the actual level. With an empty tank,
do not enter E but E 0.5 m.
Endress+Hauser 53
Function "start mapping" (053)

You have the following options for this function:
off: Nothing is suppressed.
on: Starts suppression.
! Note!
If a mapping already exists, it will be overwritten up to the distance specified in the "range of
mapping" (052) function. Beyond this distance the existing mapping remains unchanged.
Function dist./measured value (008)

After suppression, the measured distance D from the sensor membrane to the product surface is
displayed together with the level. Check that the values correspond to the actual level and/or the
actual distance.
The following cases may occur:
Distance correct Level correct -> End of basic calibration
Distance incorrect Level incorrect -> An additional interference echo suppression must be
carried out. Go back to the "check distance" (051) function.
Distance correct Level incorrect -> Check the value of the "empty calibr." (005) function.
Rcksprung zur Gruppenauswahl

Nach der Strechoausblendung ist der Grundabgleich beendet und das Gert springt automatisch
in die Gruppenauswahl zurck.
54 Endress+Hauser
6.4.5 Envelope curve

After the basic setup, an evaluation of the measurement with the aid of the envelope curve
("envelope curve" (0E) function group) is recommended.
Funxtion "plot settings" (0E1)

In this function, select whether you want to display
just the envelope curve
The envelope curve and the echo evaluation line FAC
The envelope curve and interference echo suppression (map)
! Note!
The FAC and the interference echo suppression (map) are explained in BA 240F "Prosonic M -
Description of Instrument Functions"
Function "recording curve" (0E2)

In this function, specify whether you want to display
an individual envelope curve
The current envelope curve, with cyclical refreshment.
Function "envelope curve display" (0E3)

The envelope curve is displayed in this function. You can use it to obtain the following information:
quality of evaluated echo

full calibr. evaluated echo is marked
envelope curve empty calibr.

only
minimum distance distance of maximum distance

of the plot evaluated echo of the plot
map interference echo level echo
envelope curve and

interference echo
suppression (map)
L00-FMU4xxxx-07-00-00-en-003
Check that the following conditions are fulfilled:

The echo quality at the end of measuring range should be at least 10dB.
There should be practically no interference echoes in front of the level signal.
If interference echoes cannot be avoided, they must be below the suppression curve.
! Note!
If the cyclical envelope curve display is still active on the display, the measured value is updated at
a slower cycle time. We therefore advise you to exit the envelope curve display after optimising the
measuring point. To do this, press F. (The instrument does not leave the envelope curve display
automatically.)
Endress+Hauser 55
Navigation in the envelope curve display

Using navigation, the envelope curve can be scaled horizontally and vertically and shifted to the left
or the right. The active navigation mode is indicated by a symbol in the top left hand corner of the
display.
Horizontal Zoom mode:
- horizontal zoom in
OE3
- horizontal zoom out
Move mode:
- moved to the left
- moved to the right
Vertical Zoom mode:
- vertical zoom (4 steps)

L00-FMxxxxxx-07-00-00-en-004
Horizontal Zoom mode

Firstly, go into the envelope curve display. Then press O or S to switch to the envelope curve
navigation. You are then in Horizontal Zoom mode. Either or is displayed.
O increases the horizontal scale.
S reduces the horizontal scale.
S O
L00-FMxxxxxx-07-00-00-yy-007
Move mode
Then press F to switch to Move mode. Either or is displayed.
O shifts the curve to the right.
S shifts the curve to the left.
S O
L00-FMxxxxxx-07-00-00-yy-008
Vertical Zoom mode

Press F once more to switch to Vertical Zoom mode. is displayed. You now have the following
options.
O increases the vertical scale.
S reduces the vertical scale.
The display icon shows the current zoom factor ( to ).
S O
L00-FMxxxxxx-07-00-00-yy-009
56 Endress+Hauser
Exiting the navigation

Press F again to run through the different modes of the envelope curve navigation.
Press O and S to exit the navigation. The set increases and shifts are retained. Only when you
reactivate the "recording curve" (0E2) function the display settings return to their standard
values.
Endress+Hauser 57
6.5 Basic Setup with the Endress+Hauser operating

program
To carry out the basic setup with the operating program, proceed as follows:
Start the operating program and establish a connection.2)
Select the "basic setup" function group in the navigation window.
The following display appears on the screen:
Basic Setup step 1/4:

measured value
ProsonicM-en-301
The "Next" button moves you to the next screen display:
! Note!
Each parameter that is changed must be confirmed with the RETURN key!
2) If the connection can not be established, make sure that you use the latest versin of the operating program.
58 Endress+Hauser

Enter the application parameters:
tank shape
medium property
process cond.
ProsonicM-en-412

If "dome ceiling", "horizontal cyl", "..." is selected in the "tank shape" function, the following
display appears on the screen:
empty calibr.
full calibr.
ProsonicM-en-303
Endress+Hauser 59

This step starts the tank mapping
The measured distance and the current measured value are always displayed in the header
ProsonicM-en-304
6.5.1 Signal analysis via envelope curve

After the basic setup, an evaluation of the measurement using the envelope curve is recommended.
MicropilotM-en-306
60 Endress+Hauser
6.5.2 User-specific applications (operation)

For details of setting the parameters of user-specific applications, see separate documentation
BA240F/00/en "Prosonic M - Description of Instrument Functions" on the enclosed CD-ROM.
Endress+Hauser 61
6.6 Commissioning with a FOUNDATION Fieldbus

configuration tool
! Note!
For commissioning of the device with a FOUNDATION Fieldbus configuration tool you need to
know the DEVICE_ID, which consists of the following parts:
Device_ID = 452B481011-XXXXXXXX
whereby:
452B48 ID code for Endress+Hauser
1011 ID code for Prosonic M
XXXXXXXX Device serial number, as printed on the nameplate
6.6.1 Fist setup

1. Open the configuration tool and load the Device Descriptions (*.ffo, *.sym and - if required by
the tool - *.cff). Ensure you use the correct files (see chapter 5.4).
2. The first time it is connected, the device reports as follows:
NI-FBUS-FMU4x-en-001
3. Identify the device using the DEVICE_ID and assign the desired field device tag name
(PD_TAG).
Factory setting: PD_TAG = E+H_PROSONIC_M_XXXXXXXX
62 Endress+Hauser
6.6.2 Parametrization of the Resource Block (Start Index: 400)

1. Enter the desired block name (optional).
Factory setting: RESOURCE_XXXXXXXX
2. Opern the Resource Block
3. On delivery, write protection is disabled so that you can access the write parameters via
FOUNDATION Fieldbus. Check this status by the parameter WRITE_LOCK:
Write protectin activated: WRITE_LOCK = LOCKED
Write protection deactivated: WRITE_LOCK = NOT LOCKED
Deactivate the write protection if necessary, see page 44.
4. Set the operating mode to AUTO in the parameter group MODE_BLK (parameter TARGET).
6.6.3 Parametrization of the Sensor Block (Start Index: 2000)

1. Enter the desired block name (optional)
Factory setting: SENSOR_XXXXXXXX
2. Open the Sensor Block. The following display appears:
! Hinweis!
There are two possibilities to edit the parameters of the block:
A parameter from the list can be opened for editing by a double click.
You can open one of the FOUNDATION Fieldbus methods. Each method guides you
automatically through a number of parameters which are required for a specific configuration
task. The following sections describe the parametrization by the "basic setup" method.
3. Open the FOUNDATION Fieldbus method "basic setup":
Endress+Hauser 63
4. The method contains the following parameters3):

a. Application parameters (see section 6.4.2)
PARTANKSHAPE (tank shape)
PARMEDIUMCONDITION (medium property)
PARPROCESSCONDITION (process condition)
b. Empty and full calibration (see section 6.4.3)
PAREMPTYCALIBRATION (empty calibration)
PARFULlCALIBRATION (full calibration)
c. Interference echo suppression (see section 6.4.4)
PARCHECKDISTANCE (check distance)
PARSUPPRESSIONDISTANCE (range of mapping)
PARSTARTMAPPINGRECORD (start maping)
PARPRESMAPRANGE (pres. map. dist.)
PARCUSTTANKMAP (cust. tank map)
5. Set the operating mode to AUTO in the parameter group MODE_BLK (parameter TARGET).
Otherwise the measured value can not be processed correctly by the connected Analog Input
Block.
6. If measuring errors occur or if the measuring value seems unreliable, it is advisable to check
the quality of the measurement by the envelope curve display. This can be done in two
different ways:
by the display and operating module VU331 (see section 6.4.5)
by an Endress+Hauser operating program (see section 6.5.1)
3) In the FOUNDATION Fieldbus configuration tool you can select from two types of parameter display:
- parameter names (e.g. "PARTANKSHAPE")
- label texts (e.g. "tank shape")
64 Endress+Hauser
6.6.4 Parametrization of the Analog Input Blocks

Prosonic M has two Analog Input Blocks that can be assigned to the various process variables. The
following descripiton provides an example for the Analog Input Block 1 (Start Index 500).
1. Enter the desired block name (optional).
Factory setting: ANALOG_INPUT_1_XXXXXXXX
2. Open the Analog Input Block.
3. Set the operating mode to OOS (Out of Service) in the parameter group MODE_BLK
(parameter TARGET).
4. Using the parameter CHANNEL select the process variable that is to be used as the input value
for the function block algorithm (scaling and limit value monitoring). The following settings
are possible:
CHANNEL = 1: level
CHANNEL = 2: distance
CHANNEL = 3: temperature
5. In the parameter gorup XD_SCALE select the desired engineering unit and the block input
range (measuring range) for the process variable in question (see the example below).
" Caution!
Make sure that the selected unit is suitable for the measurement variable of the selected
process variable. Otherwies the parameter BLOCK_ERROR will display the error message
"Block Configuration Error" and the block operating mode cannot be set to AUTO.
6. In the L_TYPE prameter, select the mode of linearization for the input variable (Direct,
Indirect, Indirect Sq Root). For details refer to section 11.7 in the Appendix.
" Caution!
Note that with the type of linearization "Direct" the configuration of the parameter group
OUT_SCALE must agree with the configuration of the parameter group XD_SCALE.
Otherwise the block operating mode cannot be set to AUTO. Such incorrect configuration is
indicated in the parameter BLOCK_ERROR by the "Block Configuration Error" message.
Example:
The measuring range of the sensor is 0 to 10 m.
The output range to the automation system should be 0 to 10 m, too.
The following settings are to be made:
Analog Input Block 1, Parameter CHANNEL -> "1" (measured level)
Parameter L_TYPE -> DIRECT
Parameter group XD_SCALE
XD_SCALE 0% -> 0
XD_SCALE 100% -> 10
XD_SCALE_UNIT -> m
Parameter group OUT_SCALE
OUT_SCALE 0% -> 0
OUT_SCALE 100% -> 10
OUT_SCALE_UNIT -> m
7. If required, use the following parameters to define the limit values for alarm and warning
messages:
HI_HI_LIM -> Limit value for the upper alarm
HI_LIM -> Limit value for the upper warning
LO_LIM -> Limit value for the lower warning
LO_LO_LIM -> Limit value for the lower alarm
The limit values entered must be within the value range specified in the parameter group
OUT_SCALE.
Endress+Hauser 65
8. In addition to the limit values you must also specify the action taken if a limit value is exceeded
using the alarm priorities (parameters HI_HI_PRI, HI_PRI, LO_PRI, LO_LO_PRI). Reporting
to the the fieldbus host system only takes place if the alarm priority is higher than 2. For details
refer to section 11.7 in the Appendix.
6.6.5 Connection of the function blocks

1. A concluding overall system configuration is essential so that the operating mode of the Analog
Input Block can be set to AUTO and so that the field device is integrated into the system
application. To do this, a configuration software (e.g. you host system software) is used to
connect the function blocks - normally graphically - to the desired control strategy and then
the sequence of the individual process control functions is specified.
NI-FBUS-FMxxx-en-001
Example: Connection of the function blocks with the NI-FBUS Configurator
2. Download the configuration data into the field devices by the download function of the
FOUNDATION Fieldbus configuration tool.
3. Set the oerating mode of the AI Block to AUTO (parameter group MODE_BLK, parameter
TARGET). However, this is only possible under the following conditions:
The function blocks are correctly connected with each other.
The parametrization of the AI Block is correct (see 6.6.4, steps 5 and 6).
The Resource Block is in operating mode AUTO.
66 Endress+Hauser
6.7 Commissioning with the handheld terminal DXR375/

FC375
The steps of the commissioning procedure are the same as with a FOUNDATION Fieldbus
configuration tool ( Page 62 ff.).
The blocks should be parametrized in the following order:
the RESOURCE BLOCK
the SENSOR BLOCK
(the "basic setup" method can be used for this, see page 43)
the ANALOG INPUT BLOCKS
Endress+Hauser 67
Troubleshooting Prosonic M - FOUNDATION Fieldbus
7 Troubleshooting
7.1 System error messages
7.1.1 Current error

Errors which the Prosonic M detects during commissioning or operation are displayed in the
following way:
VU331:
error symbol in the "measured value" (000) function
VU331 or Endress+Hauser operating program:
in the "diagnostics" (0A) function group in the "present error" (0A0) function
Only the highest priority error is displayed; in the case of multiple errors, you can scroll between
the different error messages by pressing O or S.
FOUNDATION Fieldbus:
by the status of the main value in the cyclic data telegram
Diagnostic Block, parameter PARACTUALERROR (present error)
7.1.2 Last error

The last error is displayed in the "diagnostics" (0A) function group in the "previous error"
(0A1) function. This display can be deleted in the "clear last error" (0A2) function.
(FOUNDATION Fieldbus: Diagnsotic Block;
parameters PARLASTERROR and PARCLEARLASTERROR.
68 Endress+Hauser
Prosonic M - FOUNDATION Fieldbus Troubleshooting
7.1.3 Types of error
Type of error Symbol Meaning
The output signal assumes a value which can be set using the "output
on alarm" (010) function:
Alarm (A) MAX: 110%

MIN: -10%
continuous Hold: last value is on hold
User-specific value
Warning (W) The device continues measurement. An error message is displayed.
flashing
Alarm/Warning (E) You can define whether the error should behave as an alarm or as a warning.
7.1.4 Error codes
Code Error description Action
A102 checksum error Reset;

A110 If alarm still present after reset, replace electronics
A152
A160
W103 initialising If the message does not disappear after several seconds, replace the electronics
A106 downloading Wait; Message disappears after load sequence
A111 electronics defect Reset;

A113 Check system for EMC, improve as necessary
A114 If alarm still present after reset, replace electronics
A115
A121
A125
A155
A164
A171
A116 download error Check connection; Restart download

W153 initialising Wait a few seconds; if error is still displayed, switch the power off and on again
A231 sensor defect Check connection, if necessary replace HF module or electronics
A281 interruption temperature Exchange sensor

sensor
A502 Sensor type not detected Exchange sensor and/or electronics
A512 recording of mapping Alarm disappears after a few seconds
A521 new sensor type detected Reset
W601 linearisation curve not Correct table (enter monotonously increasing table)
monotone
W611 less than 2 linea-risation Enter additional value pairs

points
W621 simulation on Switch simulation mode off ["output" (06) function group, "simulation"
(065) function]]
E641 no usable echo Check basic calibration
E651 level in safety distance - Error disappears when the level leaves the safety distance. Possibly reset the
risk of overspill lock. ["safety settings" (01) function group, "ackn. alarm" (017) function]]
A661 Sensor overtemperature
A671 Linearisation incomplete Activate linearisation table
W681 current out of range Carry out basic calibration;

check linearisation
Endress+Hauser 69
Code Error description Action
W691 Filling noise detected, level ramp is active
7.1.5 Influence of the error codes on the output signal

The following table describes the influence of the error codes on the status of the cyclic output
values as well as on the parameters BLOCK_ERR and XD_ERROR in the Sensor Block.
The output values are linked to the following measuring values:
Primary Value (PV): level/volume
Secondary Value (SV): distance between sensor membrane and surface of the material measured
Third Value (TV): sensor temperature
Code PV Status PV Substatus TV Status TV Substatus BLOCK_ER XD_ERROR

SV Status SV Substatus
A102 BAD Device Failure BAD Device Failure Memory Failure/ Electronic Failure
Device needs maintenance now
W103 Uncertain Non specific GOOD Non specific Other Unspecified Err
A106 BAD Device Failure BAD Device Failure Other Unspecified Err
Device needs maintenance
A115 BAD Device Failure BAD Device Failure Device needs maintenance now Unspecified Err
W153 Uncertain Non specific GOOD Non specific Power up No Error
A155 BAD Device Failure BAD Device Failure Device needs maintenace now Electronic Failure
E281 Uncertain Device Failure BAD Device FAilure Device needs maintenance now Electronic Failure
(Warning)
E281 BAD Device Failure BAD Device Failure Device needs maintenance now Unspecified Err
(Alarm)
A502 BAD Device FAilure BAD Device Failure Device needs maintenance now Unspecified Err
A512 Uncertain Non specific GOOD Non specific Other Unspecified Err
A521 BAD Device FAilure BAD Device Failure Device needs maintenance now Unspecified Err
W601 Uncertain configuration error GOOD Non specific Other Configuration Error
W611 Uncertain configuration error GOOD Non specific Other Configuration Error
W621 Uncertain Non specific GOOD Non specific simulation active No Error
70 Endress+Hauser
Code PV Status PV Substatus TV Status TV Substatus BLOCK_ER XD_ERROR

SV Status SV Substatus
E641 BAD Device Failure GOOD Non specific Device needs maintenance now Unspecified Err
(Alarm)
E641 Uncertain Non specific GOOD Non specific Device needs maintenance now Unspecified Err
(Warning)
E651 BAD Device Failure GOOD Non specific Other Unspecified Err
(Alarm)
E651 Uncertain Non specific GOOD Non specific Other Unspecified Err
(Warning)
A661 BAD Device Failure GOOD Nopn specific Device needs maintenance now Unspecified Err
(Alarm)
E661 Uncertain Non specific GOOD Non specific Device needs maintenacne soon Unspecified Err
(Warning)
A671 BAD Device Failure GOOD Non specific Configuration Error No Error
W691 Uncertain Non specific GOOD Non specific Other Unspecified Err
Endress+Hauser 71
7.2 Application errors
Error Example Elimination
Measured value (00) is 1. Check empty calibration (005) and

incorrect but measured full calibration (006).
distance (008) is correct F m/ft 100% (FF: Sensor Block, PAREMPTYCALIBRATION, PARFULLCALIBRATION
D m/ft (008)
2. Check linearisation
level/ullage (040)
expected
(FF: Sensor Block, PARLEVELULLAGEMODE)
max. scale(046)
(FF: Sensor Block, PARMAXVOLUME)
actual diameter vessel (047)
E m/ft (FF: Sensor Block, PARCYLINDERVESSEL
0% t linearisation table
Measured value (000) and L00-FMR2xxxx-19-00-00-en-019 1. For measurements in bypass or stilling well:
measured distance (008) Select the according option in the "tank shape" (002) function.
are incorrect (FF: Sensor Block, PARTANKSHAPE)
2. Carry out interference echo suppression.
No change in 1. Carry out interference echo suppression.

measured value on filling/
2. Clean sensor if necessary
emptying 100%
3. If necessary, select better installation position
4. If necessary due to wide interference echoes, set function "detection
actual window" (0A7) to "off".
(FF: Sensor Block, PARDETECTIONWINDOW)
expected
0% t
L00-FMR2xxxx-19-00-00-en-014
With an uneven surface 1. Carry out interference echo suppression

(e.g. filling, emptying,
100%
2. Set the process cond. (004) to "calm surface" or "add. agitator"
running agitator) the
FF: Sensor Block, PARPROCESSCONDITION)
measured value actual
may jump sporadically to 3. Increase output damping (058).
higher expected
(FF: Sensor Block, PAROUTPUTDAMPING)
levels 4. If necessary, select a different installation position and/or a larger sensor
0% t
L00-FMR2xxxx-19-00-00-en-015
100%
actual
expected
0% t
L00-FMR2xxxx-19-00-00-en-016
72 Endress+Hauser
Error Example Elimination
On filling/emptying the 1. Check tank shape (002), e.g. "dome ceiling" or "horizontal cyl."
measured value drops (FF: Sensor Block, PARTANKSHAPE)
100%
2. If possible, do not select a central installation position
expected
3. Possible user stilling well/echo guide pipe
actual
0% t
L00-FMR2xxxx-19-00-00-en-017
E 641 (echo loss) 1. Check application parameters (002), (003) and (004)
(FF: Sensor Block, PARTANKSHAPE, PARMEDIUMCONDITION,
100% PARPROCESSCONDITION)
2. If necessary, select a different installation position and/or a larger sensor
eingetreten
3. Align the sensor parallel to the product surface (particularly for bulk solids
applications)
E 641
erwartet
0% t
L00-FMR2xxxx-19-00-00-en-018
Endress+Hauser 73
Maintenance and repairs Prosonic M - FOUNDATION Fieldbus
8 Maintenance and repairs
8.1 Exterior cleaning

When cleaning the exterior, always use cleaning agents that do not attack the surface of the housing
and the seals.
8.2 Repairs
The Endress+Hauser repair concept assumes that the measuring devices have a modular design and
that customers are able to undertake repairs themselves.
Spare parts are contained in suitable kits. They contain the related replacement instructions.
All the spare parts kits which you can order from Endress+Hauser for repairs are listed with their
order numbers in the section "Spare parts".
For more information on service and spare parts, contact the Service Department at
Endress+Hauser.
8.3 Repairs to Ex-approved devices

When carrying out repairs to Ex-approved devices, please note the following:
Repairs to Ex-approved devices may only be carried out by trained personnel or by the
Endress+Hauser Service.
Comply with the prevailing standards, national Ex-area regulations, safety instructions (XA) and
certificates.
Only use original spare parts from Endress+Hauser.
When ordering a spare part, please note the device designation on the nameplate. Only replace
parts with identical parts.
Carry out repairs according to the instructions. On completion of repairs, carry our the specified
routine test on the device.
Only Endress+Hauser Service may convert a certified device into a different certified variant.
Document all repair work and conversions.
8.4 Replacement
After a complete instrument or electronic module has been replaced, the parameters can be
downloaded into the instrument again via the communication interface. Prerequisite to this is that
the data were uploaded to the PC beforehand using ToF Tool /FieldCare. Measurement can
continue without having to carry out a new setup. Only a linearisation and a tank map (interference
echo suppression) have to be recorded again.
74 Endress+Hauser
Prosonic M - FOUNDATION Fieldbus Maintenance and repairs
8.5 Spare parts (housing type F12)
10 65
65
11
35
EN
DR
Ord PR ES
er OS S+
Se Cod
r.-N e
ON HA
o.: : IC US
M ER
Me
Messbere l
asu ic
ring h ina
rm
U1
ran
ge
ma
Te
4...26...36 x. 2
Maulburg
0m
0m VD
A C
IP
65
T
Made in Germany
A >7
0C
: t
>8 5C
4
3
2
1
12 30 65 20
12
R
SE
AU
+H
SS
DRE
EN
65
40
65
65
55
50 58
65 65
65
FMU 40 58
50
FMU 41
FMU 42/44
FMU 43
L00-FMU4x-00-00-00-yy-007
Endress+Hauser 75
10 Housing
543120-0022 Housing F12, aluminium, G1/2
543120-0023 Housing F12, aluminium, NPT1/2
543120-0024 Housing F12, aluminium, M20
52001992 Housing F12, aluminium, M20, PA connector
52008556 Housing F12, aluminium, M20, FF connector
52013350 Housing F12, aluminium, coated, M20, 4-wire
52013351 Housing F12, aluminium, coated, M20, metal
52013348 Housing F12, aluminium, coated, G1/2, 4-wire
52013349 Housing F12, aluminium, coated, NPT1/2, 4-wire
11 Hood for terminal compartment

52006026 Cover for the connection compartment F12
52019062 Cover for the connection compartment F12, FHX40
12 Set of screws
535720-9020 Set of screws for housing F12/T12
20 Cover
52005936 Cover F12/T12 aluminium, inspection glass, seal
517391-0011 Cover F12/T12 aluminium, coated, seal
30 Electronics
71025600 electronics FMU4x, Ex, 2-wire HART, V4.0
71025603 electronics FMU4x, Ex, PROFIBUS PA, V4.0
52023759 Electronics Prosonic M, Ex, FF, V2.04
35 Terminal module / power unit

52006197 Terminal module 4-pin, HART, 2-wire with connecting cable
52012156 Terminal module 4-pin, PROFIBUS PA, Foundation Fieldbus
52013304 Power unit, 10.5...32V DC (housing F12) for electronics, 4-wire
52013305 Power unit, 90 ...250V AC (housing F12) for electronics, 4-wire
52015585 Power unit, CSA, 10.5...32V DC (housing F12) for electronics, 4-wire
52015586 Power unit, CSA, 90...250V AC (housing F12) for electronics, 4-wire
40 Display
52005585 Display/operating module VU331
50 Probe with process connection

52010509 Sensor FMU40 G1-1/2
52010507 Sensor FMU40 NPT1-1/2
52010510 Sensor FMU41 G2
52010508 Sensor FMU41 NPT2
52023965 Sensor FMU42
52013543 Sensor FMU43 4", gasket
76 Endress+Hauser
71037028 Sensor FMU44, gasket
55 Flanges
52023919 Flange, Uni-DN80/ANSI 3"/JIS 80A, PP
52023920 Flange, Uni-DN80/ANSI 3"/JIS 80A, PVDF
52023921 Flange, Uni-DN80/ANSI 3"/JIS 80A, 316L
58 Hexagon nut
52000599 Hexagon nut (SW60) G1-1/2, bk, PC
52000598 Hexagon nut (SW70) G2, bk, PC
65 Sealing kit
52010526 Sealing kit FMU4x
Miscellaneous
52010545 Nameplate Prosonic M, modification
Spare parts for FHX40

52018204 Adaption kit housing F12, 2-wire, FHX40
52018205 Adaption kit housing F12, 4-wire, FHX40
52016334 Cable FHX40, 20m
Endress+Hauser 77
8.6 Spare parts (housing type T12)
25
65
35
10
65
11
EN
D
Ord PR RES
er OS S+
Se Cod ON HA
r.-N e
o.: : IC US
FM ER
Me U
Messbere
asu ic
ring h
30
ran
U1 ge
ma
4...26...36 x. 2
Maulburg
0m
0m VD
A C
IP
65
T
Made in Germany
A >7
0C
: t
>8 5C
12 65 20
12
SER
AU
+H
SS
DRE
EN
65 40
65
65
50
55
65
58 65
58
FMU 40
FMU 41 50
FMU 42/44
L00-FMU4x-00-00-00-yy-008
78 Endress+Hauser
10 Housing
543180-1023 Housing T12, aluminium, NPT1/2, PEL
52006204 Housing T12, aluminium, G1/2, PEL, cover
52006205 Housing T12, aluminium, M20, PEL, cover
11 Hood for terminal compartment

52005643 Hood T12
12 Set of screws
535720-9020 Set of screws for housing F12/T12
20 Cover
517391-0011 Cover F12/T12 aluminium, coated, seal
52005936 Cover F12/T12 aluminium, inspection glass, seal
25 Cover for the connection compartment

518710-0020 Cover T3/T12, aluminium, coated, seal
30 Electronics
71025603 electronics FMU4x, Ex, PROFIBUS PA, V4.0
52023759 Electronics Prosonic M, Ex, FF, V2.04
35 Terminal module / power unit

52013302 Terminal module Ex d, 4-pin, 2-wire, HART, T12
52013303 Terminal module Ex d, 2-pin, 2-wire, PROFIBUS PA, Foundation Fieldbus, T12
52018949 Terminal module EEx ia, 4-pin, HART, T12, OVP
52018950 Terminal module EEx ia, 4-pin, PROFIBUS PA, Foundation Fieldbus, T12, OVP
40 Display
52005585 Display/operating module VU331
50 Probe with process connection

52010509 Sensor FMU40 G1-1/2
52010507 Sensor FMU40 NPT1-1/2
52010510 Sensor FMU41 G2
52010508 Sensor FMU41 NPT2
52023965 Sensor FMU42
71037028 Sensor FMU44, gasket
55 Flanges
Endress+Hauser 79
58 Hexagon nut
52000598 Hexagon nut (SW70) G2, bk, PC
52000599 Hexagon nut (SW60) G1-1/2, bk, PC
65 Sealing kit
52010526 Sealing kit FMU4x
Miscellaneous
52010545 Nameplate Prosonic M, modification
80 Endress+Hauser
8.7 Return
The following procedures must be carried out before a transmitter is sent to Endress+Hauser e.g.
for repair or calibration:
Remove all residue which may be present. Pay special attention to the gasket grooves and crevices
where fluid may be present. This is especially important if the fluid is dangerous to health, e.g.
corrosive, poisonous, carcinogenic, radioactive, etc.
Always enclose a duly completed "Declaration of contamination" form (a copy of the Declaration
of contamination is included at the end of this operating manual). Only then can Endress
+Hauser transport, examine and repair a returned device.
Enclose special handling instructions if necessary, for example a safety data sheet as per EN 91/
155/EEC.
Additionally specify:
An exact description of the application.
The chemical and physical characteristics of the product.
A short description of the error that occurred (specify error code if possible)
Operating time of the device.
8.8 Disposal
In case of disposal please seperate the different components according to their material consistence.
8.9 Software history

Software version / date Changes to software Changes to documentation
V 01.02.00 / 01.2002 Original software

V 01.02.02 / 03.2003 Compatible with:
ToF Tool
Commuwin II (version 2.05.03 and
higher
HART Communicator DXR 275 (from
OS 4.6) with Rev. 1, DD 1
V 01.02.04/02.2004 FMU 42 added FMU 42 added
compatible with HART Communicator
DXR 375
V 01.04.00/07.2006 "detection window" function added "detection window" added

Version: 07.06
can be operated via:
ToF Tool from version 4.50
Description of FOUNDATION Fieldbus
HART Communicator DXR375 with
interface completely revised.
Rev. 1, DD1
Version: 11.06
FOUNDATION Fieldbus Transducer Block
divided into:
Sensor Block
Diagnostic Block
Display Block
Execution time of the function blocks
reduced:
AI: 30 ms
PID: 80 ms
AR: 50 ms
IS: 30 ms
SC: 40 ms
IT: 60 ms
Endress+Hauser 81
8.10 Contact addresses of Endress+Hauser

Contact addresses can be found on our homepage: www.endress.com/worldwide. If you have any
questions, please do not hesitate to contact your Endress+Hauser representative.
82 Endress+Hauser
Prosonic M - FOUNDATION Fieldbus Accessories
9 Accessories
9.1 Weather protection cover

A Weather protection cover made of stainless steel is recommended for outdoor mounting (order
code: 543199-0001). The shipment includes the protective cover and tension clamp.
m
240 m 135
mm
70 mm
95

45
mm
F12 / T12 housing
EN
D
Orde MIC RES
Se
r Co RO S+H
r.-N de: PIL AU
o.: OT SE
II R
Me
Messberei
asuri ch
ng
ran
U 16 ge
ma
4...20...36 x. 20
Maulburg
m
mAV DC
IP
65
T
Made in Germany
A >7
0C
: t
>8 5C
L00-FMR2xxxx-00-00-06-en-001
9.2 Installation bracket for FMU 40/41
400
120
G
A 16
250
120
3
30
L00-FMU4x-00-00-00-de-001
for FMU 40, G1: Order No. 942669-0000

for FMU 41, G2: Order No. 942669-0001
suited for NPT 1" and 2" as well
Endress+Hauser 83
Accessories Prosonic M - FOUNDATION Fieldbus
9.3 Adapter flange
sealing ring
EPDM adapter flange
(supplied)
sensor nozzle
L00-FMUX3XXX-00-00-00-en-001
9.3.1 Version with metrical thread (FAU 70 E)

Process Connection
15 DN 100 PN 16, A, flange EN1092-1 (DIN2527 B)
Sensor Connection
3 Thread ISO228 G1-1/2
4 Thread ISO228 G2
Flange Material
2 316L
7 Polypropylene
FAU 70 E Product designation
9.3.2 Version with conical thread(FAU 70 A)

Process Connection
Sensor Connection
5 Thread NPT1-1/2
6 Thread NPT2
Flange Material
2 316L
7 Polypropylene
FAU 70 A Product designation
84 Endress+Hauser
9.4 Cantilever
20
C
20
100
50
35
25
D M8
75 75 100 B 35
50/
62
22
C
105
6.5
15
L00-FMU4xxxx-06-00-00-yy-005
A B C D for Sensor Material Order Code

585 mm 250 mm 2 mm 200 mm FMU 40 316Ti/1.4571 52014132
FMU 41 316Ti/1.4571 52014136

1085 mm 750 mm 3 mm 300 mm FMU 40 316Ti/1.4571 52014134

FMU 41 316Ti/1.4571 52014138
The 50 mm or 62 mm orifices serve for the mounting of the FMU 40 or FMU 41 sensor,
respecitvely.
The 22 mm orifice may be used for an additional sensor.
Endress+Hauser 85
9.5 Mounting Frame
13
100
25
55
3.2
33.7
60
20 4
700/1400
6.5
45
76
200
100
100
130 150
L00-FMU4x-00-00-00-yy-005
Height Material Order Code
700 mm galv. steel 919791-0000

700 mm 1.4301 (AISI 304) 919791-0001
1400 mm galv. steel 919791-0002
1400 mm 1.4301 (AISI 304) 919791-0003
9.6 Wall Bracket
3.2
5 33.7
6.5
180
213
150
110
25
13
88 110
150
L00-FMU4x-00-00-00-yy-006
Material Order Code
galv. steel 919792-0000
316Ti/1.4571 919792-0001
86 Endress+Hauser
9.7 Mounting bracket for FMU 42/43/44
119 25
Material: 1.4301
~123
120
Order-Code.: 942666-0000
2 25
11
L00-FMU4x-00-00-00-en-003.eps
9.8 Commubox FXA291

The Commubox FXA291 connects Endress+Hauser field instruments with CDI interface (=
Endress+Hauser Common Data Interface) to the USB interface of a personal computer or a
notebook. For details refer to TI405C/07/en.
! Note!
For the following Endress+Hauser instruments you need the "ToF Adapter FXA291" as an additional
accessory:
Deltapilot S FMB70
Gammapilot M FMG60
Levelflex M FMP4x
Micropilot M FMR2xx
Prosonic M FMU4x
Prosonic S FMU9x
9.9 ToF Adapter FXA291

The ToF Adapter FXA291 connects the Commubox FXA291 via the USB interface of a personal
computer or a notebook to the following Endress+Hauser instruments:
Deltapilot S FMB70
Gammapilot M FMG60
Levelflex M FMP4x
Micropilot M FMR2xx
Prosonic M FMU4x
Prosonic S FMU9x
For details refer to KA271F/00/a2.
Endress+Hauser 87
9.10 Remote display FHX40
Wall-mounting Pipe-mounting
(without mounting bracket) (mounting bracket and plate
supplied optionally,
s. product structure)
5
8,
0 Separate housing
15 FHX40 (IP 65)
Micropilot M 122
180
160
Levelflex M
Prosonic M
80
EN
DR
Orde ES
r S+H
Se Code
r.-N
o.: :
AU
SE
Me
Messberei
asuri ch
ng
U 16
ran
ge
ma
R
Cable 88
4...20...36 x. 20
Maulburg
m
mAV DC
T
IP
65
120 118
Made in Germany
A >7
0C
: t >8
5C
82
96
3
6,
max. 80
min. 30
106
122
pipe
L00-FMxxxxxx-00-00-06-en-003
9.10.1 Technical data (cable and housing) and product structure:
Max. cable length 20 m (65 ft)
Temperature range -30 C...+70 C (-22 F...158 F)
Degree of protection IP65/67 (housing); IP68 (cable) acc. to IEC 60529
Materials Housing: AlSi12; cable glands: nickle plated brass
Dimensions [mm] / [inch] 122x150x80 (HxWxD) / 4.8x5.9x3.2
Approval:
A Nn-hazardous area
1 ATEX II 2 G EEx ia IIC T6, ATEX II 3D
S FM IS Cl.I Div.1 Gr.A-D
U CSA IS Cl.I Div.1 Gr.A-D
K TIIS ia IIC T6 (in preparation)
Cable:
1 20m/65ft; for HART
5 20m/65ft; for PROFIBUS PA/FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Additional option:
A Basic version
B Mounting bracket, pipe 1"/ 2"
FHX40 - Complete product designation
For connection of the remote display FHX40 use the cable which fits the communication version of
the respective instrument.
88 Endress+Hauser
Prosonic M - FOUNDATION Fieldbus Technical Data
10 Technical Data
10.1 Technical data at a glance
10.1.1 Input
Measured variable The distance D between the sensor membrane and the product surface is measured.
Using the linearisation function, the device uses D to calculate:
level L in any units
volume V in any units
flow Q across measuring weirs or open channels in any units
Maximum range/blocking Sensor Maximum range in liquids1 Maximum range in solids1 blocking distance
distance
FMU40 5m 2m 0.25 m
FMU41 8m 3.5 m 0.35 m

FMU42 10 m 5m 0.4 m
FMU43 15 m 7m 0.6 m
FMU44 20 m 10 m 0.5 m
1
The actual range is dependent on the measuring conditions. Refer to Technical Information TI
365F/00/en for an estimation.
10.1.2 Output
Output signal Foundation Fieldbus
Signal Coding Manchester Bus Powered (MBP); Manchester II
Data transmission rate 31.25 KBit/s, voltage mode
Signal on alarm Error symbol, error code and plain text description on the on-site display
Status byte of the digital signal input
10.1.3 Data of the FOUNDATION Fieldbus interface
Basic Data Device Type 1011 (hex)
Device Revision 04 (hex)
DD Revision 01 (hex)
CFF Revision 01 (hex)
ITK Version 4.61
ITK-Certification Driver-No. IT035900
Link Master (LAS) cabable yes
Link Master / Basic Device yes; Default: Basic Device

selectable
Number VCRs 24
Number of Link-Objects in VFD 24
Endress+Hauser 89
Technical Data Prosonic M - FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Virtual communication Permanent Entries 1

references (VCRs)
Client VCRs 0
Server VCRs 24
Source VCRs 23
Sink VCRs 0
Subscriber VCRs 23
Publisher VCRs 23
Link Settings Slot time 4
Min. Inter PDU delay 4
Max. response delay 10
Transducer Blocks Block Content Output values
Sensor Block contains all parameters related to the mesurement level or volume1) (channel 1)
distance (channel 2)
sensor temperature (channel 3)
Diagnsotic Block contains diagnostic information no output values
Display Block contains parameters to configure the local display no output values
1) je nach Konfiguration des Sensor-Blocks
Function Blocks Block Content Execution time Functionality
Resource Block The Resource Block contains all the data that uniquely enhanced
identifies the field device. It is an electronic version of a
nameplate of the device.
Analog Input The AI block takes the manufacturer's input data, selec- 30 ms standard
Block 1 ted by channel number, and makes it available to other
function blocks at its output.
Analog Input The AI block takes the manufacturer's input data, selec- 30 ms standard
Block 2 ted by channel number, and makes it available to other
function blocks at its output.
PID Block The PID block serves as proportional-integral-derivative 80 ms standard

controller and is used almost universally to do closed-
loop-control in the field including cascade and feedfor-
ward.
Arithmetic Block This block is designed to permit simple use of popular 50 ms standard
measurement math functions. The user does not have to
know how to write equations. The math algorithm is
selected by name, chosen by the user for the function to
be done.
Input Selector The input selector block provides selection of up to four 30 ms standard
Block inputs and generates an output based on the configured
action. This block normally receives its inputs from AI
blocks. The block performs maximum, minimum, middle,
average and first good signal selection.
Signal Characte- The signal characterizer block has two sections, each 40 ms standard
rizer Block with an output that is a non-linear function of the respec-
tive input. The non-linear function is determined by a sin-
gle look-up table with 21 arbitrary x-y pairs.
90 Endress+Hauser
Block Content Execution time Functionality
Integrator Block The Integrator Function Block integrates a variable as a 60 ms standard

function of the time or accumulates the counts from a
Pulse Input block. The block may be used as a totalizer
that counts up until reset or as a batch totalizer that has a
setpoint, where the integrated or accumulated value is
compared to pre-trip and trip settings, generating discrete
signals when these settings are reached.
10.1.4 Auxiliary energy
Terminals Cable cross-section: 0.5 to 2.5 mm (20 to 14 AWG)
Cable entry Cable gland M20x1.5 (recommended cable diameter 6 ... 10 mm)
Cable entry G or NPT
7/8" Foundation Fieldbus plug
Supply voltage 9 V ... 32 V

There may be additional restrictions for devices with an explosion protection certificate. Refer to the
notes in the appropriate safety instructions (XA).
Lift-off voltage 9V
Basic current 15 mA
In-rush current 15 mA
Error current 0 mA
FISCO Ui 17,5 V
Ii 500 mA; with surge arrester 273 mA
Pi 5,5 W; with surge arrester1, 2 W
Ci 5 mF
Li 0,01 mH
FNICO compliant yes
Polarity sensitive no
10.1.5 Performance characteristics
Reaction time The reaction time depends on the parameter settings. The minimum values are:
FMU40/41/42/43: min. 2 s
FMU44: min. 3 s
Reference operating Temperature = +20 C

conditions Pressure = 1013 mbar abs.
Humidity = 50 %
Ideal reflective surface (e.g. calm, smooth fluid surface)
Endress+Hauser 91
Technical Data Prosonic M - FOUNDATION Fieldbus
No interference reflections within signal beam

Set application parameters:
Tank shape = flat ceiling
Medium property = liquid
process conditions = calm surface
Measured value resolution Sensor Measured value resolution
FMU40 1 mm
FMU41 1 mm
FMU42 2 mm
FMU43 2 mm
FMU44 2 mm
Measuring error Typical specifications for reference operating conditions (include linearity, repeatability, and
hysteresis):
Sensor Measuring error
FMU40 2mm or 0.2% of set measuring distance (empty calibration)1

1
whichever is greater
Influence of the vapor pressure The vapor pressure at 20 C (68 F) gives a hint on the accuracy of the ultrasonic level
measurement. If the vapor pressure at 20 C (68 F) is below 50 mbar, ultrasonic level
measurement is possible with a very high accuracy. This is valid for water, aqueous solutions, water-
solid-solutions, dilute acids (hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, ...), dilute bases (caustic soda, ...), oils,
greases, slurries, pastes, ...
High vapor pressures or outgassing media (ethanol, acetone, ammonia, ...) can influence the
accuracy. If conditions like these are present, please contact the Endress+Hauser support.
10.1.6 Ambient conditions
Ambient temperature -40 C ... +80 C

The functionality of the LC display becomes restricted at Tu<-20 C and Tu>+60 C.
If the device is operated outdoors in strong sunlight, you should use a protective cover.
Storage temperature -40 C ... +80 C
Climate class DIN EN 60068-2-38 (Test Z/AD) DIN/IEC 68 T2-30Db
Ingress protection With closed housing, tested according to

IP 68, NEMA 6P (24h at 1.83m under water surface)
IP 66, NEMA 4x
With open housing: IP 20, NEMA 1 (also ingress protection of the display)
Vibration resistance DIN EN 60068-2-64 / IEC 68-2-64: 202000 Hz, 1 (m/s2)2/Hz; 3 x 100 min
92 Endress+Hauser
Electromagnetic compatibility Interference emission to EN 61326, Equipment Class B

(EMC) Interference immunity to EN 61326, Appendix A (Industrial) and NAMUR Recommendation NE
21 (EMC).
A standard installation cable is sufficient if only the analogue signal is used. Use a screened cable
when working with a superimposed communication signal (HART).
10.1.7 Process conditions
Process temperature -40C ... +80C

A temperature sensor is integrated in the sensor for correction of the temperature-dependent time-
of-flight.
Process pressure FMU 40/41: 0.7 bar ... 3bar abs.

FMU 42/43/44: 0.7 bar ... 2.5bar abs.
Endress+Hauser 93
Appendix Prosonic M - FOUNDATION Fieldbus
11 Appendix
11.1 Operating menu
basic setup 00 tank shape 002 medium property 003 process cond. 004 empty calibr. 005 full calibr. 006
dome ceiling liquid standard liquid distance membrane span
horizontal cyl. solid < 4mm calm surface to min. level max.: empty - BD
bypass solid > 4mm turb. surface Default: Default:
stilling well unknown add. agitator FMU40: 5 m FMU40: 4,75 m
flat ceiling fast change FMU41: 8 m FMU41: 7,6 m
sphere standard solid FMU42: 10 m FMU42: 9,6 m
no ceiling solid dusty FMU43: 15 m FMU43: 14,4 m
conveyor belt FMU44: 20 m FMU44: 19,5 m
test: no filter
safety settings 01 output on alarm 010 outp. echo loss 012 delay time 014
MAX 110% hold in case of echo loss
hold alarm max. 4000 sec.
MIN - 10% Default: 30 s
ramp %/min Rampe %span/min 013
specify value
temperature 03 measured temp. 030 max. temp. limit 031 max. meas. temp. 032 react. high temp 033 defect temp. sens. 034
is displayed is displayed is displayed warning alarm
alarm warning
linearisation 04 level/ullage 040 linearisation 041

level CU 040 clear table customer unit 042 linearisation next point 045
ullage CU table on TabNo 043 yes
manual Level 044
semi-automatic volum 045 no
horizontal cyl. customer unit 042
linear customer unit 042
level DU 040
ullage DU
extended calibr. 05 selction 050 dist./meas. value 008 check distance 051 range of mapping. 052 start mapping 053
mapping the following are manual accept proposed value off
displayed: distance = ok or on
- distance membrane distance too small specify range of
to level mapping
- measured value
dist. unknown
distance too big
common
extended map.
pres. map dist. 054 cust. tank map 055
is displayed inactive
active
reset
output 06
envelope curve 0E plot settings 0E1 recording curve 0E2

envelope curve single curve
env. curve + FAC cyclic
env. curve + cust. map
display 09 language 092 back to home 093 format display 094 no. of decimalas 095
specify time decimal x
Default: 100 s 1/16 x.x
x.xx
x.xxx
diagnostics 0A present error 0A0 previous error 0A1 clear last error 0A2 reset 0A3 unlock parameter 0A4
keep for reset code for unlock code
erase see manual see manual
system parameters 0C device tag 0C0 protocol + sw-no. 0C2 device id 0C4
Note! The Default values of the parameters are typed in bold face.
L00-FMU4xxxx-19-00-01-en-017
94 Endress+Hauser
Prosonic M - FOUNDATION Fieldbus Appendix
dist./meas. value 008 check distance 051 range of mapping. 052 start mapping 053 dist./meas. value 008
the following are manual accept proposed value off the following are
displayed: distance = ok or on displayed:
- distance membrane distance too small specify range of - distance membrane
to level mapping to level
- measured value - measured value
dist. unknown
distance too big
safety distance 015 in safety dist. 016 ackn. alarm 017

from blocking distance warning no
Default: 0,1m self holding yes
alarm
max. scale 046 diameter vessel 047
Return to Group selection

max. scale 046
dist./meas. value 008

the following are
displayed:
- distance membrane
to level
- measured value
echo quality 056 offset 057 output damping 058 blocking dist. 059
is displayed will be added to the Default: 2 s is displayed
measured level
simulation 065
sim. off
sim. level simulation value 066
sim. volume
sim. current
sep. character 096 display test 097

. period off
, comma on
measured dist. 0A5 measured level 0A6 detection window 0A7 application par. 0A8
off not modified
on modified
reset
distance unit 0C5 temperature unit 0C6 download mode 0C8

parameter only
param. + cust. map
mapping only
L00-FMU4xxxx-19-00-02-en-017
Endress+Hauser 95
11.2 Block model of the Prosonic M

The Prosonic M contains the follwoing blocks:
Resource Block (RB2)
s. Operating Instructions BA013S: "FOUNDATION Fieldbus - Overview"
Sensor Block (TBUL)
contains the parameters relevant to the measurement
Diagnostic Block (DIAG)
contains the diagnostic parameters of the Prosonic M
Display Block (DISP)
contains the configuration parameters for the display module VU331
Analog-Input-Block 1 bzw. 2 (AI)
scale the signal of the Transducer Block and transmit them to the PLCS
PID Block (PID)
Arithmetic Block (AR)
Input Selector Block (IS)
Signal Characterizer Block (SC)
Integrator Block (IT)
11.2.1 Default Block configuration

The input and output variables of the blocks can be interconnected by a network configuration tool
(e.g. NI-Fieldbus configurator). The figure below shows, how these connections are set by default.
Sensor Display Physical Block PID Block

signal evaluation parameters of the Automation
physical unit, e.g. functions
tag No.
Analog Input Function Block 1

Sensor Block OUT
parameters that are important to
Parameters that
Primary value the process control system,
describe the
e.g. scaling, status
device (calibration, (main value)
linearisation etc.)
Secondary value
(distance)
Analog Input Function Block 2
parameters that are important to OUT
Third value the process control system,
(temperature) e.g. scaling, status
L00-FMU4XXXX-02-00-00-en-003
96 Endress+Hauser
11.3 Resource block

The resource block contains the parameters used to describe physical resources of the device. It has
no linkable inputs or outputs.
11.3.1 Operation
The resource block is opened by a click on the resource line.
If the NI-FBUS Configurator is being used, a series of file tabs appears on the screen. The files can
be opened to view and/or edit the parameters in the following table. A short description of the
parameter function appears on the side of the screen. A change in the parameter is stored by pressing
the WRITE CHANGES button when the block is out of service. Press the READ ALL button to check
the values stored in the device.
11.3.2 Parameters
Parameter Description
TAG_DESC User description of the intended application of the block.
MODE_BLK Lists the actual, target, permitted and normal operating modes of the block.
Target: changes the operating mode of the block
Actual: indicates the current operating mode of the block
Permitted: states which operating modes are allowed
Normal: indicates the normal operating mode of the block
The possible operating modes of the resources block are:
AUTO: the block is operating as normal
OOS: the block is out of service.
If the resource block is out of service, then all blocks within the device (resource) are
forced into the same status.
RS_STATE Indicates the state of the resource block application state machine
On-line: block in AUTO mode
Standby: block in OOS mode
WRITE_LOCK Indicates the status of DIP-switch WP

LOCKED: device data can be modified
NOT LOCKED: device data can be modified
RESTART Allows a manual restart:
UNINITIALISED: no status
RUN: normal operational status
RESOURCE: resets the resource block parameters
DEFAULTS: Resets all FOUNDATION Fieldbus parameters within the
device, but not the manufacturer specific parameters.
PROCESSOR: make a warm start of the processor
BLOCK_ERROR Shows error status of software and hardware components

Out-of-Service: the block is in OOS mode
Simulation active: shows the setting of DIP-switch SIM
BLOCK_ALM Shows any configuration, hardware, connection and system problems in the lock. The
cause of the alert is to be seen in the subcode field.
The function of the resource block parameters not described here can can be taken from the
FOUNDATION Fieldbus specification, see "www.fieldbus.org".
Endress+Hauser 97
11.4 Sensor Block

The Sensor block contains the parameters required to calibrate the device. These parameters can
also be addressed by using the VU331 display module. The calibration of the device is described in
Chapter 6.
11.4.1 Operation
Parameter changes from the tool are made off-line while the device is operating. The changes are
downloaded by first setting MODE_BLK = OOS then pressing the WRITE CHANGES button. Press
the READ ALL button to check the values stored in the device. In order to resume operation, change
MODE_BLK to AUTO4).
11.4.2 Output values
PRIMARY_VALUE Main value (level, volume or flow)
SECONDARY_VALUE Measured distance
THIRD_VALUE Measured temperature
11.4.3 Configuration parameters

The Sensor block also contains the configuration parameters, which are used to commission and
calibrate the instrument. They are identical to the functions of the operating menu, except for the
service parameters which are not accessible on the bus. Thus, the calibration procedure via the
display module (chapter "Commissioning") is equally valid for a calibration via a network
configuration tool.
A complete list of the configuration parameters can be found in the "Description of Instrument
Functions", BA240F/00/en.
4) If MODE_BLK refuses to be changed to AUTO, an error is present. Control all parameters, perform the required changes and try again to change MODE_BLK
to AUTO.
98 Endress+Hauser
11.4.4 Methods
The FOUNDATION Fieldbus specification provides for the use of so-called methods to simplify the
operation of the device. A method is an interactive sequence of steps that must be followed in order
to obtain a particular function from the device.
The Prosonic M has got the following methods:
Basic setup
Safety settings
Acknowledge alarm
temperature
Linearisation
Extended calibration
Output
System parameters
Lock TB Manufacturer parameters
Most of these methods are identical to the respective function group in the operating menu. A
detailed description of them can be found in the "Description of Instrument functions", BA240F.
11.4.5 Parameter list of the Prosonic M Sensor Block
Parameter Position rel. Variable Name Size Type Access Storage Changeable
Indicator Index [bytes] Class in Mode
measured value 000 18 PARMEASUREDVALUE 4 FloatingPoint RO dynamic Auto, OOS

tank shape 002 19 PARTANKSHAPE 1 Unsigned8 RW static OOS
medium property 003 20 PARMEDIUMCONDITION 1 Unsigned8 RW static OOS
process cond. 004 21 PARPROCESSCONDITION 1 Unsigned8 RW static OOS

empty calibr. 005 22 PAREMPTYCALIBRATION 4 FloatingPoint RW static OOS
full calibr. 006 23 PARFULLCALIBRATION 4 FloatingPoint RW static OOS
echo quality 056 24 PARECHOQUALITY 1 Unsigned8 RO dynamic Auto, OOS

check distance 051 25 PARCHECKDISTANCE 1 Unsigned8 RW dynamic OOS
range of mapping 052 26 PARSUPPRESSIONDISTANCE 4 FloatingPoint RW dynamic OOS
start mapping 053 27 PARSTARTMAPPINGRECORD 1 Unsigned8 RW dynamic OOS

pres. map dist. 054 28 PARPRESMAPRANGE 4 FloatingPoint RO dynamic Auto, OOS
cust. tank map 055 29 PARCUSTTANKMAP 1 Unsigned8 RW dynamic OOS
offset 057 30 PAROFFSETOFMEASUREDDISTANCE 4 FloatingPoint RW static OOS
output damping 058 31 PAROUTPUTDAMPING 4 FloatingPoint RW static Auto, OOS
blocking dist. 059 32 PARBLOCKINGDISTANCE 4 FloatingPoint RW static OOS
output on alarm 010 33 PAROUTPUTONALARM 1 Unsigned8 RW static OOS
outp. echo loss 012 34 PARREACTIONLOSTECHO 1 Unsigned8 RW static OOS
ramp %span/min 013 35 PARRAMPINPERCENTPERMIN 4 FloatingPoint RW static OOS
delay time 014 36 PARDELAYTIMEONLOSTECHO 2 Unsigned16 RW static OOS
safety distance 015 37 PARLEVELWITHINSAFETYDISTANCE 4 FloatingPoint RW static OOS
in safety dist. 016 38 PARINSAFETYDISTANCE 1 Unsigned8 RW static OOS
ackn. alarm 017 39 PARACKNOWLEDGEALARM 1 Unsigned8 RW dynamic Auto, OOS
measured temp. 030 40 PARMEASUREDTEMPERATURE 4 FloatingPoint RO dynamic Auto, OOS
max. temp. limit 031 41 PARMAXTEMPLIMIT 4 FloatingPoint RO dynamic Auto, OOS
max. meas. temp 032 42 PARMAXMEASUREDTEMPERATURE 4 FloatingPoint RO non-vol. Auto, OOS
react. high temp 033 43 PARONHIGHTEMPERATURE 1 Unsigned8 RW static OOS
defect temp sens 034 44 PARDEFECTTEMPERATURESENSOR 1 Unsigned8 RW static OOS
Endress+Hauser 99
level/ullage 040 45 PARLEVELULLAGEMODE 1 Unsigned8 RW static OOS
linearisation 041 46 PARLINEARISATION 1 Unsigned8 RW static OOS
customer unit 042 47 PARCUSTOMERUNIT 2 Unsigned16 RW static OOS
table no. 043 48 PARTABLENUMBER 1 Unsigned8 RW non-vol. Auto, OOS
input level 044 49 PARINPUTLEVELHALFAUTOMATIC 4 FloatingPoint RO dynamic Auto, OOS
input level 044 50 PARINPUTLEVELMANUAL 4 FloatingPoint RW dynamic OOS
input volume 045 51 PARINPUTVOLUME 4 FloatingPoint RW dynamic OOS

max. scale 046 52 PARMAXVOLUME 4 FloatingPoint RW static OOS
diameter vessel 047 53 PARCYLINDERVESSEL 4 FloatingPoint RW static OOS
simulation 065 54 PARSIMULATION 1 Unsigned8 RW dynamic OOS
simulation value 066 55 PARSIMULATIONVALUELEVEL 4 FloatingPoint RW dynamic Auto, OOS
simulation value 066 56 PARSIMULATIONVALUEVOLUME 4 FloatingPoint RW dynamic Auto, OOS
unlock parameter 0A4 57 PAROPERATIONCODE 2 Unsigned16 RW non-vol. OOS

measured dist. 0A5 58 PARMEASUREDDISTANCE 4 FloatingPoint RO dynamic Auto, OOS
measured level 0A6 59 PARMEASUREDLEVEL 4 FloatingPoint RO dynamic Auto, OOS
detection window 0A7 60 PARDETECTIONWINDOW 1 Unsigned8 RW dynamic OOS
application par. 0A8 61 PARAPPLICATIONPARAMETER 1 Unsigned8 RO dynamic Auto, OOS

distance unit 0C5 62 PARDISTANCEUNIT 2 Unsigned16 RW static OOS
temperature unit 0C6 63 PARTEMPERATUREUNIT 2 Unsigned16 RW static OOS
download mode 0C8 64 PARDOWNLOADMODE 1 Unsigned8 RW static OOS

max meas dist 0D84 65 PARABSMAXMESSDIST 4 FloatingPoint RO dynamic Auto, OOS
max sample dist. 0D88 66 PAREDITRANGEMAXSAMPLEDIST 4 FloatingPoint RO dynamic Auto, OOS
present error 0A0 67 PARACTUALERROR 2 Unsigned16 RO dynamic Auto, OOS
100 Endress+Hauser
11.5 Diagnostic Block
11.5.1 Operation
The diagnostic block contains the error messages of the instrument. These parameters can also be
addressed by using the VU331 display module.
The diagnostic block is opened by clicking on the "diagnostic" line.
MODE_BLK to AUTO5).
11.5.2 Block administration parameters
MODE_BLK See description in Resource block. The possible operating modes of the Sensor block are:
AUTO: the block is operating as normal.
BLOCK_ERROR Shows the error status associated with the block components
Out-of-Service: the block is in OOS mode.
11.5.3 Methods
Set to customer default
Diagnostics
11.5.4 Instrument specific parameters
present error 0A0 13 PARACTUALERROR 2 Unsigned16 RO dynamic Auto, OOS
previous error 0A1 14 PARLASTERROR 2 Unsigned16 RO non-vol. Auto, OOS
clear last error 0A2 15 PARCLEARLASTERROR 1 Unsigned8 RW dynamic Auto, OOS
reset 0A3 16 PARRESET 2 Unsigned16 RW dynamic OOS
protocol+sw-no. 0C2 18 PARPROTSOFTVERSIONSTRING 16 VisibleString RO const Auto, OOS
to AUTO.
Endress+Hauser 101
11.6 Display Block
11.6.1 Operation
The display block contains the parameters required to parametrise the display module VU331
(which is contained in the remote display and operating unit FHX40). These parameters can also be
addressed by using the VU331 display module.
The display block is opened by clicking on the "display" line.
MODE_BLK to AUTO6).
MODE_BLK See description in Resource block. The possible operating modes of the sensor block are:
AUTO: the block is operating as normal.
BLOCK_ERROR Shows the error status associated with the block components
Out-of-Service: the block is in OOS mode.
11.6.3 Methods
Display
11.6.4 Instrument specific parameters
language 092 13 PARLANGUAGE 1 Unsigned8 RW non-vol. Auto, OOS
back to home 093 14 PARBACKTOHOME 2 Integer16 RW non-vol. Auto, OOS
format display 094 15 PARFORMATDISPLAY_FT 1 Unsigned8 RW non-vol. Auto, OOS
no.of decimals 095 16 PARNOOFDECIMALS 1 Unsigned8 RW non-vol. Auto, OOS
sep. character 096 17 PARSEPARATIONCHARACTER 1 Unsigned8 RW non-vol. Auto, OOS
to AUTO.
102 Endress+Hauser
11.7 Analog input block

The analog input block condito ns the signal output by the Sensor block andoutputs signal to the
PCL or other function blocks.
L00-FMR2xxxx-05-00-00-en-008
11.7.1 Operation
The resource block is opened by a click on the resource line.
the READ ALL button to check the values stored in the device. Normally operation is resumed as
soon as MODE-BLK is set to AUTO.
MODE_BLK See description in Resource block. The possible operating modes of the Sensor block are:
AUTO: the block is operating as normal
MAN: the block is operated with a manually entered primary value.
BLOCK_ERROR Shows error status of software and hardware components

Out-of-Service: the block is in OOS mode
Simulation active: shows the setting of DIP-switch SIM. Input failure/process variable
has BAD status.
configuration error
Endress+Hauser 103
11.7.3 Output values
PV Either the primary/secondary Sensor block value used to execute the block or a process
value associated with it. Comprises value and status.
OUT The primary value output as a result of executing the analog input block. Comprises
value and status.
FIELD_VALUE Raw value of field device in % of PV range with a status reflecting the Sensor condition
before signal characterisation L_Type or filtering V_TIME. Comprises value and status.
11.7.4 Scaling parameters
CHANNEL Selects the measured value to be input to the analogue input block
0 = no channel defined
1 = primary value: measured level/volume
2 = secondary value: measured distance
XD_SCALE Scales the Sensor block value in the required engineering units (EU).
OUT_SCALE Scales the output value in the required engineering units (EU).
L_TYPE Sets the linearization type:

DIRECT: the Sensor block value bypasses the scaling functions
INDIRECT:the Sensor block value is fed through the linear scaling functions
INDIRECT SQRT: the Sensor block value is fed through the square root scaling func-
tions
The relationship between the output values and scaling paramaters is as follows:
CHANNEL_VALUE - XD_SCALE_MIN
FIELD_VAL = 100 x
XD_SCALE_MAX - XD_SCALE_MIN
The L_TYPE parameter influences the signal conversion:

Direct:
PV = CHANNEL_VALUE
Indirect:
FIELD_VALUE
PV = x (OUT_SCALE_MAX - OUT_SCALE_MIN) + OUT_SCALE_MIN
100
Indirect square root:
FIELD_VALUE
PV = x (OUT_SCALE_MAX - OUT_SCALE_MIN) + OUT_SCALE_MIN
100
104 Endress+Hauser
11.7.5 Output response parameters
LOW_CUT Not relevant to level measurement!

Determines a threshold for square root linearization below which the output value is set
to zero.
PV_FTIME Sets the time constant for the output value.
11.7.6 Alarm parameters
ACK_OPTION Sets the way in which alarms and warnings are to be acknowledged.
ALARM_HYS Sets the hysteresis (in output engineering units) for all configured alarms.
A hysteresis of e.g. 2% on a HI_HI_LIMIT of 95% would cause the alarm to activate
when the level reaches 95% and to deactivate when the level drops below 93%.
A hysteresis of e.g. 2% on a LO_LO_LIMIT of 5% would cause the alarm to activate
when the level drops below 5% and to deactivate when the level rises to 7%.
HI_HI_PRI The priority (1 15) of the HI_HI alarm
HI_HI_LIM Sets the HI_HI alarm limit in output engineering units
HI_PRI The priority (1 15) of the HI alarm
HI_LIM Sets the HI warning limit in output engineering units
LO_PRI The priority (1 15) of the LO alarm
LO_LIM Sets the LO warning limit in output engineering units
LO_LO_PRI The priority (1 15) of the LO_LO alarm
LO_LO_LIM Sets the LO_LO alarm limit in output engineering units
11.7.7 Alarm priorities
0 Alarm is suppressed
1 Recognised by the system but not reported
2 Reported to the operator, but does not require his attention
3-7 Advisroy alarms of increasing priority
8 - 15 Critical alarms of increasing priority
11.7.8 Alarm status
HI_HI_ALM The status of the HI_HI alarm
HI_ALM The status of the HI alarm
LO_ALM The status of the LO alarm
LO_LO_ALM The status of the LO_LO alarm
Endress+Hauser 105
11.7.9 Simulation
The SIMULATE parameter allows the Sensor block output value to be simulated, provided
simulation has also been enabled at the device DIP switch. The simulation must be enabled, a value
and/or status entered and the block must be in AUTO mode. During simulation the Sensor output
value is substituted by the simulated value.
A simulation is also possible by switching MODE_BLK to "MAN" and entering a value for OUT.
SIMULATE Enables, sets and displays a simulated value, options:

enable/disable
simulated value
output value
106 Endress+Hauser
11.8 List of start indices

The following list indicates the start indices for all blocks and objects:
Object Start Index
Object Dictionary 298
Object Start Index
Resource Block 400
Analog Input 1 Function Block 500

Analog Input 2 Function Block 600
PID Function Block 700
Arithmetic Function Block 800
Input Selector Function Block 900
Signal Characterizer Function Block 1000
Integrator Function Block 1100
Sensor Block 2000
Diagnostic Block 2200
Display Block 2400
Object Start Index
View Objects Resource Block 3000

View Objects Analog Input 1 Function Block 3010
View Objects Analog Input 2 Function Block 3020
View Objects PID Function Block 3030
View Objects Arithmetic Function Block 3040
View Objects Input Selector Function Block 3050
View Objects Signal Characterizer Function Block 3060

View Objects Integrator Function Block 3070
View Objects Sensor Block 4000
View Object Diagnostic Block 4100
View Object Display Block 4200
Endress+Hauser 107
11.9 Measuring principle
BD
20 mA
100%
E F
4 mA
0%
L00-FMU4x-15-00-00-de-001
E: Empty distance; F: Span (full distance); D: Distance from sensor membrane - product surface; L: Level; BD: Blocking
distance
Sensor BD Max. range fluids Max. range bulk materials
FMU40 0.25 m 5m 2m
FMU41 0.35 m 8m 3.5 m
FMU42 0.4 m 10 m 5m
FMU43 0.6 m 15 m 7m
FMU44 0.5 m 20 m 10 m
11.9.1 Time-of-flight method

The sensor of the Prosonic M transmits ultrasonic pulses in the direction of the product surface.
There, they are reflected back and received by the sensor. The Prosonic M measures the time t
between pulse transmission and reception. The instrument uses the time t (and the velocity of sound
c) to calculate the distance D between the sensor membrane and the product surface:
D = c t/2
As the device knows the empty distance E from a user entry, it can calculate the level as follows:
L=E-D
An integrated temperature sensor compensates for changes in the velocity of sound caused by
temperature changes.
11.9.2 Interference echo suppression

The interference echo suppression feature on the Prosonic M ensures that interference echos (e.g.
from edges, welded joints and installations) are not interpreted as a level echo.
11.9.3 Calibration
Enter the empty distance E and the span F to calibrate the device.
108 Endress+Hauser
11.9.4 Blocking distance

Span F may not extend into the blocking distance BD. Level echos from the blocking distance cannot
be evaluated due to the transient characteristics of the sensor.
Endress+Hauser 109
Prosonic M - FOUNDATION Fieldbus Index
Index
A P
alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 process conditions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
application errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
R
B range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
basic setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 repairs to Ex-approved devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
blocking distance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23, 52 return. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
C S
cantilever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 Service Interface FXA291 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
CE mark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 shafts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 T
ToF Tool. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
D turn housing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
declaration of conformity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
declaration of contamination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 V
display appearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 vessel / silo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
display symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
W
E warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
empty calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 weather protection cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
envelope curve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
error codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
F
FHX40 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
flow measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
full calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52, 59
H
hazardous area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
I
installation bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
interference echo suppression . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
K
key assignment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Khafagi-Venturi flume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
L
level measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
M
mapping. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
measuring principle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Measuring range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
medium property . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
N
nozzle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
O
on-site display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
operating menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
110 Endress+Hauser
Declaration of Hazardous Material and De-Contamination
Erklrung zur Kontamination und Reinigung
Please reference the Return Authorization Number (RA#), obtained from Endress+Hauser, on all paperwork and mark the RA#
clearly on the outside of the box. If this procedure is not followed, it may result in the refusal of the package at our facility.
RA No. Bitte geben Sie die von E+H mitgeteilte Rcklieferungsnummer (RA#) auf allen Lieferpapieren an und vermerken Sie diese
auch auen auf der Verpackung. Nichtbeachtung dieser Anweisung fhrt zur Ablehnung ihrer Lieferung.
Because of legal regulations and for the safety of our employees and operating equipment, we need the "Declaration of Hazardous Material
and De-Contamination", with your signature, before your order can be handled. Please make absolutely sure to attach it to the outside of the
packaging.
Aufgrund der gesetzlichen Vorschriften und zum Schutz unserer Mitarbeiter und Betriebseinrichtungen, bentigen wir die unterschriebene
"Erklrung zur Kontamination und Reinigung", bevor Ihr Auftrag bearbeitet werden kann. Bringen Sie diese unbedingt auen an der
Verpackung an.
Type of instrument / sensor Serial number

Gerte-/Sensortyp ____________________________________________ Seriennummer ________________________
Used as SIL device in a Safety Instrumented System / Einsatz als SIL Gert in Schutzeinrichtungen
Process data/Prozessdaten Temperature / Temperatur_____ [F] _____ [C] Pressure / Druck _____ [psi] _____ [ Pa ]
Conductivity / Leitfhigkeit ________ [S/cm] Viscosity /Viskositt _____ [cp] _____ [mm2/s]
Medium and warnings

Warnhinweise zum Medium
harmful/
Medium /concentration Identification flammable toxic corrosive irritant other * harmless
Medium /Konzentration CAS No. entzndlich giftig tzend gesundheits- sonstiges* unbedenklich
schdlich/
reizend
Process
medium
Medium im
Prozess
Medium for
process cleaning
Medium zur
Prozessreinigung
Returned part
cleaned with
Medium zur
Endreinigung
* explosive; oxidising; dangerous for the environment; biological risk; radioactive
* explosiv; brandfrdernd; umweltgefhrlich; biogefhrlich; radioaktiv
Please tick should one of the above be applicable, include safety data sheet and, if necessary, special handling instructions.
Zutreffendes ankreuzen; trifft einer der Warnhinweise zu, Sicherheitsdatenblatt und ggf. spezielle Handhabungsvorschriften beilegen.
Description of failure / Fehlerbeschreibung __________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Company data /Angaben zum Absender
Company /Firma ___________________________________ Phone number of contact person /Telefon-Nr. Ansprechpartner:

_________________________________________________ ____________________________________________
Address / Adresse Fax / E-Mail ____________________________________________
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________ Your order No. / Ihre Auftragsnr. ____________________________
We hereby certify that this declaration is filled out truthfully and completely to the best of our knowledge.We further certify that the returned
parts have been carefully cleaned. To the best of our knowledge they are free of any residues in dangerous quantities.
Wir besttigen, die vorliegende Erklrung nach unserem besten Wissen wahrheitsgetreu und vollstndig ausgefllt zu haben. Wir besttigen
weiter, dass die zurckgesandten Teile sorgfltig gereinigt wurden und nach unserem besten Wissen frei von Rckstnden in gefahrbringen-
der Menge sind.
P/SF/Konta XIV
(place, date / Ort, Datum) Name, dept./Abt. (please print /bitte Druckschrift) Signature / Unterschrift
www.endress.com/worldwide
BA239F/00/en/01.09
71089089
CCS/FM+SGML 6.0/ProMoDo
71089089
MEDIDOR DE NIVEL (Bed Level)

3.6

PROBE BLD-2000 SERIES
Espesador 36m 325-TK-0002 NA
Instrumento Tag 325-LIT-001
CAPTULO 3
OUTOTEC PTY LTD
AUSTRALIAN SERVICE CENTRE
BED LEVEL DETECTION PROBE BLD-2000 SERIES
The BLD - 2000 series Bed Level Probes are constructed of 316L or 904L Stainless
Steel, and therefore are resistant to corrosion.
They consist of a sealed stainless steel tube and circuit boards with a Reed Switch
Relay Matrix housed inside.
The output is a 0 -10 k-ohm resistance. This is then converted using a resistance
transmitter to produce a 4-20 mA signal.
The 4-20 mA signal is transmitted back to the Control Room, where it is used to
control the speed of the flocculant dosing pumps.
As the Bed Level increases, the pump speed is increased and vice-versa to maintain a
constant level. These levels are important in the control of overflow clarity.
A Derakain Fibreglass cone-shaped float has been designed to promote self-cleaning

and to reduce the build up of solids. The float has a hole through its axis with magnets
along its inner sleeve. The float slides up and down the stainless steel tube probe
whilst floating on the bed. The magnets activate the Reed Switches installed inside
the probe. The Probe has PVC stops, both in the lower and upper positions to prevent
the float from falling out of range.
By filling the cone float with water, it is weighted so it sinks very slowly in a bucket of
Process water. Therefore, it will float on any solids, giving an indication of the Bed
Level.
The probe position is critical to the operation of the Thickener. The ideal location is at
midpoint between the Launder and the Feedwell outer lip. The unit should be at a
level where the bottom of the Probe is level with the bottom of the Deflector Cone.
The units are available in the following standard sizes that suit most applications.
However, any size or range can be built to suit the Clients requirements.
The part numbers and descriptions are as follows:
Model Description Part Number

2.5-316-0.75 2.5m long, SS Gr 316 material, 0.75 m S.T.BL.2500.750.316
sensing range.
sensing range.
sensing range.
Standard Derakain Cone Float S.T.BL.CF
Outotec Pty Ltd Australian Service Centre

1/25 Frenchs Forest Rd, Frenchs Forest NSW 2086 Page 1 of 7
Level 2, 1 Walker Street, West Perth WA 6005 www.outotec.com
ABN 7400 3491 165

ABN 7400 3491 165

Typical wiring diagram

ABN 7400 3491 165

ASSEMBLY PROCEDURE
The Bed Level Detection Probe BLD-2000 Series is delivered in a
two-piece configuration. The lower section (with wire attached) contains the
electronics and is Fragile, therefore extra care should be taken when
unpacking this unit. The upper section is a hollow tube.
Whilst the lower section is fully sealed to IP65 standards, it is recommended

that as part of these assembly instructions the Female threaded section be
filled with Silicone or equivalent sealant, and the Male threaded section be
Teflon taped, before connecting the two components - this ensures an
additional seal for the electronic housing section.
ASSEMBLY
1. Remove the cable ties and unroll the cable.
2. Feed the cable through the hollow "upper" tube.
3. When the cable is fed completely through the upper tube, apply Teflon tape
to the threaded male section on the upper tube and screw the two
component parts together.
4. Then fill the threaded female section on the "sensor" tube with silicon
sealant. It is imperative that the join area be sufficiently sealed to reduce
any possibility of contamination to the electronics during operation.

ABN 7400 3491 165

ABN 7400 3491 165

ABN 7400 3491 165

5. Finally, fit the rubber boot at the top of the upper tube (where the cable
exits). This will stop rain and dust from entering the upper section of the
Probe.
The Probes are tested and calibrated prior to delivery. However, they should be
rechecked upon installation as follows:
* Before lowering the Probe into position, remove the lower bolt, locking nut and
washers.
* Loosen and remove the lower PVC collar.
* Place the weighted Cone Float over the Probe, (pointy end up). If float has not
been weighted with process water, remove the bolt from the bottom and fill with
enough process water so that when in a container of process water, the float
sinks slowly. Refit the bolt.
* Refit the PVC collar, bolt etc.
* Lay the Probe across the bridge handrails and connect the wiring to the control
panel.
* Move the float between the two PVC collars, monitoring the output on the
Control Panel display.
* The output is 4-20 mA and should be displayed as 0 - 100%. If, when fully
raised, the signal drops out of range (i.e. gets to 100% and returns to 0%) then
the PVC collar should be lowered so that the float does not exceed this range.
* There are Span and Zero buttons located on the Resistance Transmitter to
calibrate the 0 - 100% range.
When complete, install the Probe in its correct position ensuring that it is not
positioned lower than the original install - the bottom of the Probe should be level with
the lowest point of the Deflector Cone.
Note: The Cable entry end of the Probes are design to be IP 65 NOT fully
submersible. Any damage caused by submersing, dropping or failure to comply
with assembly procedure is not covered by Warranty.
Probes are manufactured in Australia

ABN 7400 3491 165

LIMITE DE CARRERA (Limit Switch)

3.7

Sick IQ 40
Espesador 36m 325-TK-0002 NA
Instrumento Tag 325-ZSH-006A & 325-ZSL-006B
CAPTULO 3

Dq130112-M00-000-Ge-Ma-0001 R0 PDF

Încărcat de

Informații document

Titlu original

Drepturi de autor

Formate disponibile

Partajați acest document

Partajați sau inserați document

Opțiuni de partajare

Vi se pare util acest document?

Este necorespunzător acest conținut?

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

Dq130112-M00-000-Ge-Ma-0001 R0 PDF

Încărcat de

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

ANTOFAGASTA MINERALS MANUAL OPERACION

PROYECTO MINERA ESPERANZA DQ130112-M00-000-GE-MA-0001

PROYECTO MINERA ESPERANZA

ESPESADORES DE CONCENTRADO 36M, TAG 325-TK-602

Aprobacin Cliente : _____________________________________________

REV DESCRIPCIN PREPAR REVIS APROB FECHA

0 MANUAL DE OPERACIN Y MANTENCION JS JS RD 22-09-2014

Outotec Chile S.A. Pgina 1 de 1

OUTOTEC CHILE S.A. SEPTIEMBRE 2014 PGINA 1 DE 11

DESCRIPCIN GENERAL ................................................................................................... 2

MANUAL INSTALACIN, OPERACIN Y MANTENIMIENTO

OUTOTEC CHILE S.A. SEPTIEMBRE 2014 PGINA 2 DE 11

El espesamiento es una operacin de separacin slido lquido realizada en un

El equipo espesador es alimentado por la pulpa de alimentacin, la cual es

El lquido clarificado alimenta por rebalse a una canaleta de recoleccin

MANUAL INSTALACIN, OPERACIN Y MANTENIMIENTO

OUTOTEC CHILE S.A. SEPTIEMBRE 2014 PGINA 3 DE 11

MANUAL INSTALACIN, OPERACIN Y MANTENIMIENTO

OUTOTEC CHILE S.A. SEPTIEMBRE 2014 PGINA 4 DE 11

Figura 1: Planta y vista frontal del Espesador de 36m tag 325-TK-002

Tabla 1: Descripcin de temes de la Figura 1

MANUAL INSTALACIN, OPERACIN Y MANTENIMIENTO

OUTOTEC CHILE S.A. SEPTIEMBRE 2014 PGINA 5 DE 11

1.1.1 MECANISMO MOTRIZ

El mecanismo motriz comprende un motor hidrulico montado sobre un

El reductor del espesador posee un diseo planetario epicclico que consiste

1.1.2 UNIDAD HIDRULICA

La unidad hidrulica (Hydraulic Power Pack) es la encargada de accionar el

1.1.3 MEDICIN DE TORQUE

La medicin de torque es realizada en forma indirecta a travs la medicin de la

MANUAL INSTALACIN, OPERACIN Y MANTENIMIENTO

OUTOTEC CHILE S.A. SEPTIEMBRE 2014 PGINA 6 DE 11

1.1.5 ESTRUCTURA DE RASTRAS

1.1.6 MEDICIN DE CAMA (Bed mass sensor)

El transmisor de presin Endress+Hauser PMP75, ubicado en el cono inferior de

El Feedwell es el componente del espesador que est encargado de recibir y

MANUAL INSTALACIN, OPERACIN Y MANTENIMIENTO

OUTOTEC CHILE S.A. SEPTIEMBRE 2014 PGINA 7 DE 11

La solucin clarificada es alimentada al Feedwell mediante el sistema Autodil.

Figura 2: Esquema de funcionamiento del feewell

Autodil corresponde un sistema de dilucin de la pulpa de alimentacin al

El sistema Autodil usa la diferencia natural de presin entre la pulpa en

MANUAL INSTALACIN, OPERACIN Y MANTENIMIENTO

OUTOTEC CHILE S.A. SEPTIEMBRE 2014 PGINA 8 DE 11

Figura 3: Principio de funcionamiento del sistema Autodil

1.1.8 ADICIN DE FLOCULANTE

El floculante se agrega al espesador sobre la base de una dosificacin fija por

1.1.9 TABLERO DE CONTROL

El tablero de control est diseado para controlar localmente el sistema motriz

MANUAL INSTALACIN, OPERACIN Y MANTENIMIENTO

OUTOTEC CHILE S.A. SEPTIEMBRE 2014 PGINA 9 DE 11

Figura 4: Tablero de Control y detalle de funciones e indicaciones

1.1.10 SISTEMA DE CONTROL

La filosofa de control est orientada a la produccin de underflow (UF) con

Alimentacin Estrategia de Underflow

MANUAL INSTALACIN, OPERACIN Y MANTENIMIENTO

OUTOTEC CHILE S.A. SEPTIEMBRE 2014 PGINA 10 DE 11

Figura 5: Esquema del sistema de control

- Espesador de concentrado 36m, 325-TK-002

MANUAL INSTALACIN, OPERACIN Y MANTENIMIENTO

OUTOTEC CHILE S.A. SEPTIEMBRE 2014 PGINA 11 DE 11

- Espesador de concentrado 36m, 325-TK-002

MANUAL INSTALACIN, OPERACIN Y MANTENIMIENTO